“Operating, servicing and maintaining
a passenger vehicle or off-road
vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon
monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which
are known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do
not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated
area and wear gloves or wash your
hands frequently when servicing your
vehicle. For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-
vehicle.”
WARNING
– California
Proposition 65
FOREWORD
Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.
As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with excep
-
tional value, Kia is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that
exceeds your expectations.
This Owner's Manual is valid for all variants of your model, and describes all options,
features, and equipment available, along with the maintenance needs. Therefore, this
manual may also describe optional equipment not purchased on your vehicle, country
specifications, and functions and features not available in your region. Please always
keep this manual in the vehicle for your and any subsequent owner's reference.
Authorized Kia Dealerships provide factory-trained technicians, utilized recom
-
mended special service tools, and supply genuine Kia replacement parts to help you
maintain and service your vehicle during your ownership.
All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of publica
-
tion. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the company
reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at any time
without notice and without incurring any obligations.
Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!
© 2024 Kia America, Inc.
All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia
America, Inc.
Printed in Korea
3
1
1
How to use this manual
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist
you in many ways.
We strongly recommend that you read
the entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you must
read the WARNING and CAUTION sec
-
tions in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in
this manual to best explain how to enjoy
your vehicle. By reading your manual,
you learn about features, important
safety information, and driving tips
under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is pro
-
vided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or
subject, it has an alphabetical listing of
all information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has nine chapters
plus an index. Each chapter begins with
a brief list of contents so you can tell at a
glance if that chapter has the informa
-
tion you want.
You will find various WARNINGS, CAU
-
TIONS, and NOTICES in this manual.
These WARNINGS were prepared to
enhance your personal safety. You
should carefully read and follow ALL
procedures and recommendations pro
-
vided in these WARNINGS, CAUTIONS
and NOTICES.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful
information is being provided.
Table of Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
I
Introduction
Your vehicle at a glance
Safety features of your Kia
Features of your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Driver assistance guide
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Abbreviations
Index
1Introduction
Introduction
Fuel requirements ..........................................................................1-2
Vehicle modifications.................................................................... 1-4
Vehicle break-in process .............................................................. 1-4
Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle ...................... 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions ...................................................... 1-5
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders................... 1-6
Introduction
21
Fuel requirements
Introduction
Fuel requirements
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having a pump octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not
use methanol blended fuels.)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis
-
sions and spark plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than what
has been specified. (Consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.)
僅 Tighten the cap until it clicks one time,
otherwise the Check Engine light will
appear.
WARNING
Refueling
僅 Do not "top off" after the nozzle auto
-
matically shuts off. Attempts to force
more fuel into the tank can cause fuel
overflow onto you and the ground,
causing a risk of fire.
僅 Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel spill
-
age, especially in the event of an acci
-
dent.
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and etha
-
nol (also known as grain alcohol), and
gasoline or gasohol containing methanol
(also known as wood alcohol) are being
marketed along with or instead of
leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Pursuant to Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) regulations, ethanol may
be used in your vehicle.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use gaso
-
line or gasohol containing any methanol.
Ethanol provides less energy than gaso
-
line and attracts water. Thus, it is likely to
reduce your fuel efficiency and could
lower your MPG results.
Methanol may cause drivability prob
-
lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems
may not be covered by the manufac
-
turer's warranty if they result from the
use of:
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing meth
-
anol.
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
3. Gasohol containing more than 15%
ethanol.
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com
-
prised of 85% ethanol and 15% gasoline,
and is manufactured exclusively for use
in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not
compatible with your vehicle. Use of
"E85" may result in poor engine perfor
-
mance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. Kia recom
-
mends that customers do not use fuel
with an ethanol content exceeding 15%.
NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel sys
-
tem or any performance problems
caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
3
1
1
Introduction Fuel requirements
NOTICE
Never use any fuel containing methanol.
Discontinue use of any methanol con
-
taining products which may inhibit
proper drivability.
Other fuels
Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si),
MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manga
-
nese Tricarbonyl), Manganese (Mn) con
-
tained fuel, and other metallic additives,
may cause vehicle and engine damage
or cause misfiring, poor acceleration,
engine stalling, catalyst melting, clog
-
ging, abnormal corrosion, life cycle
reduction, etc.
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may appear.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or perfor
-
mance problems caused by the use of
these other fuels may not be covered by
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manga
-
nese based fuel additives Such as MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tri
-
carbonyl). Kia does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT. This
type of fuel can reduce vehicle perfor
-
mance and affect your emission control
system. The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) on the cluster may come on.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco
-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per
-
formance and damage components of
the fuel system, engine control system
and emission control system.
Fuel Additives
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines treated with detergent
additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, which help prevent deposit
formation in the engine. These gasolines
will help the engine run cleaner and
enhance performance of the emission
control system.
For more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com) For cus
-
tomers who do not use TOP TIER Deter
-
gent Gasoline regularly, and have
problems starting or the engine does not
run smoothly, additives that you can buy
separately may be added to the gaso
-
line.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every 8,000
miles (13,000 km) or every engine oil
change is recommended. Additives are
available from your authorized Kia
dealer along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
僅 Observe all regulations regarding reg
-
istration and insurance.
僅 Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
Introduction
41
Vehicle modifications
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
NOTICE
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modifica
-
tion may not be covered under warranty.
CAUTION
If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage, bat
-
tery discharge and fire. For your safety,
do not use unauthorized electronic
devices.
Vehicle break-in process
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy
and life of your vehicle.
僅 Do not race the engine.
僅 While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
僅 Do not maintain a single engine speed
for long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speeds is
needed to properly break in the
engine.
僅 Avoid hard stops, except in emergen
-
cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop
-
erly.
僅 Don't tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
僅 Fuel economy and engine perfor
-
mance may vary depending on vehi
-
cle break-in process and be stabilized
after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New
engines may consume more oil during
the vehicle break-in period.
5
1
1
Introduction Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle
Risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle
僅 Do not park or stop the vehicle near
flammable items such as leaves,
paper, oil, and tire. Such items placed
near the exhaust system can become
a fire hazard.
僅 When an engine idles at a high speed
with the rear side of the vehicle touch
-
ing the wall, heat of the exhaust gas
can cause discoloration or fire. Keep
enough space between the rear part
of the vehicle and the wall.
僅 Be sure not to touch the exhaust/cata
-
lytic systems while engine is running
or right after the engine is turned off.
There is a risk of burns since the sys
-
tems are extremely hot.
Vehicle handling instructions
As with other vehicles of this type, failure
to operate this vehicle correctly may
result in loss of control, an accident or
vehicle rollover.
Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, track, etc.) give this
vehicle a higher center of gravity than
other types of vehicles. In other words
they are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional 2-
wheel drive vehicles.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.
Again, failure to operate this vehicle cor
-
rectly may result in loss of control, an
accident or vehicle rollover.
Be sure to read the "Reducing the risk
of a rollover" on page 5-34.
Introduction
61
Vehicle data collection and Event Data Recorders
Vehicle data collection and
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event
data recorder (EDR). The main pur
-
pose of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hit
-
ting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehi
-
cle's systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems
for a short period of time, typically 30
seconds or less. The EDR in this vehi
-
cle is designed to record such data as:
僅 How various systems in your vehi
-
cle were operating;
僅 Whether or not the driver and pas
-
senger safety belts were buckled/
fastened;
僅 How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or
brake pedal; and,
僅 How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ
-
ation occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving condi
-
tions and no personal data (e.g.,
name, gender, age, and crash loca
-
tion) are recorded. However, other
parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the spe
-
cial equipment, can read the informa
-
tion if they have access to the vehicle
or the EDR.
2Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview .......................................................................... 2-2
Interior overview ........................................................................... 2-4
Instrument panel overview ..........................................................2-6
Engine compartment.....................................................................2-8
Your vehicle at a glance
22
Exterior overview
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview
Front view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood 4-59
2. Head lamp 4-114, 8-57, 8-55
3. Front fog lamp 8-57
4. Wheel and tire 8-29, 9-8
5. Outside rearview mirror 4-85
6. Sunroof 4-65
7. Front windshield wiper blades 4-119, 8-23
8. Windows 4-55
9. Front ultrasonic sensor 6-110
10.Front radar 6-4
11.Front view camera 6-4
OKA4013002L
3
2
2
Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview
12.Roof rack 4-169
Rear view
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Doors 4-14
2. Sliding doors 4-34
3. Fuel filler door 4-61
4. Rear combination lamp 8-57, 8-58, 8-57
5. High mounted stop lamp 8-60
6. Rear wiper 4-119, 8-23
7. Wide-rear view camera 6-94
8. Antenna 4-172
9. Liftgate 4-42, 4-46, 4-50
10.Rear ultrasonic sensor 6-110
11.Reversing lamp/Turn signal lamp 8-59
OKA4H013002
Your vehicle at a glance
42
Interior overview
Interior overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Inside door handle 4-16
2. Power window switch 4-55
3. Central door lock switch 4-17
4. Central door unlock switch 4-17
5. Outside rearview mirror control switch 4-85
6. Outside rearview mirror folding switch 4-85
7. Power window/sunroof lock button 4-57, 4-65
8. Instrument panel illumination control switch 4-89
9. ESC OFF button 5-24
10.Steering wheel 4-69
11.Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever 4-70
12.Instrument fuse panel 8-45
13.Shift lever 5-8
OKA4014004N_2
5
2
2
Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview
14.Hood release lever 4-59
15.Seat 3-5
Your vehicle at a glance
62
Instrument panel overview
Instrument panel overview
* The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Driver's front air bag 3-54
2. Horn 4-71
3. Instrument cluster 4-88
4. Light control/turn signals lever 4-114
5. Wiper and washer control lever 4-119
6. ENGINE START/STOP button 5-5
7. Driving Assist button 6-61
8. Infotainment system 4-170
9. Hazard warning flasher switch 7-2
10.Climate control system 4-130, 4-138
11.Shift lever 5-8
12.EPB switch 5-16
13.Drive mode integrated control system 5-30
OKA4014005N
7
2
2
Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview
14.AUTO HOLD button 5-20
15.Front seat warmer/air ventilation seat switch 4-157, 4-159
16.Steering wheel heater button 4-70
17.Parking Safety button 6-120
18.Parking/View button 6-94
19.Center console storage box 4-155
20.Power outlet 4-161
21.Glove box 4-156
22.Passenger's front air bag 3-54
23.Wireless charging system 4-163
24.AC Inverter 4-162
25.Front glass heater button 4-152
Your vehicle at a glance
82
Engine compartment
Engine compartment
Smartstream G3.5 GDi
* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 8-16
2. Brake fluid reservoir 8-19
3. Air cleaner 8-20
4. Engine oil filler cap 8-14
5. Engine oil dipstick 8-14
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8-20
7. Fuse box 8-50
8. Negative battery terminal 7-4, 8-26
9. Positive battery terminal 7-4, 8-26
OKA4074020N
3Safety features of your Kia
Safety features of your K ia
Important safety precautions ...................................................... 3-3
Seat.................................................................................................. 3-5
僅 Features of Seat Leather .............................................................................. 3-9
僅 Front seat adjustment for manual seat................................................3-10
僅 Front seat adjustment for power seat ................................................... 3-11
僅 Headrest (for front seat) ............................................................................. 3-13
僅 Seatback pocket............................................................................................. 3-15
僅 Rear seat adjustment ................................................................................... 3-15
僅 Rear seat adjustment (VIP Lounge Seat) .............................................3-21
僅 Headrest (for rear seat)...............................................................................3-24
Seat belts ......................................................................................3-26
僅 Seat belt restraint system...........................................................................3-26
僅 Seat belt precautions....................................................................................3-33
僅 Care of seat belts ...........................................................................................3-35
Child Restraint System (CRS).....................................................3-36
僅 Children always in the rear........................................................................3-36
僅 Selecting a CRS...............................................................................................3-37
僅 Installing a CRS ...............................................................................................3-38
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System .............3-44
僅 How does the air bag system operate?................................................3-45
僅 Air bag warning and indicator................................................................. 3-46
僅 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) components and
functions.............................................................................................................3-47
僅 Occupant Detection System (ODS)....................................................... 3-49
僅 Driver's and passenger's front air bag..................................................3-54
僅 Side air bags and front center side air bag........................................3-56
僅 Curtain air bag.................................................................................................3-58
僅 Air bag collision sensors............................................................................. 3-60
僅 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and
non-inflation conditions of the air bag) ................................................ 3-61
3 Safety features of your Kia
僅 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) care .......................................3-64
僅 Additional safety precautions...................................................................3-65
僅 Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle..................................................................................................................3-66
僅 Air bag warning labels.................................................................................3-66
3
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Important safety precautions
Safety features of your Kia
For the safety of the driver and vehicle
passengers, you should become familiar
with the vehicle's safety features.
Important safety precautions
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout this
section, and throughout this manual.
The safety precautions in this section are
among the most important.
Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all
types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts, not
replace them. So even though your vehi
-
cle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS
make sure you and your passengers
always wear their seat belts, and wear
them properly.
Restrain all children
All children under age 13 should ride in
your vehicle properly restrained in a rear
seat, not the front seat. Infants and small
children should be restrained in an
appropriate child restraint. Larger chil
-
dren should use a booster seat with the
lap/shoulder belt until they can use the
seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air bag hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are at
the greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual.
Driver distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and
potentially deadly danger, especially for
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be
the first concern when behind the wheel
and drivers need to be aware of the wide
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off the
road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving. To
reduce your risk of distraction or getting
into an accident:
僅 ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation
units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
僅 ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or email
while driving. Most states have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
states and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
僅 NEVER let the use of a mobile device
distract you from driving. You have a
responsibility to your passengers and
others on the road to always drive
safely, with your hands on the wheel
as well as your eyes and attention on
the road.
Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the
higher the speed, the greater the risk,
but serious injuries can also occur at
lower speeds. Never drive faster than is
safe for current driving conditions,
Safety features of your Kia
43
Important safety precautions
regardless of the maximum speed
posted.
Keep your vehicle in safe condi
-
tion
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems,
check your tire pressures and conditions
frequently, and perform all regularly
scheduled maintenance.
5
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
Seat
Front seat
* The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row for vehicle with 7 seats.
Front seat
1
Forward and backward
2
Seatback angle
3
Seat cushion tilt
4
Seat cushion height
5
Lumbar support
6
Integrated Memory System
7
Walk-in switch (Passenger's seat)
8
Headrest
OKA4024064N_6
Safety features of your Kia
63
Seat
Rear seat
* There is no center seat on rear 2nd row for vehicle with 7 seats.
2nd row seat
1
Forward and backward
2
Seatback angle
3
Walk-in lever
4
Headrest
3rd row seat
5
Seatback angle/folding
6
Seat sinking
7
Headrest
OKA4024049N_6
7
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
Rear seat (VIP Lounge Seat) (if equipped)
2nd row seat
1
Left and right
2
Forward and backward
3
Seatback angle
4
Leg support
5
Seat cushion height
6
VIP Lounge Seat adjustment
7
VIP Lounge Seat one touch
8
Headrest
3rd row seat
9
Seatback angle/folding
10
Seat sinking
11
Headrest
OKA4024051N_4
Safety features of your Kia
83
Seat
WARNING
Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver's foot area
could interfere with the operation of the
foot pedals, possibly causing an acci
-
dent. Do not place anything under the
front seats.
WARNING
Uprighting seat
Do not press the release lever on a man
-
ual seatback without holding and con
-
trolling the seatback. The seatback will
spring upright, possibly impacting you
or other passengers.
WARNING
Driver responsibility for passengers
The driver must advise the passengers
to keep the seatback in an upright posi
-
tion whenever the vehicle is in motion. If
a seat is reclined during an accident, the
restraint system's ability to restrain the
passenger will be greatly reduced.
WARNING
Seat cushion
Occupants should never sit on aftermar
-
ket seat cushions or sitting cushions. The
passenger Occupant Detection System
(ODS) may not operate properly, or the
passenger's hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during an acci
-
dent or a sudden stop.
WARNING
Driver's seat
僅 Never attempt to adjust the seat while
the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control of your vehicle.
僅 Do not allow anything to interfere with
the normal position of the seatback.
For example, storing items against the
seatback could result in serious or
fatal injury in a sudden stop or colli
-
sion.
僅 Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of your vehicle. A
distance of at least 10 inches (25 cm)
from your chest to the steering wheel
is recommended. Failure to do so can
result in air bag inflation injuries to the
driver.
WARNING
Rear seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback before
driving. Failure to do so could result in
passengers or objects being thrown for
-
ward, injuring vehicle occupants.
WARNING
Unexpected seat movement
After adjusting a manual seat, always
check that it is locked by shifting your
weight to the front and to the back. Sud
-
den or unexpected movement of the
driver's seat could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle.
OCV031071
9
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
WARNING
Seat adjustment
僅 Do not adjust the seat while wearing
seat belts. Moving the seat forward
will cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
僅 Do not place your hand near the seat
bottom or seat track while adjusting
the seat. Your hand could get caught
in the seat mechanism.
WARNING
Luggage and cargo
Do not stack or pile luggage or cargo
higher than the seatback in the cargo
area. In an accident the cargo could
strike and injure a passenger. If objects
are large, heavy or must be piled, they
must be secured in the cargo area.
WARNING
Cargo area
Do not allow passengers to ride in the
cargo area under any circumstance. The
cargo area is solely for the purpose of
transporting luggage or cargo.
WARNING
Small objects
Use caution when picking up small
objects trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the center con
-
sole. Your hands might be cut or injured
by the sharp edges of the seat mecha
-
nism.
CAUTION
Precautions with seat covers
Use caution when working on the seat
cover. A short circuit or disconnection
may occur, which could cause noise and
could damage the ventilation system.
WARNING
Seat short circuit risk
Be aware of wires or air vents when
placing a seat cover or covering the seat
with plastic cover. A short circuit may
occur, which could lead to fire.
Features of Seat Leather (if
equipped)
僅 Our car seats are upholstered with a
combination of artificial and genuine
leather. The genuine leather is made
from the outer skin of an animal,
which goes through a special process
to be available for use. Since it is a
natural substance, each part differs in
thickness or density. Also, wrinkles
could appear depending on the tem
-
perature and humidity.
僅 Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature and
humidity.
僅 The seat cover is made of stretchable
material to improve comfort of pas
-
sengers.
僅 The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting area is
high which provides driving comfort
and stability.
CAUTION
僅 Belts with metallic accessories, zip
-
pers or keys inside the back pocket
may damage the seat fabric.
僅 Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the leather.
Safety features of your Kia
103
Seat
僅Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.
NOTICE
Wrinkles or abrasions may appear natu
-
rally from usage. It is not a fault of prod
-
uct. Wrinkles or abrasions are not
covered by warranty.
Front seat adjustment for man
-
ual seat (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by using
the control levers located on the outside
of the seat cushion.
Moving forward and backward
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
WARNING
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and/
or air bags) is greatly reduced by reclin
-
ing your seatback.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead, it
will be in front of you. During an acci
-
dent, you could be thrown into the seat
belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the
greater chance the passenger's hips will
OKA4024111N_2
OKA4024112N_2
11
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
slide under the lap belt or the passen
-
ger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
Changing seat cushion height
(for driver's seat)
To change the height of the seat cush
-
ion, push the lever upwards or down
-
wards.
僅 To lower the seat cushion, push down
the lever several times.
僅 To raise the seat cushion, pull up the
lever several times.
Front seat adjustment for power
seat (if equipped)
The driver's seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on the
outside of the seat cushion. Before driv
-
ing, adjust the seat to the proper posi
-
tion to easily control the steering wheel,
pedals and switches on the instrument
panel.
WARNING
Unattended children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. Children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure them.
CAUTION
Power seating adjustments
僅 The power seating controls function
by electronic motor. Excessive opera
-
tion may cause damage to the electri
-
cal equipment.
僅 Do not operate two or more power
seat control switches at the same
time. Doing so may damage the
power seat motor or electrical compo
-
nents.
Moving forward and backward
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seat to the
desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
OKA4024113N_2
OKA4023070L_2
Safety features of your Kia
123
Seat
Reclining seatback
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to the
desired angle.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Changing seat cushion tilt and
height
To change the height of the seat:
1. Pull the front portion (1) of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the front part of the seat cush
-
ion.
Pull the rear portion (2) of the control
switch up to raise or press down to
lower the seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Adjusting lumbar support (if
equipped)
Type A
Type B
The lumbar support can be adjusted by
pressing the lumbar support switch on
the side of the seat.
1. Press the front portion (1) of the
switch to increase the support, or the
rear portion (2) of the switch, to
decrease the support.
2. Press the upper portion (3) of the
switch to raise the support, or the
lower portion (4) of the switch, to
lower the support.
OKA4023068L_2
OKA4023069L_3
OKA4024065N_2
OKA4023065L_3
13
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
3. Release the switch once it reaches the
desired position.
Passenger walk-in switch (if
equipped)
The rear seat passenger may use the
switches to control the front passenger
seat.
Sliding forward or rearward:
僅 To move the front passenger seat for
-
ward, press the switch (1). To move
the front passenger seat rearward,
press the switch (2).
Angle adjustment:
僅 To recline the front passenger seat
-
back forward, press the switch (3). To
recline the front passenger seatback
rearward, press the switch (4).
Headrest (for front seat)
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
To maximize the effectiveness in case of
accidents, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is
as high as the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's heads is similar
with the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason, the use
of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
WARNING
Headrest removal/adjustment
僅 Do not operate the vehicle with the
headrests removed. Headrests can
provide critical neck and head sup
-
port in a crash.
僅 Do not adjust the headrest height
while the vehicle is in motion. Driver
may lose control of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Excessive pulling or pushing may dam
-
age the headrest.
Adjusting the height up and
down
To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
2. To lower the headrest, push and hold
the release button (2) on the headrest
support.
3. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
OKA4H023029
OKA4024001N
OKA4H023058
Safety features of your Kia
143
Seat
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
CAUTION
If you recline the seatback towards the
front with the headrest and seat cushion
raised, the headrest may come in con
-
tact with the sun visor or other parts of
the vehicle.
Removing headrest
Type A
Type B
To remove the headrest:
1. Raise headrest as far as it can go.
2. Recline the seatback (2) with the
reclining lever or switch (1).
3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).
WARNING
Removing headrest
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat
with the headrest removed or reversed.
Headrests can provide critical neck and
head support in a crash.
Reinstalling headrest
Type A
ONQ5021040
OKA4024087N_3
OKA4023088L_3
OKA4024002N_3
15
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
Type B
To reinstall the headrest:
1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release but
-
ton (1).
2. Recline the seatback (4) with the
reclining lever or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.
WARNING
Headrest reinstallation
To reduce the risk of injury to the head
or neck, always make sure the headrest
is locked into position and adjusted
properly after reinstalling.
Seatback pocket
There is a double pocket (1) in the front
seat back for storing simple books or
atlases, USB charger (2), and the hook
(3) (if equipped) for rear passengers.
WARNING
Seatback pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the
seatback pockets. In an accident they
could come loose from the pocket and
injure vehicle occupants.
Rear seat adjustment
Forward and backward adjust
-
ment (2nd row seat)
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
OKA4023067L_3
OKA4H023030
OKA4H023117_2
Safety features of your Kia
163
Seat
Seatback angle (2nd, 3rd row
seat)
2nd row outboard seat
2nd row center seat (for 8 seats)
3rd row seat
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever (for
2nd row outboard seat) or strap (for
2nd row center or 3rd row seat).
2. Hold the lever or strap and adjust the
seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever or strap and make
sure the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original
position for the seatback to lock.)
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat) (if
equipped)
To get in or out from the 3rd row seat:
1. Lift the armrest up and lower the
headrest to the lowest position (if nec
-
essary).
2. Pull up the walk-in strap (1) or pull the
walk-in lever (2) on the 2nd row seat
when the passenger gets out from 3rd
row seat.
3. After getting in or out, push the 2nd
row seat to the original position until it
clicks into place. Make sure that the
seat is locked in place.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust the 2nd row
seat while the vehicle is moving or the
seat is occupied as the seat may sud
-
denly move and cause the passenger on
the seat to be injured.
OKA4H023118_2
OKA4023073L_2
OKA4023074L_3
OKA4H023119_2
17
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
WARNING
Do not pull the strap when the 2nd row
seats are occupied. Sudden movement
of the seats may result in injury. Use the
strap only when the folding switch in the
2nd row (in the upper part of the second
row seatback or the outer part of the
seat) does not work.
Folding the rear seat (2nd, 3rd
row seat)
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
2nd row outboard seat
2nd row center seat (for 8 seats)
3rd row seat
1. Insert the rear seat belt webbing in
the guide to prevent the seat belt
from being damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position.
4. Pull on the seatback folding lever or
strap, then fold the seat toward the
front of the vehicle.
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on the
top of the seatback.
5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull the
seatback backward by pulling on the
folding lever or strap. Pull the seat
-
back firmly until it clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked in
place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
OKA4H023120_2
OKA4023075L_2
OKA4023076L_2
OKA4H023050
Safety features of your Kia
183
Seat
WARNING
Folded down seatback
Do not sit on folded down seatbacks.
Folding down the rear seatbacks allows
you to carry longer items that wouldn't
fit otherwise be accommodated.
僅 Never allow a passenger to sit on top
of the folded down seatback while the
car is moving. This is not a proper
seating position since the seat has
important crash protection features
and seat belts are not available in this
seat configuration.
僅 To reduce the risk of injury caused by
sliding cargo within the passenger
compartment of the vehicle, objects
carried on the folded down seatback
should not extend higher than the top
of the front seats.
WARNING
Objects
Objects carried on the folded down seat
-
back must be secured, and must not
extend higher than the top of the front
seatbacks. Failure to follow these
instructions could allow cargo to slide
and cause injury or damage.
Removing the seat (2nd row seat)
1. Insert the seat belt buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion.
2. Lower the headrest to the lowest posi
-
tion.
3. Slide the seat to the farthest forward.
4. Fold the seat back by pulling up the
reclining lever or strap.
5. Pull the removal lever or strap and lift
the rear portion of the seat cushion.
2nd row outboard seat
2nd row center seat
6. Remove the entire seat from the floor.
Installing the seat (2nd row seat)
1. Put the front hook (1) on the front
install guide (A) that inside rail on the
floor.
2. Insert two front hooks into the front
strikers (B).
OKA4023009L_2
OKA4023010L
OKA4023011L
OKA4024116N
OKA4024117N
19
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cush
-
ion then push down firmly to lock the
catches into the rear strikers (C) until
an audible "click" is heard.
4. Make sure the green mark on the rear
seat cushion frame is visible and the
catches are locked in position by mov
-
ing the seat forward and backward or
lifting the front portion of the seat. If
the green mark is invisible and the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
5. Pull up the seatback reclining lever or
strap.
6. Lift and push the seatback backward
firmly until it clicks into place. Make
sure the seatback is locked in place.
7. Return the seat belt to the proper
position.
WARNING
Installing or removing the seat
僅 Do not install or remove the 2nd row
seat if there are occupants in the 3rd
row seats, as this may injure occu
-
pants.
僅 Fold seatback before installing the
tumble seat.
If the rear catches of the seat are locked
into the rear anchors (2) while the front
catches are not locked into the front
anchors (1), do the following to release
the rear catches from the rear anchors.
Pull the removal strap or lever and lift
the rear portion of the seat cushion.
Then the rear catches will be released.
Remove the seat while lifting up the rear
portion of seat cushion and then rein
-
stalling the tumble seat.
Stowing the rear seat (3rd row)
The rear seat can be folded and stowed
in the luggage compartment to provide
additional cargo space.
To stow the rear seat:
1. Lower the headrest to the lowest posi
-
tion (1). To stow easily, adjust the seat
-
OKA4023013L
OKA4023014L_2
OKA4023015L
OKA4023016L
OKA4023010L
OKA4023011L
Safety features of your Kia
203
Seat
back (2) to upright position. (if
necessary)
2. Pull up the seat by using the stowing
lever (3).
3. Stow the seat by pushing down firmly.
Make sure there is nobody or object
around the seat and be careful not to
injure your hands or body under the seat
or in the moving parts when stowing or
reinstalling the seat.
CAUTION
To stow 3rd row seat
Do not stow the 3rd row seat when the
seatback is folded. It may damage the
3rd seat mechanism.
To use the rear seat:
1. Lift the seat by pulling up the stowing
lever.
2. Release the lever and push the seat
forward firmly until it clicks into place
to insert the catches into the anchors.
3. Make sure the catches are locked in
position by moving the seat forward
and backward or lifting the front por
-
tion of the seat. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly. Do not push
down the upper part of the seatback
when pushing the seat forward. Doing
so can prevent the catches from
being locked in position.
4. Pull out and hold the folding strap.
OKA4H023051_2
OKA4H023052
OKA4H023053
OKA4H023054
OKA4H023055
OKA4H023056
21
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
5. Hold the seat back when you adjust
the seat back angle until it clicks into
place and then release the folding
strap. Make sure the seatback is
locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper
position.
WARNING
Cargo
僅 Do not place heavy objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be properly
secured and may hit vehicle occu
-
pants in a frontal collision.
僅Do not place luggage on the folded
down seat back of 3rd row seats. Put
luggage behind 2nd row seats after
the folded 3rd row seat is stowed
away into the floor.
When you fold the rear (2nd and/or 3rd
row) seatback, insert the buckle in the
pocket between the rear seatback and
cushion. Doing so can prevent the
buckle from being damaged by the rear
seatback.
When returning the rear (2nd and/or 3rd
row) seatbacks to the upright position,
remember to return the rear shoulder
belts to their proper position. Routing
the seat belt webbing through the rear
seat belt guides will help keep the belts
from being trapped behind or under the
seats.
Make sure the engine is off, the shift
lever is in P (Park) and the parking brake
is securely applied whenever loading or
unloading cargo. Failure to take these
steps may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently moved to
another position.
WARNING
3rd row seat
3rd row occupants should always
remain in the center of the seat cushion
so the occupants' heads are protected
by the headrest. If not, the liftgate may
hit the occupant's head, which could
cause injury.
Rear seat adjustment (VIP
Lounge Seat) (if equipped)
CAUTION
僅 Passenger’s attention is required
when the VIP Lounge Seat is operat
-
ing.
僅 Be careful not to pinch your body or
objects while the seat is operating. (Do
not operate the Seat if you have a 3rd
row seat occupant or other load.)
僅 Do not operate two types of seat con
-
trols (switches) at the same time as
this can damage the seat system.
OKA4H023057
OKA4023018L
OMQ4023091
Safety features of your Kia
223
Seat
Forward and backward adjust
-
ment (VIP Lounge Seat)
To move the seat forward or backward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and backward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
Left and right adjustment (VIP
Lounge Seat)
To move the seat left side or right side:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move left side and right side without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is
not locked properly.
Seat cushion height adjustment
(VIP Lounge Seat)
To change the height of the seat cush
-
ion:
1. Push the lever upwards or down
-
wards to adjust the seat cushion
height.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback angle (VIP Lounge Seat)
OKA4H023003_2
OKA4023077L
OKA4023083L_2
OKA4H023005_2
23
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
backward to move the seatback to the
desired angle.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Leg support (VIP Lounge Seat)
To use the leg support:
1. Pull the leg support lever up and hold
it.
2. Adjust the angle (1, 2) and length (3, 4)
of the leg support while holding the
leg support. When using the leg rest,
move the seat to the inner position,
and then toward the back. If the seat
is not moved far back, it may come in
contact with the first row seat.
3. Release the switch and make sure the
leg support is locked in place.
The leg support length switch operates
after the leg support has been raised by
more than a certain angle to prevent
damage to parts due to floor interfer
-
ence.
VIP Lounge Seat
VIP Lounge Seat distribute body pres
-
sure and concentrated weight on spe
-
cific body parts that occur while sitting in
the same position for a long period of
time. The seat relieves fatigue and dis
-
comfort by providing the optimal sit
position.
CAUTION
Take the following precautions when
using the VIP Lounge Seat:
僅 Do not use the VIP Lounge Seat while
the vehicle is moving. Using the VIP
Lounge Seat could increase the risk of
injuries in the event of a collision or
sudden stop.
僅 Do not use the VIP Lounge Seat while
the vehicle is moving. The shoulder
belt may not adhere to your chest
firmly.
VIP Lounge Seat function
OKA4H023006_2
OMV023087
OKA4023078L
Safety features of your Kia
243
Seat
[A]: Moves simultaneously
If you push down the one touch switch
(1), the seat will be adjusted to the VIP
Lounge position without leg support. If
you push the switch (2), the seat will be
slightly adjusted to the desired VIP
Lounge position with leg support.
Return function
[A]: Moves simultaneously
If you push down the one touch switch
(1), the seat will return to the previous
position. If you push the switch (2), the
seat will be slightly adjusted to the previ
-
ous position.
Headrest (for rear seat)
The rear seats are equipped with head
-
rests in all the seating positions for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
* : 2nd-row center headrest for 8 seats
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a colli
-
sion.
To maximize the effectiveness in case of
accidents, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the headrest is
as high as the center of gravity of an
occupant's head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's heads is similar
with the height as the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to your
head as possible. For this reason, the use
of a cushion that holds the body away
from the seatback is not recommended.
Adjusting the height up and
down
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
To raise the headrest:
OKA4023079L
OKA4023080L
OKA4023081L
OKA4023026L
OKA4023055L
OKA4023057L
25
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the headrest:
1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
Removal and re-installation
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
To remove the headrest:
1. Raise it as far as it can go then press
the release button (1) while pulling the
headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest:
1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release but
-
ton (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
After installing the headrest, make sure
that it is installed in the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely could
increase whiplash injury during rear
impact.
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in position
after adjusting it to properly protect the
occupants.
OKA4H023066_2
OKA4H023067_2
Safety features of your Kia
263
Seat belts
Seat belts
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders.
Seat belt restraint system
For maximum restraint system protec
-
tion, the seat belts must always be used
whenever the vehicle is moving.
僅 A properly positioned shoulder belt
should be positioned midway over
your shoulder, across your collarbone.
僅 Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See "Child
Restraint System (CRS)" on page 3-36
for further discussion.
WARNING
Twisted seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not twisted
when worn. A twisted seat belt may not
properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING
Shoulder belt
僅 Never wear the shoulder belt under
your arm or behind your back. An
improperly positioned shoulder belt
cannot protect the occupant in the
event of a crash.
僅 Always wear both the shoulder por
-
tion and lap portion of the lap/shoul
-
der belt.
WARNING
Damaged seat belt
Any damage in webbing or hardware
may lead to serious injury or death in a
crash. For your safety, replace the entire
seat belt assembly when any part of the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
Seat belts are designed to bear upon the
bony structure of the body, and should
be worn low across the front of the pel
-
vis, chest and shoulders, as applicable;
wearing the lap section of the belt across
the abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly
as possible, consistent with comfort, to
provide the protection for which they
have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the pro
-
tection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contami
-
nation of the webbing with polishes, oils
and chemicals, and particularly battery
acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out
using mild soap and water. The belt
should be replaced if webbing becomes
frayed, contaminated or damaged.
僅 No modifications or additions should
be made by the user which would
either prevent the seat belt adjusting
devices from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt assem
-
bly from being adjusted to remove
slack.
僅 When you fasten the seat belt, be
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seats. It is very dan
-
gerous and you may not be protected
by the seat belt properly.
僅 Do not unfasten the seat belt and do
not fasten and unfasten the seat belt
repeatedly while driving. This could
result in loss of control, and an acci
-
dent causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
僅 When fastening the seat belt, make
sure that the seat belt does not pass
27
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
over objects that are hard or can
break easily.
WARNING
Seat belt buckle
Do not allow foreign material (gum,
crumbs, coins, liquids, etc.) to obstruct
the seat belt buckle. This may prevent
the seat belt from fastening securely.
Seat belt warning
The seat belt warning light and warning
chime operate under the following con
-
ditions.
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will appear for approxi
-
mately 6 seconds each time you turn the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP
button ON regardless of belt fastening. If
the seatbelt is not fastened, the warning
chime will sound for about 6 seconds.
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened over approximately 5 mph (9
km/h) and less than approximately 12
mph (20 km/h), the corresponding
warning light will appear. The warning
light will turn off when the vehicle speed
drops below approximately 5 mph (9
km/h).
If you start to drive without the seat belt
fastened or you unfasten the seat belt
when you drive approximately 12 mph
(20 km/h) and faster, the warning light
will blink and warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds. When
the seat belt is unfastened during driv
-
ing, the warning light will appear when
the speed is over approximately 5mph
(9 km/h) and less than approximately 12
mph (20 km/h). When the speed is
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) and
faster, the warning light will blink and
warning chime will sound for approxi
-
mately 100 seconds.
Front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the seat belt warning light will appear for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button ON regardless of
belt fastening. If you start to drive with
-
out the passenger seat belt fastened
when you drive over approximately 5
mph (9 km/h) and less than approxi
-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h), the corre
-
sponding warning light will appear. The
warning light will turn off when the vehi
-
cle speed drops approximately below 5
mph (9 km/h).
If you start to drive without the passen
-
ger seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive approxi
-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h) and faster, the
warning light will blink and warning
chime will sound for approximately 100
seconds. When the passenger seat belt
is unfastened during driving, the warn
-
ing light will appear when the speed is
over approximately 5mph (9 km/h) and
less than approximately 12 mph (20 km/
h). When the speed is approximately 12
mph (20 km/h) and faster, the warning
light will blink and warning chime will
sound for approximately 100 seconds.
NOTICE
僅 Even if the front passenger seat is not
occupied, the seat belt warning light
Safety features of your Kia
283
Seat belts
will appear for approximately 6 sec
-
onds.
僅 The front passenger's seat belt warn
-
ing may operate when luggage is
placed on the front passenger seat.
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
Fastening the seat belt
僅 To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be an
audible "click" when the tab locks into
the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you lean
forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt
will extend and let you move around. If
there is a sudden stop or impact, how
-
ever, the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
WARNING
You should place the lap belt portion as
low as possible and snugly across your
hips. If the lap belt is located too high on
your waist, it may increase the chance of
injury in the event of a collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt buckle
should be over the belt while the other
arm should be under the belt as shown
in the illustration. Never wear the seat
belt under the arm closest to the door.
NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Releasing the seat belt
僅 Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should auto
-
matically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Adjusting the height of shoulder
belt
You can adjust the height of the shoul
-
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions for
maximum comfort and safety.
OCV031125N
ONQ5021041
OCV031126N
29
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
You will not be getting the most effective
protection. The shoulder portion should
be adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
僅 To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1).
僅 To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
Improperly positioned seat belts can
cause serious injuries in an accident.
WARNING
Shoulder belt positioning
Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked
into position at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder belt across
your neck or face. Improperly positioned
seat belts can cause serious injuries in
an accident.
WARNING
Seat belt replacement
After a collision, the seat belt system
should be inspected to ensure it is oper
-
ating normally. Replace any belts that
are not functioning appropriately.
The seat belt should be locked into the
buckle on each seat cushion to be prop
-
erly fastened.
2nd row seats
* The 2nd-row center seat is only avail
-
able in 8 seating positions.
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
2. Rear center seat belt fastening buckle
3. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle
3rd row seats
1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle
2. Rear center seat anchor connector
3. Rear left and center seat belt fasten
-
ing buckle
WARNING
Prior to fastening the rear seat belts,
ensure the latch matches the seat belt
buckle. Forcefully fastening the left or
right seat belt to the center buckle can
OKA4H023078_2
OKA4023030L
OKA4023031L
Safety features of your Kia
303
Seat belts
result in an improper fastening scenario
that will not protect you in an accident.
3-point rear center belt (3rd row
center seat)
To fasten the rear center belt
1. Pull out the mini tongue from hole on
the belt assembly cover (1) and then
slowly pull the seat belt out from the
retractor.
2. Pull out the tongue plate from the
holder on the seat belt (2).
3. Insert the mini tongue (A) into the
open end of the anchor connector (C)
until an audible "click" is heard, indi
-
cating the latch is locked. Make sure
the belt is not twisted.
4. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert
the tongue plate (B) into the open end
of the buckle (D) until an audible
“click” is heard, indicating the latch is
locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “
CENTER
” mark must be
used.
There will be an audible "click" when the
tab locks in the buckle. The seat belt
automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt is adjusted
manually so that it fits snugly around
your hips, if you lean forward in a slow,
easy motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden
stop or impact, the belt will lock into posi
tion. It will also lock if you try to lean for
-
ward too quickly.
WARNING
When using the rear seat center belt,
you must lock all tongue plates and
buckles. If any tongue plate or buckle is
not locked, it will increase the chance of
injury in the event of collision.
To unfasten the rear center belt
1. Press the release button on the buckle
(D) and remove the tongue plate (B)
from the buckle (D).
OKA4023034L
OKA4023035L
OKA4H023111
OKA4H023112
OKA4H023112
31
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
2. To retract the rear center seatbelt,
insert the tongue plate or similar small
rigid device into the web release hole
(C). Pull up on the seat belt web (A)
and allow the webbing to retract auto
-
matically.
3. Insert the tongue plate into the holder
(1) in seat belt and then insert the mini
tongue into the hole on the belt
assembly cover.
Stowing the rear seat belt
The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed
in the pocket between the rear seatback
and cushion when not in use.
The center seat belt can be stowed with
the plate and webbing rolled in the
pocket between the rear seatback and
cushion.
2nd row seat
3rd row seat
3rd row center seat
3rd row outboard seat
1. Route the seat belt webbing through
the rear seat belt guides. It will help
keep the belts from being trapped
behind or under the seats.
2. After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
CAUTION
When pulling out to wear the seat belt,
the tongue should be slowly pulled out
OKA4H023111
OKA4023036L
OKA4023037L
OKA4024114N
OKA4023040L
OKA4H023076
OKA4H023050
Safety features of your Kia
323
Seat belts
of the seat belt guide so that the seat
belt guide does not come off the trim.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts for the front driver and
passenger, as well as the second row
passengers (except the center).
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to
make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
collisions.
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in crashes where the collision
is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger's seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system acti
-
vates, the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some pres
-
sure on the affected seat belt.
WARNING
For your safety, be sure that the belt
webbing is not loose or twisted and
always sit properly on your seat.
NOTICE
The pre-tensioner may activate not only
in a frontal collision but also in a side col
-
lision, if the vehicle is equipped with a
side or curtain air bag.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system con
-
sists mainly of the following compo
-
nents. Their locations are shown in the
illustration:
1
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
air bag warning light
2
Front retractor pre-tensioner assem
-
bly
3
SRS control module
4
2nd row retractor pre-tensioner
assembly
WARNING
Skin irritation
Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts were activated. The fine
dust from the pre-tensioner activation
OBL7M033061
OCV031023L
OKA4024091N
33
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
may cause skin irritation and should not
be inhaled for prolonged periods.
NOTICE
僅 Both the driver's and front passen
-
ger's seat belt pre-tensioner systems
may be activated not only in certain
frontal collisions, but also in certain
side collisions or rollovers, if the vehi
-
cle is equipped with a side or curtain
air bag.
僅 Because the sensor that activates the
SRS air bag is connected with the pre-
tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag
warning light on the instrument
panel will appear for approximately 3
~ 6 seconds after the ignition switch
or ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
僅 If the pre-tensioner seat belt system is
not working properly, this warning
light will appear even if there is not a
malfunction with the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear when the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button has
been turned to the ON position, or if it
remains appeared after illuminating
for approximately 3 ~ 6 seconds, or if
it appears while the vehicle is being
driven, have an authorized Kia dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt
and SRS air bag system as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair the
pre-tensioner seat belt system in any
manner. Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat belts
yourself. This must be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Hot pre-tensioner
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes after
they have been activated. When the pre-
tensioner seat belt mechanism fires
during a collision the pre-tensioner
becomes hot and can burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate
only one time. After activation, pre-ten
-
sioner seat belts must be replaced. If the
pre-tensioner must be replaced, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
Seat belt precautions
Take the following precautions when
using seat belts.
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint laws.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child and/or
infant seats must be properly placed
and installed in the rear seat. For more
information about the use of these
restraints, refer to "Child Restraint Sys
-
tem (CRS)" on page 3-36.
NOTICE
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the require
-
ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS). Before buy
-
ing any Child Restraint System, make
sure that it has a label certifying that it
meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard 213. The restraint must be
Safety features of your Kia
343
Seat belts
appropriate for your child's height and
weight. Check the label on the child
restraint for this information. Refer to
"Child Restraint System (CRS)" on page
3-36.
Larger children
Children who are too large for Child
Restraint System should always occupy
the rear seat and use the available lap/
shoulder belts. The lap portion should be
fastened and snug on the hips as low as
possible. Check periodically to insure
that the belt fits. A child's squirming
could put the belt out of position. Chil
-
dren are given the most safety in the
event of an accident when they are
restrained by a proper restraint system
in the rear seat. If a larger child (over age
13) must be seated in the front seat, the
child should be securely restrained by
the available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost
position. Children age 13 and under
should be restrained securely in the rear
seat. NEVER place a child age 13 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place a
rear facing child seat in the front seat of
a vehicle.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try plac
-
ing the child closer to the center of the
vehicle. If the shoulder belt still touches
their face or neck they need to be
returned to a Child Restraint System.
WARNING
Small children
Do not allow small children to ride in the
vehicle without an appropriate Child
Restraint System. If the shoulder belt
comes in contact with your child's neck
or face, your child is too small to ride in
the vehicle. In a crash, the seat belt will
inflict injury to your child's neck, throat
and face.
Restraint of pregnant women
Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul
-
der belt assemblies whenever possible
according to specific recommendations
by their doctors. The lap portion of the
belt should be worn AS SECURELY AND
LOW AS POSSIBLE.
WARNING
Pregnant women
Pregnant women must never place the
lap portion of the seat belt above or on
the abdomen where the fetus is located.
The force of the seat belt during a colli
-
sion will crush the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should con
-
sult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of inju
-
ries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should
be in an upright position when the vehi
-
cle is moving. A seat belt cannot provide
35
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Seat belts
proper protection if the person is lying
down in the rear seat or if the front and
rear seats are in a reclined position.
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disas
-
sembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
WARNING
Pinched seat belt
Make sure that the webbing and/or
buckle does not get caught or pinched in
the rear seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position. A caught
or pinched webbing/buckle may
become damaged and could fail during
a collision or sudden stop.
WARNING
Seatbelts can become hot in a vehicle
that has been closed up in sunny
weather. Please handle with care, as
they could burn infants and children, if
used abruptly.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected peri
-
odically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged parts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage
is visible. Additional questions concern
-
ing seat belt operation should be
directed to an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety features of your Kia
363
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing Child Restraint System
(CRS) that has first been properly
secured to the rear seat of the vehicle.
Children always in the rear
Children under age 13 must always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or
sudden maneuver.
WARNING
Restraint Location
Never install a child or infant seat on the
front passenger's seat. A child riding in
the front passenger seat can be force
-
fully struck by an inflating airbag and
get seriously injured.
WARNING
Hot Child Restraint
A Child Restraint System can become
very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on
a sunny day. Be sure to check the seat
cover, buckles and latches before plac
-
ing a child in the restraint system.
According to accident statistics, children
are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seats than in the front seat. Even
with air bags, children can be seriously
injured or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among states, so you should be aware of
the specific requirements in your state,
and where you are traveling.
The CRS must be properly placed and
installed in the rear seat. You must use a
commercially available CRS that meets
the requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).
A CRS is generally designed to be
secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt por
-
tion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a
LATCH system in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first
been properly secured to the rear seat of
the vehicle. Read and comply with the
instructions for installation and use pro
-
vided by the manufacturer of the CRS.
Child Restraint Installation
An improperly secured child restraint
can increase the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when using a
Child Restraint System:
僅 Always follow the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manufacturer's instructions for
installation and use.
僅 Always properly restrain your child in
the child restraint.
僅 If the vehicle head restraint prevents
proper installation of a child seat (as
described in the Child Restraint Sys
-
tem manual), the head restraint of the
respective seating position shall be
readjusted or entirely removed.
僅 Do not use an infant carrier or a child
safety seat that "hooks" over a seat
-
37
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
back as it may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
僅 A child restraint in the center seating
position may also contact or push up
against the safety belt buckles, which
can damage the buckles and make
them unusable or unsafe. Always
check that the child restraint does not
contact any of the safety belt buckles.
Check the placement of the child
restraint regularly to make sure that it
has not shifted and come into contact
with any of the safety belt buckles.
NOTICE
After an accident, have a Kia dealer
check the Child Restraint System, seat
belts, tether anchors and lower anchors.
Selecting a CRS
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
僅 Make sure the CRS has a label certify
-
ing that it meets applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS 213).
僅 Select a child restraint based on your
child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
僅 Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it will
be used.
僅 Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and
use provided with the CRS.
僅 The American Academy of Pediatrics
provides helpful fit and safety infor
-
mation about child restraints at
www.healthychildren.org.
WARNING
Holding children
Never hold a child in your arms or lap
when riding in a vehicle. The violent
forces created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and throw the
child against the car's interior. Always
use a Child Restraint System which is
appropriate for your child's height and
weight.
WARNING
Unattended children
Never leave children unattended in a
vehicle. The car can heat up very
quickly, resulting in injuries to the child
in the vehicle.
WARNING
Seat belt use
Do not use one seat belt for two occu
-
pants at the same time. This will elimi
-
nate any safety benefit provided by the
seat belt to the occupants.
CRS types
There are three main types of the CRS:
rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats,
and booster seats. They are classified
according to the child's age, height and
weight.
Rear-facing child seats
ONQ5021098N
Safety features of your Kia
383
Child Restraint System (CRS)
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface against
the back of the child. The harness sys
-
tem holds the child in place, and in an
accident, acts to keep the child posi
-
tioned in the seat and reduces the stress
to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typi
-
cally have higher height and weight lim
-
its for the rear-facing position, allowing
you to keep your child rear-facing for a
longer period of time.
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It's the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a har
-
ness. Keep children in a forward-facing
child seat with a harness until they reach
the top height or weight limit allowed by
your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing child restraint, your child is ready
for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt
system. A booster seat positions the seat
belt so that it fits properly over the lap of
your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the seat
belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit
properly, the lap belt must lie snugly
across the upper thighs, not the stom
-
ach. The shoulder belt should lie snug
across the shoulder and chest and not
across the neck or face. Children under
age 13 must always ride in the rear seats
and must always be properly restrained
to minimize the risk of injury.
Installing a CRS
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle.
Follow the instructions provided by the
manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
僅
Properly secure the child restraint
to the vehicle.
All child restraints
must be secured to the vehicle with
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or
with the LATCH system.
僅
Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured.
After installing a child
restraint to the vehicle, push and pull
the seat forward and from side-to-
side to verify that it is securely
attached to the seat. A child restraint
secured with a seat belt should be
installed as firmly as possible. How
-
ever, some side-to-side movement
can be expected.
僅
Secure the child in the child
restraint.
Make sure the child is prop
-
ONQ5021099N
39
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
erly strapped in the child restraint
according to the manufacturer
instructions.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH) system
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an acci
-
dent. This system is designed to make
installation of the child restraint easier
and reduce the possibility of improperly
installing your child restraint. The LATCH
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need to
use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into
the vehicle. There are two lower anchors
for each LATCH seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehi
-
cle, you must have a child restraint with
LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide
you with instructions on how to use the
child seat with its attachments for the
LATCH lower anchors.
8 seats
7 seats
For the 7 passenger vehicle, LATCH
anchors have been provided in the left
and right outboard rear seating posi
-
tions. For the 8 passenger vehicle, a sec
-
ond row center seat LATCH anchor is
also provided. Their locations are shown
in the illustrations. There are no LATCH
anchors provided for the 3rd row center
seating position.
WARNING
LATCH Lower Anchors
On the third row seating position, never
attempt to attach a LATCH equipped
seat in the center seating position.
LATCH lower anchors are only to be
used in the left and right rear outboard
seating positions. You may damage the
anchors or the anchors may fail and
break in a collision if the seat is in the
center seating position.
The lower anchor position indicator sym
-
bols are located on the left and right rear
seatbacks to identify the position of the
lower anchors in your vehicle (see
arrows in illustration).
OKA4024062N
OKA4024115N
Safety features of your Kia
403
Child Restraint System (CRS)
1. Lower Anchor position indicator
2. Lower Anchor
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
To use the lower anchor, push the upper
portion of the lower anchor cover.
NOTICE
When installing CRS in center seat (For 8
seats), the seat belt buckle should be
extracted from the seat cushion before
-
hand.
Securing a child restraint with the
LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors. Otherwise, the
webbing or buckle can be damaged
by the latch anchor, which can make
them become unusable or unsafe.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle
seat, then attach the seat to the lower
anchors according to the instructions
provided by the child restraint manu
-
facturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the LATCH system:
僅 Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
僅 To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of the unused seat
belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts
before the child is placed into the
vehicle. Lock each unused seatbelt
following the instructions in the "auto
-
matic locking mode" subsection, and
place the webbing behind the child
seat or against an unused seatback.
Children can be strangled if a shoul
-
der belt becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt tightens.
僅 NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor. This could
cause the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
僅 Always have the LATCH system
inspected by your authorized Kia
dealer after an accident. An accident
can damage the LATCH system and
OKA4024092N_3
OKA4023041L
41
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
may not properly secure the child
restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended maximum weight for
the LATCH system is 65 lbs. (30 kg).
When selecting a proper child restraint,
consider that the maximum total weight
of the child plus the child restraint
should be less than 65 lbs. (30 kg).
As a guide, the MAX child restraint
weight should be determined by the fol
-
lowing calculation:
Child Restraint Weight = 65 - (child's
total weight in lbs.)
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
2nd row seat
2nd row center seat
2nd row seat (VIP Lounge Seat) (if
equipped)
3rd row seat
First secure the child restraint with the
LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If
the child restraint manufacturer recom
-
mends that the top tether strap be
attached, attach and tighten the top
tether strap to the top tether strap
anchor.
Child restraint system tether anchorages
are located on the back of the rear cush
-
ions.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
installing the tether strap:
僅 Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
僅 NEVER attach more than one child
restraint to a single tether anchor.
This could cause the anchor or attach
-
ment to come loose or break.
OKA4H023081
OKA4024118N
OKA4H024113
OKA4024119N
Safety features of your Kia
423
Child Restraint System (CRS)
僅 Do not attach the tether strap to any
-
thing other than the correct tether
anchor. It may not work properly if
attached to something else.
僅 Do not use the tether anchors for
adult seat belts or harnesses, or for
attaching other items or equipment to
the vehicle.
僅 Always fasten the seat belts behind
the child restraint seat when they are
not used to secure the child seat. Fail
-
ure to do so may result in child stran
-
gulation.
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the Child Restraint System seat
strap over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrest,
route the tether strap under the head
-
rest and between the headrest posts,
otherwise route the tether strap over
the top of the seatback.
2. Connect the top-tether to the top-
tether anchorage, then tighten the
top-tether according to the instruc
-
tions of your Child Restraint System's
manufacturer to firmly attach the
Child Restraint System to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by push
-
ing and pulling the seat forward and
from side-to-side.
Securing a child restraint with a
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system, all
child restraints must be secured to a
vehicle rear seat with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt.
Automatic locking mode
All passenger seat belts move freely
under normal conditions and only lock
under extreme or emergency conditions
(emergency locking mode). So, in order
to secure a child restraint, you must
manually pull the seat belt all the way
out to shift the retractor to the "auto
-
matic locking" mode.
The "automatic locking" mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the seat
belt to loosen and compromise the CRS.
To install a CRS on the rear seats, do the
following:
1. Place the CRS on a rear seat and
route the lap/shoulder belt around or
through the child restraint, following
the restraint manufacturer's instruc
-
tions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct
"click" sound.
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emer
-
gency.
OKA4024110N
OJAPE023026
43
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Child Restraint System (CRS)
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out. When the shoul
-
der portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "automatic locking" (child
restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the retrac
-
tor is in the "automatic locking" mode.
If no distinct sound is heard, repeat
steps 3 and 4.
5. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
CRS while feeding the shoulder belt
back into the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the CRS to confirm
that the seat belt is holding it firmly in
place. If it is not, release the seat belt
and repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is in
the "automatic locking" mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you cannot,
the retractor is in the "automatic lock
-
ing" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether anchor
with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to
"Securing a child restraint seat with
"Tether Anchor" system" on page 3-41
for more information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to retract
to its fully stowed position, the retractor
will automatically switch from the "auto
-
matic locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
Auto lock mode
Set the retractor to Automatic Lock
mode when installing any Child Restraint
System. If the retractor is not in the auto
-
matic locking mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle turns or
stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child restraint is
not properly anchored in the car.
To remove the child restraint, press the
release button on the buckle and then
pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the
restraint and allow the seat belt to
retract fully.
OJAPE023023
OJAPE023024
OJAPE023025
Safety features of your Kia
443
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1
Driver's front air bag
2
Passenger's front air bag
3
Side air bag
4
Curtain air bag
5
Driver's knee air bag
6
Front center side air bag
Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety
belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a col
-
lision or rollover.
OKA4023046L
45
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
How does the air bag system
operate?
僅 Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) only when the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton is in the ON Position and it can be
activated within about 3 minutes after
ignition off.
僅 The appropriate air bags inflate
instantly in the event of a serious
frontal collision or side collision in
order to help protect the occupants
from serious physical injury.
僅 There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
are designed to inflate based upon
the severity of a collision and its direc
-
tion, etc. Several factors determine
whether the sensors produce an elec
-
tronic deployment/inflation signal.
僅 Air bags will not deploy in every crash
or collision situations. Air bag deploy
-
ment depends on a number of factors
including vehicle speed, angles of
impact, and, the density and stiffness
of the vehicles or objects which your
vehicle hits in the collision. The deter
-
mining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
僅 The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
air bags inflate during an accident. It
is much more likely that you will sim
-
ply see the deflated air bags hanging
out of their storage compartments
after the collision.
僅 In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, side and/or curtain air bags
will inflate if the sensing system
detects a rollover.
僅 When a rollover is detected, side and/
or curtain airbags will remain inflated
longer. This helps provide protection
from ejection, especially when used in
conjunction with the seat belts.
僅 In order to help provide protection,
the air bags must inflate rapidly. The
airbag inflates extremely fast between
the occupant and the vehicle struc
-
tures before the occupant impacts the
vehicle structures. This speed of infla
-
tion reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a nec
-
essary part of the air bag design.
However, airbag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include facial
abrasions, bruises and broken bones.
This is because the rapid inflation also
causes the airbags to expand with a
great deal of force.
僅
There are even circumstances
under which contact with the steer
-
ing wheel or passenger air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the steering wheel or pas
-
senger air bag.
WARNING
Airbag inflation
Sit as far back as possible from the
steering wheel while still maintaining
comfortable control of the vehicle. A dis
-
tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) from
your chest to the steering wheel is rec
-
ommended. Failure to do so can result in
airbag inflation injuries to the driver.
Noise and smoke
When inflated, the air bags make a loud
noise and leave smoke and powder in
the air inside the vehicle. This is normal
and is a result of the ignition of the air
bag inflator. After the air bag inflates,
you may feel substantial discomfort in
Safety features of your Kia
463
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
breathing due to the contact of your
chest with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder.
Open your doors
and/or windows as soon as possible
after impact in order to reduce dis
-
comfort and prevent prolonged expo
-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non
-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin
(eyes, nose and throat, and so on). If this
is the case, wash and rinse with cold
water immediately and consult a doctor
if the symptom persists.
WARNING
Hot components
Do not touch the air bag storage area's
internal components immediately after
airbag inflation. The air bag related parts
in the steering wheel, instrument panel
and the roof rails above the front and
rear doors are very hot. Hot components
can result in burn injuries.
WARNING
Do not install or place any accessories
near air bag deployment areas, such as
the instrument panel, windows, pillars,
and roof rails.
Do not install a child restraint on
the front passenger's seat
Never place a rear-facing child restraint
in the front passenger's seat.
If the air bag deploys, it would impact
the rear-facing child restraint, causing
serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger's
seat. If the front passenger air bag
inflates, it could cause serious or fatal
injuries to the child.
WARNING
Air bag deployment
When children are seated in the rear
outboard seats of a vehicle equipped
with side and/or curtain air bags, install
the Child Restraint System as far away
from the door side as possible. Inflation
of the side and/or curtain air bags could
impact the child.
Air bag warning and indicator
Air bag warning light
The purpose of air bag warning light in
your instrument panel is to alert you of a
potential problem with your air bag sys
-
tem, which could include your side and/
or curtain air bags used for rollover pro
-
tection.
If the air bag warning light is appeared
for more than 6 seconds after the igni
-
tion switch or ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton has been turned to the ON position,
or if it appears during vehicle operation,
an SRS component may not be function
-
ing properly and you should have your
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
If any of the following conditions occur,
this indicates a malfunction in the air
ODEPV032028
47
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
bag system. Have an authorized Kia
dealer inspect the air bag system as
soon as possible.
僅 The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position.
僅 The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 3 ~ 6 seconds.
僅 The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
僅 The light blinks when the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ON position.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) components and functions
* The actual position of SRS components
may differ from the illustration.
The SRS consists of the following com
-
ponents:
1
Driver's front air bag module
2
Passenger's front air bag module
3
Side air bag modules
4
Curtain air bag modules
5
Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6
Air bag warning light
7
SRS control module (SRSCM)/rollover
sensor
8
Front impact sensors
9
Side impact sensors
10
Side pressure sensors
11
Driver's knee air bag module
12
Occupant Detection System
13
Front driver/passenger's seatbelt
buckle sensor
14
Front center side air bag module
The SRSCM continually monitors all ele
-
ments while the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button is in the
ON Position or approximately within 3
minutes after ignition off to determine if
a frontal, near-frontal impact or side
impact is severe enough to require air
bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat
belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light on the
instrument panel will appear for about 3
~ 6 seconds after the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
to the ON position, after which the air
bag warning light should go out.
WARNING
If any of the following conditions occurs,
this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.
In this case, have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
僅 The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
僅 The light comes on while the vehicle is
in motion.
僅 The light blinks when the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in ON position.
OKA4024047N
Safety features of your Kia
483
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Driver's front air bag (1)
The air bag modules are located both in
the center of the steering wheel, in the
front passenger's panel above the glove
box and in the driver's side knee bolster.
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
Driver's front air bag (2)
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of
the air bags. Further opening of the cov
-
ers then allows full inflation of the air
bags.
Driver's front air bag (3)
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
Passenger's front air bag
WARNING
Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any accessories
on the steering wheel, instrument panel,
or on the front passenger's panel above
the glove box in a vehicle. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles if the
air bag deploys.
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
僅 If an air bag deploys, there may be a
loud noise followed by a fine dust
released in the vehicle. These condi
-
tions are normal and are not hazard
-
ous - the air bags are packed in this
fine powder. The dust generated
during air bag deployment may cause
skin or eye irritation as well as aggra
-
vate asthma for some persons.
Always wash all exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and a mild
OKA4023058L
OKA4023059L
OKA4023060L
OCV031039L
49
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
soap after an accident in which the air
bags were deployed.
僅 The SRS can function only when the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button is in the ON Position or
approximately within 3 minutes after
ignition off. The SRS is not working
properly if any of the following situa
-
tions occur :
- the SRS airbag warning light does
not appear
- the SRS airbag warning light
remains on continuously after illu
-
minating for about 3 ~ 6 seconds
when the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to
the ON position or after the vehicle
is in ready mode
- the SRS airbag warning light comes
on while driving
If this occurs, have your vehicle imme
-
diately inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect
a battery terminal, turn the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP button
to the OFF position. Never remove or
replace the air bag related fuse(s) when
the ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button is ON position. Failure to
heed this warning will cause the SRS air
bag warning light to appear.
Occupant Detection System
(ODS)
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occu
-
pant Detection System (ODS) in the front
passenger's seat.
The ODS is designed to detect the pres
-
ence of a properly-seated front passen
-
ger and determine if the passenger's
front air bag should be enabled (may
inflate) or not. Only the front passenger
front air bag is controlled by the ODS.
Do not put anything in front of the PAS
-
SENGER AIR BAG ( ) indicator.
Main components of the ODS
僅 A detection device is located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
僅 An electronic system determines
whether the passenger air bag sys
-
tems should be activated or deacti
-
vated.
僅 An indicator light located on the over
-
head console which appears the
words PASSENGER AIR BAG ( )
indicates the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
僅 The overhead console air bag warning
light is interconnected with the ODS.
If the front passenger seat is occupied
by a person that the system determines
to be of appropriate size, and he/she sits
properly (sitting upright with the old
battery with a nseatback in an upright
position, centered on the seat cushion
OKA4024121N
Safety features of your Kia
503
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor), the
PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indicator will
turn off and the front passenger's air
bag will be able to inflate, if necessary, in
frontal crashes.
You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator on the overhead console.
This system detects the conditions 1 ~ 4
in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air bag
based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle
occupants are seated and restrained
properly (sitting upright with the seat in
an upright position, centered on the seat
cushion, with the person's legs comfort
-
ably extended, feet on the floor, and
wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air bag
and the safety belt.
The ODS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which can
defeat the detection system. These
include:
僅 Failing to sit in an upright position.
僅 Leaning against the door or center
console.
僅 Sitting towards the sides or the front
of the seat.
僅 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest
-
ing them on other locations which
reduce the passenger weight on the
front seat.
僅 Improperly wearing the safety belt.
僅 Reclining the seatback.
51
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Conditions and operation of the front passenger ODS
* 1. The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in
the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending
on his/her physique and posture.
* 2. Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who
has outgrown a CRS sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
* 3. Never install a CRS on the front passenger seat.
* 4. The PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indicator may turn on or off when a child above
12 months to 12 years old (with or without a CRS) sits in the front passenger seat.
This is a normal condition.
Condition detected by the occupant detec
-
tion system
Indicator/Warning light Devices
"PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light Front passenger air bag
1. Adult
*1
Off Off Activated
2. Child Restraint System (CRS) with child
under 12 months old
*2*3*4
On Off Deactivated
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system Off On Activated
Safety features of your Kia
523
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
僅 Do not install a child restraint seat in
the passenger seat when the seat is
heavily soaked with any type of liquid.
僅 Do not alter or remodel the Occupant
Detection System (ODS). This may
damage the system and prevent its
proper function in a collision.
NOTICE
僅 Do not use car seat cushions that
cover up the surface of the seat and
aftermarket manufactured passenger
seat heaters.
僅 After conducting car interior cleaning
using steam or detergent, the seat
should be dried properly. Afterward,
check for normal operation of the
PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" and air
bag warning lights.
僅 Any service related to the passenger
seat and the ODS must be done at an
authorized Kia dealership.
僅 After the passenger seat has been
removed or installed for repair pur
-
poses, check for normal operation of
the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) and
air bag warning lights with a person
seated or not seated in the passenger
seat.
NOTICE
When the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( )
symbol is appeared, the passenger air
bag system will not operate. The passen
-
ger air bag system will operate when
necessary if the symbol is not appeared.
NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front pas
-
senger seat. Don't place anything on or
attach anything such as a blanket, front
seat cover or aftermarket seat heater to
the front passenger seat. This can
adversely affect the Occupant Detection
System.
WARNING
Occupant Detection System
Riding in an improper position adversely
affects the Occupant Detection System
and may result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is important
for the driver to instruct the passenger
as to the proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
僅 Do not place a heavy load in the front
passenger seatback pocket or on the
front passenger seat.
僅 Do not place feet on the front passen
-
ger seatback.
僅 Never sit with hips shifted towards the
front of the seat.
OMV023157
OMV023101
53
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
僅 Never excessively recline the front
passenger seatback.
僅 Never place feet on the dashboard.
僅 Never lean on the door or center con
-
sole.
僅 Never sit on one side of the front pas
-
senger seat.
僅 Do not use car seat accessories such
as thick blankets and cushions which
cover up the car seat surface.
僅 Do not place electronic devices such
as laptops or DVD players or heavy
objects such as a large quantity of
water bottles on the passenger seat.
僅 Wet passenger seat:
Do not spill liquid in the passenger
seat. Spilled liquid on the passenger
seat may cause the air bag warning
light to appear or malfunction. If any
liquid is spilled, make sure the seat
has been completely dried before
driving the vehicle.
Proper position
OMV023102
OMV023103
OMV023104
OCV031086
OMV023107
OMV023108
OMV023109
OCV031081
Safety features of your Kia
543
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
When an adult is seated in the front pas
-
senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIR BAG
( ) indicator is on, change the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP button
to the OFF position and ask the passen
-
ger to sit properly (sitting upright with
the seatback in an upright position, cen
-
tered on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended and
their feet on the floor). Restart the vehi
-
cle and have the person remain in that
position. This will allow the system to
detect the person and to enable the pas
-
senger air bag.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indica
-
tor is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
WARNING
PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) light
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride
in the front seat when the PASSENGER
AIR BAG ( ) indicator is appeared,
because the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. The driver must
instruct the passenger to reposition him
-
self in the seat. Failure to properly posi
-
tion yourself may lead to air bag
deactivation resulting in air bag non-
deployment in a collision. If the PASSEN
-
GER AIR BAG ( ) indicator remains
appeared after the passenger reposi
-
tions themselves properly and the car is
restarted, it is recommended that pas
-
senger move to the rear seat because
the passenger's front air bag will not
deploy.
NOTICE
The PASSENGER AIR BAG ( ) indica
-
tor does not appear if the front passen
-
ger seat is occupied, the occupant
detection sensor will then classify the
front passenger after several more sec
-
onds. Also, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to the ON position when
about 3 minutes have elapsed since the
vehicle is in OFF position.
僅 Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the Occupant Detection System,
never install a Child Restraint System
in the front passenger's seat. A
deploying air bag can forcefully strike
a child resulting in serious injuries or
death.
Any child age 13 and under should ride
in the rear seat. Children too large for
child restraints should use the available
lap/shoulder belts. No matter what type
of crash, children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
If the ODS is not working properly, the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will appear because the passen
-
ger's front air bag is connected with the
ODS. If there is a malfunction of the ODS
the PASSENGER AIRBAG ( ) indicator
will not appear. In this case, the passen
-
ger's front airbag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no occu
-
pant in the front passenger seat.
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
Your vehicle is equipped with an
advanced supplemental restraint (air
bag) system and lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seating
position.
55
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Driver's front air bag
Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
The indication of the function's presence
are the letters "AIR BAG" located on the
air bag pad cover on the steering wheel,
on the cover of the driver's side knee
bolster located below the steering wheel,
and the passenger's side front panel pad
above the glove box.
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) consists of air bags installed under
the pad covers in the center of the steer
-
ing wheel, in the knee bolster below the
steering wheel column and the passen
-
ger's side front panel above the glove
box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and/or the front passen
-
ger with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity. The SRS uses sensors to gather
information about the driver's and front
passenger's seat belt usage and impact
severity.
The seat belt buckle sensor determines
if the front passenger's seat belt is fas
-
tened.
These sensors provide the ability to con
-
trol the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fas
-
tened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to
control the air bag inflation with two lev
-
els. A first stage level is provided for
moderate-severity impacts. A second
stage level is provided for more severe
impacts.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRS Control Module
(SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation.
Failure to properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury in
an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an Occupant Detection System
(ODS) in the front passenger's seat. The
ODS detects the presence of a passen
-
ger in the front passenger's seat and will
turn off the front passenger's air bag
under certain conditions. For more
detail, see "Occupant Detection System
(ODS)" on page 3-49.
WARNING
Modification to the seat structure is
more likely to cause the air bag to
deploy at a different level than should be
provided.
Manufacturers are required by govern
-
ment regulations to provide a contact
point concerning modifications to the
vehicle for persons with disabilities,
which modifications may affect the vehi
-
OKA4H023090
OKA4024122N
OKA4H023092
Safety features of your Kia
563
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
cle's advanced air bag system. That con
-
tact is Kia's toll-free Customer
Assistance center at 1-800-333-4542
(U.S. only). However, Kia does not
endorse nor will it support any changes
to any part or structure of the vehicle
that could affect the advanced air bag
system, including the ODS.
WARNING
Replacement/modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or
door should not be replaced except by
an authorized Kia dealer using original
Kia parts designed for this vehicle and
model. Any other such replacement or
modification could adversely affect the
operation of the Occupant Detection
System and your advanced air bags.
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide
enhanced occupant protection in frontal
crashes. Front air bags are not intended
to deploy in collisions in which sufficient
protection can be provided by the seat
belt.
NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once – have
an authorized Kia dealer replace the air
bag immediately after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. However, when frontal
deployment threshold is satisfied at
side-impact, front air bags may deploy.
In addition, front air bags will not deploy
in frontal crashes below the deployment
threshold.
WARNING
SRS wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of the air
bags or by rendering the SRS inopera
-
tive.
WARNING
No attaching objects
No objects (such as crash pad cover, cel
-
lular phone holder, cup holder, perfume
or stickers) should be placed over or
near the air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the air bags to
deploy.
Do not place any objects over the air bag
or between the air bag and yourself.
Additionally, never place or insert any
object into any small opening near side
airbag labels attached to the vehicle
seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result in
unexpected accident or bodily harm.
Side air bags and front center
side air bag
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air
bag in each front seat and front center
side air bag in front driver seat.
57
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
The purpose of the air bag is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front pas
-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
僅 The side air bags and front center side
air bag are designed to deploy during
certain side-impact collisions,
depending on the crash severity of
impact.
僅 The side air bags may deploy on the
side of the impact or on both sides.
僅 The Side/curtain air bags, and/or the
front center side air bag on both sides
of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover
or possible rollover is detected.
僅 The side air bags and front center side
air bag are not designed to deploy in
all side impact or rollover situations.
WARNING
Unexpected deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact airbag
sensor when the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON to
prevent unexpected deployment of the
side air bag.
僅 The side air bag and front center side
air bag are supplemental to the
driver's and the passenger's seat belt
systems and is not a substitute for
them. Therefore your seat belts must
be worn at all times while the vehicle
is in operation.
僅 For best protection from the side air
bags and front center side air bag and
to avoid being injured by the deploy
-
ing side air bag, both front seat occu
-
pants should sit in an upright position
with the seat belt properly fastened.
The driver's hands should be placed
on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and
3:00 positions. The passenger's arms
and hands should be placed on their
laps.
WARNING
Deployment
Do not install any accessories including
seat covers, on the side or near the side
air bag as this may affect the deploy
-
ment of the side air bags.
僅 If the seat or seat cover is damaged,
have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Inform the dealer that your vehicle is
equipped with side air bags and front
center side air bag and an Occupant
Detection System (ODS).
OKA4024120N
OKA4H024096L
OKA4H023097
Safety features of your Kia
583
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an umbrella,
bag, etc.) between the front door and
the front seat. Such objects may become
dangerous projectiles if the side airbag
inflates.
WARNING
No attaching objects
僅 Do not place any objects over the air
bag or between the air bag and your
-
self. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
僅 Do not put any objects between the
side airbag label and seat cushion. It
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
僅 Never place or insert any object into
any small opening near side airbag
labels attached to the vehicle seats.
When the air bag deploys, the object
may affect the deployment and result
in unexpected accident or bodily
harm.
僅 Do not install any accessories on the
side or near the side air bags.
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along both
sides of the roof rails above the front
and rear doors.
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
They are designed to help protect occu
-
pants in certain side impacts and to help
prevent them from ejecting out of the
vehicle as a result of a rollover, espe
-
cially when the seat belts are also in use.
僅 The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact col
-
lisions, depending on the severity of
impact. However, when side deploy
-
ment threshold is satisfied at front-
impact, side air bags may deploy.
僅 The curtain air bags may deploy on
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
僅 Also, the curtain air bags on both
sides of the vehicle will deploy in cer
-
tain rollover situations.
僅 The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Do not allow the passengers to lean their
heads or bodies against the doors, put
their arms on the doors, stretch their
arms out of the window or place objects
between the doors and passengers
when they are seated on seats equipped
with side impact and/or curtain air bags.
NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any compo
-
nents of the side and curtain air bag sys
-
tem. This should only be done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
OKA4H023098
OKA4H023099
59
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
No attaching objects
僅 Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates
such as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
僅 Do not hang hard, breakable, or
heavy objects on the coat hooks for
safety reasons.
Safety features of your Kia
603
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Air bag collision sensors
* The actual shape and position of sensors may differ from the illustration.
1. Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) control module/rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side impact sensors (B,C-pillar)
4. Side pressure sensors (front door)
OKA4024089N_4
61
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Air bag sensors
僅 Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air bags or
sensors are installed.
This may cause unexpected air bag
deployment, which could result in
serious personal injury or death.
僅 If the installation location or angle of
the sensors is altered in any way, the
air bags may deploy when they
should not or they may not deploy
when they should.
Therefore, do not try to perform main
-
tenance on or around the air bag sen
-
sors. Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Do not arbitrarily touch the front
impact sensor. When the angle of the
sensor is changed, the air bag system
may malfunction.
WARNING
If equipped with rollover sensor
If your vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bag, set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to OFF or
ACC position and wait for 3 minutes
when the vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may deploy
when the ignitions is ON or the ignition is
OFF within 3 minutes, and the rollover
sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
Problems may arise if the sensor instal
-
lation angles are changed due to the
deformation of the front bumper, front
end module, body or front doors where
side collision sensors are installed. Have
the vehicle checked and repaired by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Installing bumper guards (or side step or
running board) or replacing a bumper
(or front door module) with non-genuine
parts may adversely affect your vehicle's
collision and air bag deployment perfor
-
mance. Kia Genuine bumper guards/
bumpers are parts we guarantee for
quality and performance.
Why didn't my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-infla
-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection.
These include rear impacts, second or
third collisions in multiple impact acci
-
dents, as well as low speed impacts.
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate in
a frontal collision depending on several
factors, including the severity of impact
of the front collision.
OKA4H023104
Safety features of your Kia
623
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
Side/curtain air bags, and/or the
front center side air bag
* The actual air bags in the vehicle may
differ from the illustration.
Side/curtain air bags, and/or the front
center side air bag are designed to
inflate when an impact is detected by
side collision sensors depending on sev
-
eral factors, including the severity of
impact resulting from a side impact colli
-
sion.
Also, the side/curtain air bags, and/or
the front center side air bag are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Although the front air bags (driver's and
front passenger's air bags) are primarily
designed to inflate in frontal collisions,
they may inflate in other types of colli
-
sions if the front impact sensors detect a
sufficient frontal force in another type of
impact.
Similarly, although sside/curtain air
bags, and/or the front center side air
bag are designed to inflate in certain
side impact collisions, they may inflate in
other types of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors. For
instance, side/curtain air bags, and/or
the front center side air bag may inflate
if rollover sensors indicate the possibility
of a rollover occurring (even if none
actually occurs) or in other situations,
including when the vehicle is tilted while
being towed.
Even if side/curtain air bags, and/or the
front center side air bag do not provide
impact protection in a rollover, they will
deploy to prevent ejection of occupants,
especially those who are restrained with
seat belts.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
NOTICE
If equipped with rollover sensor
Also, the side/curtain air bags, and/or
the front center side air bag are
designed to inflate when a rollover is
detected by a rollover sensor.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
僅 Air bags may not deploy in certain
low-speed collisions where the air bag
would not add any benefit beyond the
protection already offered by the seat
belts.
OKA4023090L
OKA4H023103
63
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
僅 Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit.
僅 Front airbags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because passen
-
gers move in the direction of the colli
-
sion. Thus, in side impacts, frontal
airbag deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
僅 In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would not
be able to provide any additional ben
-
efit, and thus the sensors may not
deploy any air bags.
僅
僅 Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "under-
ride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"under-ride" collisions.
OKA4H023104
OKA4H023105
OKA4023090L
OKA4H023106
Safety features of your Kia
643
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
僅 Front air bags may not inflate in all
rollover accidents when the SRS Con
-
trol Module (SRSCM) indicates that
the front air bag deployment would
not provide additional occupant pro
-
tection.
NOTICE
If equipped with rollover sensor
However, if equipped with side and cur
-
tain air bags, the air bags may inflate in
a rollover, when it is detected by the roll
-
over sensor.
僅 Airbags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with an object such as a utility
pole or tree. This is because the point
of impact is concentrated in one area
and the full force of the impact is not
delivered to the sensors.
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) care
The Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is virtually maintenance-free and
so there are no parts you can safely ser
-
vice by yourself.
If the SRS air bag warning light does not
appear, or continuously remains on,
have your vehicle immediately inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Any work on the SRS, such as removing,
installing, repairing, or any work on the
steering wheel, the front passenger's
panel, front seats and roof rails must be
performed by an authorized Kia dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS may result
in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use
only a soft, dry cloth or one which has
been moistened with plain water. Sol
-
vents or cleaners could adversely affect
the air bag covers and proper deploy
-
ment of the system.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle must
be scrapped, certain safety precautions
must be observed. An authorized Kia
dealer knows these precautions and can
give you the necessary information. Fail
-
ure to follow these precautions and pro
-
cedures could increase the risk of bodily
injury.
OKA4H023107
OKA4H023109
OKA4H023108
65
3
3
Safety features of your Kia Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
WARNING
Tampering with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS
wiring or other components of the SRS
system. Doing so could result in the acci
-
dental inflation of the air bag or render
the SRS inoperative.
WARNING
Towing vehicle
Always have the ignition off and wait for
3 minutes when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may inflate if
the vehicle is tilted such as when being
towed because of the rollover sensors in
the vehicle.
Additional safety precautions
僅
Never let passengers ride in the
cargo area or on top of a folded-
down back seat.
All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and their
feet on the floor.
僅
Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving.
A passenger who is not
wearing a seat belt during a crash or
emergency stop can be thrown
against the inside of the vehicle,
against other occupants, or out of the
vehicle.
僅
Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant.
If more than
one person uses the same seat belt,
they could be seriously injured or
killed in a collision.
僅
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts.
Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the
seat belt can reduce the protection
provided by the seat belt and increase
the chance of serious injury in a crash.
僅
Passengers should not place hard
or sharp objects between them
-
selves and the air bags.
Carrying
hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
your mouth can result in injuries if an
air bag inflates.
僅
Keep occupants away from the air
bag covers.
All occupants should sit
upright, fully back in their seats with
their seat belts on and their feet on
the floor. If occupants are too close to
the air bag covers, they could be
injured if the air bags inflate.
僅
Do not attach or place objects on or
near the air bag covers.
Any object
attached to or placed on the front or
side air bag covers could interfere
with the proper operation of the air
bags.
僅
Do not modify the front seats.
Modi
-
fication of the front seats could inter
-
fere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sens
-
ing components or side air bags.
僅
Do not place items under the front
seats.
Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the opera
-
tion of the supplemental restraint sys
-
tem sensing components and wiring
harnesses.
僅
Never hold an infant or child on
your lap.
The infant or child could be
seriously injured or killed in the event
of a crash. All infants and children
should be properly restrained in
appropriate child safety seats or seat
belts in the rear seat.
WARNING
僅 Sitting improperly or out of position
can cause occupants to be shifted too
close to a deploying air bag, strike the
Safety features of your Kia
663
Air bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System
interior structure or be thrown from
the vehicle resulting in serious injury
or death.
僅 Always sit upright with the seatback in
an upright position, centered on the
seat cushion with your seat belt on,
legs comfortably extended and your
feet on the floor.
Adding equipment to or modify
-
ing your air bag-equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
Air bag warning labels
Air bag warning labels, some required
by the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA, U.S.
only), are attached to the sun visor to
alert the driver and passengers of
potential risks of the air bag system.
OMV023075N_2
4Features of your vehicle
Features of your vehicle
Keys................................................................................................. 4-7
僅 Battery replacement ....................................................................................... 4-7
僅 Smart key.............................................................................................................4-8
Immobilizer system ......................................................................4-11
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules........................ 4-12
Theft-alarm system ..................................................................... 4-12
僅 Armed stage..................................................................................................... 4-12
僅 Theft-alarm stage .......................................................................................... 4-13
僅 Disarmed stage............................................................................................... 4-13
Door locks..................................................................................... 4-14
僅 With the smart key ........................................................................................ 4-14
僅 With the mechanical key............................................................................. 4-15
僅 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ................................... 4-16
僅 Door lock/unlock features.......................................................................... 4-18
僅 Auto unlock on shift to P (Park)............................................................... 4-18
僅 Child-protector rear door lock..................................................................4-18
僅 In case of an emergency ............................................................................ 4-19
僅 Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System....................................................... 4-19
Digital Key 2 ................................................................................. 4-21
僅 Digital Key 2 (Smartphone)........................................................................ 4-21
僅 Digital Key 2 (Card Key) ..............................................................................4-25
僅 Personalized Profile and Vehicle Settings ..........................................4-28
僅 Used Vehicle/Digital Key 2 Maintenance............................................. 4-31
僅 Limitations of the System........................................................................... 4-31
Integrated Memory System........................................................4-32
僅 Storing memory positions ..........................................................................4-32
僅 Recalling memory positions ......................................................................4-32
僅 Integrated memory system reset............................................................4-33
僅 Easy access function ....................................................................................4-33
Sliding door ..................................................................................4-34
4 Features of your vehicle
Power sliding door ..................................................................... 4-35
僅 Power sliding door operating conditions ............................................4-35
僅 Operating the power sliding door ..........................................................4-36
僅 Power sliding door OFF button ...............................................................4-37
Remote power doors and liftgate ............................................ 4-38
僅 Setting remote power doors and liftgate ............................................4-38
僅 Operating remote power doors and liftgate......................................4-38
僅 Closing remote power doors and liftgate ...........................................4-39
Smart Sliding Door with Auto Open......................................... 4-39
僅 How to use the Smart sliding door with auto open........................4-39
僅 How to deactivate the smart sliding door with auto open function
using the smart key....................................................................................... 4-41
僅 Detecting area................................................................................................. 4-41
Liftgate......................................................................................... 4-42
僅 Opening the liftgate......................................................................................4-42
僅 Closing the liftgate ........................................................................................4-43
僅 Emergency liftgate safety release..........................................................4-43
Power liftgate.............................................................................. 4-45
僅 Operating the power liftgate ................................................................... 4-46
僅 Setting the power liftgate.......................................................................... 4-48
僅 Resetting the power liftgate..................................................................... 4-48
僅 Emergency liftgate safety release......................................................... 4-49
僅 Power liftgate automatic close ............................................................... 4-49
Liftgate Auto Close..................................................................... 4-50
僅 How to use the Liftgate Auto Close...................................................... 4-50
僅 Releasing Liftgate Auto Close .................................................................. 4-51
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open .................................................4-51
僅 How to use the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open ............................... 4-51
僅 How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open function
using the smart key.......................................................................................4-53
僅 Detecting area.................................................................................................4-53
4Features of your vehicle
Windows .......................................................................................4-55
僅 Window opening and closing .................................................................. 4-56
僅 Power window lock button ........................................................................4-57
Hood............................................................................................. 4-59
僅 Opening the hood......................................................................................... 4-59
僅 Closing the hood ...........................................................................................4-60
Fuel filler door.............................................................................. 4-61
僅 Opening the fuel filler door ....................................................................... 4-61
僅 Closing the fuel filler door.......................................................................... 4-61
Dual sunroof................................................................................ 4-65
僅 Sunshade (Front/Rear) ............................................................................... 4-65
僅 Tilt open/close (Front)................................................................................. 4-66
僅 Slide open/close (Front/Rear).................................................................. 4-66
僅 Automatic reversal.........................................................................................4-67
僅 Resetting the sunroof...................................................................................4-67
僅 Sunroof open warning ................................................................................ 4-68
Steering wheel ............................................................................ 4-69
僅 Electric power steering (EPS)................................................................... 4-69
僅 Tilt and telescopic steering wheel ......................................................... 4-70
僅 Heated steering wheel................................................................................ 4-70
僅 Horn ..................................................................................................................... 4-71
Mirrors...........................................................................................4-72
僅 Inside rearview mirror ..................................................................................4-72
僅 Outside rear view mirror............................................................................ 4-85
Instrument cluster ...................................................................... 4-88
僅 Adjusting instrument cluster illumination .......................................... 4-89
僅 Gauges............................................................................................................... 4-89
僅 Transmission shift indicator ......................................................................4-92
LCD display...................................................................................4-93
僅 LCD display modes....................................................................................... 4-93
4 Features of your vehicle
僅 LCD display modes ...................................................................................... 4-94
LCD displays ................................................................................ 4-96
僅 Trip information (trip computer).............................................................4-96
僅 Service mode .................................................................................................. 4-98
僅 Driving info display ...................................................................................... 4-98
僅 LCD display messages.................................................................................4-99
Warning lights and indicators................................................. 4-102
僅 Warning lights .............................................................................................. 4-102
僅 Indicator lights.............................................................................................. 4-108
Head-Up Display (HUD)............................................................ 4-112
僅 Head-Up Display Information .................................................................4-112
僅 Head-Up Display Setting .......................................................................... 4-113
Lighting ....................................................................................... 4-113
僅 Battery saver function ............................................................................... 4-113
僅 Headlight delay function .......................................................................... 4-113
僅 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) .............................................................. 4-114
僅 Lighting control............................................................................................. 4-114
僅 Operating high beam ................................................................................ 4-115
僅 Operating turn signals and lane change signals ........................... 4-116
僅 Operating front fog light ......................................................................... 4-116
僅 High Beam Assist (HBA) ............................................................................4-117
Wipers and washers .................................................................. 4-119
僅 Operating windshield washers .............................................................. 4-119
僅 Auto control................................................................................................... 4-120
僅 Operating rear window wiper and washer switch .........................4-121
僅 Heated washer nozzle ................................................................................4-121
Welcome system ........................................................................4-122
Interior lights..............................................................................4-123
僅 Automatic turn off function.....................................................................4-123
僅 Map lamp.........................................................................................................4-123
僅 interior lamps.................................................................................................4-125
4Features of your vehicle
僅 Cargo lamp .....................................................................................................4-125
僅 Vanity mirror lamp ......................................................................................4-125
僅 Glove box lamp.............................................................................................4-126
Climate control system .............................................................4-126
僅 System operation .........................................................................................4-126
僅 Climate control air filter.............................................................................4-128
僅 Rear climate control air filter...................................................................4-128
僅 Air conditioning refrigerant label..........................................................4-129
僅 Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant ..................................................................................4-129
Manual climate control system................................................4-130
僅 Using the infotainment/climate switchable controller................. 4-131
僅 Heating and air conditioning ..................................................................4-132
Automatic climate control system...........................................4-138
僅 Using the infotainment/climate switchable controller................4-140
僅 Heating and air conditioning automatically....................................4-140
僅 Heating and air conditioning manually..............................................4-142
A/C Automatic Drying ..............................................................4-148
Windshield defrosting and defogging ...................................4-149
僅 Defogging inside windshield with manual climate control
system .............................................................................................................. 4-149
僅 Defrosting outside windshield with manual climate control
system .............................................................................................................. 4-149
僅 Defogging inside windshield with automatic climate control .4-150
僅 Defrosting outside windshield with automatic climate
control...............................................................................................................4-150
僅 Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control
system).............................................................................................................4-150
僅 Defroster .......................................................................................................... 4-151
僅 Front glass heater ........................................................................................4-152
僅 Defogging logic.............................................................................................4-152
僅 Activate upon Washer Fluid Use ...........................................................4-153
4 Features of your vehicle
僅 Scheduled Ventilation ................................................................................4-154
Storage compartments .............................................................4-155
僅 Center console storage .............................................................................4-155
僅 Glove box ........................................................................................................4-156
Interior features .........................................................................4-156
僅 Ambient light..................................................................................................4-156
僅 Cup holder ......................................................................................................4-156
僅 Seat warmer...................................................................................................4-157
僅 Air ventilation seat.......................................................................................4-159
僅 Sun visor ......................................................................................................... 4-160
僅 USB charger .................................................................................................. 4-160
僅 Power outlet ................................................................................................... 4-161
僅 AC Inverter ......................................................................................................4-162
僅 Wireless smartphone charging system..............................................4-163
僅 Coat hook ........................................................................................................4-166
僅 Side curtain.....................................................................................................4-166
僅 Floor mat anchors........................................................................................4-167
僅 Luggage net holder.....................................................................................4-167
僅 Passenger view.............................................................................................4-168
Exterior features ....................................................................... 4-169
僅 Roof rack .........................................................................................................4-169
Infotainment system..................................................................4-170
僅 Using the infotainment/climate switchable controller ............... 4-170
僅 Over-The-Air software update.............................................................. 4-170
僅 Audio system .................................................................................................4-172
Declaration of Conformity........................................................4-176
7
4
4
Features of your vehicle Keys
Features of your vehicle
Keys
WARNING
Never leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Leaving children
unattended in a vehicle with a smart key
is dangerous.
Children copy adults and they could
place the key in the press the start but
-
ton. The key would enable children to
operate power windows or other con
-
trols, or even make the vehicle move,
which could result in serious bodily
injury or death.
Record your key number
The key code number
is stamped on the key
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to dupli
-
cate the keys easily. Remove the key
code tag and store it in a safe place.
Record the key code number and keep it
in a safe and handy place, but not in the
vehicle.
WARNING
Aftermarket keys
Use only Kia original parts for the key in
your vehicle. If an aftermarket key is
used, the ENGINE START/STOP button
may not return to ON after START. The
starter will continue to operate causing
possible fire due to excessive current in
the wiring.
Battery replacement
The smart key uses a 3 volt lithium bat
-
tery which will normally last for several
years.
If you are unsure how to replace the bat
-
tery, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen
-
tly pry open the smart key cover.
2. Replace the old battery with a new
battery (CR2450). When replacing the
battery, make sure align the battery
poles properly.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
For smart key replacement, visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
If the battery is assembled with incorrect
polarity, it will discharge, rendering the
key unusable.
The smart key is designed to give you
years of use, but it can malfunction if
exposed to moisture or static electricity.
If you are unsure how to use or replace
the battery, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
Using the wrong battery can cause the
smart key to malfunction. Be sure to use
the correct battery.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tion.
OMV033004
Features of your vehicle
84
Keys
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A BUT
-
TON BATTERY
If swallowed, a lithium button battery
can cause severe or fatal injuries within
2 hours.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
If you think batteries may have been
swallowed or placed inside any part of
the body, seek immediate medical atten
-
tion.
CAUTION
Smart key damage
The smart key can malfunction if
dropped, exposed to moisture, static
electricity, heat or direct sunlight.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
Smart key
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door and even start the engine without
inserting the key.
Lock (1)
All doors are locked if the lock button is
pressed. If all doors are closed, the haz
-
ard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound once to indicate that all
doors are locked.
However, if any door remains open, the
hazard warning lights (and/or the chime)
will not operate. But if all doors are
closed after the lock button is pressed,
the hazard warning lights will blink once,
and the chime will sound once to con
-
firm that the door are locked.
Unlock (2)
The driver's door is unlocked if the
unlock button is pressed once. The haz
-
ard warning lights will blink twice, and
the chime will sound twice to indicate
that the driver's door is unlocked.
All doors are unlocked if the unlock but
-
ton is pressed once more within 4 sec
-
onds. The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound twice
again to indicate that all doors are
unlocked. After pressing this button, the
doors will lock automatically unless you
open any door within 30 seconds.
If you attempt to lock or unlock the door
by pressing the door lock/unlock button
OKA4034404N
9
4
4
Features of your vehicle Keys
in any of the following states, the door
will not be locked or unlocked.
僅 When you want to lock or unlock the
door in the ACC or ON state.
僅 When you want to lock a door in a car
with one or more doors open.
For some vehicles, you can remove or
set the 2-press unlock (press it twice to
unlock).
NOTICE
僅 If the smart key is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will not
be covered by your manufacturer's
vehicle warranty.
僅 Tinting the vehicle windows with film,
especially metalized film, may inter
-
fere with receiving frequency trans
-
mitted by the smart key, reducing its
operating range.
Liftgate unlock, power liftgate
open/close (3) (if equipped)
If you press this button for longer than a
second, the lock will be released or the
liftgate will be unlocked or opened
according to the options of the vehicle.
Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate will lock automati
-
cally.
Panic alarm (4)
The horn sounds and the hazard warn
-
ing lights blink for about 30 seconds if
this button is pressed for more than 0.5
seconds. To stop the horn and lights,
press any button on the transmitter.
Remote start (5)
You can start the vehicle using the
remote start button (5) of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely:
僅 Lock the doors by pressing the door
lock button (1) within 32 ft (10 m) dis
-
tance from the vehicle.
僅 Press the remote start button for over
2 seconds within 4 seconds after lock
-
ing the doors.
Press the remote start button once to
turn off the vehicle.
If no further action for operating/driving
the vehicle is taken, the vehicle will be
turned off 10 minutes after starting the
vehicle remotely.
Left or right power sliding door
opening/closing (6, 7) (if
equipped)
This function will be operated when the
power door ON/OFF button is ON (not
depressed).
Using the power sliding door
handle
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Pull the power sliding door handle
once.
3. The power sliding door will be opened
or closed automatically. At this time,
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound two times.
Using the button on the smart
key
1. Press and hold the power sliding door
opening or closing button (5, 6) more
than 1 second.
Features of your vehicle
104
Keys
For detailed information, refer to "Power
sliding door (if equipped)" on page 4-35.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without insert
-
ing the key.
* For more information, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button (if equipped)" on
page 5-5.
Mechanical key
If the smart key does not operate nor
-
mally, you can lock or unlock the door
by using the mechanical key.
Pull the mechanical key from the protec
-
tive cover (1).
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of
the following occur:
僅 The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the smart key.
僅 The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular phone.
僅 Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work cor
-
rectly, open and close the door with the
mechanical key and contact an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
If the smart key is near your cell phone
or smartphone, the signal from the
smart key could be blocked by normal
operation of your cell phone or smart
-
phone. This is especially important when
the phone is active, such as when mak
-
ing calls, receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid
placing the smart key and your cell
phone or smartphone in the same pants
or jacket pocket and maintain adequate
distance between the two devices.
CAUTION
Transmitter
Keep the transmitter away from water or
any liquid, as it can become damaged
and not function properly.
NOTICE
Loss of the smart key
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be reg
-
istered to a single vehicle.
If you happen to lose your smart key,
you will not be able to start the vehicle.
You should immediately take the vehicle
and remaining key to your authorized
Kia dealer (tow the vehicle, if necessary)
to protect it from potential theft.
If the smart key is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will not be
covered by your manufacturer's vehicle
warranty.
To prevent the electronic key from
becoming damaged by magnetic fields,
do not leave it near the following electri
-
cal appliances:
僅TVs
僅 Personal computers
僅 Cellular phones, cordless phones and
battery chargers
僅Table lamps
僅 Induction cookers
If you must leave the vehicle's key with a
parking attendant, remove the mechani
-
OMV033003
11
4
4
Features of your vehicle Immobilizer system
cal key for your own use and provide the
attendant with the electronic key only.
When bringing a smart key onto an air
-
plane, make sure you do not press any
button on the key while inside the cabin.
If you are carrying the key in your bag
etc., make sure that the buttons cannot
be pressed accidentally. If you press a
button, the key may emit radio waves
that could interfere with the operation of
the aircraft.
If the smart key is not moved for some
time, the detection function for smart
key operation will pause. Lift the smart
key to activate the detection again.
Immobilizer system
The immobilizer system protects your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly
coded key (or other device) is used, the
vehicle's power system is disabled.
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is placed in the ON position, the immobi
-
lizer system indicator should come on
briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts
to blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Place the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, then place the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON
position again.
If the system repeatedly does not recog
-
nize the coding of the key, contact your
Kia dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical prob
-
lems could result that may make your
vehicle inoperable.
Deactivating the immobilizer sys
-
tem
Change the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ON position.
Activating the immobilizer sys
-
tem
Change the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the OFF position. The immobilizer
system activates automatically. Without
a valid smart key for your vehicle, the
engine will not start.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise, the vehicle may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
Features of your vehicle
124
Theft-alarm system
key separate to avoid a starting mal
-
function.
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, contact an authorized Kia dealer.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
NOTICE
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the equipment. If the
smart key is inoperative due to changes
or modifications not expressly approved
by the party responsible for compliance,
it will not be covered by your manufac
-
turer's vehicle warranty.
Theft-alarm system
This system is designed to provide pro
-
tection from unauthorized entry into the
vehicle.
This system is operated in three stages:
1
Armed stage
2
Theft-alarm stage
3
Disarmed stage
If triggered, the system provides an
audible alarm with blinking of the haz
-
ard warning lights.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
Armed stage
Using the smart key
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Make sure that all doors, the hood
and liftgate are closed and latched.
3. Lock the doors by pressing the button
of the front outside door handle with
the smart key in your possession.
After completion of the steps above,
the hazard warning lights and the
chime will operate once to indicate
13
4
4
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system
that the system is armed. If any door
(or liftgate) or hood remains open, the
hazard warning lights and the chime
will not operate and the theft-alarm
will not arm. If all doors and liftgate
and hood are closed after the lock
button is pressed, the hazard warning
lights blink once and the chime will
sound once. The system can also be
armed by locking the doors with the
key from the front doors; however,
the hazard warning lights will not
blink using this method.
4. Lock the doors by pressing the lock
button on the smart key. After com
-
pletion of the steps above, the hazard
warning lights and the chime will
operate once to indicate that the sys
-
tem is armed.
NOTICE
The theft-alarm system can be deacti
-
vated by an authorized Kia dealer.
If you want this feature, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not arm the system until all passen
-
gers have left the vehicle. If the system is
armed while a passenger(s) remains in
the vehicle, the alarm may be activated
when the remaining passenger(s) leaves
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) or
hood is opened within 30 seconds after
the system enters the armed stage, the
system will be disarmed to prevent
unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
僅 A front or rear door is opened without
using the smart key.
僅 The liftgate is opened without using
the smart key.
僅 The hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 27 seconds, and repeat
the horn 3 times unless the system is
disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock
the doors with the smart key.
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
Using the smart key
僅 The door unlock button is pressed.
僅 The button of the front outside door is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
僅 The engine is started. (within 3 sec
-
onds)
After pressing the unlock button, the
hazard warning lights will blink and the
chime will sound twice (in smart key) to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if any
door (or liftgate) is not opened within 30
seconds, the system will be rearmed.
NOTICE
僅 Avoid trying to start the engine while
the alarm is activated. The vehicle
starting motor is disabled during the
theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the doors by using
the mechanical key and start the
engine by directly pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button with the
smart key to the ON position and wait
for 30 seconds.
Features of your vehicle
144
Door locks
僅 If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Adjusting alarm system
Do not change, alter or adjust the theft
alarm system in your vehicle. Improper
installation of the alarm system could
damage the vehicle or cause the system
to malfunction.
NOTICE
Malfunctions caused by improper alter
-
ations, adjustments or modifications to
the theft-alarm system are not covered
by your vehicle manufacturer warranty.
Door locks
Know how to use the door lock so that
you can lock or unlock the door if neces
-
sary.
With the smart key
Carrying the smart key, you may lock
and unlock the vehicle doors (and lift
-
gate). Also, you may start the engine.
Refer to the following for more details.
Locking
Pressing the button of the front door
handles with all doors closed and any
door unlocked, locks all the doors. If all
doors and engine hood are closed, the
hazard warning lights will blink once and
the chime will sound once to indicate
that all doors are locked.
The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 28 ~ 40 inches (0.7 ~
1 m) from the front door handle. If you
want to make sure that a door has
locked or not, you should pull the front
door handle.
Even though you press the front door
handle buttons, the doors will not lock
and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if
any of following occur:
僅 The smart key is in the vehicle.
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC or ON position.
僅 Any door except the liftgate is open.
OKA4033401
15
4
4
Features of your vehicle Door locks
Unlocking
Pressing the button of the front door
handles with all doors closed and locked,
unlocks all the doors. The hazard warn
-
ing lights blink twice and the chime will
sound twice to indicate that all doors are
unlocked.
The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 28 ~ 40 inches (0.7 ~
1 m) from the front door handle.
When the smart key is recognized within
28 ~ 40 inches (0.7 ~ 1 m) from the front
door handle, other people can also open
the door without possession of the smart
key.
After pressing the button, the doors will
lock automatically unless you open any
door within 30 seconds.
When the 2-press unlock function is acti
-
vated:
僅 If you press the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key, the driver's door
will unlock.
僅 If you press the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key within four sec
-
onds again, then all the doors will
unlock.
僅 If you press the driver's outside door
handle button, the driver's door will
unlock.
僅 If you press the driver's outside door
handle button within four seconds
again, then all the doors will unlock.
NOTICE
You can activate or deactivate the 2-
press unlock function on the infotain
-
ment system screen.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
With the mechanical key
1. Pull out the door handle.
2. Press the lever (1) located inside the
bottom part of the cover with a key or
flat-head screwdriver.
3. Push out the cover (2) while pressing
the lever (only the driver's door can be
locked/unlocked).
4. Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the front
of the vehicle to lock. Only the driver's
door can be locked or unlocked.
僅 Doors can also be locked and
unlocked with the transmitter.
僅 Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
僅When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure the doors are
closed securely.
NOTICE
僅 When locking the door with a
mechanical key, be aware that only
the driver's door can be locked/
unlocked.
僅 To lock all doors, operate the central
lock switch inside the vehicle. Open
OKA4033015
Features of your vehicle
164
Door locks
the car door using the inner handle,
then close the door and lock the
driver's door with a mechanical key.
僅 Refer to "Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle" on page 4-16 to
lock from inside the vehicle.
NOTICE
僅 Be careful not to lose or scratch the
cover when removing it.
僅 When the key cover freezes and does
not open, tap it lightly or indirectly
warm (hand temperature, etc.) it up.
僅 Do not apply excessive force to the
door and door handle. It may be dam
-
aged.
NOTICE
僅 In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
僅 If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch,
the system may stop operating tem
-
porarily to protect the circuit and pre
-
vent damage to system components.
WARNING
僅 Securely close your door before you
begin driving. Failure to fully close
your door may cause it to be opened
during vehicle operation.
僅 Keep your body out of the way of the
closing door to prevent injuries.
WARNING
If any passengers must remain in the
vehicle while it is very hot or cold out
-
side, there is risk of injuries or danger to
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the out
-
side when there are passengers in the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not unnecessarily open and close the
door repeatedly or with excessive force.
Such action can damage the vehicle
door.
NOTICE
Always place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the OFF position, engage the
parking brake, close all windows, and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle
unattended.
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
You can operate door locks with the
door lock handle or central door lock
switch.
With the door handle
僅 Front door
If the inner door handle is pulled when
the door is locked, the door will unlock
and open.
Front door cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and the
front door is opened.
Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle, try one or
more of the following techniques to exit:
OKA4033016
17
4
4
Features of your vehicle Door locks
僅 Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and man
-
ual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
僅 Operate the other door locks and han
-
dles, front and rear.
僅 Lower a front window and use the key
to unlock the door from outside.
僅 Move to the cargo area and open the
liftgate.
WARNING
Do not pull the inner door handle of
driver's (or passenger's) door while the
vehicle is moving.
With central door lock switch
Driver side
Passenger side
1
Door Lock
2
Door Unlock
3
Doors indicating light
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
僅 To lock all vehicle doors, press the
central door lock switch (1) of driver
and passenger side.
僅 To unlock all vehicle doors, press cen
-
tral door unlock switch (2) of driver
and passenger side.
When all vehicle doors are locked, the
indicating lights (3) on the driver's door
and passenger's door will turn on. If any
door is unlocked, it would go off.
With the door lock button
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any
door is opened, the doors will not lock
even though the central door lock switch
is pressed.
Rear door
僅 To unlock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The
red mark (2) on the button will be visi
-
ble.
僅 To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the
door is locked properly, the red mark
(2) on the door lock button will not be
visible.
僅 To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) backward.
僅 To close a door, pull the door handle
(3) forward.
WARNING
Doors
僅 The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle is
in motion to prevent accidental open
-
ing. Locked doors also discourage
potential intruders when the vehicle is
slowed, stopped, or parked.
OKA4033018
OKA4033019
OKA4033017L
Features of your vehicle
184
Door locks
僅 Be careful when opening doors.
Watch out for vehicles, objects, and
people approaching the vehicle.
Opening a door into an approaching
object or person can result in an acci
-
dent, serious injury, and death.
NOTICE
Unlocked vehicle
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can
increase the risk of vehicle theft or any
possible criminal harm caused by some
-
one hiding in your vehicle while you are
gone. Always turn off the vehicle,
engage the parking brake, close all win
-
dows and lock all doors when leaving
your vehicle unattended.
WARNING
Unattended children, the elderly or
pets
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or severe
injury such as heatstroke to unattended
children, the elderly or pets who cannot
escape the vehicle. When left or trapped
in a hot vehicle, make sure to stay
hydrated and avoid sun exposure
through the vehicle’s windshield. Fur
-
thermore, children might operate fea
-
tures of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone gaining
entry to the vehicle. Never leave children
or animals unattended in your vehicle.
Door lock/unlock features
The vehicle is equipped with door lock/
unlock features for the safety and con
-
venience of passengers.
Impact sensing door unlock sys
-
tem
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Auto unlock on shift to P (Park)
When this feature is set in the cluster or
infotainment system screen, all the
doors will be locked automatically when
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)
while the vehicle is running.
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children from accidentally open
-
ing the rear doors from inside the vehi
-
cle.
The rear door safety locks should be
used whenever children are in the vehi
-
cle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Push the child safety lock located on
the rear edge of the door to the lock
( ) position. When the child safety
lock is in the lock position, the rear
door will not open even though the
inner door handle is pulled.
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside
door handle.
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open by
pulling the inner door handle until the
rear door child safety lock is unlocked.
OKA4033020
19
4
4
Features of your vehicle Door locks
WARNING
Rear door locks
If children accidentally open the rear
doors while the vehicle is in motion, they
could fall out and be severely injured or
killed. To prevent children from opening
the rear doors from the inside, the rear
door safety locks should be used when
-
ever children are in the vehicle.
WARNING
僅 The system does not detect every
obstacle approaching the vehicle exit.
僅 The driver and passenger are respon
-
sible for the accident occurred while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surrounding before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
In case of an emergency
If the electrical power door lock switch is
not operating (e.g., dead car battery) the
only way to lock the door(s) is with the
mechanical key from the outside
keyhole.
Doors without an outside keyhole can be
locked as follows:
1. Open the door.
2. Insert the key into the emergency
door lock hole and turn the key to the
lock position as shown.
3. Close the door securely.
NOTICE
If the electrical power to door lock switch
is not operating (e.g., dead car battery)
and the liftgate is closed, you will not be
able to open the liftgate until power is
restored.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sys
-
tem
The ROA is provided to help prevent
exiting the vehicle with a rear passenger
left in the vehicle.
Operation
You can activate or deactivate the ROA
from the infotainment system screen.
The option can be found under the fol
-
lowing menu:
1. Press the SETUP button of the info
-
tainment system.
2. Press
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Conve
-
nience
→
Rear Occupant Alert
on
the infotainment system screen.
1st alert
When you open the front door after
opening and closing the rear door and
turning off the engine, the warning mes
-
sage appears on the cluster.
A:
Check rear seat for passengers and
belongings
OKA4034471N
ODL3034114N
Features of your vehicle
204
Door locks
WARNING
The ROA system does not actually
detect objects or people in the rear seat.
By using a rear door opened and closed
history, the system informs the driver
that there may be something in the rear
seat.
NOTICE
The ROA uses a rear door opened and
closed history.
The history is reset after the driver turns
off ignition normally exits the vehicle
and locks the door remotely using the
remote keyless entry. So even if a rear
door does not reopen, the ROA system
alert can occur.
For example, after the ROA alert occurs
if the driver does not lock the door and
drives again, the alert can occur
WARNING
The door lock system may not work if
the electrical system is compromised.
Train children how to open the car door
manually before an emergency arises.
That way, they would be able to open
the door manually in the event of an
emergency.
2nd alert (if equipped)
僅 After the 1st alert, the 2nd alert oper
-
ates when any movement is detected
in the rear seat after the driver's door
is closed and all the doors are locked.
The horn will activate for about 25
seconds. If the system continues to
detect a movement the alert operates
up to 8 times. Kia Connect service
users will receive a text message. (if
equipped)
僅 Unlock the door with smart key to
stop the alert.
僅 The system detects movement in the
vehicle for 24 hours after the door is
locked.
The 2nd alert is activated only after the
prior activation of the 1st alert.
NOTICE
僅 Make sure that all the windows are
closed. If the window is open, the alert
may activate by the sensor detecting
an unintended movement (e.g., wind
or bugs).
A:
Check rear seat for passengers
and belongings
僅 If you do not want to use the Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press
OK button on the steering wheel when
the 1st alert is displayed on the clus
-
ter. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd
alert once.
僅 If boxes or objects are stacked in the
vehicle, the system may not detect
the obstacle. Also, the warning may
generate if the box or object falls off.
僅 The sensor may not operate normally
if the senor is obscured by foreign
substances.
僅 The alert may activate if movement in
the driver or passenger seat is
detected.
僅 The alert may activate with the doors
locked due to car wash or surround
-
ing vibration or noise.
ODL3033114L
21
4
4
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
僅 Inside movement detection is stopped
under remote start status.
WARNING
僅 Even if your vehicle is equipped with
the ROA system, always make sure
you check the rear seat before you
exit the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
- The movement does not continue
for a certain period of time or the
movement is small.
- If a child sits on a vehicle seat with
-
out a child car seat.
- The rear passenger is covered with
an obstacle such as a blanket.
- Always be cautious of the passen
-
ger's safety as the detection func
-
tion and 2nd alert may not operate
depending on the surrounding
environment and certain condi
-
tions.
WARNING
The door lock system may not work if
the electrical system is compromised.
Accordingly, please train children pas
-
sengers regarding how to open the car
door manually before an emergency
arises. That way, they would be able to
open the door manually in the event an
emergency situation arises.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Digital Key 2 (if equipped)
Kia Digital Key 2 provides convenience
to the driver, such as locking or unlock
-
ing the driver and passenger doors or
the liftgate and turning on the vehicle
with a smartphone or card key, without a
smart key.
Digital Key 2 (Smartphone)
How to register Digital Key 2
(Smart phone)
Kia Digital Key 2 can only be used on the
smartphones that support that function.
Check your smartphone supplier’s app
store to download a compatible app. Not
every smartphone is compatible with
this function.
While updating the digital key 2 control
-
ler, the smart key function may not work
temporarily. In this case, it can be oper
-
ated with the door lock/unlock button of
the smart key.
Smartphone Set Up
To use Digital Key 2 (Smart phone) func
-
tion, install the Kia Access App on your
smartphone, register your information
and subscribe the service.
Smartphone Registration
1 Smartphone key
2 My Smartphone key
3 Save
1. Turn the vehicle on with the Smart
key and make sure to keep the smart
OMV033187N
Features of your vehicle
224
Digital Key 2
key inside the vehicle during digital
key registration.
2. After pressing
Digital Key Settings
→
Register
on Kia Access app, place the
backside of the smartphone on the in-
vehicle charging pad.
A: Charging pad
僅 If the device is supported from
additional vehicle services, the Digi
-
tal Key can be registered wirelessly.
3. Select
Save
menu on the infotainment
system screen. The saving process
will begin automatically.
4. When the digital key (smartphone) is
saved, a message will appear on the
instrument cluster or the infotainment
system screen.
5. Remove the smartphone from the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad) and complete the sav
-
ing process by following the instruc
-
tions on the smartphone screen.
INFORMATION
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅 Vehicle
When there is a digital key
(smartphone) already saved in the
vehicle, Delete All will be displayed on
the Smartphone Key menu screen of
the infotainment system and Delete
will be displayed on the My Smart
-
phone Key screen. If you want to save
a digital key again, refer to "How to
delete Digital Key (Smartphone)" on
page 4-24.
僅Smartphone
The digital key cannot be saved again
while the vehicle’s digital key is saved
in the owner's smartphone. Save the
digital key after deleting the digital
key from the Kia Access App.
僅 During the digital key 2 saving pro
-
cess, the process will cancel when:
- The smartphone is removed from
the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad)
- Changing the infotainment system
- The vehicle is turned off
- The gear is shifted
- There is no smart key (saving pro
-
cess will not begin)
僅 As the in-vehicle authentication pad
may not work smoothly depending on
the internal structure of the smart
-
phones, the digital key may not be
registered. Register the key by mov
-
ing the smartphone to the left or right
of the in-vehicle authentication pad
(wireless charging pad).
僅 UWB (Ultra Wide Band) means ultra-
wideband wireless communication
technology. NFC (Near Field Commu
-
nication) means short-range wireless
communication.
How to Use the Digital Key 2
(Smartphone)
Smartphone Touch Control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the smartphone on the door
handle without opening the Kia Access
App. The vehicle can be started by plac
-
OMQ4033008
23
4
4
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
ing the smartphone on the charging
pad. Make sure that the location of the
smartphone's NFC antenna touches the
door handle authentication pad.
A:
Door handle authentication pad
B:
Different smartphones have their
NFC antennas located in different
places.
The Apple iPhone's NFC antenna is
located at the top of the back of the
device, and the Apple Watch's NFC
antenna is in the center of the screen.
The NFC antenna is in the same location
that you may use for tapping to make
contactless payments. If you are uncer
-
tain about the location of the NFC
antenna on your phone, contact your
smartphone manufacturer for more
details.
Locking/Unlocking the doors
僅 If the driver touches the smartphone
antenna to the driver's or passenger's
door handle authentication pad for
more than 2 seconds, the door will
lock or unlock.
僅 After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically re-lock after 30 sec
-
onds unless a door is opened.
僅 If the smartphone digital key does not
operate, move the smartphone more
than 4 inches (0.1 m) from the door
handle authentication pad and try it
again.
For smartphones without UWB
support:
To lock or unlock the doors with a regis
-
tered smartphone, touch the NFC
antenna on the smartphone on the
authentication pad of the driver's or pas
-
senger's outside door handle for about 2
seconds.
For smartphones with UWB sup
-
port:
僅 To lock or unlock the doors, carry
your smartphone and touch the door
handle lock/unlock sensor (curved
area) on the outside door handle.
WARNING
僅 If the smartphone is in a back pocket
or bag, the signal may be blocked and
could limit the Bluetooth connection
and cause operation delay when lock
-
ing/unlocking doors or starting the
vehicle.
僅 If a tinting film containing metal com
-
ponents is applied, the digital key may
not function properly.
NOTICE
Note that the door will unlock and a
beep sounds when using the Digital Key
2 if any of the following occur:
僅 When the Smart Key is in the vehicle
僅 The vehicle is in ACC or ON position
僅 Attempting to lock the door when
more than one door, hood, liftgate is
opened
僅 If a tinting film containing metal sub
-
stances is applied to the digital key, it
may not function properly.
OMQ4033009
Features of your vehicle
244
Digital Key 2
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered
smartphone on the charging pad,
depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button.
僅 Once the vehicle is started, you can
remove the smartphone from the pad.
For more details, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button (if equipped)" on
page 5-5.
For smartphones without UWB
support:
僅 Place the NFC antenna of the smart
-
phone on the center of the charging
pad, press the brake pedal, and then
press the start button to start the
vehicle.
僅 After starting the vehicle, you can
remove the smartphone from the
charging pad.
僅 Some smartphones may not have
smooth NFC communication due to
their internal structure. In such cases,
move the smartphone to the right or
left of the charging pad to operate it.
For smartphones with UWB sup
-
port:
僅 Carry the smartphone inside the vehi
-
cle, press the brake pedal, and then
press the start button to start the
vehicle.
僅 To start the vehicle remotely, use an
app provided by the smartphone
manufacturer to lock the vehicle using
the door lock button, and then press
the remote start button within 4 sec
-
onds. The vehicle will start, and the
hazard warning light will flash
僅 To turn off the vehicle, press the
remote start button again.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the reg
-
istered smartphone is placed on the in-
vehicle authentication pad (wireless
charging pad). Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death. Always
have the registered smartphone with
you to prevent vehicle theft when leav
-
ing the vehicle.
NOTICE
The operation time of Digital Key 2 for
shared user may extend during first time
use.
Approach your Digital Key 2 (smart
-
phone) on the authentication pad
located in the outside door handle until
the vehicle door lock/unlock function
operates.
If the inner authentication pad is used
for the first time, the function may not
operate.
How to delete Digital Key
(Smartphone)
Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the digital key
(smartphone) deleting process.
1. To Delete All Digital Keys
1)
Select Digital Keys
2)
Select Smartphone key
OKA4034484N
25
4
4
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Keys
→
Smart
-
phone key
→
Delete all
on the info
-
tainment system.
僅 The owner’s key and the shared
user’s will be deleted.
僅 If there is no registered key, the
menu cannot be selected.
2. To Delete owner’s Digital Key
1)
Select Digital Keys
2)
Select Smartphone key
3)
Select the My Smartphone Key
you wish to delete.
4)
Select Delete
If you want to change only the
owner’s smartphone key while keep
-
ing the shared key, delete “Owner’s
smartphone key” not “Delete All” and
then “Save” again.
NOTICE
僅 If digital key (smartphone) is deleted,
the digital key saved in the smart
-
phone is also deleted.
僅 If digital key (smartphone) is deleted
on the smartphone, the digital key
saved in the vehicle is also deleted.
僅 The function to delete shared user's
key is not provided by the infotain
-
ment system.
僅 Digital key (smartphone) is not
deleted even if Kia Access app is
deleted on your smartphone.
僅 Digital key can be activated or deacti
-
vated within the Kia Access app pro
-
vided from your smartphone
manufacturer.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Digital Key 2 (Card Key)
How to register Digital Key 2
(Card Key)
To use the card key as a digital key 2,
register the card key in your vehicle sys
-
tem in accordance with the following
procedures.
1. Enter the vehicle with two smart keys.
2. Check if
Use
menu is activated.
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital Keys
→
NFC Card
key
→
Use
on the infotainment sys
-
tem.
1)
Digital Keys
2)
NFC Card key
3)
Use
4)
Save
3. With the vehicle on, place the card key
on the charging pad and press the
Save
menu on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen. The saving process will
begin automatically.
OMV033149N
OMV033150N
Features of your vehicle
264
Digital Key 2
A:
Charging pad
4. When the digital key (card key) is
saved, a message will appear on the
infotainment system screen.
INFORMATION
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
僅 When there is a digital key (card key)
already saved in the vehicle, the
Save
menu is disabled. If you want to save
a digital key again, refer to "How to
delete Digital Key 2 (Card key)" on
page 4-27 and follow the deleting pro
-
cedure first before saving a digital
key.
僅 To register the digital key (card key),
the two smart keys must be in the
vehicle.
僅 The registered digital key (card key)
cannot be used for another vehicle.
How to use the Digital Key 2
(Card key)
Card key touch control
The driver can lock and unlock the door
by touching the card key on the door
handle. The vehicle can be started by
placing the card key on the charging
pad.
A:
Door handle authentication pad
B:
Card key NFC antenna
Locking/Unlocking the doors
僅 If the driver touches the NFC antenna
of the registered card key on the
driver's or passenger's door handle
authentication pad (1) for more than 2
seconds, the door will lock or unlock.
僅 After locking the door, make sure to
check its locked state. After unlocking
the doors, the doors will automatically
re-lock after 30 seconds unless a door
is opened.
僅 It works only if the center of the NFC
card key touches the NFC authentica
-
tion area of the vehicle door handle.
NOTICE
When touching a smartphone NFC
antenna to the center of the outside
door handle authentication pad, the
doors will not lock with a beep sound
under the following conditions:
僅 When the Smart Key is in the vehicle
僅 When the vehicle is in ACC or ON
position
僅 When one or more doors, hood or lift
-
gate are open
Starting the vehicle
After placing your registered card key
on the charging pad, depress the brake
pedal and press the ENGINE START/
STOP button to start the vehicle.
OMQ4033008
OMQ4033010
27
4
4
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
僅 Once the vehicle is started, you can
remove the card key from the pad.
For more detail, refer to "ENGINE
START/STOP button (if equipped)" on
page 5-5.
WARNING
The vehicle can be started when the reg
-
istered card key is placed on the
charging pad. Therefore, do not leave
unsupervised children or people who are
not aware of the system since it can
result in serious injury or death. In addi
-
tion, always have the registered card key
with you to prevent vehicle theft when
leaving the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 The digital key (card key) may not
work under the following conditions:
- When the card key is not touching
the center of the door handle
authentication pad or the charging
pad correctly.
- If the card key overlaps NFC-
enabled cards such as credit card
or smartphone.
- If the card key does not work, move
the card key approximately 4
inches (10 cm) away from the
authentication pad and then touch
it again.
僅 The card key can be damaged by
impact. If the card key is damaged,
replace the card key with a new one
and register it again.
僅 A damaged or lost card key is not cov
-
ered by your warranty. The replace
-
ment cost is the owner’s
responsibility.
僅 Long-time exposure to high tempera
-
ture may cause the card key to mal
-
function. Be careful not to expose the
key to direct sunlight or high tem
-
perature.
僅 If the card key is left on the charging
pad while driving, it may cause mal
-
function of the card key. After starting
the vehicle, make sure to separate the
card key from the in-vehicle charging
pad.
僅 If the card key is placed between the
charging pad and the smartphone is
wirelessly charging, it may cause the
card key to malfunction. For example,
charging the smartphone while the
card key is attached to the back of the
smartphone case.
How to delete Digital Key 2 (Card
key)
1. Turn the vehicle on with the smart key
and make sure to keep the smart key
inside the vehicle during the card key
deleting process.
2. With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Digital key
→
NFC card
key
→
Delete
on the infotainment
system.
The
Delete
menu will be disabled if
there is no card key saved.
1)
Digital key
2)
NFC card Key
3) Use
4)
Delete
OMV033188N
Features of your vehicle
284
Digital Key 2
3. When the card key is deleted, a mes
-
sage will appear on the infotainment
screen or cluster.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system.
Personalized Profile and Vehicle
Settings
When the smartphone registered in the
vehicle is linked with user profile, the
vehicle will automatically operate (door
lock/unlock with digital key, etc.) accord
-
ing to the linked user profile setting.
User profile linking and personalization
are available for the total of two drivers.
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Linking/Unlinking profile
How to link user profile
1. Select
Setup
→
User profile
→
Pro
-
file setting
→
Link Digital Key
(Smartphone)
on the infotainment
system settings menu.
2. If you select
Link
, the registered
phone number's digital key and the
user profile will link. Select
Link
according to the instruction.
3. When the process is complete, the
message 'Digital Key Link Complete.'
will appear on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
4. Click the Link button and select the
smartphone you want to link from the
smartphone list displayed on the
screen. Link it according to the
instructions.
5. When the process is complete, the
message 'Digital Key Link Complete.'
will appear on the infotainment sys
-
tem screen.
How to unlink user profile
1. Select
Setup
→
User Profile
→
Pro
-
file Setting
→
Link Digital Key
(Smartphone)
on the infotainment
system. Unlink the smartphone in the
User Profile settings. Unlink the
smartphone in the User Profile set
-
tings. Unlinking is possible only when
user profile is linked.
2. When unlinking is complete, the mes
-
sage 'Digital key is unlinked.' will
appear on the infotainment system
screen.
INFORMATION
僅 The user profile cannot be linked to
both Driver 1 and Driver 2 that are
connected to a single smartphone.
Personalization will operate with the
recently linked user profile, and the
previously linked user profile will be
automatically canceled.
僅 User profile can be linked when Digi
-
tal Key is registered on the smart
-
phone and the vehicle. The
smartphone with another vehicle's
digital key cannot be linked.
僅 NFC card key cannot be linked with
personalized profile.
僅 Once the user profile linked Digital
Key in the smartphone is deleted, Dig
-
ital Key 2 should be re-registered and
personalized by linking the user pro
-
file again.
29
4
4
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Vehicle personalization operation
The personalization function linked with
Digital Key 2 works under the following
conditions:
僅 Touch the driver's door handle with
the profile linked smartphone to lock
or unlock the doors (Personalization
does not operate when locking or
unlocking the front passenger door.).
僅 The personalization function using the
digital key can be operated after link
-
ing the digital key in the infotainment
system profile menu.
僅 The personalization function works
only when the vehicle is OFF or when
the vehicle is started remotely. If the
vehicle is not started remotely, per
-
sonalization function does not work
with the digital key.
INFORMATION
User profile operation according to door
lock/unlock system is as follows.
Item Personalization operation
Initial value Guest
Profile linked smartphone
key
Linked profile
Profile unlinked smart
-
phone key
Recently activated profile
NFC card key
Smart key
Features of your vehicle
304
Digital Key 2
Vehicle personalization with Digital Key 2
The available personalization function in the vehicle is as follows.
For more information of personalization, refer to the infotainment system manual.
CAUTION
If you leave the digital key in the vehicle after locking or unlocking the doors or start
-
ing the vehicle with the smart key, the doors can be locked with the central door lock.
Always have the digital key with you.
System Personalization Item
User Settings
menu
Lamp Blink number of one-touch signal lamps
Cluster
Information display on the cluster, Voice volume, Wel
-
come sound
Seat
Seat position
Smart heating wire ventilation On/Off
Door Automatic door lock/unlock
Smartphone wireless charging Wireless charging On/Off
Air conditioning
Setting up temperature unit, Block air inflow/ Auto
-
matic ventilation Window defroster On/Off
Infotainment Set
-
tings menu
Navigation
Preferred volume of the navigation system
Recent destination
User preset My menu list settings, Radio preset
Phone connectivity
Bluetooth preferential connection
CarPlay/Android Auto/MirrorLink On/Off
Air conditioning Operating condition
Latest operation setup of the following functions: Tem
-
perature (AUTO), air flow direction, air volume, air con
-
ditioner, air intake control, SYNC, Front windshield
defroster, OFF
31
4
4
Features of your vehicle Digital Key 2
Used Vehicle/Digital Key 2 Main
-
tenance
Purchasing used vehicle
If you purchased a used car, please
delete the smart phone key and card
key (if equipped) registered by the pre
-
vious user.
Please let us know the purchase of a
used vehicle through an authorized Kia
dealer. Check whether the card key (if
equipped) that came with the used vehi
-
cle operates properly. If the digital key
(card key) (if equipped) does not work
properly, delete the card key (if
equipped) and register the smart phone
key, and then re-register the card key (if
equipped).
Digital Key 2 Maintenance
If you need to have your Digital Key 2
System repaired or replaced, the regis
-
tered digital key (smartphone/card key)
(if equipped) can be deleted depending
on the type of maintenance.
Limitations of the System
僅 Digital Key 2 may not work if any of
the following occurs:
- Smartphone battery or the vehicle
battery is discharged
- NFC or Bluetooth is turned off in
the smartphone settings
- A credit card overlaps the back of
your smartphone, or a metal or
thick smartphone case is used
- Using the card key (if equipped)
with other cards, or using it in a
wallet or cardholder
- There is electronic interference by
other vehicles, objects, etc.
- There may be a communication
error with Digital Key 2 NFC func
-
tion if a metallic cover or communi
-
cation device is attached to the
smartphone. If there is a malfunc
-
tion of Digital Key 2, remove the
cover attached to the smartphone
and try again.
僅 The vehicle may not be controlled by
the smartphone if any of the following
occurs:
- Basic and necessary functions of
the smartphone are operating
(general call, urgent call, audio or
contactless payment)
-Using wireless earphone (general
call, urgent call or audio)
-When Digital Key 2 app function is
being limited due to smartphone
default settings or app launch pri
-
ority policy per manufacturer
Features of your vehicle
324
Integrated Memory System
Integrated Memory System (if
equipped)
The integrated memory system is pro
-
vided to store and recall the following
memory settings with a simple button
operation.
僅 Driver's seat position
僅 Outside rearview mirror position
僅 Head-Up Display (HUD)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the integrated
memory system while the vehicle is
moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death, serious
injury, or property damage.
NOTICE
僅 If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
僅 If the integrated memory system does
not operate normally, visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Storing memory positions
1. The the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position, out
-
side rearview mirror position and
head-up display height to the desired
position.
3. Press the SET button. The system will
beep once and notify you "Press but
-
ton to save settings"on the LCD dis
-
play.
4. Press one of the memory buttons (1 or
2) within 4 seconds. The system will
beep twice when the memory has
been successfully stored.
5. "Settings 1 (or 2) saved" will appear on
the LCD display.
Recalling memory positions
1. The ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or
2). The system will beep once, and
then the driver's seat position, outside
rearview mirror position, and head-up
display height will automatically
adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Settings 1 (or 2) applied" will appear
on the LCD display.
僅 While recalling the "1" memory posi
-
tion, pressing the SET or 1 button tem
-
porarily stops the adjustment of the
recalled memory position. Pressing
the 2 button recalls the "2" memory
position.
僅 While recalling the "2" memory posi
-
tion, pressing the SET or 2 buttons
temporarily stops the adjustment of
the recalled memory position. Press
-
ing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory
position.
僅 While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver's seat, outside rearview
mirror, or head-up display height will
cause the movement of that compo
-
nent to stop and move in the direction
that the control button is pressed.
Integrated memory system reset
If the integrated memory system does
not work properly, initialize the system
as follows:
OKA4033007L
33
4
4
Features of your vehicle Integrated Memory System
1. Stop the vehicle and open the driver's
door with the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position and the
vehicle shifted to P (Park).
2. Pull the driver's seat forward as far as
possible and have the seatback
upright as much as possible using the
driver's seat forward/backward
adjustment and seatback angle
(recline) switches.
3. Push the SET button and seat forward
movement switch for 2 seconds
simultaneously.
Initialization in the process:
1. Initialization begins as the alarm
sounds.
2. The seat and seatback will automati
-
cally move backwards. The alarm
sound will continue while the system
is in operation.
3. Initialization will be complete after the
seat and seatback move to the center
with an alarm sound. The initialization
process will come to a stop and the
alarm sound will stop when:
僅 Pushing driving position memory sys
-
tem button
僅 Pushing driver's seat height adjust
-
ment switch
僅 Shifting from P (Park) to other posi
-
tions
僅 Driving speed exceeds 3 km/h
僅 The driver's door is closed
Easy access function
The system will move the driver's seat
automatically as follows:
With smart key system
僅 It will move the driver's seat rearward
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is in the OFF position and the
driver's door is opened.
僅 It will move the driver's seat forward
when the vehicle is turned ON or the
driver's door is closed with the smart
key with you.
You can activate or deactivate the Easy
Access Function from the Settings Mode
on the infotainment system. For more
details, refer to the infotainment system
manual separately supplied.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Features of your vehicle
344
Sliding door
Sliding door
Opening the sliding door
Once the doors are unlocked, it may be
opened by pulling the door handle and
sliding the door towards the rear of the
vehicle.
Closing the sliding door
When the door is fully open, the door will
lock into an open position. To close the
door, pull out the door handle (1) and
sliding the door (2) towards the front of
vehicle.
Sliding door spot lamp (if
equipped)
The spot lamp located in each sliding
door illuminate the surroundings for safe
exit and entry.
WARNING
Partially opened sliding door
When opening the rear sliding doors,
make sure the doors are fully opened
and locked in position. The rear sliding
doors may move unintentionally causing
injuries if the doors are only partially
opened.
CAUTION
Sliding door hinge
When getting in and out of the sliding
door, do not step on the sliding door
hinge or drop or put heavy objects on
the hinge. The door may not open or
close normally by damaging the door
hinge or wire part.
CAUTION
The left sliding door cannot be opened
when the fuel filler door is open. How
-
ever, if the fuel filler door is opened after
the door is opened slightly, the left slid
-
ing door can slide backward. Close the
left sliding door to prevent possible
damage to the door or the fuel filler
door.
OKA4033008L
OKA4033011
OKA4033461L
OKA4033013
35
4
4
Features of your vehicle Power sliding door
Power sliding door (if
equipped)
Power sliding door operating
conditions
The power sliding door operates when
the gear is in P (Park) with the engine
running. However, the power sliding
door will operate regardless of the gear
position when the engine is off. Also, the
sliding door can be opened only when
vehicle speed is below 1.8 mph (3 km/
h).For safety, before attempting to open
or close the liftgate, make sure the vehi
-
cle is in P (Park).
While the power sliding door is operat
-
ing, chime will sound to prevent injury.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using the power sliding door to prevent
serious injury or vehicle damage:
僅 Make sure every passenger is seated
before closing the sliding door.
僅 Make body parts or other objects are
safely out of the way before operating
the power sliding door.
僅 Do not open the sliding while the vehi
-
cle is in motion. Passengers or objects
may fall out of the vehicle.
僅 Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle. Children may
operate the power sliding door.
僅 Make sure the sliding door is closed
before driving your vehicle. If the slid
-
ing door is not completely closed
while the vehicle is moving, the sliding
door can open.
僅 Do not close the sliding door by sud
-
denly applying the brake while driving
with the sliding door open.
僅 Wait until the sliding door is open fully
and stopped before loading or
unloading cargo or allowing passen
-
gers get in or out of the vehicle.
僅 Make sure the sliding door is fully
opened and fixed before getting in or
out of the vehicle. If the vehicle is
parked on an incline, the sliding door
may suddenly close.
NOTICE
僅 Do not close or open the sliding door
manually. This may cause damage to
the power sliding door. If it is neces
-
sary to close or open the sliding door
manually when the battery is dis
-
charged or disconnected, do not
apply excessive force.
僅 Make sure the left side sliding door is
closed before opening the fuel filler
door. If the fuel filler door is opened
when operating the power sliding
door, it may cause damage to the
power sliding door and fuel filler door.
僅 Do not apply excessive force to the
sliding door or door handle. Doing so
could result in vehicle damage.
僅 Do not step on the hinge, or drop or
put heavy object on the hinge when
getting in or out of the vehicle with
the sliding door open.
INFORMATION
The left side sliding door does not open
if the fuel filler door is opened.
OKA4033013
Features of your vehicle
364
Power sliding door
Operating the power sliding door
The power sliding door provides an
audible warning to prevent passengers
from injuries.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the slid
-
ing door. Serious injury, or damage to
the vehicle or object may occur.
From outside the vehicle
To unlock and open the sliding door
from outside the vehicle, do one of the
following:
僅 When all doors are locked (including
the liftgate), pull the door handle or
press the door handle button while
carrying the smart key.
僅 When all doors are unlocked, pull the
door handle or press the door handle
button.
To close the sliding door, pull the door
handle or press the door handle button
when the sliding door is opened.
With the smart key
1
Left power sliding door opening/clos
-
ing
2
Right power sliding door opening/
closing
Press the left side ( ) or right side ( )
power sliding door button on the smart
key for more than one second. The slid
-
ing door opens or closes automatically.
When the sliding door opens, all doors
will unlock.
INFORMATION
The smart key may not operate if any of
the following occur:
僅 The smart key is out of operating dis
-
tance (about 32 feet (10m)
僅 The smart key battery is weak
僅 The smart key is close to an object
which can interfere with normal oper
-
ation of the transmitter
僅 The weather is extremely cold
From the front seats
1
Left side
2
Right side
Press either button for more than one
second. The corresponding sliding door
opens or closes.
OKA4033010
OKA4034021N
OKA4034023N
37
4
4
Features of your vehicle Power sliding door
From the rear seats
1
Left side
2
Right side
Press either button for more than one
second. The corresponding sliding door
opens or closes.
Automatic reverse
If the power sliding door senses an
object during operation, the door will
automatically reverse its operating
direction and produce a warning sound
3 times. The automatic reverse feature
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the follow
-
ing circumstances:
僅 The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the sliding door is almost
fully closed near the latched position.
僅 The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
僅 The power sliding door may stop
operating if the automatic reverse
feature operates more than two times
while attempting to open or close the
sliding door. If this occurs, carefully
open or close the sliding door manu
-
ally, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power sliding door auto
-
matically again.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the slid
-
ing door to make sure the automatic
reverse feature operates. Serious injury,
or damage to the vehicle or object may
occur.
Power sliding door OFF button (if
equipped)
僅 When the power sliding door OFF but
-
ton (LED indicator off) is off, the
power sliding door will operate.
僅 When the power sliding door OFF but
-
ton (LED indicator on) is on, the power
sliding door will not operate. Open or
close the sliding door manually by
pulling the door handle.
僅 The power sliding door OFF button
turns off 10 minutes after the engine
is turned off or 5 seconds after the
vehicle theft alarm system is acti
-
vated.
WARNING
When a child is in the rear seat, deacti
-
vate the power sliding door by turning
on the power sliding door OFF button.
Children may operate the power sliding
door that could injure them.
CAUTION
When using an automatic car wash,
deactivate the power sliding door by
turning on the power sliding door OFF
OKA4033024
OKA4034026N
Features of your vehicle
384
Remote power doors and liftgate
button. The sliding door may open if the
outside door handle is pulled while going
through a car wash.
Remote power doors and lift
-
gate
The sliding doors and liftgate can be
opened simultaneously by pressing the
door lock/unlock button on the smart
key.
Setting remote power doors and
liftgate
With the engine on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Remote Power
Doors & Liftgate
→
Open Liftgate &
Sliding Doors (or Open Sliding Doors)
to turn on Remote Power Doors & Lift
-
gate and deselect to turn off the feature
in the infotainment system.
Operating remote power doors
and liftgate
Press the unlock button ( ) on the
smart key for approximately 3 seconds.
僅 Open sliding doors
僅 Open liftgate and sliding doors
OKA4033408L
OKA4033409L
39
4
4
Features of your vehicle Smart Sliding Door with Auto Open
Closing remote power doors and
liftgate
Press the lock button ( ) on the smart
key for approximately 3 seconds.
WARNING
Make sure there are no people or
objects around before using the remote
power doors and liftgate feature.
INFORMATION
僅 If your vehicle is equipped with the
remote window control feature, the
driver side and passenger side win
-
dows will open at the same time.
僅 With the engine on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Remote Window
Control
to turn on Remote Window
Control and deselect to turn off the
feature in infotainment system.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Smart Sliding Door with Auto
Open (if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the sliding door can be opened using the
Smart sliding door with auto open sys
-
tem.
How to use the Smart sliding
door with auto open
The sliding door can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the condi
-
tions below.
僅 After 15 seconds when all doors are
closed and locked
僅 Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
NOTICE
The Smart Sliding Door with Auto Open
does not operate when:
僅 The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and is continuously
detected.
僅 The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and within 60 in (1.5 m)
from the front door handles. (for vehi
-
cles equipped with Welcome Light)
僅 A door is not locked or closed.
僅 The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the smart sliding door with
auto open, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
OKA4033410L
OKA4033412L
Features of your vehicle
404
Smart Sliding Door with Auto Open
Door
→
Smart Sliding Door
in the
infotainment system.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (within 12 ~ 24 in (30 ~ 60 cm)
from the sliding door) carrying a
smart key, the hazard warning lights
will blink and chime will sound to alert
you the smart key has been detected
and the sliding door will open.
僅 1st (Welcome and Alert)
If you are positioned in the detect
-
ing area carrying a smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound once.
僅 2nd (Detect and Alert)
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound once every 1
second for approximately 3 sec
-
onds.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the sliding door to
open. If you have unintentionally
entered the detecting area and the haz
-
ard warning lights and chime starts to
operate, leave the detecting area with
the smart key. The sliding door will stay
closed.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and chime will sound 2 times and then
the sliding door will open.
WARNING
僅 Make sure you close the sliding door
before driving your vehicle.
僅 Make sure there are no people or
objects around the sliding door before
opening or closing the sliding door.
僅 Make sure objects in the sliding door
do not come out when opening the
sliding door on a slope. It may cause
serious injury.
僅 Make sure to deactivate the smart
sliding door with auto open when
washing your vehicle. Otherwise, the
sliding door may open inadvertently.
僅 The key should be kept out of reach
of children. Children may inadver
-
tently open the smart sliding door
with auto open while playing around
the rear area of the vehicle.
OKA4033411L
OKA4033411L
41
4
4
Features of your vehicle Smart Sliding Door with Auto Open
How to deactivate the smart slid
-
ing door with auto open function
using the smart key
1
Lock
2
Unlock
3
Liftgate unlock/open
4
Remote start
5
Left power sliding door opening/clos
-
ing
6
Right power sliding door opening/
closing
If you press one of the buttons from the
smart key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the smart sliding door with auto
open function will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to deacti
-
vate the smart sliding door with auto
open function for emergency situations.
NOTICE
僅 If you press the door unlock button
(2), the smart sliding door with auto
open function will be deactivated tem
-
porarily. But, if you do not open any
door for 30 seconds, the smart sliding
door with auto open function will be
activated again.
僅 If you press the sliding door opening
button (5, 6) for more than 1 second,
the sliding door opens.
僅 If you press the door lock button (1) or
liftgate open button (3) when the
smart sliding door with auto open
function is not in the Detect and Alert
stage, the smart sliding door with auto
open function will not be deactivated.
僅 In case you have deactivated the
smart sliding door with auto open
function by pressing the smart key
button and opened a door, the smart
sliding door with auto open function
can be activated again by closing and
locking all doors.
Detecting area
A: 12 ~ 24 in (30 ~ 60 cm)
B: 12 ~ 24 in (30 ~ 60 cm)
僅 The sliding door with auto open func
-
tion operates with a welcome alert if
the smart key is detected within 12 ~
24 in (30 ~ 60 cm) from the sliding
door.
僅 The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the detecting
area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
NOTICE
僅 The sliding door with auto open func
-
tion will not work if any of the follow
-
ing occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans
-
mitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
OKA4034475N
OKA4034477N
Features of your vehicle
424
Liftgate
- Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
僅 The detecting range may decrease or
increase when:
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehi
-
cle.
- The vehicle is slantingly parked on
a slope or unpaved road, etc.
Liftgate
WARNING
Exhaust fumes
If you drive with the liftgate open, you
will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into
your vehicle which can cause serious
injury or death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the air vents and all windows open
so that additional outside air enters the
vehicle.
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the rear
cargo area where no restraints are avail
-
able. To avoid injury in the event of an
accident or sudden stops, occupants
should always be properly restrained.
Opening the liftgate
僅 The liftgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the transmitter (or smart key) or
central door lock switch.
僅 Only the liftgate is unlocked if the lift
-
gate unlock button on the transmitter
or smart key is pressed for approxi
-
mately 1 second.
OKA4033027_2
43
4
4
Features of your vehicle Liftgate
僅 If unlocked, the liftgate can be opened
by pressing the handle and pulling it
up.
僅 Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate locks automati
-
cally. (All doors must be locked.)
NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work prop
-
erly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure
no objects or people are near the rear of
the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
Closing the liftgate
僅 To close the liftgate, lower and push
down the liftgate firmly. Make sure
that the liftgate is securely latched.
WARNING
Make sure your hands, feet and other
parts of your body are safely out of the
way before closing the liftgate.
WARNING
Exhaust fumes
The liftgate should be always kept com
-
pletely closed while the vehicle is in
motion. If it is left open or ajar, poison
-
ous exhaust gases may enter the car
and serious illness or death may result.
CAUTION
Make sure nothing is near the liftgate
latch and striker while closing the lift
-
gate. It may damage the liftgate's latch.
Emergency liftgate safety release
Your vehicle is equipped with the emer
-
gency liftgate safety release lever
located on the bottom of the liftgate.
To unlock and open the liftgate manu
-
ally from inside the luggage compart
-
ment, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert a long, flat object into the open
-
ing at the bottom of the liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate
3. Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
僅 You and your passengers must be
aware of the location of the Emer
-
gency Liftgate Safety Release lever in
this vehicle and how to open the lift
-
gate in case you are accidentally
locked in the liftgate.
僅 NEVER allow anyone to occupy the
liftgate of the vehicle at any time. If
OKA4033041
OKA4033029L
Features of your vehicle
444
Liftgate
the liftgate is partially or totally
latched and the person is unable to
get out, serious injury or death could
occur due to lack of ventilation,
exhaust fumes and rapid heat build-
up, or because of exposure to cold
weather conditions. The liftgate is also
a highly dangerous location in the
event of a crash because it is not a
protected occupant space but is a
part of the vehicle's crush zone.
僅 Your vehicle should be kept locked
and the Smart Key should be kept out
of the reach of children. Teach your
children about the dangers of playing
in liftgates. Use the release lever for
emergencies only.
WARNING
僅 No one should be allowed to occupy
the cargo area of the vehicle at any
time. The cargo area is a very danger
-
ous location in the event of a crash.
僅 Use the release lever for emergencies
only. Use with extreme caution, espe
-
cially while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before open
-
ing or closing the liftgate. Wait until the
liftgate is open fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo from the
vehicle.
WARNING
Do not grasp the part supporting the lift
-
gate (gas lifter), as this may cause seri
-
ous injury.
OKA4033030
45
4
4
Features of your vehicle Power liftgate
Power liftgate (if equipped)
Power liftgate operating condi
-
tions
The power liftgate operates when the
gear is in P (Park) with the engine run
-
ning. However, the power liftgate will
operate regardless of the gear position
when the engine is off. Also, the liftgate
can be opened only when vehicle speed
is below 1.8 mph (3 km/h).
For safety, before attempting to open or
close the liftgate, make sure the vehicle
is in P (Park).
WARNING
僅 Never leave children or animals unat
-
tended in your vehicle. Children may
operate the power liftgate. Doing so
can result in injury to themselves or
others and can damage the vehicle.
僅 Make sure that there are no people or
objects in the path of the power lift
-
gate or smart liftgate prior to use.
Serious injury, damage to the vehicle
or damage to surrounding objects (for
example, walls, ceilings, vehicles, etc.)
may result if contact with the liftgate
occurs.
僅 A liftgate covered with snow or
equipped with heavy objects (e.g. bike
racks, ladders) may not be opened;
with the liftgate open, it may be acci
-
dentally closed, causing injuries to
anyone around the vehicle.
僅 Do not open the liftgate if the liftgate
is covered with snow or equipped with
heavy objects.
僅 Make sure to remove snow and heavy
objects before opening the liftgate.
NOTICE
僅 Do not close or open the liftgate man
-
ually. This may cause damage to the
power liftgate. If it is necessary to
close or open the liftgate manually
when the battery is discharged or dis
-
connected, do not apply excessive
force.
僅 Do not operate the power liftgate
more than 10 times continuously
when the engine is not running. Use
the power liftgate with the engine run
-
ning when the power liftgate is used
repeatedly to prevent battery dis
-
charge.
僅 Do not leave the power liftgate open
for a long period of time. This may
drain the battery.
僅 Do not apply excessive force when
the power liftgate is operating. Doing
so could result in vehicle damage.
僅 Do not grab or hold on to the liftgate
support struts at any time. Damage to
the liftgate support struts could result.
Deformation of the liftgate support
struts may cause vehicle damage and
personal injury may occur.
僅 Do not modify or repair any part of
the power liftgate by yourself. This
OKA4033031
OKA4033030
Features of your vehicle
464
Power liftgate
must be done by an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅 Do not operate the power liftgate
under the following conditions. The
power liftgate may not operate prop
-
erly.
- One side of the vehicle is lifted to
inspect the vehicle or change a tire
- Parking on an uneven road such as
a slope, etc.
僅 Close the liftgate completely and lock
all doors and liftgate using the central
door lock button before using an
automatic car wash.
僅 Do not spray high pressure water
directly on the power liftgate outside
open/close button. The liftgate may
open unintentionally.
INFORMATION
僅 If the liftgate is not fully closed and
vehicle speed is at or above 1.8 mph
(3 km/h), a warning will sound 10
times. Immediately park the vehicle at
a safe place, close the liftgate, and
check that the liftgate open warning
on the instrument cluster is turned off.
僅 In cold and wet climates, the outside
power liftgate open/close button may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions. If this occurs, remove the
ice before using the outside power
liftgate open/close button or use the
power liftgate open/close button on
the smart key or the instrument panel.
僅 Operating the power liftgate more
than 5 times continuously could cause
damage to the operating motor. If this
occurs, the power liftgate will not
operate to prevent the motor from
overheating. If any of the power lift
-
gate buttons are pressed to try to
open the liftgate, the chime will sound
3 times, but the liftgate will remain
closed. Allow the power liftgate sys
-
tem to cool for about 1 minute before
operating the system again.
Operating the power liftgate
Power liftgate open/close button
(Smart key, Instrument panel)
1
Power liftgate open/close button
Press the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton for 1 second. The liftgate opens or
closes with a warning sound.
While the liftgate is opening or closing,
press the button to stop liftgate opera
-
tion.
If the smart key is not within operation
range (approximately 10 m) from the
vehicle, liftgate operation will stop with a
warning sound for 5 seconds.
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button for 1
second. The power liftgate opens with a
warning sound.
While the liftgate is opening, press the
button to stop liftgate operation.
When the power liftgate is opened, press
and hold the power liftgate open/close
button to close the liftgate. If you release
the button while the liftgate is closing,
OKA4034028N
OKA4033032L
47
4
4
Features of your vehicle Power liftgate
power liftgate operation will stop with a
warning sound for 5 seconds.
Also, if the smart key is not within opera
-
tion range (approximately 10 m) from
the vehicle, power liftgate operation will
stop with a warning sound for 5 sec
-
onds.
Power liftgate open/close button
(Outside the power liftgate)
When the liftgate is closed, press the
power liftgate open/close button to open
the liftgate.
If the vehicle is locked, press the power
liftgate open/close button with the smart
key in your possession.
If the liftgate is unlocked, the liftgate will
open or close with a warning sound
when the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton is pressed without carrying the
smart key.
Power liftgate open/close button
(Inside the power liftgate)
Press the power liftgate open/close but
-
ton. The liftgate opens or closes with a
warning sound.
Power liftgate lock button (Inside
the power liftgate)
Press the power liftgate lock button
while carrying the smart key. The liftgate
closes and locks with a warning sound.
Additionally, all doors will lock.
The liftgate can be closed and locked,
and all doors locked only when the but
-
ton is pressed while the vehicle is off.
Automatic reverse
During power liftgate operation if the
power liftgate senses any obstacle, the
liftgate will stop or will fully open. The
automatic reverse feature may not oper
-
ate properly, or it may operate unex
-
pectedly under the following
circumstances:
僅 The automatic reverse feature may
not detect the resistance if the
detected resistance is below a certain
level, or if the liftgate is almost fully
closed near the latched position.
僅 The automatic reverse feature may
operate if a strong impact is applied
with no obstructions placed.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or
part of your body in the path of the
power liftgate to make sure the auto
-
matic reverse feature operates. Serious
injury, or damage to the vehicle or object
may occur.
OKA4033447L
OKA4033033
OKA4033035
Features of your vehicle
484
Power liftgate
INFORMATION
The power liftgate may stop operating if
the automatic reverse feature operates
more than two times while attempting to
open or close the liftgate. If this occurs,
carefully open or close the liftgate man
-
ually, and then after 30 seconds try to
operate the power liftgate automatically
again.
Setting the power liftgate
To use each feature, you must select the
opening speed or opening height from
the settings menu. Deselect the settings
when you do not want to use the fea
-
ture.
Power liftgate opening speed
To adjust the power liftgate speed,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Power Liftgate Opening Speed
→
Normal
/
Fast
in the infotainment system.
(Default setting is
Fast
)
Power liftgate opening height (if
equipped)
To adjust the power liftgate opening
height, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Power Liftgate Opening Height
→
Full Open
/
Level 3
/
Level 2
/
Level 1
/
User
Height Setting
in the infotainment sys
-
tem.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
User height setting
1. Position the liftgate manually to the
height you prefer.
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
button located inside the liftgate for
more than 3 seconds.
If 'User Height Setting' is selected for
the power liftgate opening height, the
power liftgate will automatically open
to the height manually set by you.
INFORMATION
僅 If the power liftgate opening height
has not been manually set, the power
liftgate will fully open when 'User
Height Setting' from the infotainment
system is selected.
僅 If one of the height setting (Full Open/
Level 3/Level 2/Level 1) is selected
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system, and then 'User
Height Setting' is selected, the liftgate
will open to the height manually set
by you.
僅 The power liftgate opening speed and
opening height settings change
according to the linked User Profile. If
the User Profile is changed, power lift
-
gate opening speed and opening
height settings will change accord
-
ingly.
僅 The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more
information, refer to the user's manual
provided in the infotainment system
and the quick reference guide.
Resetting the power liftgate
In some circumstances resetting the
power liftgate operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where reset
-
ting the power liftgate may be required
include:
僅 When the 12-volt battery is recharged
僅When the 12-volt battery is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
僅 When the related fuse is reinstalled
after removal or replacement
49
4
4
Features of your vehicle Power liftgate
1. With the vehicle off or running, put
the gear in P (Park).
2. Press the power liftgate open/close
inner button (1) and outer button (2)
simultaneously until a chime sounds.
3. Slowly close the liftgate manually.
4. Press the power liftgate open/close
outer button. The power liftgate will
open with a chime sound.
Wait until the liftgate fully opens to
complete resetting. If the liftgate stops
before it is fully open, resetting cannot
be completed.
INFORMATION
If the power liftgate does not operate
properly after the above procedure,
have the system inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Emergency liftgate safety release
To unlock and open the liftgate manu
-
ally from inside the luggage compart
-
ment, perform the following procedure:
1. Insert a long, flat object into the open
-
ing at the bottom of the liftgate.
2. Slide the latch in the direction of the
arrow to unlock the liftgate
3. Push the liftgate to open.
WARNING
僅 For emergencies, be fully aware of the
location of the emergency liftgate
safety release latch in the vehicle and
how to open the liftgate if you are
accidentally locked in the luggage
compartment.
僅 No one, including animals, should be
allowed to occupy the luggage com
-
partment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a very
dangerous location in the event of an
accident.
僅 Use the release latch for emergencies
only. Use extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.
Power liftgate automatic close
Using power liftgate automatic
close feature
1. When the liftgate is open, approach
the detecting area, which is 50~100
cm (20~40 inches) from behind the
liftgate with the smart key in your
possession. Wait for approximately 3
seconds until the chime sounds.
2. With the smart key, move away from
the vehicle. The liftgate closes auto
-
matically with a chime sound.
OKA4033467L_2
OKA4033029L
OKA4033040
Features of your vehicle
504
Liftgate Auto Close
Setting Power liftgate automatic
close
With the engine on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Power Liftgate
to
turn on Power Liftgate Auto Close and
deselect to turn off the feature in the
infotainment system.
See additional information in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
Press the automatic close release button
while the liftgate is open. The Power lift
-
gate automatic close feature will turn off.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Liftgate Auto Close (if
equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be closed using the Lift
-
gate Auto Close system.
How to use the Liftgate Auto
Close
The liftgate can be closed with no-touch
activation satisfying all the conditions
below.
僅 Liftgate is open.
僅 Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
僅 When you leave the vehicle carrying a
smart key.
1. Setting
To activate the Liftgate Auto Close
system, select Smart Liftgate on the
infotainment system.
If your vehicle is equipped with an
infotainment system, you can learn
how to set up on the website via QR
code in the infotainment quick refer
-
ence guide.
2. Detect and Alert
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20 ~ 40 in [50 ~ 100 cm] behind
the vehicle) carrying a smart key
OKA4033035
OKA4033041
OKA4033040L
51
4
4
Features of your vehicle Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
when the liftgate is opened, the haz
-
ard warning lights will blink and chime
will sound to alert you the smart key
has been detected.
3. Automatic closing
When you leave the vehicle carrying a
smart key, the chime will sound 3
times preparatory to the function and
then the liftgate will be closed after
the chime sounds 2 times.
Releasing Liftgate Auto Close
If you press the Liftgate Auto close
release button with the liftgate open,
Liftgate Auto Close function will be dis
-
abled.
The liftgate will stay opened until the lift
-
gate close button is pressed.
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
(if equipped)
On a vehicle equipped with a smart key,
the liftgate can be opened using the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open system.
How to use the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open
The liftgate can be opened with no-
touch activation satisfying all the condi
-
tions below.
僅 After 15 seconds when all doors are
closed and locked
僅 Positioned in the detecting area for
more than 3 seconds.
NOTICE
The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open does
not operate when:
僅 The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed,
locked, and is continuously detected.
僅 The smart key is detected within 15
seconds after the doors are closed
and locked, and 60 in (1.5 m) from the
front door handles. (for vehicles
equipped with Welcome Light)
僅 A door is not locked or closed.
僅 The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Liftgate with
Auto Open, go to
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Door
→
Smart Liftgate
in the info
-
tainment system.
2. Detect and Alert
OKA4033041
OKA4033035
OKA4033036L
Features of your vehicle
524
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
If you are positioned in the detecting
area (20 ~ 40 in [50 ~ 100 cm] behind
the vehicle) carrying a smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
chime will sound to alert you the
smart key has been detected and the
liftgate will open.
NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts to operate, leave
the detecting area with the smart key.
The liftgate will stay closed.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
3. Automatic opening
The hazard warning lights will blink
and a chime will sound 6 times and
then the liftgate will open.
WARNING
僅 Make sure you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle.
僅 Make sure there are no people or
objects around the liftgate before
opening or closing the liftgate.
僅 Make sure objects in the liftgate do
not come out when opening the lift
-
gate on a slope. It may cause serious
injury.
僅 Make sure to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate with Auto Open when wash
-
ing your vehicle. Otherwise, the lift
-
gate may open inadvertently.
僅 The key should be kept out of reach
of children. Children may inadver
-
tently open the Smart Liftgate with
Auto Open while playing around the
rear area of the vehicle.
CAUTION
Liftgate lift
Make certain that you close the liftgate
before driving your vehicle. Possible
damage may occur to the liftgate gas
lifters and attached hardware if the lift
-
gate is not closed prior to driving.
OKA4033037L
OKA4033036L
53
4
4
Features of your vehicle Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
How to deactivate the Smart Lift
-
gate with Auto Open function
using the smart key
1
Lock
2
Unlock
3
Llftgate unlock/open
4
Remote start
5
Left power sliding door opening/clos
-
ing
6
Right power sliding door opening/
closing
If you press any button of the smart key
during the Detect and Alert stage, the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open function
will be deactivated.
Be aware of how to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate with Auto Open function for
emergency situations.
NOTICE
僅 If you press the door unlock button
(5), the Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function will be deactivated temporar
-
ily. But, if you do not open any door
for 30 seconds, the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open function will be acti
-
vated again.
僅 If you press liftgate open button (6)
for more than 1 second, the liftgate
opens.
僅 If you press the door lock button (4) or
liftgate open button (6) when the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open func
-
tion is not in the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Liftgate with Auto
Open function will not be deactivated.
僅 In case you have deactivated the
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open func
-
tion by pressing the smart key button
and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate
with Auto Open function can be acti
-
vated again by closing and locking all
doors.
Detecting area
A: 20 ~ 40 in (50 ~ 100 cm)
僅 The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
operates with a welcome alert if the
smart key is detected within 20 ~ 40
in (50 ~ 100 cm) from the liftgate.
僅 The alert stops at once if the smart
key is positioned outside the detecting
area during the Detect and Alert
stage.
NOTICE
僅 The Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
function will not work if any of the fol
-
lowing occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the trans
-
mitter.
OKA4034475N
OKA4034039N
Features of your vehicle
544
Smart Liftgate with Auto Open
- The smart key is near a mobile two-
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated near your vehicle.
僅 The detecting range may decrease or
increase when:
- One side of the tire is raised to
replace a tire or to inspect the vehi
-
cle.
- The vehicle is parked on a slope or
unpaved road, etc.
55
4
4
Features of your vehicle Windows
Windows
The doors of this vehicle are equipped with power windows that can be operated by
a switch.
1. Driver's door power window switch
2. Front passenger's door power window switch
3. Rear door (left) power window switch
4. Rear door (right) power window switch
5. Window opening and closing
6. Automatic power window up*/down*
7. Power window/rear sunroof lock switch
*: if equipped
OKA4033001
Features of your vehicle
564
Windows
NOTICE
Power windows may not work in freez
-
ing weather.
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position for power windows
to operate.
Each door has a power window switch
that controls the door's window. The
driver has a power window lock button
which can block the operation of rear
passenger windows. The power windows
can be operated for approximately 3
minutes after ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton turned to the ACC or LOCK position.
If the front doors are opened, the power
windows cannot be operated even
within the 3 minutes period.
The driver's door has a master power
window switch that controls all the win
-
dows in the vehicle.
If the window cannot be closed because
it is blocked by objects, remove the
objects and close the window.
NOTICE
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped)
fully or partially open, you may hear a
wind buffeting or pulsation noise. This
noise is a normal occurrence and can be
reduced or eliminated by taking the fol
-
lowing actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows down,
partially lower both front windows
approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm) If you
experience the noise with the sunroof
open, slightly reduce the size of the sun
-
roof opening.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessory in the vehi
-
cle that extend into the open window
area. Such an object will impact the
proper function of the Automatic rever
-
sal "jam protection" feature.
NOTICE
If you press the one-touch window but
-
ton for micro adjustment, the glass will
move to a specific location to improve
your convenience.
Window opening and closing
You can open and close windows using
the power window switch.
Type A
To open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corre
-
sponding switch to the first detent posi
-
tion (5).
Type B - Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or raises
the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
OMQ4033037
OMQ4033036
57
4
4
Features of your vehicle Windows
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
To reset the power windows
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pull
-
ing up the power window switch for at
least 1 second after the window is
completely closed.
Automatic reversal (if equipped)
If the upward movement of the window
is blocked by an object or part of the
body, the window will detect the resis
-
tance and will stop upward movement.
The window will then lower approxi
-
mately 11.8 inches (30 cm) to allow the
object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement and then lower
approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled up
continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the auto
-
matic window reversal feature, the auto
-
matic window reversal will not operate.
NOTICE
The automatic reverse feature for the
window is only active when the "auto up"
feature is used by fully pulling up the
switch. The automatic reverse feature
will not operate if the window is raised
using the halfway position on the power
window switch.
WARNING
Always check for obstructions before
raising any window to avoid injuries or
vehicle damage. If an object less than
0.16 of an inch (4 mm) in diameter is
caught between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the auto
-
matic reverse window may not detect
the resistance and will not stop and
reverse direction.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't
activate while resetting the power win
-
dow system. Make sure body parts or
other objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to avoid inju
-
ries.
CAUTION
Do not install any accessories in the
vehicle that extend into the open win
-
dow area. Such objects could prevent
the automatic reverse feature from
functioning.
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power win
-
dow switches on a rear passenger door
and the rear sunroof switch on a rear
OGL3061066L
Features of your vehicle
584
Windows
passenger interior lamp by depressing
the power window and rear sunroof lock
switch on the driver's door to LOCK
(pressed).
When the power window and rear sun
-
roof lock switch is pressed:
僅 The driver's master control can oper
-
ate all passengers' power windows.
僅 The front passenger's control can
operate the front passenger's power
window.
僅 The rear passengers' control cannot
operate the rear passenger's power
window.
僅 The rear sunroof control cannot oper
-
ate the rear sunroof. But the front
master sunroof control can operate
both front and rear sunroofs (if
equipped).
* If the power window lock switch is
operated (indicator turns on), rear pas
-
senger cannot open the rear window.
CAUTION
僅 To prevent damage to the power win
-
dow system, do not open or close two
windows or more at the same time.
This will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
僅 Never try to operate the main switch
on the driver's door and the individual
door window switch in opposite direc
-
tions at the same time. If this is done,
the window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
WARNING
Windows
僅 NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children, when the
engine is running.
僅 NEVER leave any child unattended in
the vehicle. Even very young children
may inadvertently cause the vehicle
to move, entangle themselves in the
windows, or otherwise injure them
-
selves or others.
僅 Always double check to make sure all
arms, hands, head and other obstruc
-
tions are safely out of the way before
closing a window.
僅 Do not allow children play with the
power windows. Keep the driver's
door power window lock button in the
LOCK position (pressed). SERIOUS
INJURY can result from unintentional
window operation by the child.
僅 Do not extend heads or any limbs out
-
side the window while the vehicle is in
motion.
Remote window opening (if
equipped)
1
Door unlock button
You can still control the window’s move
-
ment with the engine turned off.
Press the Door Unlock button (1) for
more than 3 seconds. The window
moves down after the doors are
unlocked, if you press the door unlock
OKA4053068
OKA4034478N
59
4
4
Features of your vehicle Hood
button (1). The window movement stops,
when you release the door unlock but
-
ton (1).
* The remote window function operates
on the window equipped with the
automatic power window system.
WARNING
If you exit the vehicle with the windows
down, theft could occur. Water damage
could also occur while raining.
CAUTION
僅 The remote window opening function
may abruptly stop, when you move
away from your vehicle during opera
-
tion. Stay close to your vehicle, while
monitoring the window movement.
僅 One of the windows may stop operat
-
ing, when the window is interrupted
by certain force. However, the other
windows will keep operating. Thus,
you should make sure that all win
-
dows are opened.
僅 Be careful when using the remote
window openings function, as the
doors will be unlocked.
Hood
The hood serves as a cover for the
engine compartment.
Open the hood if maintenance work
needs to be performed in the engine
compartment or if you need to look at
the compartment.
Opening the hood
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should slightly pop
open.
WARNING
Make this paragraph 1 of the instruc
-
tions. Revise: Park on a flat surface. Set
the geat to P (Park) and set the parking
brake.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary
hood release lever (1) upside and lift
the hood (2).
OKA4033043
OKA4033044L
OKA4033045L
Features of your vehicle
604
Hood
Hood open warning
The hood warning message will appear
on the LCD display when hood is open.
The warning chime will operate when
the vehicle is being driven at or above 2
mph (3 km/h) with the hood open.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
僅 All filler caps in the engine com
-
partment must be correctly
installed.
僅 Gloves, rags or any other combusti
-
ble material must be removed from
the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place.
3. Check that the hood has engaged
properly.
僅 If the hood can be raised slightly, it
is not properly engaged.
僅 Open it again and close it with a lit
-
tle more force.
CAUTION
Hood obstruction
Before closing the hood, ensure that all
obstructions are removed from the hood
opening. Closing the hood with an
obstruction present in the hood opening
may result in severe personal injury or
properly damage.
WARNING
Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any other
combustible material in the motor com
-
partment. Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
WARNING
Unsecured hood
Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before driving
away. If it is not latched, the hood could
fly open while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility, which
may result in an accident.
OKA4033107
OKA4033046L
61
4
4
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
Fuel filler door
The vehicle's fuel filler door must be
opened and closed by hand from out
-
side the vehicle.
Opening the fuel filler door
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver's door is unlocked
for unlocking fuel filler door.
3. Press the 3 o`clock position edge of
the fuel filler door.
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully
open.
5. To remove the fuel cap (2), turn it
counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
NOTICE
The fuel filler door will unlock when
Driver's door is unlocked.
To unlock the fuel filler door, follow one
of the following instructions:
僅 Press the unlock button on your smart
key.
僅 Press the Central Door unlock button
on armrest trim of driver's door.
僅 Pull the driver's inside door handle
outward.
CAUTION
Before refueling, be sure to check what
type of fuel is used for your vehicle.
If you put diesel or ethanol fuel into a
gasoline-powered vehicle, it may affect
the fuel system and cause serious dam
-
age to the vehicle.
NOTICE
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on
the door. If necessary, spray around the
door with an approved deicer fluid (do
not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice
to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel cap, turn it clock
-
wise until it "clicks".
2. Close the fuel filler door by pressing
rear center edge of the fuel filler door.
Make sure it is securely closed.
NOTICE
僅 Press the vehicle's fuel door to LOCK
position when the fuel filler door is
completely closed to lock the fuel filler
door.
If the fuel filler door is not completely
closed, the fuel filler door will not be
locked.
僅 After closing the fuel filler door, you
must lock all vehicle doors to lock it
completely. To lock up the fuel filler
door, do one of the following:
OKA4033047
OKA4033048
Features of your vehicle
624
Fuel filler door
- Press the lock button on your smart
key.
- Press the Central Door lock button
on armrest trim of driver's door.
WARNING
Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap carefully
and slowly. If the fuel cap is venting fuel
or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until
the condition stops before completely
removing the fuel cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can
cover your clothes or skin and subject
you to the risk of fire and burns.
NOTICE
When refueling on uneven ground, the
fuel gauge may not point to the F posi
-
tion. It is not a malfunction. If you move
your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
gauge will move to the full position.
NOTICE
Tighten the fuel cap until it clicks one
time, otherwise, the engine warning indi
-
cator light will appear.
CAUTION
Keep the door into LOCK position when
the vehicle is being washed (i.e. high
pressure washer, automatic car wash,
etc.)
WARNING
If the gear is not in P (Park) or N (Neu
-
tral) gear during refueling, be aware that
the fuel gauge and distance to empty
may be displayed abnormally because
refueling is not recognized.
WARNING
Always tighten your fuel cap before you
leave the fuel station. Failure to securely
install your fuel cap can lead to fuel spill
-
age in an accident and increase fire risk.
WARNING
Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings posted at
the gas station facility. Failure to follow
all warnings will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death due to fire
or explosion.
WARNING
Static electricity
僅 Before touching the fuel nozzle, you
should eliminate potentially danger
-
ous static electricity discharge by
touching another metal part of the
vehicle, a safe distance away from the
fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas
source.
僅 Do not once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static electric
-
ity by touching, rubbing or sliding
against any item or fabric (polyester,
satin, nylon, etc.) capable of produc
-
ing static electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel vapors
resulting in rapid burning. If you must
reenter the vehicle, you should once
again eliminate potentially dangerous
static electricity discharge by touching
a metal part of the vehicle, away from
the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other
gasoline source.
63
4
4
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door
WARNING
Portable fuel container
When using an approved portable fuel
container, be sure to place the container
on the ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the container
can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun, contact with
the vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete. Use only
approved portable plastic fuel contain
-
ers designed to carry and store gasoline.
WARNING
Mobile phone fires
Do not use Mobile phones while refuel
-
ing. Electric current and/or electronic
interference from Mobile phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors causing a
fire.
WARNING
Refueling and vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the engine
off. Sparks produced by electrical com
-
ponents in the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once refueling is
complete, check to make sure the fuel
cap and filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
WARNING
Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter and
DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit cigarette
in your vehicle while at a gas station
especially during refueling. Automotive
fuel is highly flammable and can result
in fire when ignited.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle accord
-
ing to "Fuel requirements" on page 1-2.
If the fuel cap requires replacement, use
only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An incorrect
fuel cap can result in a serious malfunc
-
tion of the fuel system or emission con
-
trol system.
CAUTION
Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces
of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on
painted surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING
僅 Do not allow anyone that has not dis
-
charged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel
tank.
僅 Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
WARNING
Risk of injury from fuel
Fuels are poisonous and harmful to your
health.
僅 Fuel contains substances that are
harmful if inhaled.
僅 Do not swallow fuel or let it contact
skin, eyes or clothing.
僅 Do not inhale fuel vapors.
僅 Keep children away from fuel.
If you or other people contacts fuel,
observe the following:
僅 Immediately rinse fuel off your skin
with soap and water.
僅 If fuel contacts your eyes, immedi
-
ately rinse them thoroughly with clean
water. Seek medical attention imme
-
diately.
Features of your vehicle
644
Fuel filler door
僅 If you swallow fuel, seek medical
attention immediately. Do not induce
vomiting.
僅 Change immediately out of clothing
that has contacted fuel.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Fuel that does not conform to the
required quality can lead to increased
wear as well as damage to the engine
and exhaust system. Only use the fuel
recommended.
NOTICE
Damage caused by the wrong fuel
Vehicles with a gasoline engine:
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem, the engine and the emission control
system.
NOTICE
Do not use diesel or ethanol to refuel
vehicles with a gasoline engine.
NOTICE
Do not switch on the ignition if you acci
-
dentally refuel with the wrong fuel. Oth
-
erwise, fuel can enter the fuel system.
Even small amounts of the wrong fuel
could result in damage to the fuel sys
-
tem and the engine. Have the system
serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Do not overfill the fuel tank
Do not overfill the fuel tank. Fuel may
spill, causing harm to the environment
and damaging the vehicle.
65
4
4
Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof
Dual sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof switch located on the
overhead console.
Front switch
Rear switch
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ACC or OFF position.
WARNING
僅 Adjust the sunroof or sunshade when
your vehicle stops. This could result in
loss of control and an accident that
may cause injury, or property dam
-
age.
僅 Do not leave the engine running and
the key in your vehicle with unsuper
-
vised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
僅 Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when roof
bars are installed on the vehicle or when
there is luggage on the roof.
INFORMATION
When the rear power window switches
are disabled using the power window
lock button, the rear sunroof operation
switch is also disabled. If you need to
operate the rear seat sunroof, operate
the rear seat sunroof with the front sun
-
roof operation switch.
Sunshade (Front/Rear)
Use the sunshade to block direct sun
-
light coming through the sunroof glass.
Open or close the sunshade by hand.
INFORMATION
The sunshade opens automatically when
the sunroof glass is opened, but the sun
-
shade does not close automatically
when the sunroof glass is closed. Also,
only the sunshade cannot be closed
when the sunroof glass is opened.
NOTICE
Do not pull the sunshade up or down, or
apply excessive force as such action
may damage the sunshade or cause it to
malfunction.
OKA4033414
OKA4033415
OKA4H033001
Features of your vehicle
664
Dual sunroof
Tilt open/close (Front)
1
Tilt open
2
Tilt close
僅 Push the sunroof switch upward, the
sunroof glass tilts open.
僅 Push the sunroof switch forward
when the sunroof glass is tilt opened,
the sunroof glass closes.
The sunroof glass tilts open or closes
while the switch is pushed.
Slide open/close (Front/Rear)
Front seat sunroof
Rear seat sunroof
1
Front switch
2
Rear switch
僅 Push the sunroof switch rearward, the
sunshade and sunroof glass slide
open.
Push the sunroof switch forward, only
the sunroof glass closes.
僅 Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the first detent position,
the sunroof glass moves until the
switch is released.
僅 Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent posi
-
tion, the sunroof glass operates auto
-
matically (auto slide feature). To stop
the sunroof movement at any point,
push the sunroof switch in any direc
-
tion.
- Front seat sunroof: The sunroof
glass fully opens.
- Rear seat sunroof: The sunroof
glass stops halfway (first detent
position) before it is fully opened.
To fully open the sunroof glass,
push the sunroof switch rearward
once more. At this time, the sunroof
glass opens only while the switch is
pushed.
OKA4033426L
OKA4033427L_2
OKA4H033004
OKA4033448L
OKA4033428L_2
67
4
4
Features of your vehicle Dual sunroof
INFORMATION
To reduce wind noise while driving, we
recommend that you drive at the recom
-
mended position (first detent position)
before the maximum slide open position.
Automatic reversal
If the sunroof glass senses any obstacle
while it is closing automatically, it will
reverse direction then.
The auto reverse function may not work
if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding sunroof glass and
sunroof sash.
WARNING
僅 Make sure heads, hands, arms or any
other body parts or objects are out of
the way before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get caught
causing injuries or vehicle damage.
僅 Never deliberately use your body
parts to test the automatic reversal
function. The sunroof glass may
reverse direction, but there is a risk of
injury.
NOTICE
僅 Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
僅 Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
僅 Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
僅 Dust accumulated between the sun
-
roof and roof panel can make noise.
Open the sunroof and remove dust
regularly using a clean cloth.
僅 Do not try to open the sunroof when
the temperature is below freezing or
when the sunroof is covered with
snow or ice. The sunroof may not
work properly and may break if
opened by force.
僅 Do not open or drive with the sunroof
glass open immediately after rain or
washing the vehicle. Water may wet
the interior of the vehicle.
僅 Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
damage may occur if the vehicle sud
-
denly stops.
WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
Resetting the sunroof
Front seat sunroof
OKA4H033007
OKA4033449L
Features of your vehicle
684
Dual sunroof
Rear seat sunroof
1
Front switch
2
Rear switch
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be per
-
formed. Some instances where resetting
the sunroof may be required include:
僅 When the 12-volt battery is either dis
-
connected or discharged
僅 When the sunroof fuse is replaced
僅 If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the sunroof glass is in the
fully closed position. If the sunroof
glass is open, push the switch forward
until the sunroof glass is fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the sunroof
glass is fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the sun
-
roof glass moves slightly. Then
release the switch.
5. Once again push and hold the sun
-
roof switch forward until the sunroof
glass slides open and close. Do not
release the switch until the operation
is completed.
If you release the switch during oper
-
ation, start the procedure again from
step 2.
INFORMATION
If the sunroof does not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or dis
-
charged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the warn
-
ing chime will sound for several seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow
may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also,
leaving the sunroof open when the vehi
-
cle is unattended may invite theft.
OKA4033429L_2
OKA4033108
69
4
4
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel
Steering wheel
The steering wheel of this vehicle is
equipped with the Electric Power Steer
-
ing (EPS) system.
Electric power steering (EPS)
Power steering uses the motor to assist
you in steering the vehicle.
NOTICE
If the engine is off or if the power steer
-
ing system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The EPS is controlled by the power
steering control unit which senses the
steering wheel torque and vehicle speed
to command the motor.
The steering effort becomes heavier as
the vehicle's speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle's speed
decreases for better control of the steer
-
ing wheel.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is the ON position, the steering
wheel enters normal operation mode
after diagnosing the Electric Power
Steering system (for about 3 sec
-
onds).
僅 A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned ON or OFF.
僅 If the steering wheel is operated when
the vehicle is not in motion or driven
at a low speed, you may hear some
noise.
僅 If the Electric Power Steering system
does not operate normally, the warn
-
ing light will appear or blink on the
instrument cluster. If the power assis
-
tance of steering fails, you will need to
use more force to steer.
僅 Operating the steering wheel at lower
temperatures may require more force
and accompany noise. However,
when the temperature increases, it
returns to normal.
僅 Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer and have the vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
僅 When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low voltage
(when the alternator or battery does
not operate normally or malfunc
-
tions), the steering wheel may require
increased steering effort.
CAUTION
When you continuously operate the
steering wheel, the overcurrent protec
-
tion device is activated and requires
more force to operate the steering
wheel. However, this doesn't indicate a
malfunction, and it works for your safety
and will return to normal after some
time.
CAUTION
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) sys
-
tem does not work or an error occurs,
the warning light on the instrument
panel may be turned on or blink and it
may require more force to operate the
steering wheel. In this case, please hold
the steering wheel more tightly than
usual and operate with greater force.
Features of your vehicle
704
Steering wheel
And then immediately pull your vehicle
over to a safe place and have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Tilt and telescopic steering wheel
A tilt and telescopic steering wheel
allows you to adjust the steering wheel
before you drive. You can also raise it to
give your legs more room when you exit
and enter the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned
so that it is comfortable for you to drive,
while permitting you to see the instru
-
ment panel warning lights and gauges.
WARNING
Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and height of the
steering wheel while driving. You may
lose steering control.
Adjusting steering wheel angle
and height
1. To adjust the steering wheel, stop the
vehicle. Then pull down the lock
release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance for
-
ward/back (3).
Move the steering wheel, so it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument panel warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, pull up the
lock.
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to lock
the steering wheel in place.
Push the steering wheel both up and
down to be certain it is locked in posi
-
tion.
4. Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to
the desired position before driving.
NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-
release lever may not lock the steering
wheel.
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when
two gears engage. In this case, adjust
the steering wheel again to lock the
steering wheel.
Heated steering wheel (if
equipped)
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ON position, pressing the
heated steering wheel button warms the
steering wheel. The indicator on the but
-
ton will appear.
僅 Press the steering wheel heater but
-
ton. When you press the steering
wheel heater button, the indicator
lights up and the steering wheel will
warm.
OKA4033049
OKA4033050
71
4
4
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel
僅 To prevent low-temperature burns,
the steering wheel temperature is
automatically adjusted after the steer
-
ing wheel heater is manually turned
on.
- When using the steering wheel
heater in the 2nd level (strong), it
automatically lowers to the 1st level
(weak) after about 30 minutes.
- If the user does not manually oper
-
ate the steering wheel heater, it is
maintained at the 1st level (weak)
until the vehicle is turned off.
僅 To turn off the steering wheel heater,
press and hold the steering wheel
heating button until the indicator light
goes out.
CAUTION
僅 Do not install any type of grip cover
for the steering wheel, it may impair
the function of the heated steering
wheel system.
僅 When cleaning the heated steering
wheel, do not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alco
-
hol or gasoline. Doing so may damage
the surface of the steering wheel.
僅 If the surface of the steering wheel is
struck by a sharp object, damage to
the heated steering wheel compo
-
nents could occur.
WARNING
If the steering wheel becomes too warm,
turn the system off. The heated steering
wheel may cause burns even at low tem
-
peratures, especially if used for a long
time.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area indi
-
cated by the horn symbol on your steer
-
ing wheel (see illustration).
The horn will operate only when this
area is pressed.
CAUTION
Do not strike the horn severely to oper
-
ate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press
on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
Steering wheel heater level Operating time
Off -
2 (Strong) 30 minutes
1 (Weak) Until restart
OMQ4033056
Features of your vehicle
724
Mirrors
Mirrors
This vehicle is equipped with inside and
outside rear view mirrors to provide
views of objects behind the vehicle.
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rear-view mirror so that the
center view through the rear window is
seen. Make this adjustment before you
start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which could interfere with
your vision out the rear window.
WARNING
Mirror adjustment
Do not adjust the rear-view mirror while
the vehicle is moving. This could result in
loss of control.
NOTICE
Do not modify the inside mirror in any
manner, including installing a wide mir
-
ror. Doing so could result in injury during
an accident or deployment of the air
bag.
CAUTION
Cleaning mirror
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened with
glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mirror. It may cause the
glass cleaner to enter the mirror hous
-
ing.
Day/night rear-view mirror (if
equipped)
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is
in the day position (1).
Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to
reduce the glare from the headlamps of
the vehicles behind you when night driv
-
ing.
You lose some rear-view clarity in the
night position.
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if
equipped)
The ECM automatically controls the
glare from the headlights of vehicles
behind you in nighttime or in low light
driving conditions.
For Telematics button function:
1
Virtual assist button
2
Kia Connect (Voice local search) but
-
ton
3
Roadside assist button
The sensor mounted in the mirror
senses the light level around the vehicle,
and automatically controls the head
-
lamp glare from the vehicles behind you.
OMQ4033512L
OMQ4A033006
73
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rear view mirror.
ECM with HomeLink씾 system (if
equipped)
1
HomeLink Channel 1
2
HomeLink Channel 2
3
HomeLink Channel 3
4
Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Closing or Closed
5
HomeLink Operation Indicator
6
Garage Door Opener Status Indicator:
Opening or Opened
7
HomeLink User Interface Indicator
Your Kia may be equipped with a Gen
-
tex Automatic-Dimming Mirror with an
Integrated HomeLink씾 Wireless Control
System.
During nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce rear
view mirror glare. The HomeLink씾 Uni
-
versal Transceiver allows you to activate
your garage door(s), electric gate, home
lighting, etc.
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS씾) Mirror (if
equipped)
The NVS씾 Mirror automatically reduces
glare by monitoring light levels in the
front and the rear of the vehicle. Any
objects that obstruct the light sensor will
degrade the automatic dimming control
feature.
For more information regarding NVS씾
mirrors and other applications, please
refer to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim upon
detecting glare from the vehicles travel
-
ing behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position
each time the vehicle is started.
Integrated HomeLink씾 Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink씾 Wireless Control Sys
-
tem provides a convenient way to
replace up to three handheld radio-fre
-
quency (RF) transmitters used to acti
-
vate compatible devices such as gate
operators, garage door openers, entry
door locks, security systems, and home
lighting.
NOTICE
When the vehicle is parked outside the
garage, the HomeLink will work ONLY
when vehicle is in ACC position or ON
position.
CAUTION
Before programming HomeLink to a
garage door opener or gate operator,
make sure that people and objects are
out of the way of the door or gate to pre
-
vent potential harm or damage. When
programming a garage door opener,
park outside the garage.
Do not use HomeLink with any garage
door opener that lacks safety stop and
reverse features as required by U.S. fed
-
eral safety standards (this includes any
garage door opener model manufac
-
tured before April 1, 1982). A garage
door that cannot detect an object signal
-
ing the door to stop and reverse - does
not meet current U.S. federal safety
OMQ4A033007
Features of your vehicle
744
Mirrors
standards. For more information, con
-
tact HomeLink at
www.homelink.com
,
or call HomeLink customer support at
1-
800-355-3515
.
It is also recommended that a new bat
-
tery be replaced in the hand-held trans
-
mitter of the device being trained to
HomeLink for quicker training and accu
-
rate transmission of the radio frequency.
1. Programming HomeLink씾
The following steps show how to pro
-
gram HomeLink. If you have any ques
-
tions or are having difficulty
programming your HomeLink buttons,
you can call the HomeLink customer
support toll-free number (1-800-355-
3515). You can also visit the website.
僅 Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. At the top of the
page, choose your vehicle make. Then
watch the YouTube video, and/or
access additional website information.
僅 If you choose to access the website
via your cell phone, scan the QR code.
1) Programming Preparation
1. When programming a garage door
opener, park the vehicle outside the
garage.
2. Place a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being pro
-
grammed to HomeLink for quicker
training and accurate transmission of
the radio-frequency signal.
3. Place ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ACC (Accessory) position for pro
-
gramming of HomeLink.
2) Programming a New Home
-
Link씾 Button
1. Press and release the HomeLink but
-
ton (1), (2) or (3), that you want to pro
-
gram. The HomeLink indicator light
(7) will flash orange slowly (if not, per
-
form the steps of "Erasing HomeLink
Buttons" section, and start over).
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 - 3 inches (2 - 8 cm) away
from the HomeLink buttons.
3. While the HomeLink indicator light (7)
is flashing orange, press and hold the
hand-held remote button. Continue
pressing the hand-held remote button
until the HomeLink indicator light (7)
light changes from orange to green.
You may now release the hand-held
remote button. The garage door will
move.
4. Wait until your garage door comes to
a complete stop, regardless of posi
-
OMQ4A033008
OMQ4A033009
OMQ4A033010
75
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
tion, before proceeding to the next
steps.
5. Press and release the HomeLink but
-
ton you are programming and
observe the indicator light.
僅 If the indicator light remains solid
green, your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed. If your device operates,
programming is complete.
僅 If the indicator light rapidly flashes
green, firmly press, hold for two
seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
slowly to complete the program
-
ming process. Do not press the
HomeLink button rapidly. If your
device operates, programming is
complete. If the device does not
operate, continue with step 6.
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
"Learn", "Smart", "Set" or "Program"
button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit (see
the device's manual to identify this
button). The name and color of the
button may vary by manufacturer.
* A ladder and a second person may
simplify the following steps.
7. Firmly press and release the "Learn",
"Smart", "Set" or "Program" button.
You now have up to 30 seconds in
which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly press,
hold for two seconds and release, the
HomeLink button up to three times in
a row slowly. Do not press the Home
-
Link button rapidly. As soon as you
see the garage door start to move,
stop pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regardless
of position. Programming is complete
and your device should operate when
the HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
3) Two-Way Communication Pro
-
gramming (For select garage
door openers)
If your garage door opener has the
'myQ' logo on its side, your opener has
Two-Way Communication capability.
HomeLink has the capability to establish
Two-Way Communication with your
garage door opener. HomeLink can
receive and display "closing" or "open
-
ing" status messages from compatible
garage door openers. At any time,
HomeLink can also recall and display the
last recorded status communicated by
the garage door opener to indicate that
your garage door being "closed" or
"opened".
To check if your garage door opener is
compatible with this feature, refer to
www.homelink.com/compatible/Two-
way-Communication. If your garage
door opener has this functionality, AND
the Two-Way Communication indicators
(4), (6) in the mirror appear while the
garage door is opening/closing, then no
further steps are needed. Two-Way
Communication Programming is already
complete. However, if your garage door
opener has this functionality, AND the
Two-Way Communication indicators (4),
OMQ4A033011_2
Features of your vehicle
764
Mirrors
(6) in the mirror DO NOT appear while
the garage door is opening/closing, use
the following instructions to enable this
functionality.
1. Press and hold the programmed
HomeLink button for 2 seconds, then
release. Confirm that the garage door
is moving. AFTER it stops, you will
have one minute to complete the fol
-
lowing steps:
* A ladder and a second person may
simplify the following steps.
2. On your garage door opener in your
garage, locate the "Learn" button
(usually near where the hanging
antenna wire is attached to the
garage door opener). If there is diffi
-
culty locating this button, refer to the
device's owner's manual.
3. Press and release the "Learn" button.
4. A light on your garage door opener
may flash, and your Two-Way Com
-
munication indicators (4), (6) in your
vehicle may flash, confirming comple
-
tion of the process.
5. Return to the vehicle and firmly press
and release the programmed Home
-
Link button to activate your garage
door. The Two-Way Communication
indicators (4), (6) flash in orange
when the door is moving. Do not press
any additional buttons until AFTER
the garage door has come to a com
-
plete stop.
6. Your Two-Way Communication pro
-
gramming is now complete.
NOTICE
If your garage door opener has Two-
Way Communication functionality,
HomeLink may stop functioning shortly
after initial programming, if the Two-
Way Communication Programming
wasn't properly completed. This usually
happens after the first 10 times a pro
-
grammed HomeLink button is pressed.
Completing the "Programming a New
HomeLink Button" and "Two-Way Com
-
munication Programming" will restore
door operation.
4) Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter remote signals to "time-out"
(or quit) after a couple seconds of trans
-
mission, which may not be long enough
for HomeLink to pick up the signal
during programming.
If you live in Canada or you are having
difficulties programming a gate operator
or garage door opener by using the pro
-
gramming procedures, replace "Pro
-
gramming a New HomeLink Button"
step 3 with the following:
While the HomeLink indicator light (7) is
flashing orange, press and release
("cycle") your device's hand-held remote
every two seconds until the HomeLink
indicator light (7) changes from orange
to green. You may now release the
hand-held remote button. Then proceed
with "Programming a New HomeLink
Button" step 4.
2. Operating HomeLink씾
1) Operating HomeLink씾
1. Press and release the desired pro
-
grammed HomeLink button (1, 2 or 3).
OMQ4A033009
77
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
NOTICE
The HomeLink indicator (7) should light
green, solid or flashing, and your pro
-
grammed device should operate.
If your device does not operate, the
HomeLink programming was not suc
-
cessful, and you'll need to reprogram the
button.
2) Two-Way Communication Dis
-
play Behavior
1. Press and release one of the pro
-
grammed HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or
3)
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates as
below, if your garage door opener has
Two-Way Communication functional
-
ity.
僅 If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Closing".
僅 The indicator (4) turns solid Green
once the garage door has closed.
僅 If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the garage
door is "Opening".
僅 The indicator (6) turns solid Green
once the garage door has fully
opened.
僅 If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn Green, it indicates that the last
status of garage door was not
received properly. The HomeLink
mirror tries to receive the last
known status of the garage door
for a few seconds.
3) Recalling Garage Door Status
HomeLink mirror with Two-Way Com
-
munication provides a way to view the
last stored message from the garage
door opener. To recall the last known
status of the last activated device, press
the buttons "1 and 2" OR "2 and 3" simul
-
taneously.
僅 If the indicator (4) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last acti
-
vated device was "closed" properly.
僅 If the indicator (6) appears solid
Green, it indicates that the last acti
-
vated device was properly "opened".
3. Erasing HomeLink씾 Buttons
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a
Single HomeLink씾 Button:
1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink
button you want to re-program. DO
NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
appear solid Green. Release the but
-
ton as soon as the HomeLink indicator
light (7) begins to flash Orange, usu
-
ally about 20 seconds.
3. Proceed with the steps in the "Pro
-
gramming a New HomeLink Button"
section.
OMQ4A033012
OMQ4A033013
Features of your vehicle
784
Mirrors
NOTICE
If you do not complete the re-program
-
ming of a new device, it will revert to the
previously stored programming.
2) The following instructions will
erase ALL HomeLink씾 program
-
ming from ALL buttons:
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and (3)
simultaneously.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (7) will
appear solid Orange for about 10 sec
-
onds.
3. Release the buttons once the Home
-
Link indicator light (7) changes to
Green and flashes rapidly.
4. Now all three HomeLink buttons (1),
(2) and (3) are cleared of any pro
-
gramming.
Information
HomeLink and the HomeLink House
logo are registered trademarks of Gen
-
tex Corporation.
The myQ logo is a registered trademark
of The Chamberlain Group, Inc
FCC (USA) and ISED (Canada)
This device complies with FCC rules part
15 and Innovation, Science, and Eco
-
nomic Development Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference that may
be received including interference that
may cause undesired operation. WARN
-
ING: The transmitter has been tested
and complies with FCC and ISED rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's author
-
ity to operate the device.
This equipment complies with FCC and
ISED radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment. End
Users must follow the specific operating
instructions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance. This transmitter must be at
least 20 cm from the user and must not
be co-located or operating in conjunc
-
tion with any other antenna or transmit
-
ter.
OMQ4A033014_2
79
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
HomeLink 5 Programming Flow Chart
OMQ4A033015
Features of your vehicle
804
Mirrors
Digital Center Mirror (DCM) (if
equipped)
The DCM is a system that uses the cam
-
era on the rear of the vehicle and dis
-
plays its image on the screen of the
DCM. The DCM allows the driver to see
the rear view despite obstructions, such
as the headrest or luggage, ensuring
rear visibility.
WARNING
僅 Failure to follow the warnings and
instructions for proper use of the DCM
could result in serious accident.
- The DCM is a convenience feature
and is not a substitute for proper
vehicle operation. The system has
areas where objects cannot be
viewed. Check the blind spot of the
DCM before vehicle operation. The
driver is always responsible for safe
driving.
- Do not operate the DCM while driv
-
ing. Doing so can be a distraction
and it could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident or
serious injury.
- Do not disassemble or modify the
DCM, the camera unit or wiring. It
may result in an accident or fire. If
you notice smoke or an odor com
-
ing from the DCM, stop using the
system immediately. Have the sys
-
tem inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
僅 Be sure to adjust the DCM before
driving.
- Switch the system to the conven
-
tional rearview mirror mode and be
properly seated on the driver’s seat.
Then adjust the mirror to see out
-
side the rear window properly.
- Push the lever all the way to
change to digital mirror mode and
adjust the display settings. Driving
without adjusting the mirror may
cause difficulty in watching the dis
-
play at the Digital Mirror mode
(camera view mode) due to reflec
-
tion from the surface of the mirror.
僅 If the DCM malfunctions, immediately
switch the system to the conventional
rearview mirror mode.
僅 When sunlight or high beams from
following vehicles occurs, it may
appear on the screen of the DCM.
Switch the system to the conventional
rearview mirror mode appropriately.
僅 If the camera lens (1) is dirty, the dis
-
played image may not be clear. Clean
it with a soft cloth or swab dampened
with water.
System component
1
Icon display area
Displays icons, adjusting Brightness
and Tilt
2
Lever
OMQ4033059
OON042510
81
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
Operate to change between digital
mirror mode and optical mirror mode.
3
Menu button
Press to display the icon display area
and select the item you want to adjust
(Brightness and Tilt).
4
Select/adjust button
Press to change the setting of the
item you want to adjust.
5
Camera indicator
Indicates that the camera is operating
normally.
6
HomeLink buttons
For the operation of the “HomeLink씾
Universal Transceiver”.
How to change the mode
The mode can be switched when the
switch is in the ON position.
1. Pull the mode select lever to all the
way switch to the Digital Center Mirror
mode (camera view mode).
* Displays an image of the area behind
the vehicle. In this mode, the camera
indicator is shown.
2. Push the mode select lever to all the
way switch to the optical inside rear
-
view mirror mode.
* Turns off the display of the Digital
Center Mirror allows it to be used as
an optical mirror.
Adjusting the mirror height
The height of the rearview mirror can be
adjusted to suit your driving posture.
Change to optical mirror mode, adjust
-
ing the rearview mirror angle by moving
it up and down.
Display settings (Digital mirror
mode)
1. Press the menu button (1) The icons
will be displayed.
2. Press the menu button (1) repeatedly
and select the item you want to
adjust.
3. Press the button (2) or button (3) to
change the setting.
The icons will disappear if the button
is not operated for approximately 5
seconds or more.
* If the brightness of the DCM is set too
high, it may cause eye strain.
OMQ4PH033060_2
Icons Settings
Select to adjust the
brightness of the display.
Select to adjust the dis
-
play up/down.
OMV033428
OMV033439
Features of your vehicle
824
Mirrors
Adjust the DCM to an appropriate
brightness. If your eyes become tired,
change to optical mirror mode.
To prevent the light sensors from
malfunctioning
To prevent the light sensors from mal
-
functioning, do not touch or cover them.
Digital mirror mode operating
condition
The DCM operates when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion. When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is changed OFF or ACC position,
the image will disappear.
When using the DCM in digital
mirror mode
僅 When the liftgate is open, the DCM
image may not display properly.
Before driving, make sure the liftgate
is closed.
僅 If the display is difficult to see due to
reflected light, close the sunshade of
the sunroof. (if equipped)
僅 Any of the following conditions may
occur when driving in the dark. None
of them indicates that the malfunction
has occurred.
- Color of objects in the displayed
image may differ from their actual
color.
- Depending on your physical condi
-
tion or age, it may take longer than
usual to focus on the displayed
image. If you have trouble focusing,
change to optical mirror mode.
- Do not let passengers stare at the
displayed image when the vehicle
is being driven as it may cause
motion sickness.
When the system malfunctions
If the symbol shown in the illustration is
displayed when using the DCM in digital
mirror mode, the system may be mal
-
functioning. The symbol will disappear in
a few seconds. Change to optical mirror
mode and have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized KIA dealer.
CAUTION
僅 To prevent the DCM from malfunc
-
tioning.
僅Do not use detergents, such as thin
-
ner, benzene, or alcohol to clean the
mirror. They may discolor, deteriorate
or damage the mirror surface.
僅 Do not remove, disassemble or mod
-
ify the mirror and camera.
僅 Do not allow an organic solvent, vehi
-
cle wax, window cleaner or glass coat
-
OMV033429
OMV033448
OMV033440
83
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
ing to adhere to the camera. Wipe it
off as soon as possible.
僅 When cleaning the camera lens, wipe
the camera lens with a damp soft
cloth.
僅 Do not rub the camera lens with force,
as it may be scratched and will not be
able to transmit a clear image.
僅 Do not subject the camera to a strong
impact as this could cause a malfunc
-
tion. If this happens, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized KIA dealer
as soon as possible.
僅 Operating the system in the ON posi
-
tion could discharge the battery.
僅 Do not put the antenna of wireless
device near the DCM. Electronic
waves from a wireless device may dis
-
tort the image in DCM.
僅 Do not push buttons excessively or
operate the lever aggressively. It may
cause a system failure or the DCM to
fall out.
僅 Never rotate the body of DCM by 90°
or more.
僅 If it is difficult to see the DCM display
screen because of a strong external
light, switch the mode to the conven
-
tional rearview mirror mode for better
use.
Features of your vehicle
844
Mirrors
DCM error icon and solution
Symptom Likely cause Solution
If the high temp icon ( ) is
displayed on the display right side.
The DCM is extremely hot. (The dis
-
play will gradually become dimmer. If
the temperature continues to
increase, the Digital Center Mirror will
turn off.)
Reducing the cabin temperature is
recommended to reduce the tem
-
perature of the mirror. (The icon will
disappear when the mirror becomes
cool.)
If the icon does not disappear even
though the mirror is cool, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
If the display icon has been
switched to which is the dis
-
play error icon.
The system may malfunction.
Change to optical mirror mode and
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized KIA dealer.
85
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
Outside rear view mirror
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-
side and right outside rear view mirrors.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
The mirrors can be adjusted remotely
with the control levers or remote switch,
depending on the type of mirror control
installed. The mirror heads can be folded
back to prevent damage in an automatic
car wash or when passing through a
narrow street.
NOTICE
Rear view mirrors
僅 The rear view mirror opposite the
driver side is convex. Objects seen in
the mirror are closer than they
appear.
僅 Use your interior rear view mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror face as
this may damage the glass.
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not
adjust the mirror by force. Use an
approved spray deicer (not radiator anti
-
freeze) to release the frozen mechanism
or move the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside rear
view mirrors while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and
an accident which could cause DEATH,
SERIOUS INJURY, or property damage.
Adjusting the outside rear view
mirrors
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the
left and right outside rear view mirrors.
Adjusting the rear view mirrors:
1. Move the R or L switch (1) to select the
right side mirror or the left side mirror.
2. Press a corresponding point on the
mirror adjustment control (2) to posi
-
tion the selected mirror up, down, left
or right.
CAUTION
僅 The mirrors stop moving when they
reach the maximum adjusting angles,
but the motor continues to operate
while the switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than neces
-
sary, the motor may be damaged.
僅 Do not attempt to adjust the outside
rear view mirror by hand. Doing so
may damage the parts.
Folding the outside rear view mir
-
ror
Manual type
To fold the outside rear view mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and then
fold it toward the rear of the vehicle.
OKA4033452L
Features of your vehicle
864
Mirrors
Electric type
The outside rear view mirror can be
folded or unfolded by pressing the
switch as below.
僅 To fold the outside rear view mirror
depress the button.
僅 To unfold it, depress the button again.
CAUTION
The electric type outside rear view mir
-
ror is operable even when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the OFF posi
-
tion. To prevent unnecessary battery
discharge, do not adjust the mirrors lon
-
ger than necessary while the engine is
not running.
CAUTION
Do not fold electric type outside rear
view mirrors, by hand. That can damage
the motor.
Reverse parking aid function
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position, the outside rear view
mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid
with driving in reverse.
The position of the outside rear view
mirror switch (1) determines whether the
mirrors will move:
Left/Right: When either the L (Left) or R
(Right) switch is selected, both outside
rear view mirrors will move.
Neutral: When neither switch is selected,
the outside rear view mirrors will not
move.
The outside rear view mirrors will auto
-
matically revert to their original positions
if any of the followings occur:
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is
placed to either the LOCK/OFF posi
-
tion or the ACC position.
僅 The gear is shifted to any position
except R (Reverse).
僅 The remote control outside rear view
mirror switch is not selected.
Auto reverse user settings
If you cannot see well enough with the
angles provided as factory default con
-
ditions, you can readjust and store the
angles of outside rear view mirrors.
The factory default angles of the right
and left rear view mirrors can be set
individually. To adjust the default angles:
1. Put the gear in P (Park).
OKA4033450L
OKA4033451L
OKA4034052N_2
87
4
4
Features of your vehicle Mirrors
2. Position the mirror control lever to L
(left) or R (right) depending on the
mirror that you want to adjust.
3. Step on the brake pedal and shift the
shift lever to R (Reverse) while keep
-
ing your foot on the brake.
4. When the downward movement of
the rear view mirror is finished, adjust
the mirror to the desired angle by
pressing the switches, ▼, ▲, ◀, ▶.
5. Once you have the mirrors in the
desired positions, shift to a gear other
than R (Reverse) or change the rear
view mirror selector lever to the neu
-
tral position. That will automatically
save, the adjusted angles.
6. You can adjust the rear view mirror on
the other side by following the same
procedures (1-5).
How to reset auto reverse user
settings
If you want to change the automatic
control function of rear view mirrors to
factory-default conditions, follow the
steps below.
Shift the shift lever to P (Park).
1. Choose the mirror to be adjusted by
positioning the lever to L (left) or R
(right).
2. Step on the brake pedal and shift the
shift lever to R (Reverse).
3. When the downward movement of
the rear view mirror is finished, press
the switch ▲ to locate the mirror in
the position higher than before (P, N
or D).
(Adjust the mirror in the higher posi
-
tion compared to its position in the
driving mode)
4. Move the gear to a position other than
R (Reverse) or change the rear view
mirror selector lever to the neutral
position. The default settings will be
applied from the next operation.
5. You can initialize settings for the mir
-
ror on the other side by following the
same procedures (1-5).
CAUTION
Follow these procedures in an orderly
manner to change or initialize the auto
reversing user settings.
If you move to the next step before com
-
pleting the previous one, the changed
angle may not be changed or initializa
-
tion may not work properly.
This device complies with Part
15of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Features of your vehicle
884
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster
Type A
Type B
* The actual cluster in your Kia may differ from the illustration.
1
Speedometer
2
Tachometer
3
Fuel gauge
4
Engine coolant temperature gauge
5
Odometer
6
Distance to empty
7
Transmission shift indicator (if equipped)
8
Outside temperature gauge
9
Warning and indicator lights
ODL3034110N
ODL3034109N
89
4
4
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
Adjusting instrument cluster illu
-
mination
The brightness of the instrument panel
illumination is changed by pressing the
illumination control button ("+" or "-")
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, or the taillight are turned on.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss of
control and lead to an accident that may
cause serious injury, death or property
damage.
Gauges
The gauges display various information
such as the speed of the vehicle, etc.
Speedometer
Type A
Type B
The speedometer indicates the speed of
the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per
hour (mph) and kilometers per hour
(km/h).
Tachometer
Type A
Type B
The tachometer indicates the approxi
-
mate number of engine revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent straining and/
or over-revving the engine when shifting
manually.
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within the
tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause
severe engine damage.
OKA4034476N
ODL3034116N
ODL3034117N
OMQ4A034119N
OMQ4033104
Features of your vehicle
904
Instrument cluster
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the temperature of
the engine coolant when the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON.
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the
normal range area toward the "H" (Hot)
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an over
-
heated engine. If your vehicle overheats,
refer to "If the engine overheats" on
page 7-6.
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when the
engine is hot. The engine coolant is
under pressure and could severely burn
you. Wait until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
Fuel gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank.
NOTICE
僅 The fuel tank capacity can be foundis
in "Recommended lubricants and
capacities" on page 9-9.
僅 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
appear when the fuel tank is nearly
empty.
僅 On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may turn on earlier than
usual due to the movement of fuel in
the tank.
OMQ4033107
OMQ4033106
OMQ4033109
OMQ4033108
91
4
4
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster
NOTICE
Fuel gauge
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the warning
light comes on or when the gauge indi
-
cator comes close to the "E" level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could cause
the engine to misfire, which could dam
-
age the catalytic converter.
NOTICE
The fuel display may not be accurate if
the vehicle is on an incline.
Odometer
Type A
Type B
The odometer Indicates the total dis
-
tance that the vehicle has been driven
and should be used to determine when
periodic maintenance should be per
-
formed.
僅 Odometer range: 0 ~ 999,999 miles or
1,599,999 km.
Distance to empty
Type A
Type B
僅 The distance to empty is the esti
-
mated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range: 1 ~ 9,999 mi. or 1 ~
9,999 km.
僅 If the estimated distance is below 1
mile (1 km), the trip computer will dis
-
play "---" as distance to empty.
僅 In order for the vehicle to recognize
that it has been refueled, at least 2.9
gallons (11 liters) of gas must be filled.
NOTICE
僅 If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been inter
-
rupted, the distance to empty function
may not operate correctly.
僅 The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
僅 The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 2.9 gallons
ODL3034118N
ODL3034119N
ODL3034120N
ODL3034121N
Features of your vehicle
924
Instrument cluster
(11 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi
-
cle.
僅 The fuel economy and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and condition of the vehicle.
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
This gauge indicates the current outside
air temperatures by 1 °F (1 °C).
僅 Temperature range: -40 °F ~ 140 °F (-
40 °C ~ 60 °C)
The outside temperature on the display
may not change immediately like a regu
-
lar thermometer to prevent the driver
from being inattentive.
To change the temperature unit (from °C
to °F or from °F to °C), select
Setup
→
General
→
Units
→
Temperature Unit
from the infotainment system.
Transmission shift indicator
Transmission shift indicator displays
gear information depending on your
vehicle's transmission type.
Automatic transmission shift indi
-
cator
Type A
Type B
This indicator displays which automatic
transmission gear is selected.
僅Park: P
僅Reverse: R
僅Neutral: N
僅 Drive: D
Manual shift mode
僅 Shifting up: ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6, ▲7,
▲8
僅 Shifting down: ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5,
▼6, ▼7
Shift indicator pop-up (if
equipped)
The pop-up that indicates the current
gear position is displayed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting into
other positions (P (Park)/R (Reverse)/N
(Neutral)/D (Drive)).
The pop-up function can be activated or
deactivated from the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display.
ODL3034122N
ODL3034123N
OMQ4033117
OMQ4033116
93
4
4
Features of your vehicle LCD display
LCD display
The LCD display modes can be changed
by using the control buttons.
LCD Display Control
LCD display modes
Switch Control Action
Mode (1)
()
Short Press Changing view modes
Up/Down (2)
,
Short Press Searching Utility information
OK (3)
Short Press Operating additional functions
Long Press Resetting menu information
View Description
Driving Assist
view
Displays information related to Driver assis
-
tance system
Navigation view
Displays information related to navigation
system
Utility information
view
Displays information related to driving,
warning, etc.
OMQ4033470
Features of your vehicle
944
LCD display
LCD display modes
You can switch modes by pressing the Mode button.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to
your vehicle.
* : if equipped
NOTICE
Keep the engine running when configuring the display settings to prevent the battery
from discharging.
Mode
Trip Computer
Turn by Turn (TBT)*
Driving Assist
Information/Master warning
Up/
Down
Current Trip Route Guidance Lane Keeping Assist
Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control*
Lane Following Assist
Highway Driving Assist*
The Master Warning mode dis
-
plays warning messages related
to the vehicle when one or more
systems is not operating normally.
Since Refueling
Destination Info
Since Last Reset Tire Pressure Monitoring System
95
4
4
Features of your vehicle LCD display
Trip computer mode
The trip computer mode displays infor
-
mation related to vehicle driving param
-
eters including fuel economy, tripmeter
information and vehicle speed.
* For more details, refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 4-96.
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode (if
equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navi
-
gation.
Driving Assist mode
This mode displays the state of:
僅 Lane Keeping Assist
Smart Cruise Control (if equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol (if equipped)
Lane Following Assist
Highway Driving Assist (if equipped)
* For more details, refer to each system
information in "Driving your vehicle"
on page 5-3.
Master warning mode
This warning light informs you of the fol
-
lowing situations.
僅 Driver assistance system malfunction,
limitation or radar/camera blockage
(if equipped)
僅 LED headlamp malfunction
僅 Lamp malfunction
僅 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem) failure, low tire pressure, etc.
At this time, a Master Warning icon
will appear. If the warning situation
resolves, the master warning light will be
turned off and the Master Warning icon
will disappear.
OMQ4A033112
OMQ4A033116
OKA4053016
OKA4H033137L
Features of your vehicle
964
LCD displays
LCD displays
LCD displays show the following infor
-
mation to drivers.
僅Trip information
僅LCD modes
僅 Warning messages
Trip information (trip computer)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system
that displays information related to driv
-
ing.
NOTICE
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer resets if the battery is dis
-
connected.
Trip modes
A:
Tripmeter
B:
Timer
C:
Average
1 Current Trip
2 Since Refueling
3 Since Last Reset
To change the trip mode, toggle the
switch ( / ) on the steering wheel.
Fuel economy (if equipped)
This information is always displayed at
the bottom center of the Full LCD clus
-
ter.
A:
Current Trip
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
Average Fuel Economy
僅 The average fuel economy is calcu
-
lated by the total driving distance and
fuel consumption since the last aver
-
age fuel economy resets.
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 99.9 mpg
or 0 ~ 100 km/L.
僅 At vehicle on: The information will
automatically reset when the driver's
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off, or approximately 3 min
-
utes have passed after the ignition is
turned off.
僅 After refueling: After refueling more
than 2.9 gallons (11 liters) and driving
over 1 mph (1 km/h), the vehicle will
reset to default automatically.
NOTICE
The average fuel economy is not dis
-
played for more accurate calculation if
the vehicle does not drive more than 10
OKA4033425L
OMQ4A033113
97
4
4
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
seconds or 0.03 mi (50 m) since the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned to ON.
Instant Fuel Economy
僅 This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few seconds
when the vehicle speed is more than
6.2 mph (10 km/h).
- Fuel economy range:
0.0 ~ 50.0 mpg or 0.0 ~ 30 km/L.
Accumulated driving information
mode
This display shows the accumulated trip
distance, the average fuel efficiency, and
the instant fuel efficiency (or the total
driving time).
A:
Since Last Reset
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
僅 Accumulated information is calculated
after the vehicle has run for more
than 0.19 miles (300 m).
僅 If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the Cumulative Infor
-
mation is displayed, the information
will be reset.
僅 If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
Drive Info display
This display shows the trip distance, the
average fuel efficiency, and the instant
fuel efficiency (or the total driving time)
once per one ignition cycle.
A:
Current Trip
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
僅 Fuel efficiency is calculated after the
vehicle has run for more than 0.2
miles (300 m).
僅 The information will automatically
reset when the driver's door is opened
after the ignition is turned off, or
approximately 3 minutes have passed
after the ignition is turned off.
僅 If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
NOTICE
The vehicle must be driven for a mini
-
mum of 0.2 miles (300 m) since the last
ignition cycle before the average accu
-
mulated driving information is recalcu
-
lated.
Information since refueling
This display shows the trip distance, the
average fuel efficiency, and the instant
fuel efficiency (or the total driving time)
since refueling.
OMQ4A033111
OMQ4A033112
Features of your vehicle
984
LCD displays
A:
Sine Refueling
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
僅 Information since refueling is calcu
-
lated after the vehicle has run for
more than 0.19 miles (300 m).
僅 If you press "OK" button for more than
1 second after the information since
refueling is displayed, the information
will be reset.
僅 If the engine is running, even when
the vehicle is not in motion, the infor
-
mation will be accumulated.
Service mode
This mode reminds you of scheduled
maintenance information.
A:
Service Interval
Service Interval
It calculates and displays when you need
a scheduled maintenance service (mile
-
age or days).
If the remaining mileage or time reaches
900 miles (1,500 km) or 30 days, "Ser
-
vice interval" message is displayed for
several seconds each time you set the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP
Button to the ON position.
Service required
If you do not have your vehicle serviced
at the pre-programmed service interval,
a "Service required" message is dis
-
played for several seconds each time
you turn on the engine.
To reset the service interval to the mile
-
age and days you inputted before:
僅 Press the OK button (Reset) for more
than 1 second.
NOTICE
If any of the following conditions occurs,
the mileage and days may be incorrect.
僅 The battery cable is disconnected.
僅 The battery is discharged.
Driving info display
At the end of each driving cycle, the
Driving Info message is displayed.
A:
Current Trip
1 Trip
2 Timer
3 Avg.
This display shows the trip distance, the
average fuel efficiency, and the instant
fuel efficiency (or the total driving time).
This information is displayed for a few
seconds when you turn off the vehicle,
and then goes off automatically.
NOTICE
僅 If the sunroof open warning is dis
-
played in the cluster, the Driving Infor
-
OMQ4A033110
OMQ4A033114
OMQ4A033112
99
4
4
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
mation message may not be
displayed.
LCD display messages
Door, hood, liftgate, sunroof
open
僅 This warning is displayed when a
door, the hood, the liftgate or the sun
-
roof is open.
Low tire pressure warning display
A:
Low tire pressure
This warning message is displayed if the
tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
7.
Lights mode
A:
Lights
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting con
-
trol.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights Display function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Wiper mode
A:
Front Wiper
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper con
-
trol.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/
Lights Display function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Low washer fluid (if equipped)
A:
Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed if the
washer fluid level in the reservoir is
nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
OKA4033110
OKA4033102L
OMQ4A033118
OMQ4033137L
OMQ4033486L
Features of your vehicle
1004
LCD displays
Icy road warning
A:
Ice possible. Drive with care.
This warning is to warn the driver the
road may be icy.
When the following conditions occur, the
warning light (including outside tem
-
perature gauge) blinks 5 times and then
appears, and a warning chime sounds
once.
僅 The temperature on the outside tem
-
perature gauge is below approxi
-
mately 40 °F (4 °C).
NOTICE
If the icy road warning appears while
driving, you should drive more atten
-
tively and safely refraining from over-
speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden
braking or sharp turning, etc.
Low engine oil
僅 This warning message appears when
the engine oil level is insufficient.
僅 Refill the engine oil.
* For more details, refer to "Engine oil"
on page 8-14.
WARNING
僅 When the engine oil level warning
light illuminates, check whether the
engine oil needs replacing. If it does,
replace it. If not, add oil to reach the
proper level.
Engine oil change due soon.
Reset oil life after oil change
僅 This warning message appears when
the remaining engine oil life reaches
5% or below.
僅 Replace engine oil from an authorized
Kia dealer. After that, select
Setup →
Vehicle
→
Convenience
→
Oil
Change Reminder
from Settings
menu on the infotainment system
screen to reset the remaining oil life.
* For more details, refer to "Engine oil"
on page 8-14.
Engine oil change due now. Reset
oil life after oil change
僅 This warning message appears when
the remaining engine oil life reaches
1% or below.
僅 Replace engine oil immediately from
an authorized Kia dealer. After that,
select
Setup →Vehicle
→
Conve
-
nience
→
Oil Change Reminder
from
Settings menu on the infotainment
system screen to reset the remaining
oil life.
* For more details, refer to "Engine oil"
on page 8-14.
Engine Overheated
僅 This warning message appears when
the engine coolant temperature is
above 248 °F (120 °C). This means
that the engine is overheated and
may be damaged.
* If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "If
the engine overheats" on page 7-6.
OMQ4033487L
101
4
4
Features of your vehicle LCD displays
Low key battery (for smart key
system)
僅 This warning message appears if the
battery of the smart key is discharged
Replace the Smart Key battery.
Press START button while turn
-
ing wheel (for smart key system)
僅 This warning message appears if the
steering wheel does not unlock nor
-
mally when the ENGINE START/STOP
Button is pressed.
僅 It means that you should press the
ENGINE START/STOP Button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left.
Key not in vehicle (for smart key
system)
僅 This warning message appears if the
smart key is not in the vehicle when
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
Button.
僅 It means that you should always have
the smart key with you.
Key not detected (for smart key
system)
僅 This warning message appears if the
smart key is not detected when you
press the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton.
Shift to P or N to start engine (for
smart key system)
僅 This warning message appears if you
try to start the engine with the gear
not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) posi
-
tion.
Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system)
僅 This warning message appears if the
ENGINE START/STOP Button changes
to the ACC position twice by pressing
the button repeatedly without
depressing the brake pedal.
僅 It means that you should depress the
brake pedal to start the engine.
Battery discharging due to exter
-
nal electrical devices
The vehicle can detect self-discharge of
the battery due to over-current that is
generated by unauthorized electrical
devices such as dashboard camera
(dash cam) mounting during parking.
If the warning continues even after
external electrical devices are removed,
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button again (for
smart key system)
僅 This warning message appears if you
cannot operate the ENGINE START/
STOP Button due to a problem with
the ENGINE START/STOP Button sys
-
tem.
僅 You can start the engine by pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button once
more.
僅If the warning appears each time you
press the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Press START button with key (for
smart key system)
僅 This warning message appears if you
press the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
Features of your vehicle
1024
Warning lights and indicators
ton while the warning message "Key
not detected" is illuminated.
僅 At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Warning lights and indicators
Warning and indicator lights situations
where driver action is needed.
Warning lights
The warning light indicates situations
that require the driver to pay attention.
NOTICE
Certain lights turn ON and then turn OFF
after starting the engine. If any light
remains ON after a few seconds, driver
action is needed.
Air bag warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 ~ 6
seconds and then goes off.
Seat belt warning light
This warning light informs the
driver that an occupant’s seat
belt is not buckled.
* For more details, refer to "Seat belts" on
page 3-26.
Parking brake & brake fluid
warning light
This warning light appears when
the engine is turned on. It disap
-
pears after about 3 seconds
unless:
僅 The parking brake is applied; or
103
4
4
Features of your vehicle Warning lights and indicators
僅 The brake fluid level is low.
If the brake fluid level in the res
-
ervoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to "Brake fluid" on page 8-13).
Then check all brake components for
fluid leaks. If a leak on the brake sys
-
tem is found, the warning light
remains on, or the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle.
Have your Kia towed to an authorized
Kia dealer and inspected.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diag
-
onal braking systems. This means you
still have braking on two wheels even if
one of the dual systems should fail.
If one of the systems stops working, a
warning light will appear. more than nor
-
mal pedal travel and greater pedal pres
-
sure are required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short
a distance with only a portion of the
brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving,
shift to a lower gear for additional
engine braking and stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so.
NOTICE
Parking brake & brake fluid warning
light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
on is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Light appears with
the parking brake released, it indicates
that the brake fluid level is low.
If the light comes on, have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
warning light / ABS
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
ABS (The normal braking system will
still be operational without the assis
-
tance of the anti-lock brake system).
If the light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Electronic Brake Force Distribu
-
tion (EBD) system warning light
These two warning lights appear
at the same time while driving:
僅 When the ABS and regular brake sys
-
tem are not working, have your vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) system warning light
When both ABS and parking brake &
brake fluid warning lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally and
you may experience an unexpected and
Features of your vehicle
1044
Warning lights and indicators
dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
Pull over in a safe place and stop as
soon as possible. Check the brake fluids.
If the light remains on after the fluids are
at normal levels, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
EPB.
If this light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warn
-
ing light
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
warning light may appear when the
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indica
-
tor Light comes on to indicate that the
ESC is not working properly (This does
not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
- This indicator light comes on after
the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON
position and then goes out after
approximately 3 seconds.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
EPS.
If this light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Charging system warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position.
僅 When there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system.
If there is a malfunction with
either the alternator or electrical
charging system:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
If this light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
(3%
105
4
4
Features of your vehicle Warning lights and indicators
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This warning light appears:
僅 When you set the ignition switch or
the ENGINE START/STOP button to
the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
appears for about 3 seconds and
then goes off.
僅 Whenever there is a malfunction with
either the emission control system or
the engine or the vehicle powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
僅 Driving with the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control systems which
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
僅 If the enhanced engine protection
system becomes activated due to lack
of engine oil, engine power will be lim
-
ited. If such condition continues
repeatedly, the Malfunction Indicator
Lamp will appear.
CAUTION
If the oil pressure lowers due to insuffi
-
cient engine oil, etc., the engine oil pres
-
sure warning light turns on and an
enhanced engine protection system that
limits the engine's power is activated.
After that, engine warning light turns on
if driving repeatedly and continuously.
CAUTION
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
appears, potential catalytic converter
damage is possible which could result in
loss of engine power. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
- It remains on until the engine is
started.
僅 When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
僅 Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
僅 Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details, refer
to “Engine Oil” section in chapter
"Engine oil and filter" on page 8-12). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
僅 If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Continued driv
-
ing with the warning light on may
cause engine failure.
CAUTION
Engine overheating
Stop the vehicle and turn off the engine
immediately if this light illuminates. The
engine may be damaged.
Features of your vehicle
1064
Warning lights and indicators
CAUTION
Engine damage
If the engine remains running when after
the engine oil pressure warning light illu
-
minates, serious engine damage may
result.
NOTICE
僅 When engine oil pressure decreases
due to insufficient engine oil, etc., the
Engine Oil Pressure warning light will
appear.
僅 The enhanced engine protection sys
-
tem which limits engine power will be
activated. If the engine oil pressure is
restored, the Engine Oil Pressure
warning light and the enhanced
engine protection system will turn off.
Low fuel level warning light
This warning light appears:
When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
Add fuel as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Low fuel level
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
light on or with the fuel level below "E"
can cause the engine to misfire and
damage the catalytic converter.
Master warning light
This indicator light appears:
僅 This warning light informs the driver
the following situations
- LED headlamp malfunction (if
equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if
equipped)
To identify the details of the warning
look at the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will turn off.
Low tire pressure warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When one or more of your tires are
significantly under inflated. (The loca
-
tion of the underinflated tires is dis
-
played on the LCD display).
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
7.
107
4
4
Features of your vehicle Warning lights and indicators
This warning light remains on
after blinking for approximately
60 seconds or repeats blinking on
and off at the intervals of
approximately 3 seconds:
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
TPMS.
If this light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
* For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)" on page 7-
7.
WARNING
Low tire pressure
僅 Significantly low tire pressure makes
the vehicle unstable and can contrib
-
ute to loss of vehicle control and
increased braking distances.
僅 Continued driving or low pressure
tires will cause the tires to overheat
and fail.
WARNING
Safe stopping
僅 The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
僅 If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
LED headlight warning light
This warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
LED headlight.
If this light remains illuminated, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlamp related part.
If this light is blinking, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
LED headlamp warning light
Continuous driving with the LED Head
-
lamp Warning Light on or blinking can
reduce LED headlamp (low beam) life.
Forward Safety warning light
This indicator light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 Yellow: When Forward Safety of For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
deselected, disabled, or a malfunc
-
tion is detected.
If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered
or unblocked when Forward Safety is
set, have your vehicle be inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 Red: When Forward Safety or Forward
Cross-Traffic Safety function is oper
-
ating.
Features of your vehicle
1084
Warning lights and indicators
* For more details, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Emergency Steering warning
light (if equipped)
The warning light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 Yellow: When Forward/Side Safety of
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
deselected, disabled, or a malfunc
-
tion is detected.
If the warning light remains on after
the sensor has been uncovered or
unblocked when Forward/Side Safety
is set, have your vehicle be inspected
by an authorized KIA dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 Red: When Forward/Side Safety func
-
tion is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Door Ajar Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
When a door is not closed securely.
Inattentive Driving Warning
(if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton is in the ON position. It illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
僅 Yellow: When Driver Attention Warn
-
ing is disabled or a malfunction is
detected. If the yellow indicator light
remains on after the front view cam
-
era has been uncovered or
unblocked, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
This warning light blinks:
僅 Yellow: Driver Attention Warning rec
-
ommends that you take a break.
* For more details, refer to "Driver Atten
-
tion Warning (DAW)" on page 6-55.
Indicator lights
Electronic stability control (ESC)
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
ESC system.
If this light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
109
4
4
Features of your vehicle Warning lights and indicators
This indicator light blinks:
While the ESC is operating.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system" on
page 5-24.
Electronic stability control (ESC)
OFF indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 Once you set the ignition switch or
ENGINE START/STOP Button to the
ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 When you deactivate the ESC system
by pressing the ESC OFF button.
* For more details, refer to "Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system" on
page 5-24.
AUTO HOLD indicator light
(AUTO HOLD)
This indicator light appears:
僅
White
When you activate the auto
hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
僅
Green
When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the brake
pedal with the auto hold system acti
-
vated.
僅
Yellow
When there is a malfunction
with the auto hold system. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
* For more details, refer to "AUTO HOLD"
on page 5-20.
Immobilizer indicator light (with
-
out smart key) (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the vehicle detects the immobi
-
lizer in your key properly while the
ignition switch is ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Immobilizer indicator light (with
smart key) (if equipped)
This indicator light appears for
up to 30 seconds:
僅 When the vehicle detects the smart
key in the vehicle properly while the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ACC
or ON.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a
few seconds:
僅 When the smart key is not in the vehi
-
cle.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine.
Features of your vehicle
1104
Warning lights and indicators
This indicator light appears for 2
seconds and goes off:
僅 When the vehicle cannot detect the
smart key which is in the vehicle while
the ENGINE START/STOP Button is
ON.
If this light remains on, have the vehi
-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 When the battery of the smart key is
weak.
- At this time, you cannot start the
engine. However, you can start the
engine if you press the ENGINE
START/STOP Button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to
"Immobilizer system" on page 4-11).
僅 When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system.
If this light blinks, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks:
僅 When you turn the turn signal light on.
If any of the following occurs, there may
a malfunction with the turn signal sys
-
tem. Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 The indicator light does not blink but
appears.
僅 The indicator light blinks more rapidly.
僅 The indicator light does not appear at
all.
Low beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the headlamps are on.
High beam indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the headlamps are on and in
the high beam position.
僅 When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
High Beam Assist indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the high beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
僅 If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist
will switch the high beam to low beam
automatically.
* For more details, refer to "High Beam
Assist (HBA)" on page 4-117.
Light ON indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the taillights or headlights are
on.
Front fog indicator light (if
equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the front fog lights are on.
111
4
4
Features of your vehicle Warning lights and indicators
Lane Safety indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 Once you set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to the ON position.
- It appears for approximately 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 Gray: When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are not satisfied.
僅 Green: When Lane Keeping Assist
operating conditions are satisfied.
僅 Yellow: When Lane Safety is disabled,
or a malfunction is detected.
If the yellow warning light remains on
after the sensor has been uncovered
or unblocked when Lane Safety is set,
have your vehicle be inspected by an
authorized KIA dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
僅 Green: When Lane Keeping Assist is
operating.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)" on page 6-25.
Drive mode indicator light (ECO/
SPORT/SMART) (if equipped)
This indicator light appears:
僅 When you select each mode as drive
mode.
For more details, refer to "Integrated
Memory System (if equipped)" on page
4-32.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
indicator light
This indicator light appears:
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP But
-
ton is in the ON position. It illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
僅 Yellow: When Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist is off, disabled, or a malfunction
is detected.
僅 While the Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist system is in operation, indicates
the speed limit and shows the speed
limit in red when the vehicle is
exceeding the speed limit.
* For more details, refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) (if equipped)"
on page 6-50.
Lane Following Assist indicator
This indicator light illuminates:
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position. It illuminates for about 3 sec
-
onds and then goes off.
僅 Green: When Lane Following Assist is
operating.
僅 Gray: When Lane Following Assist
operating conditions are not satis
-
fied.The indicator light blinks:
僅 White: When the steering wheel assist
is canceled.
If there is a problem with the function,
the yellow Lane Following Assist indica
-
tor will appear.
* For more details, refer to "Lane Follow
-
ing Assist (LFA)" on page 6-80.
Features of your vehicle
1124
Head-Up Display (HUD)
Head-Up Display (HUD) (if
equipped)
The Head-Up Display is a transparent
display that projects an image of certain
information from the instrument cluster
and navigation system on the windshield
glass.
僅 The head up display image on the
HUD screen may be hard to see when:
- Sitting posture is bad.
- Wearing polarized sunglasses.
- There is an object on the cover of
the head up display.
- Driving on a wet road.
- An inadequate lighting is turned on
inside the vehicle.
- Any light comes from the outside.
- Wearing inadequate glasses for
your eyesight.
僅 If the head up display image is hard to
see, adjust the height, rotation or illu
-
mination of the head up display in the
LCD display.
僅 If the Head-Up Display needs inspec
-
tion or repair, have your vehicle
inspected or repaired by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Head-Up Display
僅 Do not add tint or other types of
metallic coating to the windshield. The
Head-Up Display image may be
obscured.
僅 Do not place any accessories on the
instrument panel or attach any
objects on the windshield.
僅 The Blind-Spot Collision Warning is a
supplemental device to assist when
changing lanes. It is not a substitute
for the driver turning the head and
looking directly to see that the adja
-
cent lane is safe to enter. Do rely on
only the Blind-Spot Collision Warning
when changing lanes.
Head-Up Display Information
1
Turn By Turn navigation information
(if equipped)
2
Road signs
3
Speedometer
4
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) set speed
information (if equipped)
5
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) vehicle
distance information (if equipped)
6
Lane Following Assist information (if
equipped)
7
Lane Safety information (if equipped)
8
Blind-Spot Safety information (if
equipped)
9
Highway Auto Speed Change infor
-
mation (if equipped)
10
Highway Driving Assist information (if
equipped)
11
Surrounding vehicle information (if
equipped)
OKA4034418N
OKA4034419N
113
4
4
Features of your vehicle Lighting
NOTICE
Road Signs and Turn By Turn navigation
information are available in some
regions.
Head-Up Display Setting
On the LCD display, you can change the
head up display settings as follows.
1. Display height
2. Rotation
3. Brightness
4. Content selection
* For more details, refer to "LCD display
modes" on page 4-94.
Lighting
This vehicle is equipped with a variety of
lights to illuminate the interior and exte
-
rior of the vehicle.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not leave the headlamps
and interior lights on for a prolonged
time while the engine is not running.
Battery saver function
This feature prevents the battery from
being discharged if the lights are left ON.
The system automatically shuts off the
parking lights after the engine is off and
the driver's door is opened.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is
opened if the light switch is operated
after the engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on turn
the position lamps OFF and ON again
using the headlamp switch on the steer
-
ing column after the engine is turned off.
Headlight delay function
If you place the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or OFF with the head
-
lights ON, the headlights and parking
lights remain on for about 5 minutes
unless the driver's door is opened and
then closed. The headlights and parking
lights turn off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking lights)
can be turned off by pressing the lock
button on the smart key twice or turning
the light switch to the OFF or AUTO
position. However, if you turn the light
switch to the AUTO position when it is
dark outside, the headlamps will not be
turned off.
Features of your vehicle
1144
Lighting
You can activate or deactivate the Head
-
light Delay function from the Settings
menu on the infotainment system
screen. If your Kia is equipped with addi
-
tional navigation, please refer to the
infotainment system manual separately
supplied.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle through
another door besides the driver door,
the battery saver function does not
operate and the headlamp delay func
-
tion does not turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge.
To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the
headlamps manually from the headlamp
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
DRL will turn OFF when:
僅 The headlamps are ON.
僅 The vehicle is off.
僅 The taillight is ON.
- It includes the taillight is on in the
dark when the light switch is in the
auto light position.
僅 Engaging the parking brake.
Lighting control
The light switch has a headlamp and a
position lamp position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of the
following positions:
1. OFF
2. Auto light
3. Position & Taillamp
4. Headlamp
Position & Taillight
When the light switch is in the position
lamp position, the front position lamp,
taillight, and the license plate lamp will
turn ON.
Headlight (Low Beam)
OMQ4033400
OMQ4033402
OMQ4033403
115
4
4
Features of your vehicle Lighting
When the light switch is in the headlight
position, headlight (low beam), tail,
license plate light will turn ON.
NOTICE
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position to turn on the
headlights.
Auto light
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the taillamps and head
-
lamps will turn ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of light out
-
side the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 Do not place anything over the sensor
(1) located on the instrument panel.
Objects will interfere with the auto-
light system control.
僅 Don't clean the sensor using a window
cleaner, the cleaner may leave a light
film which could interfere with sensor
operation.
僅 If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on the
front windshield, the Auto light system
may not work properly.
Operating high beam
To turn on the high beam headlamps:
僅 Push the lever away from you.
The lever will return to its original
position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
WARNING
High beams
Do not use high beams when there are
other vehicles in front of or approaching
your vehicle. Using high beams could
interfere with the other driver's vision.
To flash the headlamps:
僅 Pull the lever towards you.
It will return to the normal (low beam)
position when released. The head
-
lamp switch does not need to be on to
use this flashing feature.
OMQ4033401_2
OMQ4033405
OMQ4033404
Features of your vehicle
1164
Lighting
Operating turn signals and lane
change signals
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be on for the turn signals to function.
To turn on the turn signals:
僅 Move the lever up or down (A).
The green arrow indicators on the
instrument panel indicate which turn
signal is operating.
They will self-cancel after a turn is
completed. If the indicator continues
to flash after a turn, manually return
the lever to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change:
僅 Move the turn signal lever slightly and
hold it in position (B).
The lever will return to the OFF posi
-
tion when released.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and require replacement.
One-touch lane change function
To activate a one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly (B) and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One
Touch Turn Signal function or choose
the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) by
selecting
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Lights
→
One Touch Turn Signal
.
NOTICE
If an indicator flashes abnormally
quickly or slowly, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection
in the circuit. The bulb may require
replacement.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Operating front fog light (if
equipped)
Fog lights are designed to provide
improved visibility when visibility is poor
due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
The fog lights will turn on when the fog
light switch (1) is turned to the on posi
-
tion after the headlamp is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights:
僅 Turn the fog light switch (1) to the OFF
position.
CAUTION
The fog lights consume large amounts
of vehicle electrical power. Only use the
fog lights when visibility is poor.
OMQ4033406
OMQ4033407
117
4
4
Features of your vehicle Lighting
High Beam Assist (HBA)
HBA will automatically adjust the head
-
lamp range (switches between high
beam and low beam) depending on the
brightness of detected vehicles and cer
-
tain road conditions.
Detecting sensor
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient light
and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the loca
-
tion of the detecting sensor.
NOTICE
僅 Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of HBA.
僅 For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to "For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Function settings
With the engine on, select
Lights
→
High Beam Assist
(
or HBA (High Beam
Assist)
) from the Settings menu to turn
on High Beam Assist and deselect to
turn off the function.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
Function operation
Display and control
僅 After selecting
High Beam Assist
in
the Settings menu, HBA will operate
by following the procedure below.
- Place the headlight switch in the
AUTO position and push the head
-
lamp lever towards the instrument
cluster. The HBA ( ) indicator
light will appear on the cluster and
the function will be enabled.
- When the function is enabled, high
beam will turn on when vehicle
speed is above 20 mph (30 km/h).
When vehicle speed is below 12
mph (20 km/h), high beam will not
turn on.
- The High Beam ( ) indicator light
will appear on the cluster when
high beam is on.
僅 When HBA is operating, if the head
-
light lever or switch is used, the func
-
tion operates as follows:
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
off, the high beam will turn on with
-
out HBA canceled. When you let go
of the headlamp lever, the lever will
move to the middle and the high
beam will turn off.
- If the headlight lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam is
on by HBA, low beam will be on and
the function will turn off.
- If the headlight switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
OMQ4033408
OKA4053052
Features of your vehicle
1184
Lighting
(headlight/position/off), HBA will
turn off and the corresponding
lamp will turn on.
僅When HBA is operating, high beam
switches to low beam if any of the fol
-
lowing conditions occur:
- When the headlight of an oncoming
vehicle is detected.
- When the taillight of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlight or taillight of a
motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights are
detected.
Malfunction and limitations
Malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When HBA is not working properly, the
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system
or
Check HBA (High Beam Assist sys
-
tem)
warning message will appear and
the Master warning light ( ) will
appear on the cluster. Have the function
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Limitations
HBA may not work properly in the fol
-
lowing situations:
僅 Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of lamp damage, or because
it is hidden from sight, etc.
僅 Headlight of a vehicle is covered with
dust, snow or water.
僅 A vehicle's headlights are off but the
fog lights are on
僅 There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle's lamp.
僅 Headlights have been damaged or
not repaired properly.
僅 Headlights are not aimed properly.
僅 Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
僅 Vehicle in front is partially visible on a
crossroad or curved road.
僅 There is a traffic light, reflecting sign,
flashing sign or mirror ahead.
僅 You are approaching or in a construc
-
tion zone or other area with reflectors
or flashing lights.
僅 The road is wet, iced or covered with
snow.
僅 A vehicle appears from a curve.
僅 The vehicle is tilted.
僅 Light from a vehicle is not detected
because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog,
snow, etc.
For more details on the limitations of the
front view camera, refer to "Forward Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
WARNING
僅 At times, HBA may not work properly.
It is the responsibility of the driver for
safe driving practices and always
check the road conditions for your
safety.
僅 When HBA does not operate normally,
change the headlamp position manu
-
ally between high beam and low
beam.
OMQ4033184L
119
4
4
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers
Wipers and washers
The wipers and washers remove foreign
substances from the windshield and rear
window, helping to maintain visibility.
A: Wiper speed control
僅MIST: Single wipe
僅OFF: Off
僅 INT: Intermittent wipe
AUTO*: Auto control wipe
僅 LO: Low wiper speed
僅 HI: High wiper speed
B: Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment/Auto control wipe time
adjustment*
C: Wash with brief wipes (Pull lever
towards you)
D: Rear wiper/washer control
僅 HI - Continuous wipe
僅 LO - Intermittent wipe
僅OFF - Off
E: Wash with brief wipes (Rear/Push
lever away from you)
*: if equipped
Windshield wipers
Operate as follows when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON.
僅 MIST: For a single wiping cycle, move
the lever to this position and release it.
The wipers will operate continuously if
the lever is held in this position.
僅 OFF: Wiper is not in operation
僅 INT: Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use this
mode in light rain or mist. To vary the
speed setting, turn the speed control
knob.
僅 LO: Normal wiper speed
僅HI: Fast wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until
the snow and/or ice is removed before
using the windshield wipers to ensure
proper operation. If you do not remove
the snow and/or ice before using the
wiper and washer, it may damage the
wiper and washer system.
Operating windshield washers
1. Move the wiper speed control switch
to the OFF position.
2. Pull the lever gently toward you to
spray washer fluid on the windshield
and to run the wipers 1 ~ 3 cycles. Use
this function when the windshield is
dirty. The spray and wiper operation
will continue until you release the
lever.
If the washer does not work, check the
washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
OMQ4033496
OMQ4033497
OMQ4033499
Features of your vehicle
1204
Wipers and washers
sufficient, you will need to add appropri
-
ate non-abrasive windshield washer
fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in the
front of the engine compartment on the
passenger side.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the washer pump,
do not operate the washer when the
fluid reservoir is empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing tem
-
peratures without first warming the
windshield with the defrosters; the
washer solution could freeze on the
windshield and obscure your vision.
CAUTION
僅 To prevent damage to the wipers or
windshield, do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
僅 To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
paint thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
僅 To prevent damage to the wiper arms
and other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
僅 To prevent damage to the wipers and
washer system, use anti-freezing
washer fluids in the winter or cold
weather.
INFORMATION
The wipers are not able to push heavey
snow buildup on your windshield. This is
normal. This avoids overloading the
wiper motor. If necessary, stop in a safe
place and remove heavy snow.
Auto control (if equipped)
The rain sensor (A) located on the upper
edge of the windshield senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wip
-
ing cycle for the proper interval. The
more it rains, the faster the wiper oper
-
ates. When the rain stops, the wiper
stops.
To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (B).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON, the wiper will operate once to per
-
form a self-check of the system. Set the
wiper to OFF (0) position when the wiper
is not in use.
CAUTION
When the ENGINE START/STOP button
is ON and the windshield wiper switch is
placed in the AUTO mode, use caution in
the following situations to avoid any
injury to the hands or other parts of the
body:
僅 Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain sen
-
sor.
僅 Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
僅 Do not put pressure on the windshield
glass.
OMQ4033498_2
121
4
4
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers
CAUTION
僅 When washing the vehicle, set the
wiper switch in the OFF (0) position to
stop the auto wiper operation.
The wiper may operate and be dam
-
aged if the switch is set in the AUTO
mode while washing the vehicle.
僅 Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the pas
-
senger side windshield glass. Damage
to system parts could occur and may
not be covered by your vehicle war
-
ranty.
僅 If there is heavy snow or ice on the
windshield, set the wiper switch in the
OFF (0) position before starting the
vehicle. Otherwise, the snow and ice
may damage the windshield wiper
blades. Always remove all snow and
ice and defrost the windshield prop
-
erly fore operating the windshield
wipers.
僅 When tinting the windshield, be care
-
ful of any fluid getting into the sensor
located in the top center of the front
windshield. It may damage the related
parts.
Operating rear window wiper and
washer switch
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever.
僅 Turn the switch to the desired position
to operate the rear wiper and washer.
- HI - Normal wiper operation
- LO - Intermittent wiper operation
- OFF - Wiper is not in operation
僅 Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers several times.
The spray and wiper operation will con
-
tinue until you release the lever.
When the front wiper is activated and
the gear is switched to R (Reverse) posi
-
tion, the rear wiper will be activated once
to provide better visibility.
Clear snow and ice from the rear win
-
dow before operating the rear window
wipers. Otherwise, you may damage the
wiper blade.
Heated washer nozzle (if
equipped)
The heated washer nozzle function
thaws the washer nozzles in freezing
weather.
The heated washer nozzle will turn on
and off automatically when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON or when the
engine is running in following conditions:
僅 When the outside temperature is
below 5 °C, and OFF when it is over 10
°C.
僅 Thawing may take more time when
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
ON, but the engine is off.
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is ON, after approximately 20
minutes of operation, the system will
OKA4034438N
OMQ4033500
Features of your vehicle
1224
Welcome system
turn off automatically to prevent pos
-
sible battery discharge.
僅 After the engine is running, the
washer fluid will defrost approxi
-
mately after 5 ~ 10 minutes.
僅 If the engine has been started within
the operating temperature, the
heated nozzle remains ON even
approximately after 20 minutes.
NOTICE
The heated washer nozzle may not func
-
tion properly when:
僅 The washer fluid in the washer reser
-
voir is frozen.
僅 Outside temperature sensor is mal
-
functioning.
Welcome system (if equipped)
The welcome system is a function that
illuminates the surroundings or the inte
-
rior when the driver approaches or exits
the vehicle.
Door handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the door handle lamp
will come on for about 15 seconds if any
of the below is performed.
僅 When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
僅 When the button of the outside door
handle is pressed.
僅 When the vehicle is approached with
the smart key in possession.
Headlamp (headlamp) escort
function
The headlamps (and/or taillamps)
remain on for approximately 5 minutes
after the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned off. However, if the driver's door
is opened and closed, the headlamps are
turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps can be turned off by
pressing the lock button on the transmit
-
ter or smart key twice or turning off the
light switch from the headlamp or Auto
light position.
OKA4033057
123
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
Interior light
When the interior light switch is in the
DOOR position and all doors (and lift
-
gate) are locked and closed, the room
lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any
of the following occurs:
僅 With the smart key system
- When the door unlock button is
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
button, the lamps will turn off immedi
-
ately.
Interior lights
This vehicle is equipped with lights
throughout the vehicle to illuminate the
interior.
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the engine is not
running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when driv
-
ing in the dark. Accidents could happen
because the view may be obscured by
interior lights.
Automatic turn off function
The interior lights automatically turn off
approximately 20 minutes after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is turned
off, if the lights are in the ON position.
If your vehicle is equipped with the theft
alarm system, the interior lights auto
-
matically turn off approximately 5 sec
-
onds after the system is armed.
Map lamp
Type A
OKA4034481N
Features of your vehicle
1244
Interior lights
Type B
僅 / (1): Turn on and off the interior
lights independently.
僅 (2): DOOR mode
- The map lamp and interior lamps
illuminate when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi
-
mately 30 seconds. (without press
-
ing the DOOR button (2))
- The map lamp and interior lamps
come on for approximately 30 sec
-
onds when doors are unlocked with
a smart key if the doors are not
opened.
- The map lamp and interior lamps
will stay on for approximately 10
minutes if a door is opened and the
ENGINE START/STOP button in the
ACC or OFF position.
- The map lamp and interior lamps
will stay on continuously if the door
is opened and the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ON position.
- The map lamp and interior lamps
will turn off immediately if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
changed to the ON position or all
doors are locked.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
the DOOR button (2) once again
(not pressed).
- The rear room lamp cannot be
operated separately if the 1st row
DOOR mode button ( ) is
pressed.
- When the 1st row button ( ) is
pressed, the rear room lamps turn
on simultaneously. In this case,
room lamp cannot be turned off
separately.
僅 (3): Press this switch to turn the
front and rear interior lamps on and
off.
For Telematics function
僅Kia Connect (4): Kia Connect (Voice
local search) button
僅 (5): Roadside assist button
NOTICE
僅 The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
can not be selected at a time.
僅 Be sure to keep The DOOR mode
( ) pressed to freely turn the room
lamp on and off.
Map lamp
interior lamps
This device complies with Part
15of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
OKA4034482N
OKA4034483N
OKA4033095
125
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior lights
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
interior lamps
Type A
Type B
Personal lamp (if equipped)
僅 When the 1st row DOOR mode button
( ) is not pressed, press the rear
interior lamp switch to turn the rear
interior lamp on. Press the switch
again to turn the interior lamp off.
僅 The rear interior lamps cannot be
operated separately if the 1st row
DOOR mode button ( ) is pressed.
僅When the 1st row button ( ) is
pressed, the rear interior lamps turn
on simultaneously. In this case, inte
-
rior lamps cannot be turned off sepa
-
rately.
Cargo lamp
僅 : The cargo lamp will always turn
on when the liftgate is opened.
僅 : The cargo lamp will turn off
when the liftgate is closed.
Type A
Type B
CAUTION
To avoid draining the battery, close the
liftgate securely.
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
Push the switch to turn the light on or
off.
僅 : The lamp will turn on if this but
-
ton is pressed.
僅 : The lamp will turn off if this button
is pressed.
OKA4033094
OKA4033095
OKA4033096
OKA4033097
OKA4033098
OKA4033099
Features of your vehicle
1264
Climate control system
CAUTION
Vanity mirror lamp
Always close the lid of the vanity mirror
after use. If the sun visor is closed with
the lamp on, it may drain the battery or
damage the sun visor.
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The glove box lamp comes on when the
glove box is opened.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging sys
-
tem drain, close the glove box securely
after using the glove box.
Climate control system
The climate control system uses cooling
and heating to help maintain a pleasant
environment inside the vehicle.
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system on.
僅 If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
Operation tips
僅 To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated
air position. Be sure to return the con
-
trol to the fresh air position when the
irritation has passed to keep fresh air
in the vehicle. This will help keep the
driver alert and comfortable.
OKA4033400
127
4
4
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
僅 Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just at the
base of the windshield. Care should
be taken that these are not blocked
by leaves, snow, ice or other obstruc
-
tions.
僅 To prevent fog from forming on the
inside of the windshield:
- Set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and the fan speed
to the desired position.
- Turn on the air conditioning system
and adjust the temperature control
to desired temperature.
Air conditioning (A/C)
All Kia A/C systems are filled with R-
1234yf refrigerant.
1. Start the vehicle. Press the A/C but
-
ton.
2. Set the mode to the position.
3. Set the air intake control to the out
-
side-air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem
-
perature control to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort.
CAUTION
僅 The refrigerant system should only be
serviced by trained and certified tech
-
nicians to insure proper and safe
operation.
僅 The refrigerant system should be ser
-
viced in a well-ventilated place.
僅 The air conditioning evaporator (cool
-
ing coil) shall never be repaired or
replaced with one removed from a
used or salvaged vehicle and new
replacement Mobile Air Conditioning
(MAC) evaporators should be certified
(and labeled) as meeting SAE Stan
-
dard J2842.
CAUTION
Excessive air conditioning use
When using the A/C system, monitor the
temperature gauge closely while driving
up hills or in heavy traffic when outside
temperatures are high. A/C system oper
-
ation may cause vehicle overheating.
Continue to use the blower fan but turn
the A/C system off if the temperature
gauge indicates vehicle overheating.
CAUTION
The A/C system should only be used
with the windows and sunroof closed to
prevent condensation inside the vehicle
that may cause damage to electrical
components.
A/C system operation tips
僅 If your vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time to
let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
僅 To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehi
-
cle by operating the air conditioning
system.
僅 During A/C system operation, you
may occasionally notice a slight
change in vehicle speed as the air
conditioning compressor cycles. This
is a normal characteristic of system
operation.
僅 To ensure maximum system perfor
-
mance, the A/C system should be run
for a few minutes each month.
Features of your vehicle
1284
Climate control system
僅 When using the A/C system, you may
notice clear water dripping (or even
puddling) on the ground under the
passenger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal characteristic of system oper
-
ation.
僅 Operating the A/C system in the recir
-
culated air position provides maxi
-
mum cooling; however, continual
operation in this mode may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become stale.
僅 During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid
air intake. This is a normal character
-
istic of system operation.
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the vehi
-
cle from the outside through the heating
and air conditioning system.
A: Outside air
B: Recirculated air
C: Climate control air filter
D: Blower
E: Evaporator core
F: Heater core
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease. This leads to
moisture accumulating on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. Have the
climate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads, more
frequent air conditioner filter inspec
-
tions and changes are required.
僅 When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Rear climate control air filter
The rear climate control air filter
installed in the luggage filters the dust or
other pollutants from the vehicle cabin
area.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over time, the air flow from the
air vents may decrease. This leads to
moisture accumulating on the inside of
the windshield even when the outside
(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap
-
pens, contact and visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
NOTICE
僅 Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is being driven in severe conditions
such as dusty or rough roads, more
frequent air conditioner filter inspec
-
tions and changes are required.
僅 When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
ONQ5EP041426L
129
4
4
Features of your vehicle Climate control system
Air conditioning refrigerant label
* The A/C refrigerant label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
Each symbol and specification on the A/
C refrigerant label is represented below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable Refrigerant
6. Requires a refrigerant technician to
service the A/C system
You can find out which air conditioning
refrigerant is applied your vehicle on the
label inside the engine compartment.
Refer to "Refrigerant label" on page 9-13
for more detail on the location of air con
-
ditioning refrigerant label.
Checking the amount of air con
-
ditioner refrigerant and compres
-
sor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also has a nega
-
tive impact on the air conditioning sys
-
tem.
If abnormal operation is found, have the
system inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your vehicle's
A/C system is under very high pressure.
If proper service procedures are not fol
-
lowed, an explosion may result. To
reduce the risk of serious injury or death,
the A/C system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and certified
Kia technicians.
CAUTION
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used,
otherwise damage to the vehicle may
occur. To prevent damage, the air condi
-
tioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and certified
technicians.
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is mildly flammable
and operated at high pressure, the air
conditioning system should only be ser
-
viced by trained and certified techni
-
cians.
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed with
proper equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment. Failure to
heed these warnings can lead to serious
injuries.
OMQ4033099
Features of your vehicle
1304
Manual climate control system
Manual climate control system (if equipped)
The manual climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a
pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
Front seat
Rear seat
Front seat
1
Fan speed control knob
2
Front windshield defroster button
3
Mode selection button
4
Temperature control knob
5
Rear window defroster button
6
Air conditioning (A/C) button
7
Air intake control button
8
Rear climate control ON button
9
Infotainment/climate control mode switching button
Rear seat
1
Rear climate control OFF button
2
Rear fan speed control button
3
Rear mode selection button
4
Rear temperature control button
OKA4033315L
OKA4033332L
131
4
4
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system
CAUTION
僅 Operating the blower when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position could cause the battery
to drain. Operate the blower when the
engine is running.
僅 The rear seat wind direction and wind
volume control operate independently
of the front seat. However, when it
comes to rear seat temperature con
-
trol, it operates in conjunction with the
front seats, depending on usage con
-
ditions and the environment.
For quickly heating the car, activate
both the front and rear air condition
-
ing simultaneously.
Using the infotainment/climate
switchable controller
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to switch between infotainment
system or climate control panel.
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
Switching between panels
Infotainment control panel
Climate control panel
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to select the desired control panel.
The selected control panel icon will be
appear and the control panel will be
changed.
僅 The knob display will be illuminated
according to the selected control
panel mode.
僅 When the vehicle is in the ACC posi
-
tion, only the infotainment system will
be activated.
Setting the default mode
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
僅 After the setting, the control panel will
return to the default mode after a cer
-
tain period even if the control panel is
switched to the different mode.
僅 If the mode is set to 'OFF', the control
panel will display the mode used
recently.
OCV041315
OMQ4PH034312N
OKA4034345N
OCV041559L
Features of your vehicle
1324
Manual climate control system
Heating and air conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
僅Heating:
僅 Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Mode selection
The mode selection buttons control the
direction of the air flow through the ven
-
tilation system.
OKA4034305N
133
4
4
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system
Air can be directed to the floor, dash
-
board outlets, or windshield. Five sym
-
bols are used to represent Face, Bi-
Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost
air position.
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air dis
-
charged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters
and side air vents.
Instrument panel vents
Front
Rear
You can adjust the direction of air deliv
-
ered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows
you to control the temperature of the air
flowing from the ventilation system.
OKA4033316L
OKA4034300N
OKA4033301
OMQ4033316L
Features of your vehicle
1344
Manual climate control system
To change the air temperature in the
passenger compartment, turn the knob
to the right for warmer air or to the left
for cooler air.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature con
-
trol, operate the system in the following
method to improve heating:
僅 Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
僅 Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
僅 After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature set
-
ting to hot.
Controlling air intake
The air intake control is used to select
the outside (fresh) air position or recircu
-
lated air position.
To change the air intake control position.
僅 Push the desired control button
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when the
recirculated air position is
selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from the passenger
compartment will be drawn through the
cooling system and heated or cooled
according to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
When the recirculated air
position is selected:
僅For type A, the indicator
light on the button illumi
-
nates.
僅 For type B, the indicator light on the
button will turn of.
With the outside (fresh) air position
selected, air enters the vehicle from out
-
side and is heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air con
-
ditioning selected) may cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
make the air in the passenger compart
-
ment stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con
-
ditioning with the re circulated air posi
-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
僅 Continuously using the climate control
system in the recirculated air position
may allow humidity to increase inside
the vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
僅 Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on. It
may cause serious harm or death due
to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
僅 Continuously using the climate control
system in the recirculated air position
can cause drowsiness or sleepiness,
OKA4033317L
135
4
4
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system
and loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside (fresh) air
position as much as possible while
driving.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed control knob allows you
to control the fan speed of the air flow
-
ing from the ventilation system.
The ENGINE START/STOP button must
be in the ON position for fan operation.
To change the fan speed:
僅 Turn the knob to the right for higher
speed or left for lower speed.
To turn off the blowers:
僅 Turn the fan speed control knob to
the "0" position.
Air conditioning (A/C)
僅 Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will illuminate).
僅 Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
Rear climate control
Rear climate can be set both from the
front and rear seat.
NOTICE
The rear seat wind direction and wind
volume control operate independently of
the front seat. However, when it comes
to rear seat temperature control, it oper
-
ates in conjunction with the front seats,
depending on usage conditions and the
environment.
For quickly heating the car, activate both
the front and rear air conditioning simul
-
taneously.
From the front seat
1. Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR) button in the front climate
control panel to the ON position.
2. Set the rear mode, temperature and
fan speed to the desired position.
From the rear seat
1. To unlock the rear climate control,
press and hold the rear climate con
-
trol selection (REAR) button in the
front climate control panel.
2. Set the rear mode, temperature and
fan speed to the desired position from
the rear seat.
Rear mode selection
OMQ4033315L
OCV041303L
OKA4033302
Features of your vehicle
1364
Manual climate control system
From the front seat
僅 Front climate control is MAX A/C, :
Rear air blows from the upper vents
on the rear ceiling.
僅 Front climate control is : Rear air
blows from the upper vents on the
rear ceiling and the lower vents on the
right rear trim together.
僅 Front climate control is , :
Rear air blows from the lower vents
on the right rear trim.
From the rear seat
After unlocking the rear climate control,
push the rear mode selection button on
the rear control panel to select the mode
as follows:
僅 : Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
僅 : Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling and the lower
vents on the right rear trim together.
僅 : Rear air blows from the lower
vents on the right rear trim.
Rear temperature control
From the front seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR) button to the ON position and
turn the temperature control knob in the
front climate control panel to the desired
position.
From the rear seat
To change the rear air temperature,
press the button ( ) for warmer air or
press the button ( ) for cooler air.
Rear fan speed control
From the front seat
Set the rear climate control selection
(REAR) button to the ON position and
turn the fan speed control knob in the
front climate control panel to the desired
position.
OKA4033316L
OKA4033341L
OKA4033330L_2
OKA4033334L
OKA4033331L_2
137
4
4
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system
From the rear seat
Press the rear fan speed control button
on the rear control panel for desired
amount of airflow.
To turn off the rear air conditioning sys
-
tem press the off button in the rear cli
-
mate control panel.
OKA4033333L
Features of your vehicle
1384
Automatic climate control system
Automatic climate control system (if equipped)
The automatic climate control system uses cooling and heating to help maintain a
pleasant environment inside the vehicle.
Front seat
Rear seat
Front seat
1
Driver's temperature control button
2
Passenger's temperature control button
3
AUTO (automatic control) button
4
Climate control OFF button
5
Fan speed control button
6
Mode selection button
7
Front windshield defroster button
8
Rear window defroster button
9
SYNC button
10
Air intake control button
11
Air conditioning (A/C) button
12
Rear climate control button
13
Infotainment/climate control mode switching button
OKA4033313L
OKA4033314
139
4
4
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Rear seat
1
Rear temperature control button
2
Rear AUTO (automatic control) button
3
Rear mode selection button
4
Rear climate control OFF button
5
Rear fan speed control button
NOTICE
僅 Operating the blower when the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ON position
could cause the battery to drain. Operate the blower when the engine is running.
僅 The rear seat wind direction and wind volume control operate independently of the
front seat. However, when it comes to rear seat temperature control, it operates in
conjunction with the front seats, depending on usage conditions and the environ
-
ment.
For quickly heating the car, activate both the front and rear air conditioning simul
-
taneously.
Features of your vehicle
1404
Automatic climate control system
Using the infotainment/climate
switchable controller
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to switch between infotainment
system or climate control panel.
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
Switching between panels
Infotainment control panel
Climate control panel
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to select the desired control panel.
The selected control panel icon will be
illuminated and the control panel will be
changed.
僅 The knob display will be illuminated
according to the selected control
panel mode.
僅 When the vehicle is in the ACC posi
-
tion, only the infotainment system will
be activated.
Setting the default mode
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
僅 After the setting, the control panel will
return to the default mode after a cer
-
tain period of time even if the control
panel is switched to the different
mode.
僅 If the mode is set to 'OFF', the control
panel will display the mode used
recently.
Heating and air conditioning
automatically
1. Press the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the tempera
-
ture.
OCV041315
OMQ4PH034312N
OKA4033336L
Level Indicator LCD Display Air flow
High 2~8
OCV041559L
OCV041303
141
4
4
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
2. Press the temperature control lever to
the desired temperature.
NOTICE
僅 To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button or lever of the fol
-
lowing:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The AUTO sign
will illuminate on the information
display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be con
-
trolled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
僅 For your convenience and to improve
the effectiveness of the climate con
-
trol, use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 22 °C/71 °F.
NOTICE
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating and
cooling system.
Medium 1–7
Low 1–5
Level Indicator LCD Display Air flow
OCV041305L
OKA4033059L
Features of your vehicle
1424
Automatic climate control system
Heating and air conditioning manually
The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons
other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling;
僅Heating:
僅 Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
OKA4034305N
143
4
4
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
Mode selection
The mode selection button controls the
direction of the air flow through the ven
-
tilation system.
The air flow outlet ports are switched in
the following sequence:
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air dis
-
charged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face and
the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield, side
window defrosters and side air vents.
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters and side air vents.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters
and side air vents.
Instrument panel vents
Front
Rear
You can adjust the direction of air deliv
-
ered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HI) by moving the lever
upwards.
OCV041301L
OKA4034300N
OKA4033301
OCV041305L
Features of your vehicle
1444
Automatic climate control system
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (Lo) by moving the lever
downwards.
When moving the lever, the temperature
will increase or decrease by 33 degrees
F (0.5 °C). When set to the lowest tem
-
perature setting, the air conditioning will
operate continuously.
NOTICE
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature con
-
trol, operate the system in the following
method to improve heating:
僅 Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
僅 Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
僅 After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature set
-
ting to hot.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature equally
1. Press the "SYNC" button to adjust the
driver and passenger side tempera
-
ture equally.
The passenger side temperature will
be set to the same temperature as the
driver side temperature.
2. Move the driver side temperature
control lever. The driver and passen
-
ger side temperature will be adjusted
equally.
3. If you move the passenger's tempera
-
ture control lever, the SYNC button is
off and the passenger side tempera
-
ture can be operated individually.
Adjusting the driver and passen
-
ger side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to adjust
the driver and passenger side tempera
-
ture individually. The button indicator
will turn off.
Changing temperature scale
You can switch the temperature mode
from Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol
-
lows:
僅 While pressing the OFF button, press
the AUTO button for 3 seconds or
more.
The display will change from Centigrade
to Fahrenheit, or from Fahrenheit to
Centigrade. If the battery has been dis
-
charged or disconnected, the tempera
-
ture mode display will reset to
Centigrade.
Controlling air intake
This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position:
僅 Push the desired control button.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected, air from the
passenger compartment will
be drawn through the heating
OCV041307L
OCV041302L
145
4
4
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
system and heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air con
-
ditioning selected) may cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger compart
-
ment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air con
-
ditioning with the recirculated air posi
-
tion selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
僅 Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air posi
-
tion may allow humidity to increase
inside the vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
僅 Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
conditioning or heating system on. It
may cause serious harm or death due
to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.
僅 Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air posi
-
tion can cause drowsiness or sleepi
-
ness, and loss of vehicle control. Set
the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as possi
-
ble while driving.
Controlling fan speed
The fan speed can be set to the desired
speed by operating the fan speed con
-
trol button.
To change the fan speed:
僅 Press right button for higher speed or
press left button for lower speed.
To turn the fan speed control off:
僅 Press the OFF button.
Air conditioning (A/C)
僅 Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will illuminate).
僅 Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
Turning off the front air climate
control
僅 Press the OFF button to turn off the
air climate control system.
However, you can still operate the
mode and air intake buttons if the
OCV041306L
OCV041303L
OCV041308L
Features of your vehicle
1464
Automatic climate control system
ENGINE START/STOP button is in the
ON position.
Rear climate control
Rear climate can be set both from the
front and rear seat.
NOTICE
The rear seat wind direction and wind
volume control operate independently of
the front seat. However, when it comes
to rear seat temperature control, it oper
-
ates in conjunction with the front seats,
depending on usage conditions and the
environment.
For quickly heating the car, activate both
the front and rear air conditioning simul
-
taneously.
From the front seat
1. Press the rear climate control selec
-
tion button, and the control panel will
be switched to the rear climate con
-
trol.
2. Set the rear mode, temperature, fan
speed to the desired position.
From the rear seat
1. Press the rear climate control selec
-
tion button, and the control panel will
be changed to the rear climate control
panel.
2. Set the rear climate control unlocked
in the front climate control panel.
3. Set the rear mode, temperature, fan
speed to the desired position from the
rear seat.
Rear mode selection
From the front seat
僅 Front climate control is MAX A/C,
: Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
僅 Front climate control is : Rear air
blows from the upper vents on the
rear ceiling and the lower vents on the
right rear trim together.
僅 Front climate control is , :
Rear air blows from the lower vents
on the right rear trim.
From the rear seat
After unlocking the rear climate control,
push the rear mode selection button on
the rear control panel to select the mode
as follows:
僅 : Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling.
OKA4033302
OCV041301L
OKA4033335L
147
4
4
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system
僅 : Rear air blows from the upper
vents on the rear ceiling and the lower
vents on the right rear trim together.
僅: Rear air blows from the lower
vents on the right rear trim.
Rear temperature control
From the front seat
Turn the fan speed control knob in the
front climate control panel to the desired
position.
From the rear seat
To change the rear air temperature,
press the button ( ) for warmer air or
press the button ( ) for cooler air.
Rear fan speed control
From the front seat
To change the rear fan speed, press the
left fan speed button for lower speed or
right fan speed button for higher speed.
From the rear seat
Press the rear fan speed control button
on the rear control panel to the desired
amount of airflow.
To turn off the rear air conditioning sys
-
tem press the off button in the rear cli
-
mate control panel.
OKA4033337L
OKA4033306
OKA4033338L
OKA4033307
Features of your vehicle
1484
A/C Automatic Drying
A/C Automatic Drying
A/C Automatic Drying feature dries the
moisture in the air conditioner and
reduces air conditioner odor. The blower
motor automatically operates after 30
minutes the vehicle is turned off.
Turning A/C Automatic Drying on
or off
The A/C Automatic Drying feature can
be turned on and off by selecting
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Climate
→
Climate Fea
-
tures
→
A/C Automatic Drying
from
the infotainment system.
If the operating condition is satisfied, a
message
Air Conditioning Automatic
Drying will start in 30 minutes
will be
displayed on the infotainment/climate
switchable controller screen and then
the blower motor will automatically
operate on schedule.
When the A/C Automatic Drying feature
is activated, the air conditioner sets the
fan speed to the third level, selects Fresh
mode, and directs the air flow to the
vent.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Operating conditions
The A/C Automatic Drying feature oper
-
ates under the following conditions:
僅 The vehicle is turned off after operat
-
ing the air conditioner for a certain
period
僅 The 12-volt battery level is sufficient
僅 The outside temperature is above a
certain level
Non-operating conditions
The A/C Automatic Drying feature stops
operating under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 The A/C Automatic Drying feature has
operated for 3 minutes
僅 The ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, or the vehicle is ON
僅 The climate control system is oper
-
ated remotely
NOTICE
僅 The A/C Automatic Drying feature
reduces air conditioner odors but may
not remove all odors.
僅 The A/C Automatic Drying feature
does not operate if the remaining bat
-
tery level is insufficient to prevent bat
-
tery drain.
149
4
4
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging
Windshield defrosting and
defogging
Remove frost and moisture if the wind
-
shield becomes blurry due to frost or
moisture.
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
the windshield could cause the outer
surface of the windshield to fog up,
causing loss of visibility. In this case, set
the mode selection to the position
and fan speed control to the lower
speed.
僅 For maximum defrosting, set the tem
-
perature control to the extreme right/
hot position and the fan speed control
to the highest speed.
僅 If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
僅 Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
outside rear view mirrors, and all side
windows.
僅 Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi
-
ciency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the wind
-
shield.
Defogging inside windshield with
manual climate control system
1. Select any fan speed except "0" posi
-
tion.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi
-
tioning will be selected automatically.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automati
-
cally, press the corresponding button
manually.
Defrosting outside windshield
with manual climate control sys
-
tem
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
OKA4033323L_4
OKA4033324L_4
Features of your vehicle
1504
Windshield defrosting and defogging
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot position.
3. Select the position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air condi
-
tioning will be selected automatically.
Defogging inside windshield with
automatic climate control
1. Set the fan speed to the desired posi
-
tion.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
If the air conditioning and outside (fresh)
air position are not selected automati
-
cally, adjust the corresponding button
manually. If the position is
selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to
a higher fan speed.
Defrosting outside windshield
with automatic climate control
1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi
-
tion.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be
selected automatically and the air
conditioning will turn on according to
the detected ambient temperature.
Auto defogging system (only for
automatic climate control system)
(if equipped)
Auto defogging helps reduce the possi
-
bility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system oper
-
ates when the heater or air condi
-
tioning is on.
OKA4033339L_4
OKA4033340L_4
OSG2H041461
151
4
4
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging
When the Auto Defogging System oper
-
ates, the indicator will appear.
If a high amount of humidity is detected
in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging Sys
-
tem will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
1. The A/C button will turn ON.
2. The air intake control will change to
Fresh mode under low outside tem
-
perature.
3. The mode will be changed to defrost
to direct airflow to the windshield.
4. The fan speed will be increased.
To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
System
Press the front windshield defroster but
-
ton for 3 seconds when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is in the ON posi
-
tion.
When the Auto Defogging System is
canceled, defrost button indicator will
blink 3 times.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, defrost button indicator will blink 6
times without a signal.
NOTICE
僅 When the air conditioning is turned on
by Auto defogging system, if you try
to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
僅 To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging Sys
-
tem, do not select Recirculation mode
while the system is operating.
僅 When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
knob, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control button
are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the upper end of the driver side wind
-
shield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.
Defroster
The vehicle is equipped with a defroster
for removing frost or fog from the rear
window.
CAUTION
Conductors
To prevent damage to the conductors
bonded to the inside surface of the rear
window, never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to "Windshield
defrosting and defogging" on page 4-
149.
Operating rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
rear window, while the engine is on.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the rear window, brush it off before
operating the rear defroster.
To activate the rear window defroster:
OCV041310L
Features of your vehicle
1524
Windshield defrosting and defogging
僅 Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton located in the heater control
panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
The rear window defroster automati
-
cally turns off after approximately 20
minutes or when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned off.
To turn off the defroster:
僅 Press the rear window defroster but
-
ton again.
Outside mirror defroster (if
equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the out
-
side mirror defrosters, they will operate
at the same time you turn on the rear
window defroster.
Front glass heater (if equipped)
The front glass heater heats the window
to remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the front win
-
dow, while the engine is running.
Type A
Type B
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
on the front window, brush it off before
operating the front glass heater.
To activate the front glass heater:
僅 Press the front glass heater button.
The indicator on the front glass heater
button appears when the front glass
heater is ON.
The front glass heater automatically
turns off after approximately 15 minutes
or when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned off. However, if you press
the button again after the heater is
turned off automatically after 15 min
-
utes, the heater will stay on only for
approximately 5 minutes. To turn off the
front glass heater while it is operating,
press the front glass heater button
again.
Defogging logic
To reduce the possibility of fogging up
the inside of the windshield, the air
intake or air conditioning is controlled
automatically according to certain con
-
ditions such as or position.
To cancel automatic defogging logic or
return to the automatic defogging logic,
do the following.
OKA4033342L
OKA4033343L
OKA4033468L
153
4
4
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on manual cli
-
mate control system
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP to the
ON position.
2. Select the ( ) position.
3. Within 10 seconds after setting
DEFOG mode, press the intake button
for at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The indicator light in the air intake
control button will blink 3 times. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro
-
grammed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defogging
logic status.
Canceling/returning automatic
defogging logic on automatic cli
-
mate control system
1. Turn the ENGINE START/STOP button
to the ON position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning (A/
C) button, press the air intake control
button at least 5 times within 3 sec
-
onds.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times in 0.5 second of intervals. It indi
-
cates that the defogging logic is can
-
celed or returned to the programmed
status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defogging
logic status.
Activate upon Washer Fluid Use
(if equipped)
To prevent the odor from entering to
inside the vehicle, the ventilation system
changes to Recirculated Air Mode for a
while when the windshield washer fluid
sprayed.
However, at low outside temperature, to
prevent from windshield fogging, the
system continues to outside air mode.
OKA4033320L_3
OKA4033322L_3
Features of your vehicle
1544
Windshield defrosting and defogging
System setting
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
2. Select Floor-Level ( ) air flow direc
-
tion by pressing Mode Selection but
-
ton.
3. With pressing Air Conditioning button,
press the Recirculated Air button
more than 4 times within 2 seconds.
4. If the system is set up, the indicator on
Recirculated Air button will blink 6
times.
System cancellation
1. ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
2. Select Floor-Level ( ) air flow direc
-
tion by pressing Mode Selection but
-
ton.
3. With pressing Air Conditioning button,
press the Recirculated Air button
more than 4 times within 2 seconds.
4. If the system is canceled, the indicator
on Recirculated Air button will blink 3
times.
Activation on washer fluid is activated
when you select
Settings
→
Vehicle
→
Climate
→
Recirculate Air
→
Activate
upon Washer Fluid Use
from Infotain
-
ment System screen.
For more details, please scan the QR
code in a separately supplied Car Info
-
tainment System Quick Reference
Guide.
INFORMATION
The infotainment system may change
after software updates. For more infor
-
mation, refer to the user's manual pro
-
vided in the infotainment system and
the quick reference guide.
Scheduled Ventilation (if
equipped)
Scheduled ventilation is a convenient
feature to help reduce the heat inside
before getting into the vehicle.
To use the Scheduled ventilation func
-
tion, select 'Climate → Automatic Venti
-
lation → Scheduled Ventilation Control'
on the infotainment system screen.The
vehicle will be automatically ventilated at
the selected time and date.
OKA4041155N
155
4
4
Features of your vehicle Storage compartments
Storage compartments
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the driver
or passengers.
僅 To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compart
-
ment.
僅 Always keep the storage compart
-
ment covers closed while driving. Do
not attempt to place so many items in
the storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover cannot
close securely.
Passenger's side open tray
Console box storage compartment (if
equipped)
Rotary storage box (if equipped)
僅 Pull the lever (1) to open the cover.
(Used when storing small items, etc.)
- The objects with fluid inside are
fixed with a band (2).
CAUTION
僅 When using the rotary storage box,
adjust the 3rd row seatback in an
appropriate angle after positioning.
僅 Do not put oversized items or objects
with excessive weight in the rotary
storage box. The door will not close
properly, and potentially deform,
causing injury in a collision.
WARNING
Flammable materials
Do not store glasses, gas lighter, porta
-
ble battery, canned beverage, spray can,
propane cylinder, cosmetic tube or other
flammable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch fire and/
or explode if the vehicle is exposed to
hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center console storage
To open the center console storage:
僅 Pull up the lever.
OKA4033070
OKA4034472N
OKA4033062
OKA4033063
OKA4033060
Features of your vehicle
1564
Interior features
Glove box
To open the glove box:
僅 Pull the handle and the glove box will
automatically open.
Close the glove box after use.
WARNING
Glove box
To reduce the risk of injury in an acci
-
dent or sudden stop, always keep the
glove box door closed while driving.
CAUTION
Do not keep food in the glove box for a
long time.
NOTICE
If the temperature control lever is in the
warm or hot position, warm or hot air will
flow into the glove box.
Interior features
There are various features inside the
vehicle for the convenience of the occu
-
pants.
Ambient light (if equipped)
The ambient lights are applied to the
crash pad, front door, and sliding door.
When the headlamp light is on, the
ambient light is on at the same time
could be set in the infotainment menu.
Refer to the infotainment manual for
details.
Cup holder
Front seats
OKA4033065
OKA4033446L_4
OKA4033453L_2
OKA4033066
157
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior features
2nd row seats
3rd row seats
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
WARNING
Hot liquids
僅 Do not place uncovered cups with hot
liquid in the cup holder while the vehi
-
cle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. A burn to the
driver could lead to loss of control of
the vehicle.
僅 To reduce the risk of personal injury in
the event of sudden stop or collision,
do not place uncovered or unsecured
bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
-
light and do not put them in a vehicle
that is heated up. They could explode.
NOTICE
僅 Keep your drinks sealed while driving
to prevent spillage. If liquid spills, it
may get into the vehicle's electrical/
electronic system and damage electri
-
cal/ electronic parts.
僅 When cleaning spilled liquids, do not
dry the cup holder at high tempera
-
ture. This may damage the cup
holder.
Seat warmer (if equipped)
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front and rear seats during cold
weather.
Front seat (Type A)
Front seat (Type B)
Rear seat
With the ENGINE START/STOP button in
the ON position:
OKA4033067
OKA4033457L
OKA4033079
OKA4033344L
OKA4033080
Features of your vehicle
1584
Interior features
僅 Push the levers or press the buttons
to warm the driver's seat, the front
passenger's seat or rear seats.
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer
is not needed, keep the levers/buttons in
the "OFF" position.
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ENGINE START/
STOP button is turned on.
Temperature control (Manual)
僅 Each time you push the levers or
press the buttons, the temperature
setting of the seat will change as fol
-
lows:
-Front seat (Type A)
-Front seat (Type B)
If you push the lever up when the
lever is in the "OFF" position, the
seat warmer is set to "HIGH". If you
push the lever up or down, you can
change the seat temperature.
-Rear seat
Temperature control (Automatic)
The seat warmer starts to automatically
control the seat temperature in order to
prevent low-temperature burns after
being manually turned ON.
You may manually push the levers or
press the buttons to increase the seat
temperature. However, it soon returns to
the automatic mode again.
僅 When pushing the levers or pressing
the buttons for more than 1.5 seconds
with the seat warmer operating, the
seat warmer will turn OFF.
NOTICE
When the seat warmer levers/buttons
are in the ON position, the heating sys
-
tem in the seat turns off or on automati
-
cally depending on the seat
temperature.
CAUTION
僅 When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of
the warmer or seats.
僅 To prevent overheating the seat
warmer, do not place anything on the
seats that insulates against heat, such
as blankets, cushions or seat covers
while the seat warmer is in operation.
僅 Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on seats equipped with seat warmers.
Damage to the seat warming compo
-
nents could occur.
僅 Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer or air venti
-
lation system.
159
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior features
WARNING
Seat warmer burns
Passengers should use extreme caution
when using seat warmers due to the
possibility of excess heating or burns.
The seat warmer may cause burns even
at low temperatures, especially if used
for long periods of time. In particular, the
driver must exercise extreme care for
the following types of passengers:
1. Infants, children, elderly, disabled per
-
sons, or hospital outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin or those
that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness
(sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.)
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
Front seat
Rear seat
The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the levers position.
僅 To ventilate your seat cushion, pull
the levers or press the buttons.
Each time you pull the levers or press
the buttons, the airflow will change as
follows:
-Front seat
If you pull the lever down when the
lever is in the "OFF" position, the air
ventilation is set to "HIGH". If you
push the lever up or down, you can
change the seat temperature.
-Rear seat
The seat warmer (with air ventilation)
defaults to the OFF position whenever
the ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned on.
NOTICE
This function is designed to automati
-
cally change the temperature setting of
the seat (High → Low) to maintain maxi
-
mum comfort inside.
OKA4033081
OKA4033082
Features of your vehicle
1604
Interior features
CAUTION
Seat damage
僅 When cleaning the seats, do not use
an organic solvent such as paint thin
-
ner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air ventila
-
tion seat.
僅 Do not place heavy or sharp objects
on the seat. Those things may dam
-
age the air ventilation seat.
僅 Be careful not to spill liquid such as
water or beverages on the seat. If you
spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a
dry towel. Before using the air ventila
-
tion seat, dry the seat completely.
Sun visor
Use the sun visor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
僅 To use the sun visor, pull it downward.
僅 To use the sun visor for the side win
-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the side
(2). You can slide the sun visor if nec
-
essary (3).
僅 To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the visor and slide the mirror cover
(4).
Press the ON button ( ) to turn on
the lamp inside the sun visor when
using a mirror. Before returning the
sun visor to the original position, be
sure to press the OFF button ( ) to
turn it off.
WARNING
Do not block your view when using the
sun visor.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at the same time. This could
cause damage to the ticket holder.
USB charger
The USB car charger allows drivers to
charge their digital devices such as
smartphones and, tablets.
Front
Front seat
3rd row (if equipped)
Plug the cable into the USB port, and
charging will begin.
The USB car charger is available with
either the ACC or the ignition on. Con
-
OKA4034479N
OKA4034075N
OKA4033076
OKA4033077
161
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior features
nect the USB port and digital devices
with the engine running. Check the dis
-
play screen of the device to check its
charging process completion. Your
smartphone or table PC could get hot
while charging. This will not impact life
or functions of the device. Charging can
be stopped if the battery gets hot to a
certain point of temperature that could
affect the devices. Charging some digital
devices is not available or requires spe
-
cial dedicated adapters if their charging
methods don't comport with the USB car
charger. Quick Charge 2.0 is available on
a smartphone or the tablet equipped
with fast charging capabilities. The list of
applicable devices can be found at:
(https://www.qualcomm.com/docu
-
ments/quick-charge-device-list)
The smartphone or tablet without fast
charging will charge at regular speed.
INFORMATION
僅 Power Delivery 3.0 is available on a
smartphone or tablet equipped with
fast charging capabilities. It is applica
-
ble to digital devices with USB C-type.
Charging speed is determined
according to the charging specifica
-
tion of the connected digital device.
僅 Rated output: 9.0V/Max 3.0A
CAUTION
僅 Use the USB car charger with the igni
-
tion on. Vehicle battery can be dis
-
charged.
僅 Use the official USB cable of the man
-
ufacturer of the digital device to be
charged.
僅 Make sure that any foreign object, or
liquid, does not contact the USB car
charger. Water or foreign object can
damage the USB charger.
僅 Do not connect an electrical device
that generates excessive electromag
-
netic noise to the USB car port. Noise
can be heard or electronic devices can
be interrupted while audio or AV is on.
僅 If the charger is connected incorrectly,
it can cause serious damage on the
devices. Please note that damages
due to incorrect usage are not cov
-
ered by warranty service.
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for cellular phones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems.
Front
2nd row
3rd row
The devices should draw less than 15
amps with the vehicle on.
OKA4033464L
OKA4033072
OKA4033073
Features of your vehicle
1624
Interior features
CAUTION
僅 Use the power outlet only when the
vehicle is on and remove the acces
-
sory plug after use. Using the acces
-
sory plug for prolonged periods of
time with the vehicle off could cause
the battery to drain.
僅 Only use 12 V electric accessories
which are less than 15 A in electric
capacity.
僅 Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to
the lowest operating level when using
the power outlet.
僅 Close the cover when not in use.
僅 Some electronic devices can cause
electronic interference when plugged
into a vehicle's power outlet. These
devices may cause excessive audio
static and malfunctions in other elec
-
tronic systems or devices used in your
vehicle.
僅 Push the plug in as far as it will go. If
good contact is not made, the plug
may overheat and the fuse may open.
僅 Plug in battery equipped electronic
devices with reverse current protec
-
tion. The current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/elec
-
tronic system and cause system mal
-
function.
WARNING
Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign object
(pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not
touch with a wet hand. You may get an
electric shock.
CAUTION
Do not connect another vehicle's Tire
Mobility Kit (TMK) to the power outlet.
The unmatched power requirement
between the vehicle power outlet and
the tire mobility kit can cause fire or cir
-
cuit damage within the vehicle and the
Tire Mobility Kit.
AC Inverter (if equipped)
The AC inverter supplies 115V/100W
electric power to operate electric acces
-
sories or equipments.
2nd row
3rd row
僅 Rated Voltage: AC 115V
僅 Maximum electric power: 100W
僅 In order to avoid an electrical system
failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to
read owner's manual before use.
僅 Be sure to close the cover except the
time of use.
WARNING
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal inju
-
ries:
僅 Do not use a heated electric device
such as a coffee pot, toaster, heater,
iron, etc.
OKA4033074
OKA4034473N
163
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior features
僅 Do not insert foreign objects into the
outlet and do not touch the outlet as
you may get shocked.
僅 Do not let children touch the AC
inverter.
NOTICE
僅 To prevent the battery from being dis
-
charged, do not use the AC inverter
while the engine is not running.
僅 When not using the AC inverter, make
sure to close the AC inverter cover.
僅 After using an electric accessory or
equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving
the accessory or equipment plugged
in for a long time may cause battery
drain.
僅 Do not use an electric accessory or
equipment the power consumption of
which is greater than 100W (115V).
僅 Some electric accessories or equip
-
ments can cause electronic interfer
-
ence. It may cause excessive audio
noise and malfunctions in other elec
-
tric systems or devices in the vehicle.
僅 Do not use broken electric accessories
or equipments, which may damage
the AC inverter and electrical systems
of the vehicle.
僅 Do not use two or more electric acces
-
sories or equipment at the same time.
It may cause damage to the electrical
systems of the vehicle.
僅 When the input voltage is lower, outlet
LED will blink and the AC inverter will
turn off automatically. If the input
voltage goes up to normal, the AC
inverter will turn on again.
Wireless smartphone charging
system (if equipped)
A wireless smartphone charging system
is located in front of the center console.
A: Charging pad
Firmly close all doors, and the ENGINE
START/STOP button is ON. To start wire
-
less charging, place the smartphone
equipped with wireless charging func
-
tion on the wireless charging pad.
For best wireless charging results, place
the smartphone on the center of the
charging pad.
The wireless charging system is
designed for one smartphone equipped
with QI only. Please refer to the
smartphone accessory cover or the
smartphone manufacturer homepage to
check whether your smartphone sup
-
ports QI function.
WARNING
If any metallic object such as coins is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smartphone, the
charging may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up.
Wireless smartphone charging
1. Remove any object on the
smartphone charging pad including
the smart key. If there is any foreign
object on the pad other than a
smartphone, the wireless charging
function may not operate properly.
OKA4033078
Features of your vehicle
1644
Interior features
2. Place the smartphone on the center of
the wireless charging pad.
3. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Conve
-
nience
→
Mobile Phone Wireless
Charging Indicator
on the infotain
-
ment system to choose the indicator
Type 1 or Type 2.
The indicator light will change as fol
-
lows:
4. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Conve
-
nience
→
Wireless Charging System
for Mobile Devices
on the infotain
-
ment system to turn on or off the
wireless smartphone charging system.
If the wireless charging does not work,
gently move your smartphone around
the pad until the charging indicator light
turns yellow. Depending on the
smartphone, the charging indicator light
may not turn green even after the
charging is complete.
If the wireless charging is not function
-
ing properly, the orange light will blink
and flash for ten seconds then turn off.
In such cases, remove the smartphone
from the pad and replace it on the pad
again, or double check the charging sta
-
tus.
If you leave the smartphone on the
charging pad when the vehicle ignition is
in OFF, the vehicle will alert you through
warning messages and sound (applica
-
ble for vehicles with voice guidance
function) after the 'Goodbye' function on
the instrument cluster ends.
For some manufacturers' smartphones,
the system may not warn you even
though the smartphone is left on the
wireless charging unit. This is due to the
particular characteristic of the
smartphone and is not a malfunction of
the wireless charging system.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury, or
death. Your primary responsibility is in
the safe and legal operation of your
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take your eyes, attention, and focus
away from the safe operation of your
vehicle are not permissible by law. These
should never be used during the opera
-
tion of your vehicle.
CAUTION
Liquid in wireless charging system
To prevent liquid from damaging the
wireless smartphone charging system in
your vehicle, be sure not to spill liquid
over the charging system.
Operation Status
Indicator
Type 1 Type 2
Charging
Orange
1, 2, 3
Green
1 → 2 → 3 (repeat
-
edly)
Complete
Green
1, 2, 3
Failure
Orange blinking
1, 2, 3
OKA4034480N
165
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior features
CAUTION
Metal in wireless charging system
If any metallic object such as a coin is
located between the wireless charging
system and the smartphone, the
charging may be disrupted. Also, the
metallic object may heat up and poten
-
tially damage the charging system. If
there is any metallic object between the
smartphone and the charging pad,
immediately remove the smartphone.
Remove the metallic object after it has
cooled down.
CAUTION
僅 When the interior temperature of the
wireless charging system rises above
a set temperature, the wireless
charging will cease to function. After
the interior temperature drops below
the threshold, the wireless charging
function will resume.
僅 The wireless charging may not func
-
tion properly when there is a heavy
accessory cover on the smartphone.
僅 The wireless charging will stop when
using the wireless smart key search
function to prevent radio wave disrup
-
tion.
僅 The wireless charging will stop when
the smart key is moved out of the
vehicle with the vehicle in ON.
僅 The wireless charging will stop when
any of the doors are opened (applica
-
ble for vehicles equipped with smart
keys).
僅 The wireless charging will stop when
the vehicle is turned OFF.
僅 The wireless charging will stop when
the smartphone is not in complete
contact with the wireless charging
pad.
僅 Items equipped with magnetic com
-
ponents such as credit card, tele
-
phone card, bankbook or any
transportation ticket may become
damaged during wireless charging.
僅 Place the smartphone on the center of
the charge pad for best results. The
smartphone may not charge when
placed near the rim of the charging
pad. When the smartphone does get
charged, it may heat up excessively.
僅 For smartphones without built-in wire
-
less charging system, an appropriate
accessory has to be equipped in order
to use the vehicle's wireless charging
system.
僅 Certain smartphones may display
messages on a weak current. This is
due to the particular characteristics of
the smartphone, and does not imply a
malfunction of the wireless charging
function.
僅 The indicator light of some manufac
-
turers' smartphones may still be
orange after the smartphone is fully
charged. This is due to the particular
characteristic of the smartphone and
not a malfunction of the wireless
charging.
僅 When any smartphone without a wire
-
less charging function or a metallic
object is placed on the charging pad,
a small noise may sound. This small
noise is due to the vehicle discerning
compatibility of the object placed on
the charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the smartphone in any
way.
僅 The wireless cellular phone charging
system may not support certain cellu
-
lar phones, which are not verified for
the Qi specification ( ).
Features of your vehicle
1664
Interior features
僅 When placing your smartphone on
the charging pad, position the phone
in the middle of the pad for maximum
efficiency.
If your smartphone is off to the side,
the charging speed may slow down,
and in some cases, your smartphone
may experience higher heat conduc
-
tion.
僅 When charging some smartphones
with a self-protection feature, the
wireless charging speed may
decrease, and the charging may stop.
僅 A smartphone that supports the wire
-
less charging can only be charged
wireless.
僅 The wireless charging pad has an
internal cooling system which can cre
-
ate noise to keep your phone cool
while it charges.
This device complies with part 15
of the FCC Rules
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Coat hook
A Coat hook is next to the rear grab han
-
dle.
* This actual feature may differ from the
illustration.
CAUTION
Hanging clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since they
may damage the hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects such as hang
-
ers or hard objects except clothes. Also,
do not put heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothing's pockets. In an
accident or when the curtain air bag is
inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or
body injury.
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the knob (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of the
hook.
OMQ4033434
OMQ4033435
OKA4033083
OKA4033084
167
4
4
Features of your vehicle Interior features
NOTICE
僅 Always hang both sides of the curtain
on the hook. This could cause damage
to the side curtain if only one side of
the curtains is hooked.
僅 Do not let any foreign materials get in
between the vehicle and side curtain.
The side curtain may not be lifted.
Floor mat anchors (if equipped)
Rear
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchors in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
WARNING
僅 Aftermarket floor mat
- Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of being
securely attached to your vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
- Unsecured floor mats can interfere
with pedal operation.
僅 Use floor mats not too thick and
designed to be properly secured on
the floor to avoid the interference with
pedals. Make sure that installing the
floor mats without removing plastic
films on carpets may damage or
break floor mat fix rings, resulting in
the mats to be unsecured.
Especially for a driver's seat, the unse
-
cured mats may cause unintended
acceleration/brake. Ensure to remove
all the plastic films on the carpets
before installing the mats.
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
僅 Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor
mat anchor(s) before driving the vehi
-
cle.
僅 Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchors.
僅 Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g., all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a
single floor mat should be installed in
each position.
Luggage net holder
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the 4 holders located
in the cargo area to attach the luggage
net (sold separately), or you can fold the
luggage net into half and attach it
upwards by using the additional 2 hold
-
ers located on each side.
If necessary, contact an authorized Kia
dealer.
OKA4033459L
OKA4033085
Features of your vehicle
1684
Interior features
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or the
vehicle, be careful when carrying fragile
or bulky objects in the luggage compart
-
ment.
WARNING
DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net
and ALWAYS keep your face and body
out of the luggage net's recoil path. Fail
-
ure to comply with these instructions
may result in severe facial injuries. DO
NOT use the luggage net when the strap
has visible signs of wear or damage.
Passenger view (if equipped)
Passenger view is a convenient feature
to help the front passenger look at rear
passengers without turning the head or
body backward.
To use the passenger view function,
press
Passenger View
on the infotain
-
ment system screen.
Press the button located on the roof to
use the rear passenger voice recognition
function.
OKA4034469N
OKA4034470N
OKA4034474N
169
4
4
Features of your vehicle Exterior features
Exterior features
Roof rack (if equipped)
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can
load cargo on top of your vehicle.
* The actual shape may differ from the
illustration.
Crossbars and fixing components
needed to install the roof rack on your
vehicle may be obtained from an autho
-
rized Kia dealer or other qualified shop.
NOTICE
僅 The crossbars (if equipped) should be
placed in the proper load carrying
positions prior to placing items onto
the roof rack.
僅If the vehicle is equipped with a sun
-
roof, be sure not to position cargo
onto the roof rack in such a way that it
could interfere with sunroof opera
-
tion.
僅 When the roof rack is not being used
to carry cargo, the crossbars may
need to be repositioned if wind noise
is detected.
CAUTION
僅 When carrying cargo on the roof rack,
take the necessary precautions to
make sure the cargo does not dam
-
age the roof of the vehicle.
僅 When carrying large objects on the
roof rack, make sure they do not
exceed the overall roof length or
width.
僅 When carrying cargo on the roof rack,
do not operate the sunroof. (if
equipped)
WARNING
僅 The following specification is the max
-
imum weight that can be loaded onto
the roof rack. Distribute the load as
evenly as possible across the cross
-
bars (if equipped) and roof rack and
secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage more than
the specified weight limit on the roof
rack may damage your vehicle.
僅 The vehicle center of gravity will be
higher when items are loaded onto
the roof rack. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt maneu
-
vers or high speeds that may result in
loss of vehicle control or rollover
resulting in an accident.
僅 Always drive slowly and turn corners
carefully when carrying items on the
roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
caused by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden upward
pressure on items loaded on the roof
rack. This is especially true when car
-
rying large, flat items such as wood
panels or mattresses. This could
cause the items to fall off the roof
rack and cause damage to your vehi
-
cle or others around you.
僅 To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently before
or while driving to make sure the
items on the roof rack are securely
fastened.
OKA4033460L
ROOF LOAD
220 lbs. (100 kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
Features of your vehicle
1704
Infotainment system
Infotainment system
Using the infotainment/climate
switchable controller
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to switch between infotainment
system or climate control panel.
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
Switching between panels
Infotainment control panel
Climate control panel
Press the button on the switchable con
-
troller to select the desired control panel.
The selected control panel icon will illu
-
minat and the control panel will be
changed.
僅 The knob display will be illuminated
according to the selected control
panel mode.
僅 When the vehicle is in the ACC posi
-
tion, only the infotainment system will
be activated.
Setting the default mode
Press and hold the button to select the
default mode for the control panel.
僅 After the setting, the control panel will
return to the default mode after a cer
-
tain period even if the control panel is
switched to the different mode.
僅 If the mode is set to 'OFF', the control
panel will display the mode used
recently.
Over-The-Air software update (if
equipped)
The Over-The-Air software update fea
-
ture allows you to wirelessly update soft
-
ware to the latest version. Using this
feature, you can keep your vehicle sys
-
tem up to date with the latest software.
Downloading software
The latest software can be downloaded
automatically while driving. After the lat
-
est software has been successfully
downloaded, you will receive a notifica
-
tion on your phone or the vehicle screen
that the software update and ready to
install.
OCV041315
OMQ4PH034312N
OKA4033336L
OCV041559L
171
4
4
Features of your vehicle Infotainment system
Approving software update
1 Update Now
2 Later
After the vehicle is turned off, the vehicle
system will allow you to start the update.
僅 To start the update, press
Update
Now
(1).
僅 To postpone the update, press
Later
(2).
Preparing software update
1 Update Now
2 Cancel Update
If you press the Start button on the
screen, the vehicle will begin installing
the update automatically. The following
conditions must be satisfied:
僅 The vehicle must be off.
僅 The gear must be in P (Park).
僅 The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
must be applied.
僅 The exterior lights must be turned off.
僅 The hood must be closed.
僅 The battery must be sufficient.
僅 The systems to be updated must not
be running.
僅 To update immediately, press
Update
Now
.
僅 To cancel the update, press
Cancel
Update
.
INFORMATION
The battery and system status are auto
-
matically checked by the vehicle.
Updating software
1
Details
2
Close
You can see the progress of the update
on the screen.
After the update is complete, you will
receive a notification on your phone or
the vehicle screen that the software
update is complete.
INFORMATION
僅 The screen turns off automatically
after 3 minutes to save the battery. If
the screen turns off automatically,
you can check the update progress by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
僅 After the update starts, you can exit
the vehicle.
僅 The OTA software update feature is
only available for Kia Connect service
users.
僅 The update details may vary depend
-
ing on the installed software version.
僅 Check the notice for the OTA software
update on the Kia brand web.
僅 If the update fails, the update recov
-
ery will automatically proceed. If you
want to retry the software update,
OMV033114N
OMV033115N
OMV033177N
Features of your vehicle
1724
Infotainment system
even after a successful recovery, con
-
tact an authorized Kia call center.
僅 If the update or recovery fails, contact
an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 After the update is complete, it may
provide new functions or improve
-
ments. For more information, see
"Over-The-Air Software Update" page
on the Kia webpage, scan the QR
code on the infotainment screen or
refer to the user manual in the
Cus
-
tomer Center
→
Download Center
.
NOTICE
僅 Observe the following restrictions
during the update.
- You cannot use the vehicle during
the update. Be sure to have enough
time for the update, and safely park
the vehicle before starting the
update process.
- You cannot use remote features,
including remote start.
- The vehicle cannot be charged.
Charge your vehicle after complet
-
ing the update.
- The Rear Occupant Alert may not
work. Check if there are any occu
-
pants in the rear seat after the
update starts.
僅 The update will be automatically can
-
celed if any vehicle conditions
required for the update are changed
before starting the update.
僅 Once the update has started, you can
-
not cancel the update.
僅 You cannot use the Over-The-Air soft
-
ware update feature if you modify or
replace any vehicle software.
僅 Do not open the hood or replace the
battery in the vehicle during the
update. The update may fail.
僅 Note that the high-voltage-related
module for charging the 12 V battery
may be activated during the software
update.
僅 If a diagnostic tool of any kind is con
-
nected to the vehicle OBD (On-board
Diagnostic) terminal, the vehicle can
-
not be updated. The vehicle can be
updated by removing the diagnostic
tool connected to the OBD terminal
and then restarting the vehicle.
僅If the update is not complete success
-
fully, contact Kia.
僅 Vehicle reception must be identified
to safely install any downloaded soft
-
ware.
僅 Vehicle signal strength, must be
strong (above -82 dBm) to safely
install any downloaded software.
Audio system
NOTICE
If you install an aftermarket HID head
-
lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic
device may malfunction.
* If your vehicle is equipped with info
-
tainment system, refer to a separately
supplied manual for detailed informa
-
tion.
Antenna
僅 Shark-fin Antenna
- The shark fin antenna transmits
and receives wireless signals such
as AM/FM, Sirius XM, GNSS, etc.
OKA4033088
173
4
4
Features of your vehicle Infotainment system
* The signals which antenna can transmit
and receive vary by the vehicle option.
NOTICE
Avoid adding metallic coatings such as
Ni, Cd, etc. These can degrade the
receiving and transmitting Connected
Car service signals.
USB port
Press the button (1) and when the USB
port and charger light (2) turns on, you
can use the USB port to plug in a USB.
CAUTION
Depending on the size, length, or shape
of the USB stick, if you forcibly close the
tray cover, the USB device may be dam
-
aged or deformed or the cover may not
reopen as the device is stuck.
When the stick is stuck, forcibly opening
the cover can also cause damage to the
device.
If the USB stick does not fit into the
space, do not close the cover and try
another USB stick with different specifi
-
cations.
How vehicle radio works
FM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This sig
-
nal is then processed by the radio and
sent to your vehicle speakers.
However, in some cases the signal com
-
ing to your vehicle may not be strong
and clear.
This can be due to factors, such as the
distance from the radio station, close
-
ness of other strong radio stations or the
presence of buildings, bridges or other
large obstructions in the area.
OKA4033089
OGL3061067L
Features of your vehicle
1744
Infotainment system
AM reception
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long distance, low frequency radio
waves can follow the curvature of the
earth rather than traveling straight. In
addition, they curve around obstructions
resulting in better signal coverage.
FM radio station
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade
within short distances from the station.
Also, FM signals are easily affected by
buildings, mountains, and obstructions.
This can lead to undesirable or unpleas
-
ant listening conditions which might lead
you to believe a problem exists with your
radio.
The following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble:
僅 Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another station with a stronger
signal.
僅 Flutter/Static: Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the trans
-
mitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering
noises to occur. Reducing the treble
level may lessen this effect until the
disturbance clears.
僅 Station Swapping: As an FM signal
weakens, another more powerful sig
-
nal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the
clearest signal. If this occurs, select
another station with a stronger signal.
OGL3061070L
OGL3061069L
OGL3061071L
175
4
4
Features of your vehicle Infotainment system
僅 Multi-Path Cancellation: Radio signals
being received from several directions
can cause distortion or fluttering. This
can be caused by a direct and
reflected signal from the same station,
or by signals from two stations with
close frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition has
passed.
Using a cellular phone or a two-
way radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio system. This does not mean that
something is wrong with the audio
equipment. In such a case, try to operate
mobile devices as far from the audio
equipment as possible.
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set
inside the vehicle, a separate external
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular
phone or a radio set is used with only the
internal antenna, it may interfere with
the vehicle's electrical system and
adversely affect the safe operation of
the vehicle.
WARNING
Cell phone use
Do not use a cellular phone while driv
-
ing. Stop at a safe location to use a cellu
-
lar phone.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Driving while distracted can result in a
loss of vehicle control that may lead to
an accident, severe bodily injury, or
death. The driver's primary responsibility
is in the safe and legal operation of a
vehicle. Any use of handheld devices,
other equipment, or vehicle systems that
take the driver's eyes, attention, and
focus away from the safe operation of a
vehicle are not permissible by law. These
should never be used during the opera
-
tion of the vehicle.
OGL3061068L
Features of your vehicle
1764
Declaration of Conformity
Declaration of Conformity
FCC
This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a
Class B digital device, pursuant to part
15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are
designed to provide reasonable protec
-
tion against harmful interference in a
residential installation.
This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if
not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that
interference will not occur in a particular
installation. If this equipment does cause
harmful interference to radio or televi
-
sion reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the fol
-
lowing measures:
僅 Reorient or relocate the receiving
antenna.
僅 Increase the separation between the
equipment and receiver.
僅 Connect the equipment into an outlet
on a circuit different from that to
which the receiver is connected.
僅 Consult the dealer or an experienced
radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION
Any changes or modifications to this
device that is not explicitly approved by
the manufacturer could void your
authority to operate this equipment.
This device complies with part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and
operated with minimum 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator and your body.
This transmitter must not be collocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter unless
authorized to do so by the FCC.
5Driving your vehicle
Driv ing your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.................................5-3
Before driving ................................................................................5-3
ENGINE START/STOP button ......................................................5-5
僅 Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button............................................. 5-5
僅 ENGINE START/STOP button position ................................................... 5-5
僅 Starting the engine.......................................................................................... 5-6
Automatic transmission (Shift Lever) .........................................5-8
僅 Automatic transmission operation ...........................................................5-8
僅 Paddle shifter....................................................................................................5-11
僅 Shift lock system .............................................................................................5-12
僅 Good driving practices .................................................................................5-12
Brake system................................................................................ 5-14
僅 Power brakes ................................................................................................... 5-14
僅 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)................................................................ 5-16
僅 AUTO HOLD .................................................................................................... 5-20
僅 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................................................................5-22
僅 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system............................................5-24
僅 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ..................................................................5-26
僅 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) system....................................5-26
僅 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) system.......................................................5-27
僅 Brake Assistant System (BAS) ..................................................................5-27
僅 Good braking practices...............................................................................5-28
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system....................................................5-29
僅 Operating conditions....................................................................................5-29
僅 Timer reset conditions .................................................................................5-29
僅 Off conditions ..................................................................................................5-29
Drive mode integrated control system.................................... 5-30
僅 Drive mode....................................................................................................... 5-30
Economical operation .................................................................5-33
Special driving conditions ..........................................................5-34
5 Driving your vehicle
Winter driving ............................................................................. 5-38
Trailer towing .............................................................................. 5-42
僅 Hitches................................................................................................................5-43
僅 Safety chains....................................................................................................5-43
僅 Trailer brakes...................................................................................................5-43
僅 Driving with a trailer .................................................................................... 5-44
僅 Maintenance when trailer towing ...........................................................5-46
僅 If you decide to pull a trailer .................................................................... 5-48
Vehicle load limit ........................................................................ 5-50
僅 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit — .................................. 5-50
僅 Certification label ...........................................................................................5-52
Vehicle weight............................................................................. 5-54
僅 Base curb weight ...........................................................................................5-54
僅 Vehicle curb weight ......................................................................................5-54
僅 Cargo weight....................................................................................................5-54
僅 GAW (Gross axle weight)............................................................................5-54
僅 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...........................................................5-54
僅 GVW (Gross vehicle weight) .....................................................................5-54
僅 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating).....................................................5-54
僅 Overloading......................................................................................................5-54
3
5
5
Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system
does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked
whenever the vehicle is raised to change
the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the
exhaust or if you drive over something
that strikes the under side of the vehicle,
have the exhaust system checked as
soon as possible by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Engine exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave
your engine running in an enclosed area
for a prolonged time. Exhaust fumes
contain carbon monoxide, a colorless
and odorless gas that can cause uncon
-
sciousness and death by asphyxiation.
WARNING
Open liftgate
Do not drive with the liftgate open. Poi
-
sonous exhaust gases can enter the pas
-
senger compartment. If you must drive
with the liftgate open proceed as fol
-
lows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh",
the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face",
and the fan at the highest speed.
Before driving
Before entering your Kia, examine it and
its surroundings. After entering the vehi
-
cle, you should check a number of
things before driving.
Before entering vehicle
僅 Be sure that all windows, outside mir
-
ror(s), and outside lights are clean.
僅 Check the condition of the tires.
僅 Check under the vehicle for any sign
of leaks.
僅 Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
Necessary inspections
Fluid levels, such as engine oil, engine
coolant, brake fluid, and washer fluid
should be checked on a regular basis, at
the exact interval depending on the
fluid. Further details are provided in
"Maintenance" on page 8-4.
WARNING
Distracted driving
Focus on the road while driving. Your
primary responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of your kia. Use of any
hand-held devices, other equipment or
vehicle systems that distract you should
not be used during vehicle operation.
Before starting
僅 Close and lock all doors.
僅 Position the seat so that all controls
are easily reached.
僅 Buckle your seat belt.
僅 Adjust the inside and outside rear
view mirrors.
僅 Be sure that all lights work.
Driving your vehicle
45
Before driving
僅 Check all gauges.
僅 Check the operation of warning lights
when the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned to the ON position.
僅 Release the parking brake and make
sure the brake warning light is off.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your Kia and its equipment.
WARNING
When you intend to park or stop the
vehicle with the engine on, be careful
not to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system and cause
a fire.
WARNING
Check surroundings
Always check the surrounding areas
near your Kia for people, especially chil
-
dren, before putting your transmission
into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
WARNING
Loose objects
Securely store items in your Kia. When
you make a sudden stop or turn the
steering wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it could inter
-
fere with the operation of the foot ped
-
als, possibly causing an accident.
WARNING
Driving under the influence
Do not drive while under the influence of
alcohol, drugs, or other impairing sub
-
stances. Drinking and driving is danger
-
ous. Even a small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perception and
judgment.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs or other impairing substances is
as dangerous as or more dangerous
than driving drunk.
WARNING
Proper footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes when
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes
(high heels, ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
WARNING
California Proposition 65
Engine exhaust and a wide
variety of automobile com
-
ponents and parts, includ
-
ing components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit
chemicals known to the
State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects
and reproductive harm. In
addition, certain fluid con
-
tained in vehicles and cer
-
tain products of component
wear contain or emit chemi
-
cals known to the State of
California to cause cancer
and birth defects or other
reproductive harm.
5
5
5
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
ENGINE START/STOP button
(if equipped)
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
The light will turn off after about 30 sec
-
onds when the door is closed. It will also
turn off immediately when the theft-
alarm system is armed.
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
Your vehicle is equipped with four differ
-
ent ignition positions.
OFF
To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi
-
tion) or vehicle power (ON position),
press the ENGINE START/STOP button
with the gear in the P (Park) position.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button when the gear is not in the
P (Park) position, the ENGINE START/
STOP button will not change to the OFF
position but to the ACC position.
NOTICE
You can turn off the engine (START/
RUN) or vehicle power (ON) only when
the vehicle is not in motion.
CAUTION
In an emergency while the vehicle is in
motion, you are able to turn the engine
off and to the ACC position by pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button for
more than 2 seconds or 3 times repeat
-
edly within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, to restart the
vehicle:
僅 Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton when vehicle speed is 3 mph (5
km/h) or more.
ACC (Accessory)
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the OFF position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The steering wheel unlocks and electri
-
cal accessories are operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC position for more than 1 hour,
the button is turned off automatically to
prevent battery discharge.
ON
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
while it is in the ACC position without
depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the ON position for a long time. The
battery may discharge, because the
engine is not running.
NOTICE
If you leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ACC or ON position for a
long time, the battery will discharge.
OKA4043001
OMQ4033491L
Driving your vehicle
65
ENGINE START/STOP button
START/RUN
To start the engine, depress the brake
pedal and press the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the gear in the P
(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. Start
the engine with the gear in the P (Park)
position.
NOTICE
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button without pressing the brake pedal,
the engine will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as follow:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC
WARNING
僅 Never press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the vehicle is in motion.
This could result in loss of directional
control and braking function, which
could cause an accident.
僅 Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the gear is shifted
to P (Park) position, set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement may occur if these precau
-
tions are not taken.
僅 Never reach for the ENGINE START/
STOP button or any other controls
through the steering wheel while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence of
your hand or arm in the area could
cause loss of vehicle control, an acci
-
dent, serious bodily injury or death.
僅 Do not place any objects around the
driver's seat as they may move while
driving, interfere with the driver and
lead to an accident.
Starting the engine
WARNING
僅 Do not start the vehicle with the accel
-
erator pedal engaged. The vehicle can
move and lead to an accident.
僅 Wait until the engine rpm is normal
before shifting into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse) and releasing the brake
pedal. The vehicle may suddenly
move if the brake pedal is released
when the rpm is high.
Starting the engine with smart
key
When the doors are opened or when the
ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed
the vehicle will check for the smart key.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the
" " indicator and a message "Key is
not in the vehicle" will appear on the
instrument cluster and LCD window. If all
doors are closed, the chime will sound
for 5 seconds. The indicator or warning
will turn off while the vehicle is moving.
Always have the smart key with you.
WARNING
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle. Never allow
children or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle touch the ENGINE
START/STOP button or related parts.
Pushing the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton while the smart key is in the vehicle
may result in unintended engine activa
-
tion and/or unintended vehicle move
-
ment.
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in
motion, do not attempt to move the gear
to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and
7
5
5
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button
road conditions permit, you may put the
gear in the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button to restart
the engine.
NOTICE
僅 If the battery is weak or the smart key
does not work properly, you can start
the engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the smart
key.
When you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button directly with the smart
key, the smart key should contact the
button at a right angle.
僅 If the stop lamp fuse is blown, you
cannot start the engine normally.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
not possible, you can start the engine
by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button for 10 seconds while it is in the
ACC position. The engine can start
without pressing the brake pedal. For
your safety always press the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
CAUTION
僅 Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 10 sec
-
onds except when the stop lamp fuse
is blown.
Starting the engine
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Make sure the gear is shifted to P
(Park) position. Depress the brake
pedal fully.
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton.
5. Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate speeds.
(Fast accelerating and decelerating
should be avoided.)
CAUTION
Do not turn the engine off immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. It may cause severe damage to the
engine.
OKA4H043002
Driving your vehicle
85
Automatic transmission (Shift Lever)
Automatic transmission (Shift
Lever)
Depress the brake pedal and the
lock release button when shifting.
Press the unlock button when
shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted
freely.
Automatic transmission opera
-
tion
The automatic transmission has 8 for
-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected auto
-
matically, depending on the balance
between fuel economy and power.
NOTICE
If the battery has been disconnected, the
first few shifts on a new vehicle may be
somewhat abrupt. This is a normal con
-
dition, and the shifting sequence will
adjust after shifts are cycled a few times
by the TCM (Transmission Control Mod
-
ule) or PCM (Powertrain Control Mod
-
ule).
For smooth operation, depress the brake
pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to
a forward or reverse gear.
WARNING
Automatic transmission
僅 Always check the surrounding areas
near your vehicle for people, espe
-
cially children, before shifting a vehi
-
cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
僅 Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever is in
the P (Park) position; set the parking
brake fully and shut the engine off.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these precau
-
tions are not followed in the order
identified.
僅 Do not use the engine brake (shifting
from a high gear to lower gear) rap
-
idly on slippery roads.
The vehicle may slip causing an acci
-
dent.
CAUTION
僅 To avoid damage to your transmis
-
sion, do not accelerate the engine in R
(Reverse) or any forward gear posi
-
tion with the brakes on.
僅 When stopped on an incline, do not
hold the vehicle stationary with
engine power. Use the service brake
or the parking brake.
僅 Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P
(Park) into D (Drive), or R (Reverse)
when the engine is above idle speed.
LCD display for warning message
A warning message is displayed on the
LCD.
OKA4043009L
9
5
5
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Shift Lever)
Transmission overheated
A:
Transmission Hot! Park with engine
on
僅 When driving under severe conditions
such as repeated sudden starts and
sudden acceleration, the transmis
-
sion may overheat, and a warning
sound and a warning message appear
on the instrument cluster due to the
self-protection mode.
僅 If this occurs, pull over to a safe loca
-
tion, stop the vehicle with the engine
running, apply brake, shift the gear to
P (Park), and allow the transmission to
cool.
僅 If the warning message remains on,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Vehicle power limited
A:
Vehicle Power limited due to high
transmission temperature
僅 If the transmission continues to over
-
heat and reaches its maximum tem
-
perature, the above warning message
appears. The vehicle limits transmis
-
sion power by its self-protection
mode.
僅 Normal driving is restricted until the
transmission temperature decreases.
After moving the vehicle to a safe
place, shift the gear to P (Park) with
the engine running and wait several
minutes until the warning on the
screen disappears.
僅 If the warning message remains on,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer to prevent
unexpected accidents.
Transmission cooled
A:
Trans cooled. Resume driving.
僅 When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving" appears you can
resume drivinge your vehicle.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the shift lever position when the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park). This position locks
the transmission and prevents the front
wheels from rotating.
WARNING
僅 Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle
is in motion will cause the drive
wheels to lock which will cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
OMQ4033146L
OBL7M053023
OMQ4033148L
Driving your vehicle
105
Automatic transmission (Shift Lever)
僅 Do not use the P (Park) position in
place of the parking brake. Always
make sure the shift lever is latched in
the P (Park) position and set the park
-
ing brake fully.
僅 Never leave a child unattended in a
vehicle.
CAUTION
The transmission may be damaged if
you shift into P (Park) while the vehicle is
in motion.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
may damage the transmission if you
shift into R while the vehicle is in motion,
except when "Rocking the vehicle" on
page 5-35.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the park
-
ing brake or service brake is applied.
WARNING
Do not drive with the shift lever in N
(Neutral).
The engine brake will not work and lead
to an accident.
CAUTION
僅 Always park the vehicle in P (Park) for
safety and engage the parking brake.
If left in N (Neutral), the vehicle may
move and cause serious damage and
injury.
僅 After the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button has been turned
off, the electronic parking brake can
-
not be disengaged.
僅 For EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
equipped vehicles with AUTO HOLD
function used while driving, if the
vehicle has been turned "OFF", the
electronic parking brake will be
engaged automatically. AUTO HOLD
function should be turned off before
your vehicle is turned off.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving posi
-
tion. The transmission will automatically
shift through the 8 gear sequence, pro
-
viding the best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing grades, depress the
accelerator fully, at which time the trans
-
mission will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into D (Drive).
Manual mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, manual mode is selected by
OKA4043010L
11
5
5
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Shift Lever)
pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive)
position into the manual gate. To return
to D (Drive) range operation, push the
shift lever back into the main gate.
In manual mode, moving the shift lever
backwards and forwards will allow you
to make gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to
a manual transmission, manual mode
allows gearshifts with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
僅 Up (+): Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
僅 Down (-): Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
NOTICE
僅 The driver must execute upshifts in
accordance with road conditions, tak
-
ing care to keep the engine speed
below the red zone.
僅 Only the 8 forward gears can be
selected. To reverse or park the vehi
-
cle, move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) or P (Park) position as
required.
僅 Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati
-
cally selected.
僅 When the engine rpm approaches the
red zone shift points are varied to
upshift automatically.
僅 To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety, the
system may not execute certain gear
-
shifts when the shift lever is operated.
僅 When driving on a slippery road, push
the shift lever forward into the +(up)
position. This causes the transmission
to shift into the 2nd gear which is bet
-
ter for smooth driving on a slippery
road. Push the shift lever to the -
(down) side to shift back to the 1st
gear.
Paddle shifter (if equipped)
The paddle shift function is available
when the shift lever is in the D (Drive)
position or the manual mode.
With the shift lever in the D posi
-
tion
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear and the sys
-
tem changes from automatic mode to
manual mode.
To change back to automatic shift mode
from manual shift mode, do one of the
following:
僅 Pull the [+] paddle shifter for more
than one second
僅 Move the shift lever from D (Drive) to
manual gate and return it to D posi
-
tion again
The manual shift mode also changes
back to automatic shift mode in one of
following situations:
僅 When the accelerator pedal is gently
depressed for more than 6 seconds
while driving (not available in sport
mode)
OKA4H043007_2
Driving your vehicle
125
Automatic transmission (Shift Lever)
僅 When the vehicle speed decreases
below 4 mph (7 km/h)
With the shift lever in the manual
mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear.
NOTICE
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shifters
at the same time, you cannot shift the
gear.
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmis
-
sion has a shift lock system which pre
-
vents shifting the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake
pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
If the brake pedal is repeatedly
depressed and released with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position, a chatter
-
ing noise near the shift lever may be
heard. This is a normal condition.
WARNING
Always fully depress the brake pedal
before and while shifting out of the P
(Park) position into another position to
avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in or around
the vehicle.
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal depressed,
continue depressing the brake, do the
following:
1. Place the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button in the LOCK/OFF
position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the knob boots cov
-
ering the shift-lock release access
hole (1).
4. Insert a tool (e.g., flathead screw
-
driver) into the access hole and press
down on the tool.
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shift lock
override access hole and reinstall the
knob boots.
If the shift lever does not move after per
-
forming this procedure, have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Good driving practices
僅 Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
僅 Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
僅 Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
僅 Never move the transmission out of
gear and coast down a hill. This may
OKA4043011L
13
5
5
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission (Shift Lever)
be extremely hazardous. Always leave
the vehicle in gear when moving.
僅 Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cause them to overheat and malfunc
-
tion. When you are driving down a
long hill, slow down and shift to a
lower gear. When you do this, engine
braking will help slow down the vehi
-
cle.
僅 Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged.
僅 Always use the parking brake. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in
P (Park) to keep the vehicle from
moving.
僅 Exercise extreme caution when driv
-
ing on a slippery surface. Be espe
-
cially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change in
vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehicle
to go out of control.
僅 Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the acceler
-
ator pedal.
WARNING
僅 When driving uphill or downhill,
always shift to D (Drive) for driving
forward or shift to R (Reverse) for
driving backwards and check the gear
position indicated on the instrument
cluster before driving. Driving in the
opposite direction of the selected gear
can lead to a dangerous situation by
shutting off the engine and affecting
the braking performance.
僅 Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
unbelted occupant is significantly
more likely to be seriously injured or
killed than a properly belted occu
-
pant.
僅 Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
僅 Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
僅 The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
僅 Losing control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver oversteers to reenter
the roadway.
僅 In the event your vehicle leaves the
roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
僅 Never exceed posted speed limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
to rock the vehicle free by moving it for
-
ward and backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects are any
-
where near the vehicle. During the rock
-
ing operation the vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backward as it
becomes unstuck, causing injury or
damage to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a stand
-
ing start:
僅 Depress the brake pedal, shift the
shift lever to D (Drive).
Select the appropriate gear depend
-
ing on load weight and steepness of
the grade and release the parking
Driving your vehicle
145
Brake system
brake. Depress the accelerator gradu
-
ally after releasing the service brakes.
Brake system
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes,
parking brake, and various braking sys
-
tems for safe driving.
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through nor
-
mal usage.
If the power-assisted brakes lose power
because of a stalled engine or some
other reason, you can still stop your
vehicle by applying greater force to the
brake pedal than you normally would.
The stopping distance, however, will be
longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when neces
-
sary to maintain steering control on slip
-
pery surfaces.
NOTICE
僅 When pressing the brake pedal under
a certain driving or weather condi
-
tions, you may hear your car make a
squealing sound or some other
noises. This is not a brake malfunction
but a normal phenomenon.
僅 When driving on the road to which
deicing chemicals are applied, the
vehicle may hear noises from the
brake or abnormal abrasion of tires
because of such deicing chemicals.
You should depress the brake to
remove the deicing chemicals on the
brake disk and pad under safe traffic
conditions.
15
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
CAUTION
Brake pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. This will create abnor
-
mally high brake temperatures which
can cause excessive brake lining and
pad wear.
WARNING
Steep hill braking
Avoid continuous application of the
brakes when descending a long or steep
hill by shifting to a lower gear. Continu
-
ous brake application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking performance.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's abil
-
ity to safely slow down; the vehicle may
also pull to one side when the brakes are
applied. Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test your
brakes in this fashion after driving
through deep water. To dry the brakes,
apply them lightly while maintaining a
safe forward speed until brake perfor
-
mance returns to normal.
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while the
vehicle is in motion, you can make an
emergency stop with the parking brake.
The stopping distance, however, will be
much greater than normal.
WARNING
Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking brake to stop
the vehicle while it is moving except in
an emergency. Applying the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving at nor
-
mal speeds can cause a sudden loss of
control of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the vehicle,
use great caution in applying the brake.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply
steady and firm pressure to the brake
pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce
engine power.
If you experience this condition, take the
following steps:
1. Apply the brake and bring your vehi
-
cle to a safe stop.
2. Move the transmission to P (Park),
switch the engine off and apply the
parking brake.
3. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference.
If none is found and the condition per
-
sists, have your vehicle towed to an
authorized Kia dealer.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear a
high-pitched warning sound from your
front brakes or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound periodically or it may
occur whenever you press the brake
pedal.
Always replace the front or rear brake
pads as pairs.
CAUTION
Replace brake pads
Do not continue to drive with worn brake
pads. It can damage the braking system
and result in costly brake repairs.
Driving your vehicle
165
Brake system
WARNING
Brake wear
Do not ignore high -pitched wear sounds
from your brakes. If you ignore this audi
-
ble warning, you will eventually lose
braking performance which could lead
to a serious accident.
NOTICE
Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels even under normal driving con
-
ditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and contribute to brake
noise.
Characteristics of outer vent
brake disc
Outer vent brake disc
The vent area of the outer vent-type
brake disc is exposed to the outside to
improve the cooling performance of the
brake when driving. The exposed vent
area may become rusty but it will not
affect the braking performance. Such
corrosion is not covered by warranty.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
After parking the vehicle, apply the EPB
to prevent the vehicle from being moved
by the external force.
Applying the parking brake with
EPB switch
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the warning light comes on.
The EPB is applied automatically if the
Auto Hold button is on when the vehicle
is turned off. In addition, if you pull up
the EPB switch after the vehicle is turned
off, the EPB will be applied.
WARNING
Never leave children and animals unat
-
tended in the vehicle. If you leave chil
-
dren unaccompanied in the vehicle, they
may be able to set the vehicle in motion,
for example by:
僅 Releasing the parking brake.
僅 Shifting the transmission out of P
(Park) position.
僅 Starting the engine.
In addition, they may operate vehicle
equipment.
NOTICE
On a steep incline or when pulling a
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain at a
standstill, do as follows:
1. Apply the EPB.
OKA4044030N
OKA4044029N_2
17
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3
seconds.
Do not operate the EPB while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency.
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating or
releasing the EPB.
These conditions are normal and indi
-
cate that the EPB is functioning properly.
Releasing the parking brake with
EPB switch
Releasing the parking brake with EPB
switch,
1. Have the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton in the ON position.
2. Press the brake pedal.
3. Press the EPB switch.
4. Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.
Automatic release of EPB
The EPB is released automatically under
following conditions.
僅 Gear in P (Park)
With the engine running engage the
brake pedal and shift out of P (Park)
to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
僅 Gear in N (Neutral)
With the engine running, engage the
brake pedal and shift out of N (Neu
-
tral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
1. Start the engine.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt.
3. Close the driver's door, hood and lift
-
gate.
4. Press the accelerator pedal while the
gear is in R (Reverse), D (Drive) or
manual mode.
Make sure the brake warning light goes
off.
NOTICE
僅 You can engage the EPB even though
the ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the OFF position, but you cannot
release it.
僅 Press the brake pedal and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
Do not follow the above procedure when
driving on a flat level ground. The vehi
-
cle may suddenly move forward.
NOTICE
If the parking brake warning light
remains on even though the EPB has
been released, have the system checked
by an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
pad and brake rotor wear.
Automatic application of EPB
The EPB is applied automatically under
following conditions.
僅 Shift to P (Park) on a slope
僅 Engine OFF while AUTO HOLD is
enabled
OKA4044031N
Driving your vehicle
185
Brake system
僅 When the vehicle moves a bit in P
(Park) position
僅 Conditions below while AUTO HOLD
is activated
- Driver's door is opened
- Hood is opened
- Liftgate is opened
- Vehicle stops for more than
approximately 10 minutes on a
steep slope
僅 Requested by other systems
NOTICE
For EPB equipped vehicles with AUTO
HOLD function used while driving, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button has been
turned OFF, the EPB will be engaged
automatically. Therefore,
AUTO HOLD function should be turned
off before the ENGINE START/STOP
button is turned off.
EPB warning
The EPB will display a warning message
with sound under certain conditions.
僅 If you try to drive off while engaging
the accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't release
automatically, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
僅 If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
and the vehicle hood, driver's door or
liftgate is opened, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
A:
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt
and close door, hood, and trunk/
liftgate
If there is a problem with the vehicle, a
warning may sound and a message
may appear.
If the above situation occurs, press the
brake pedal and release EPB by pressing
the EPB switch.
WARNING
Parking Brake Use
僅 Never allow a passenger to touch the
parking brake. If the parking brake is
released unintentionally, serious
injury may occur.
僅 Your Kia should always have the park
-
ing brake fully engaged when parked
to avoid inadvertent movement of the
vehicles which can injure occupants
or pedestrians.
僅 A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating
or releasing the EPB. These conditions
are normal and indicate that the EPB
is functioning properly.
僅 When leaving your keys with a park
-
ing lot attendant or valet, make sure
to inform him/her how to operate the
EPB.
僅 The EPB may malfunction if you drive
with the EPB applied.
僅 When you automatically release EPB
by pressing the accelerator pedal,
press it slowly.
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
OMQ4A053001
19
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
A:
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
NOTICE
Engage the brake pedal when the above
message appears for the Auto Hold and
EPB may not activate.
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activated because of an Electronic Sta
-
bility Control (ESC) signal, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
A:
Parking brake automatically
engaged
EPB malfunction indicator
This warning light appears if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is changed to the
ON position and goes off in approxi
-
mately 3 seconds if the system is operat
-
ing normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains
on, comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ENGINE START/
STOP button is changed to the ON posi
-
tion, this indicates that the EPB may
have malfunctioned.
Have your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
appear when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not work
-
ing properly, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
The EPB warning light may appear if the
EPB switch operates abnormally. Shut
off the engine and turn it on again after
a few minutes. The warning light will
turn off and the EPB switch will operate
normally. If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
If the parking brake warning light does
not appear or blinks even though the
EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB is not
applied.
If the parking brake warning light blinks
when the EPB warning light is on, press
the EPB switch, then pull it up. Press it
back to its original position and pull it
back up. If the EPB warning does not
turn off, have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Emergency braking with the EPB
switch
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking
is possible by pulling up and holding the
EPB switch.
Braking is possible only while you are
holding the EPB switch.
OMQ4033164L
OMQ4033161L
OMV043026
Driving your vehicle
205
Brake system
WARNING
Do not operate the Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency. Applying the
EPB while the vehicle is moving at nor
-
mal speeds can cause a sudden loss of
control of the vehicle. If you must use
the EPB to stop the vehicle, use great
caution in applying the brake.
NOTICE
During emergency braking by the EPB,
the parking brake warning light will
appear to indicate that the system is
operating.
If you notice a continuous noise or burn
-
ing smell when the EPB is used for emer
-
gency braking, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
When the EPB is not released
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer by loading the vehicle on a flat
-
bed tow truck and have the system
checked.
AUTO HOLD
The Auto Hold is designed to maintain
the vehicle in a standstill even though
the brake pedal is not pressed after the
driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by pressing the brake pedal.
Applying Auto Hold function
1. Press the brake pedal and start the
vehicle.
2. Press the Auto Hold button. The white
AUTO HOLD indicator will come on
indicating the system is in standby.
Before the Auto Hold will engage, the
driver's door, liftgate and engine hood
must be closed.
When coming to a complete stop by
pressing the brake pedal, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from white to
green indicating the AUTO HOLD is
engaged. The vehicle will remain at a
standstill even if you release the brake
pedal.
If the engine is restarted with the Auto
Hold button pressed, Auto Hold will be in
the standby state.
If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
If you press the accelerator pedal with
the gear in D (Drive), R (Reverse) or
Manual mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle
OKA4044032N_2
OKA4044025N_2
21
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
will start to move. The indicator changes
from green to white indicating the Auto
Hold is in standby and the EPB is
released.
When driving off from Auto Hold by
pressing the accelerator pedal, always
check the surrounding area near your
vehicle.
Slowly press the accelerator pedal for a
smooth launch.
Canceling Auto Hold function
僅 To cancel the Auto Hold operation,
press the Auto Hold switch. The AUTO
HOLD indicator will go out.
僅 To cancel the Auto Hold operation
when the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the Auto Hold switch while
pressing the brake pedal.
NOTICE
僅 The following are conditions when the
Auto Hold will not engage (Auto Hold
light will not turn green and the Auto
Hold system remains in stand by):
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The liftgate is opened
- The gear is in P (Park)
- The EPB is applied
僅 For your safety, the Auto Hold auto
-
matically switches to EPB under any
of the following conditions (Auto Hold
light remains white and the EPB auto
-
matically applies):
- The driver's door is opened.
- The engine hood is opened.
- The liftgate is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes.
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope.
- The vehicle moved for a few sec
-
onds.
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged. Before driving again,
press the brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release parking brake manu
-
ally with the EPB switch.
僅If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up
yellow, the Auto Hold is not working
properly. Take your vehicle and have
the system checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, do not
activate Auto Hold while driving down
-
hill, backing up or parking your vehicle.
If there is a malfunction with the driver's
door, liftgate or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold may not
work properly.
Have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
OKA4044028N_2
Driving your vehicle
225
Brake system
NOTICE
A click or electric brake motor whine
sound may be heard while operating or
releasing the EPB. These conditions are
normal and indicate that the EPB is func
-
tioning properly.
Warning messages
The Auto Hold function will display a
warning message with sound under cer
-
tain conditions.
When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold,
a warning will sound and a message will
appear.
A:
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When the conversion from Auto Hold to
EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
A:
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press
brake pedal
NOTICE
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
Press the brake pedal.
If you do not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message will
appear.
A:
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door, liftgate and
engine hood are not closed, a warning
will sound and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
A:
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door and hood.
At this moment, press the [AUTO HOLD]
button after closing the driver's door and
engine hood.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
The ABS prevents the wheels from lock
-
ing. So the vehicle remains stable and
can still be steered.
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control
is improved during emergency braking,
always maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead. Vehicle
speeds should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. Drive your
vehicle at reduced speeds under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
OMQ4033161L
OMQ4033163L
OMQ4033164L
OMQ4A053047
23
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
僅 When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads
僅 When driving with tire chains installed
僅 When driving on roads where the road
surface is pitted or has different sur
-
face heights.
Driving in these conditions increases the
stopping distance for your vehicle.
The ABS continuously senses the speed
of the wheels. If the wheels are going to
lock, the ABS repeatedly modulates the
hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a ‘tik-tik’ sound from the
brakes or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ABS is active.
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation, do
not attempt to modulate your brake
pressure and do not try to pump your
brakes. Press your brake pedal as hard
as possible to allow the ABS to control
the force being delivered to the brakes.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the occu
-
pant compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. This is normal and indicates that
the ABS is functioning properly.
Even with the ABS, your vehicle still
requires sufficient stopping distance.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
Always slow down when cornering. ABS
cannot prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, oper
-
ation of the ABS may result in a longer
stopping distance than for vehicles
equipped with a conventional brake sys
-
tem.
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ENGINE START/STOP button is ON.
During that time, the ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will turn off if
everything is normal. If the light stays on,
you may have a problem with your ABS.
Contact and visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
When you drive on a road having poor
traction, such as an icy road, and have
operated your brakes continuously, the
ABS will be active continuously and the
ABS warning light may appear. Pull your
vehicle over to a safe place and stop the
vehicle.
Restart the vehicle. If the ABS warning
light goes off, then your ABS is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem
with the ABS. Contact and visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the vehicle
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light may turn on at the same
time. This happens because of low bat
-
tery voltage. It does not mean your ABS
has malfunctioned.
僅 Do not pump your brakes.
僅 Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
245
Brake system
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system
The ESC is designed to stabilize the vehi
-
cle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC applies the brakes on individual
wheels and intervenes with the vehicle
management system to stabilize the
vehicle.
ESC will not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers and
hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still
result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can pre
-
vent accidents by avoiding maneuvers
that cause the vehicle to lose traction.
Even with ESC installed, always follow all
the normal precautions for driving -
including driving at safe speeds for the
conditions.
WARNING
For maximum protection, ALWAYS wear
your seat belt. No system, no matter
how advanced, can compensate for all
driver error and/or driving conditions.
Always drive responsibly.
The ESC system is an electronic system
designed to help the driver maintain
vehicle control under adverse condi
-
tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices. Factors including speed,
road conditions and driver steering input
can all affect whether ESC will be effec
-
tive in preventing a loss of control. It is
still your responsibility to drive and cor
-
ner at reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under con
-
ditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear a ‘tik-tik’ sound from the
brakes or feel a corresponding sensation
in the brake pedal. This is normal and it
means your ESC is active.
NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the vehi
-
cle compartment when the vehicle
begins to move after the vehicle is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the ESC system is func
-
tioning properly.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
僅 When the ENGINE START/STOP but
-
ton is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights appear for approxi
-
mately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned
on.
僅 Press the ESC OFF button for at least
half a second after turning the vehicle
ON to turn ESC off. (ESC OFF indica
-
tor will appear). To turn the ESC on,
press the ESC OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
僅 When starting the vehicle, you may
hear a slight ticking sound. This is the
ESC performing an automatic system
self-check and does not indicate a
problem.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the
ESC indicator light blinks.
When the ESC is operating prop
-
erly, you may feel a slight pulsation in
OKA4H043014
25
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
the vehicle. This is an effect of brake
control and indicates nothing unusual.
When moving out of the mud or driving
on a slippery road, pressing the acceler
-
ator pedal may not cause the vehicle
rpm to increase.
ESC operation off
This vehicle has 2 kinds of ESC off
states.
If the vehicle stops when ESC is
off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
vehicle, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
A:
Traction and Stability Control dis
-
abled
ESC off state 1
To turn off the traction control function
and only operate the brake control func
-
tion of the ESC, press the ESC OFF but
-
ton (ESC OFF ) for less than 3
seconds and the ESC OFF indicator light
(ESC OFF ) will appear.
ESC off state 2
To turn off the traction control function
and the brake control function of the
ESC, press the ESC OFF button (ESC
OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC
OFF indicator light (ESC OFF ) will
appear and ESC OFF warning chime will
sound. At this state, the vehicle stability
control function does not operate any
more.
Indicator light
ESC indicator light
ESC OFF indicator light
When ENGINE START/STOP button is
turned to ON, the indicator light
appears, then turns off if the ESC system
is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
ESC is operating or appears when ESC
fails to operate.
The ESC OFF indicator light turns on
when the ESC is turned off with the but
-
ton.
WARNING
Electronic Stability Control
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has ESC. It can only assist you in main
-
taining control under certain circum
-
stances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
僅 ESC should be turned on for daily
driving whenever possible.
僅 To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on a
flat road surface.
ODL3HQ013009L
Driving your vehicle
265
Brake system
WARNING
Operating ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while
ESC is operating (ESC indicator light
blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat
-
ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.
NOTICE
僅 When operating your vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the ESC is
turned off (ESC OFF light appeared). If
the ESC is left on, it may prevent the
vehicle speed from increasing, and
result in false diagnosis.
僅 Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
Hill-start Assist Control (HAC)
A vehicle has the tendency to roll back
on a steep hill when it starts to go after
stopping. The HAC prevents the vehicle
from rolling back by applying the brakes
automatically for about 2 seconds.
The brakes are released when the accel
-
erator pedal is engaged or after about 2
seconds.
The HAC is activated only for about 2
seconds, so when the vehicle is starting
off always engaged the accelerator
pedal.
WARNING
Maintaining brake pressure on incline
HAC does not replace the need to apply
brakes while stopped on an incline.
While stopped, make sure you maintain
brake pressure sufficient to prevent your
vehicle from rolling backward and caus
-
ing an accident. Don't release the brake
pedal until you are ready to accelerate
forward.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) system
The VSM provides further enhance
-
ments to vehicle stability and steering
responses under the following condition:
僅 when driving on a slippery road or
僅 when a change in the coefficient of
friction between left and right wheels
is detected.
WARNING
Tire/wheel size
When replacing tires and wheels, make
sure they are the same size as the origi
-
nal tires and wheels installed. Driving
with varying tire or wheel sizes may
diminish any supplemental safety bene
-
fits of the VSM system.
VSM operation
When the VSM is operating properly,
you can feel a slight pulsation in the
vehicle and/or abnormal steering
responses (Motor Driven Power Steering
(MDPS)). This is only the effect of brake
and MDPS control and indicates nothing
unusual.
The VSM does not operate when:
僅 Driving on a sloping road such as a
gradient or incline
僅 Driving in reverse
僅 ESC OFF indicator light ( ) remains
on the instrument cluster
僅 MDPS indicator light remains on the
instrument cluster
27
5
5
Driving your vehicle Brake system
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to turn
off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and
the ESC OFF indicator light ( )
appears.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light goes
out.
WARNING
Vehicle Stability Management
Drive carefully even though your vehicle
has VSM. It can only assist you in main
-
taining control of the vehicle under cer
-
tain circumstances.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if you
don't cancel the VSM operation by
pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates
that a malfunction has been detected
somewhere in the EPS system or VSM
system. If the ESC indicator light ( ) or
MDPS warning light remains on, take
your vehicle and have the system
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
The VSM is not a substitute for safe driv
-
ing practices but is only a supplemen
-
tary function. It is your responsibility to
always check the speed and the distance
to the vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver's intention, even
with installed VSM. Always follow all the
normal precautions for driving at safe
speeds for the conditions – including
driving in clement weather or on a slip
-
pery road.
WARNING
ALWAYS wear your seat belt. No system,
no matter how advanced, can compen
-
sate for all driver error and/or driving
conditions. Always drive responsibly.
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) sys
-
tem
The TSA is operated as a vehicle stability
control system. The TSA is designed to
stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the
trailer sways or oscillates. There are vari
-
ous factors that make the vehicle sway
or oscillate.
Such incidents mostly happen at high
speed, but there is also a risk of swaying
when the trailer is affected by cross
-
winds, buffeting or improper overload
-
ing.
Factors of swaying such as:
僅 High speed
僅 Strong crosswinds
僅 Improper overloading
僅 Sudden controlling of steering wheel
僅 Uneven road
The TSA continuously analyzes the vehi
-
cle and trailer instability. When the TSA
detects some sway, the brakes are
applied automatically to stabilize the
vehicle. When the vehicle becomes sta
-
ble, the TSA does not operate.
Brake Assistant System (BAS)
The BAS provides additional pressure
when the brake pedal is momentarily
and strongly depressed in a situation
sudden braking is required while driving.
The BAS reduces the time for ABS con
-
trol to enter and consequently reduces
the braking distance, by providing addi
-
tional pressure up to the point of ABS
intervention.
Driving your vehicle
285
Brake system
WARNING
The system may not operate depending
on driving habit, vehicle speed, the
degree to which the brake pedal is
depressed and the road surface condi
-
tion.
Good braking practices
Good braking practices help keep occu
-
pants safe and extend brake life.
僅 Check to be sure the parking brake is
not engaged and the parking brake
indicator light is off before driving.
僅 Driving through water may wet the
brakes. They can also get wet when
the vehicle is washed. Wet brakes can
be dangerous. Your vehicle will not
stop as quickly if the brakes are wet.
Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to
pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to always keep
the vehicle under control. If braking
action does not return to normal, stop
as soon as it is safe to do so and visit
an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Don't coast down hills with the vehicle
out of gear. This is extremely hazard
-
ous. Always keep the vehicle in gear,
use the brakes to slow down, then
shift to a lower gear so that vehicle
braking will help you maintain a safe
speed.
僅 Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting
your foot on the brake pedal while
driving can be dangerous because the
brakes might overheat and lose its
effectiveness. It also increases the
wear of the brake components.
僅 If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while
you slow down. When you are moving
slowly enough for it to be safe to do
so, pull off the road and stop in a safe
place.
僅 Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake and
place the shift lever in P (Park). If your
vehicle is facing downhill, turn the
front wheels into the curb to help
keep the vehicle from rolling.
If your vehicle is facing uphill, turn the
front wheels away from the curb to
help keep the vehicle from rolling. If
there is no curb or if it is required by
other conditions to keep the vehicle
from rolling, block the wheels.
僅 Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around the rear brakes or
if the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you put
the shift lever in P (Park) and block
the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking brake.
僅 Do not hold the vehicle on an incline
with the accelerator pedal. This can
cause the transmission to overheat.
Always use the brake pedal or parking
brake.
29
5
5
Driving your vehicle Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
Vehicle Auto Shut-off system
(if equipped)
To prevent carbon monoxide poisoning,
the Vehicle Auto Shut-off system is
designed to automatically turn the
engine off approximately 60 minutes
later to reduce fuel and energy con
-
sumption of the vehicle. The timer
appears on the LCD display approxi
-
mately 30 minutes before it turns off
automatically.
A:
Vehicle will be turned off automati
-
cally in:
Operating conditions
僅 The driver has not fastened a seat-
belt
僅 A passenger is not in the passenger's
seat
僅 The vehicle speed is under 2 mph (3
km/h) and the shift lever is in P (Park)
position
僅 The brake or accelerator pedal is not
operated
僅 The infotainment system update is
being performed
Timer reset conditions
僅 The accelerator or brake pedal is
released after operation
僅 OK button on the steering wheel is
pressed while the timer appears on
the LCD display
Off conditions
僅 The driver has fastened the seat belt
僅 A passenger is in the passenger's seat
僅 Driving over 2 mph (3 km/h)
僅 Shifting the gear in R (Reverse), N
(Neutral) or D (Drive)
CAUTION
Please do not leave a passenger or a pet
in the vehicle since the air conditioning
system stops when the engine is off.
OMQ4A043023
Driving your vehicle
305
Drive mode integrated control system
Drive mode integrated control
system
Drive mode
The drive mode may be selected accord
-
ing to the driver's preference or road
condition.
The mode changes when you toggle the
DRIVE MODE button.
僅ECO mode:
ECO mode helps improve fuel effi
-
ciency for eco-friendly driving.
僅NORMAL mode:
NORMAL mode provides smooth driv
-
ing and comfortable riding.
僅SPORT mode:
SPORT mode provides sporty but firm
riding.
The drive mode will change to NORMAL
mode when the engine is restarted.
However, except when it is in ECO
mode. ECO mode will be maintained, as
selected when the engine is restarted.
When changing the drive mode setting,
the responsiveness of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol (SCC) changes. (If equipped)
ECO mode
When the Drive Mode is set to
ECO mode, the engine and
transmission control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
僅 When the ECO mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
ECO indicator will appear.
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
drive mode remains in ECO mode.
NOTICE
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated:
僅 The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced as the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
僅 The air conditioner performance may
be limited.
僅 The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
僅 The engine noise may get louder.
OKA4044014N
OKA4044033N
Drive Mode SCC Responsiveness
NORMAL Normal
ECO Slow
SPORT Fast
SMART Normal
31
5
5
Driving your vehicle Drive mode integrated control system
The above situations are normal condi
-
tions when ECO mode is activated to
improve fuel efficiency.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages the
driving dynamics by auto
-
matically adjusting the steering effort,
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver performance.
僅 When SPORT mode is selected by
using the DRIVE MODE button, the
SPORT indicator will appear.
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert NORMAL
mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-
select SPORT mode from the DRIVE
MODE button.
僅 When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when acceler
-
ating
NOTICE
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
proper driving mode
among ECO, NORMAL, and SPORT by
judging the driver's driving habits (i.e.
Economic or Aggressive (Sportive)) from
the brake pedal depression or the steer
-
ing wheel operation.
僅 Toggle the DRIVE MODE button to
select SMART mode. When SMART
mode is selected, the indicator
appears on the instrument cluster.
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert to NORMAL
mode. If SMART mode is desired, re-
select SMART mode from the DRIVE
MODE button.
僅 SMART mode automatically controls
the vehicle driving, such as gear shift
-
ing patterns and engine torque, in
accordance with your driving habits.
NOTICE
僅 When you gently drive your vehicle in
SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve fuel
efficiency. The actual fuel efficiency
may differ in accordance with your
driving situations (i.e. upward/down
-
ward slope, vehicle deceleration/
acceleration).
僅 When you agressively drive the vehi
-
cle in SMART mode by abruptly decel
-
erating or sharply turning the driving
mode changes to SPORT mode. It
may adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain
period, when you gently depress the
accelerator pedal. (Your driving is cat
-
egorized to be economic.)
僅 Whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will revert to NORMAL
mode. If SMART mode is desired, re-
select SMART mode from the DRIVE
MODE button.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode to
SMART COMFORT mode after a cer
-
tain period, when you sharply or
Driving your vehicle
325
Drive mode integrated control system
repetitively depress the accelerator
pedal.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT mode
with the same driving patterns, when
the vehicle starts to drive on an
upward slope of a certain angle. The
driving mode automatically returns to
SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle
enters a level road.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when you
abruptly accelerate the vehicle or
repetitively operate the steering
wheel. (Your driving is categorized to
be sporty.) In this mode, your vehicle
drives in a lower gear for abrupt
accelerating/decelerating and
increases the engine brake perfor
-
mance.
僅 You may still sense the engine brak
-
ing performance, even when you
release the accelerator pedal in
SMART SPORT mode. It is because
your vehicle remains in lower gear
over a certain period for the next
acceleration. It is a normal driving sit
-
uation and not a malfunction.
僅 The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode only
in harsh driving situations. In normal
driving situations, the driving mode
sets to either SMART ECO mode or
SMART COMFORT mode.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in fol
-
lowing situations. (The OFF indicator
appears in those situations.)
僅 Cruise Control is activated:
Cruise Control system may deactivate
the SMART mode when the vehicle is
controlled by the set speed of SCC
system. (SMART mode is not deacti
-
vated just by activating Cruise Control
system.)
僅 The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high:
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations.
However, an extremely high/ low
transmission oil temperature may
temporarily deactivate the SMART
mode, because the transmission con
-
dition is out of normal operation con
-
dition.
33
5
5
Driving your vehicle Economical operation
Economical operation
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how many
miles (kilometers) you can get from a
gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate your
vehicle as economically as possible, use
the following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
僅 Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a mod
-
erate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit"
starts or full-throttle shifts and main
-
tain a steady cruising speed. Don't
race between stoplights. Try to adjust
your speed to traffic conditions so you
don't have to change speeds unnec
-
essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever
possible.
Always maintain a safe distance from
other vehicles so you can avoid
unnecessary braking. This also
reduces brake wear.
僅 Drive at a moderate speed. The faster
you drive, the more fuel your vehicle
uses. Driving at a moderate speed,
especially on the highway, is one of
the most effective ways to reduce fuel
consumption.
僅 Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pres
-
sure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unneces
-
sary tire wear. Check the tire pres
-
sures at least once a month.
僅 Be sure that the wheels are aligned
correctly. Improper alignment can
result from hitting curbs or driving too
fast over irregular surfaces. Poor
alignment causes faster tire wear and
may also result in other problems as
well as greater fuel consumption.
僅 Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your
vehicle in accordance with the main
-
tenance schedule in "Scheduled main
-
tenance service" on page 8-8. If you
drive your vehicle in severe condi
-
tions, more frequent maintenance is
required (Refer to "Maintenance
under severe usage conditions" on
page 8-11).
僅 Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary
weight in your vehicle. Weight
reduces fuel economy.
僅 Don't let the engine idle longer than
necessary. If you are waiting (and not
in traffic), turn off your engine and
restart only when you're ready to go.
僅 Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.
Lugging is driving too slowly in too
high a gear resulting in the engine
bucking. If this happens, shift to a
lower gear. Over-revving is racing the
engine beyond its safe limit. This can
be avoided by shifting at the recom
-
mended speeds.
僅 Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
僅 Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset some
of this loss, slow down when driving in
these conditions.
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy
and safety.
WARNING
Engine off during motion
Never turn the engine off to coast down
hills or anytime the vehicle is in motion.
The power steering and power brakes
will not function properly without the
engine running. In addition, turning off
Driving your vehicle
345
Special driving conditions
the ignition while driving could engage
the steering wheel lock resulting in loss
of vehicle steering. Keep the engine on
and downshift to an appropriate gear for
engine braking effect.
Special driving conditions
If driving conditions deteriorate due to
poor weather or road conditions, you
should pay even more attention than
usual to your driving.
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow
these suggestions:
僅 Drive cautiously and allow extra dis
-
tance for braking.
僅 Avoid sudden braking or steering.
僅 Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
僅 If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
the second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
僅 Use sand, rock salt, or other nonslip
material under the drive wheels to
provide traction when stalled in ice,
snow, or mud.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
This multipurpose passenger vehicle is
defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types of
vehicles. SUVs have higher ground
clearance and a narrower track to make
them capable of performing in a wide
variety of offroad applications.
Specific design characteristics give them
a higher center of gravity than ordinary
vehicles. An advantage of the higher
ground clearance is a better view of the
road, which allows you to anticipate
problems.
They are not designed for cornering at
the same speeds as conventional pas
-
senger vehicles, any more than low-
35
5
5
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
slung sports vehicles are designed to
perform satisfactorily in off-road condi
-
tions.
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is
significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. There are
steps that a driver can make to reduce
the risk of a rollover.
If possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your roof rack
with heavy cargo, and never modify
your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Rollover
As with other SUVs, failure to operate
this vehicle correctly may result in loss of
control, an accident or vehicle rollover.
僅 Utility vehicles have a significantly
higher rollover rate than other types
of vehicles.
僅 Specific design characteristics (higher
ground clearance, narrower track,
etc.) give this vehicle a higher center
of gravity than ordinary vehicles.
僅 An SUV is not designed for cornering
at the same speeds as a conventional
vehicle.
僅 Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu
-
vers.
僅 In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than
a person wearing a seat belt. Make
sure everyone in the vehicle is prop
-
erly buckled up.
WARNING
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide safe ride and han
-
dling capability. Do not use tires and
wheels that are different in size and type
from the originally installed ones. It can
affect the safety and performance of
your vehicle, which could lead to steer
-
ing failure or rollover and serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with tires and wheels
of the same size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first
turn the steering wheel right and left to
clear the area around your front wheels.
Then, shift back and forth between R
(Reverse) and any forward gear.
Do not race the engine and spin the
wheels as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle
pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
engine overheating and possible dam
-
age to the transmission.
WARNING
Sudden vehicle movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if
people or objects are nearby. The vehi
-
cle may suddenly move forward or
backwards as it becomes unstuck.
CAUTION
Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause vehicle
overheating, transmission damage or
failure, and tire damage.
CAUTION
Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at
speeds more than 35 mph (56 km/h).
Spinning the wheels at high speeds
when the vehicle is stationary could
Driving your vehicle
365
Special driving conditions
overheat and damage tires, and the
rotating wheels may fly away and injure
bystanders.
NOTICE
The ESC should be turned OFF prior to
rocking the vehicle.
Smooth cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in cor
-
ners, especially when roads are wet. Ide
-
ally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration. If you follow
these suggestions, tire wear will be mini
-
mized.
Driving at night
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to remem
-
ber:
僅 Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any streetlights.
僅 Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
僅 Keep your headlights clean and prop
-
erly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped
with the automatic headlight aiming
feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed
headlights will make it much more dif
-
ficult to see at night.
僅 Avoid staring directly at the head
-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You could
be temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to read
-
just to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you're not pre
-
pared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider when
driving in the rain:
僅 A heavy rainfall will make it harder to
see and will increase the distance
needed to stop your vehicle, so slow
down.
OKA4043016L
OKA4H043020
OKA4043017L
37
5
5
Driving your vehicle Special driving conditions
僅 Keep your windshield wiping equip
-
ment in good shape. Replace your
windshield wiper blades when they
show signs of streaking or missing
areas on the windshield.
僅 If your tires are not in good condition,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. Be sure your tires are in
good shape.
僅 Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
僅 Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, drive through them
slowly.
僅 If you believe your brakes are wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and ride on the water. The best
advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is
wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as
the depth of tire tread decreases,
refer to
"Tires and wheels" on page 9-8.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures
will result in overheating and possible
failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction or
tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire inflation
pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING
Under/over inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper infla
-
tion before driving. Underinflated or
overinflated tires can cause poor han
-
dling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden
tire failure, leading to accidents, injuries,
and even death. For proper tire pres
-
sures, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-8.
WARNING
Tire tread
Always check the tire tread before driv
-
ing your vehicle. Worn-out tires can
result in loss of vehicle control. Worn-out
tires should be replaced as soon as pos
-
OKA4043019L
Driving your vehicle
385
Winter driving
sible. For further information and tread
limits, refer to "Tires and wheels" on
page 9-8.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more fuel
than urban driving. Check both the
engine coolant and engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
result in overheating of the engine.
Winter driving
Severe weather conditions in the winter
result in greater wear and other prob
-
lems.
To minimize the problems of winter driv
-
ing, follow these suggestions:
Snowy or icy conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, select tires
equivalent in size and type of the origi
-
nal equipment tires. Failure to do so may
adversely affect the safety and handling
of your vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli
-
cations and sharp turns are potentially
very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use full vehicle
braking. Sudden brake applications on
snowy or icy roads may cause skids to
occur. Keep sufficient distance between
the vehicle in operation in front of your
vehicle. Apply the brake gently. Installing
tire chains on the tire will provide a
greater driving force, but will not prevent
side skids.
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before attaching tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure they are radial tires of the
same size and load range as the original
tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels
to balance your vehicle's handling in all
weather conditions. The traction pro
-
vided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original
equipment tires. You should drive cau
-
39
5
5
Driving your vehicle Winter driving
tiously even when the roads are clear.
Check with the tire dealer for maximum
speed recommendations.
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local, state and municipal reg
-
ulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
WARNING
Snow tire size
Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to your vehicle's original tires.
Safety and handling of your vehicle may
be adversely affected.
Tire chains
wire-type
Fabric-type
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by attach
-
ing some types of snow chains. The use
of snow tires is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not attach tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels; snow chains may cause damage
to the wheels. If snow chains must be
used, use fabric-type chains for 19-inch
tires or wire-type chains for 17-inch tires
with a thickness of less than 0.47 in (12
mm).
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper snow chain use is not covered
by your warranty.
When using tire chains, attach them to
the drive wheels as follows.
僅 Front-wheel drive vehicle moves the
front wheel as a power source. Snow
chains must be mounted to front tires.
僅 After attaching snow chains, drive
slowly. If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the vehicle, slow
down until the noise stops and
remove the chain as soon as you
begin driving on cleared roads to pre
-
vent damage.
僅 Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels. When installing
snow chain, follow the chain manufac
-
turer's instructions and attach them as
tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than
20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains
installed.
CAUTION
僅 Make sure the snow chains are the
correct size and type for your tires.
Incorrect snow chains can cause dam
-
age to the vehicle body and suspen
-
sion and may not be covered by your
warranty. The snow chain connecting
hooks may be damaged from con
-
tacting vehicle components causing
the snow chains to come loose from
the tire. Make sure the snow chains
are SAE class "S" certified.
僅 Always check chain installation for
proper mounting after driving approx
-
imately 0.3 to 0.6 miles (0.5 to 1 km)
to ensure safe attaching. Retighten or
reattach the chains if they are loose.
OKA4043020L
OKA4H043028
Driving your vehicle
405
Winter driving
僅 Fabric-type chains must be used on
the vehicle with 19 inch (235/55R19)
tires.
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high qual
-
ity ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling
system. It is the only type of coolant that
should be used because it helps prevent
corrosion in the cooling system, lubri
-
cates the water pump and prevents
freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish
your coolant in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in section 8.
Before winter, have your coolant tested
to assure that its freezing point is suffi
-
cient for the temperatures anticipated
during the winter.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the
battery system. Visually inspect the bat
-
tery and cables as described in section
8. Have the level of charge in your bat
-
tery checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended that
a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be
used during cold weather. See "Recom
-
mended lubricants and capacities" on
page 9-9. If you aren't sure what weight
oil you should use, consult an authorized
Kia dealer.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Inspect your spark plugs as described in
"Scheduled maintenance service" on
page 8-8 and replace them if necessary.
Check all ignition wiring and compo
-
nents to be sure they are not cracked,
worn or damaged in any way.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt
an approved deicer fluid or glycerine
into the key opening. If a lock is covered
with ice, squirt it with an approved de-
icing fluid to remove the ice. If the lock is
frozen internally, you may be able to
thaw it out by using a heated key. Han
-
dle the heated key with care to avoid
injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window washer
system from freezing, add an approved
window washer anti-freeze solution in
accordance with instructions on the con
-
tainer. Window washer anti-freeze is
available from an authorized Kia dealer
and most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of anti-
freeze as these may damage the paint
finish.
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged posi
-
tion. This is most likely to happen when
there is an accumulation of snow or ice
near the rear brakes or if the brakes are
wet. If there is a risk the parking brake
may freeze, temporarily apply it with the
41
5
5
Driving your vehicle Winter driving
gear in P (Park). Block the rear wheels in
advance, so the vehicle may not roll.
Then release the parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumu
-
late underneath
Under some conditions, snow and ice
can build up under the fenders and
interfere with the steering. When driving
in severe winter conditions where this
may happen, periodically check under
-
neath the vehicle to be sure the move
-
ment of the front wheels and the
steering components is not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather, carry appropriate emergency
equipment. Some of the items to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains,
flashlight, emergency flares, sand,
shovel, jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket,
etc.
Do not place objects or materials
in the engine compartment
Putting objects or materials in the
engine compartment may cause an
engine failure or combustion, because
they may block the engine cooling. Such
damage will not be covered by your war
-
ranty.
Drive your vehicle when water
vapor condenses and accumu
-
lates inside the exhaust pipes
When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter while the engine is run
-
ning, water vapor may condense and
accumulate inside the exhaust pipes.
Water in the exhaust pipes may cause
noise, etc., but is drained driving at
medium to high speed.
Driving your vehicle
425
Trailer towing
Trailer towing
If you tow with your vehicle, first check
with your country's Department of Motor
Vehicles to determine their legal require
-
ments.
Since laws vary the requirements for
towing trailers, cars or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ, ask an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Towing a trailer
If you don't use the correct equipment
and drive improperly, you can lose con
-
trol when you pull a trailer. If the trailer is
too heavy, the brakes may not work. You
and your passengers could be seriously
or fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you
have followed all the steps in this sec
-
tion.
WARNING
Weight limits
Before towing, make sure the total trailer
weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and
trailer tongue load are all within the lim
-
its.
NOTICE
僅 The technically permissible maximum
load on the rear axle(s) may be
exceeded by not more than 15 % and
the technically permissible maximum
laden mass of the vehicle may be
exceeded by not more than 10 % or
220.4 lbs (100 kg), whichever value is
lower. In this case, do not exceed 60
mph (100 km/h) for vehicle of cate
-
gory M1 or 50 mph (80 km/h) for
vehicle of category N1.
僅 When towing a trailer, the additional
load imposed at the trailer coupling
device may cause the rear tire maxi
-
mum load ratings to be exceeded, but
not by more than 15%. Do not exceed
60 miles (100 km/h), and the rear tire
pressure should be at least 0.2 bar
(20 kPa) above the tire pressure(s) as
recommended for normal use (i.e.
without a trailer attached).
CAUTION
Pulling a trailer improperly can damage
your vehicle and result in costly repairs
not covered by your warranty. To pull a
trailer correctly, follow the advice in this
section.
Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identify
what the vehicle trailering capacity is for
your vehicle, refer to "Weight of the
trailer" on page 5-49 that appears later
in this section.
Remember that trailering is different
from just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling,
durability, and fuel economy. Successful,
safe trailering requires correct equip
-
ment, and it must be used properly.
This section contains many time-tested,
important trailering tips and safety rules.
Please read this section carefully before
you pull a trailer.
Load-pulling components such as the
engine, transmission, wheel assemblie,
and tires are forced to work harder
against the load of the added weight.
The engine is required to operate at rela
-
tively higher speeds and under greater
loads. This additional burden generates
extra heat. The trailer also considerably
adds wind resistance, increasing pulling
requirements.
43
5
5
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
NOTICE
Location of trailer mounting
The mounting holes for hitches are
located on both sides of the underbody
behind the rear tires.
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks
going by, and rough roads are a few rea
-
sons why you'll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
僅 If you have to make any holes in the
body of your vehicle when you install
a trailer hitch, be sure to seal the holes
later when you remove the hitch.
If you don't seal them, deadly carbon
monoxide (CO) from your exhaust as
well as dirt and water can enter your
vehicle.
僅 The bumpers on your vehicle are not
intended for hitches. Do not attach
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches. Use only a frame-mounted
hitch that does not attach to the
bumper.
僅 Any part of the rear number plate or
lighting devices of the vehicle must
not be obscured by the mechanical
coupling device. If the rear number
plate and/or lighting devices can be
obscured partially by any part of the
mechanical coupling device, mechani
-
cal coupling devices that can not be
easily removed or repositioned with
-
out use of any tool, except an easily
operated (i.e. an effort not exceeding
20 N·m) release key which is supplied
by the manufacturer of the coupling
device, are not permitted for use.
Please note that the mechanical cou
-
pling device that is fitted and not in
use should always be removed or
repositioned if the rear number plate
and/or rear lighting devices are
obscured by any part of the mechani
-
cal coupling device.
僅 A Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail
-
able at an authorized Kia dealer.
Safety chains
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the tongue
will not drop to the road if it becomes
separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may be
provided by the hitch manufacturer or
by the trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer's recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave
just enough slack so you can turn with
your trailer. Never allow safety chains
drag on the ground.
Trailer brakes
If your trailer is equipped with a braking
system, make sure it conforms to your
country's regulations and that it is prop
-
erly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the max
-
imum trailer weight without trailer
brakes loaded, it needs its own brakes
and they must be adequate. Be sure to
read and follow the instructions for the
trailer brakes so you'll be able to install,
adjust and maintain them properly.
僅 Don't tap into your vehicle's brake
system.
OKA4043018L
Driving your vehicle
445
Trailer towing
WARNING
Trailer brakes
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes
unless you are certain that you have
properly set up the brake system. This is
not a task for amateurs. Use an experi
-
enced, competent trailer shop for this
work.
Driving with a trailer
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must be
familiar with your trailer. Acquaint your
-
self with the feel of handling and braking
with the added weight of the trailer.
Always keep in mind that the vehicle you
are driving is now longer and not nearly
so responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you drive, check the trailer hitch
and platform, safety chains, electrical
connector(s), lights, tires and mirror
adjustment. If the trailer has electric
brakes, move your vehicle and trailer
and apply the trailer brake controller by
hand to be sure the brakes are working.
This lets you check your electrical con
-
nection at the same time.
During your trip, occasionally check to
be sure that the load is secure, and that
the lights and trailer brakes are working.
Following distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when driv
-
ing your vehicle without a trailer. This
can help you avoid situations that
require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Passing
You'll need more passing distance when
you're towing a trailer. Because of the
increased vehicle length, you'll need to
go much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before you can return to your
lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. To move the trailer to the
left, move your hand to the left. To move
the trailer to the right, move your hand
to the right. Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone guide you.
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer, make
wider turns than normal. Do this so your
trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs,
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well
in advance.
Turn signals when towing a
trailer
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
must have a different turn signal flasher
and extra wiring. The green arrows on
your instrument panel will flash when
-
ever you signal a turn or lane change.
Properly connected, the trailer lights will
also flash to alert other drivers you're
about to turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows
on your instrument panel will flash for
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are
burned out. You may think drivers
behind you are seeing your signals
when, they are not. It's important to
check occasionally to be sure the trailer
bulbs are still working. You must also
check the lights every time you discon
-
nect and reconnect the wires.
45
5
5
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
Do not connect a trailer lighting system
directly to your vehicle's lighting system.
Use only an approved trailer wiring har
-
ness.
Have yourself assisted by an authorized
Kia dealer in installing the wiring har
-
ness.
WARNING
Failure to use an approved trailer wiring
harness could result in damage to the
vehicle electrical system and/or personal
injury.
Detection of trailer light connec
-
tion
This functionality is only given with gen
-
uine accessories (tow-bar and wiring
harness) that recognize when a trailer is
connected and consequently inform the
vehicle systems. Trailer recognition
works as follows: when a trailer socket is
plugged in, either the brake pedal shall
be pushed or turn signal lamps acti
-
vated; the electronic control unit will
then detect the trailer because of the
power consumption by the trailer light
-
ing and inform the vehicle systems.
When the trailer is disconnected, the
brake pedal shall be pushed again or
turn signal lamps activated for the con
-
trol unit to be able to detect that there is
no longer power consumption by trailer
lighting; the assistance systems that
were turned off will automatically turn
on again.
It is the driver's responsibility to ensure
that all electrical connections are work
-
ing and all trailer lights are operating
before and during towing. You must per
-
form manual checks.
CAUTION
Use only genuine electrical connections.
Do not attempt to arbitrarily splice or
directly connect the trailer wiring using
any other methods. Doing so may dam
-
age the vehicle's electrical system,
resulting in malfunctions.
Driving on grades
Reduce the speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don't down
shift, you might have to use your brakes
so much that they will get hot and no
longer operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, down shift and
reduce your speed to around 45 mph
(70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of
engine and transmission overheating.
CAUTION
僅 When towing a trailer on steep grades
(in excess of 6 degrees) pay close
attention to the engine coolant tem
-
perature gauge to ensure the engine
does not overheat. If the needle of the
coolant temperature gauge moves
across the dial towards "H (HOT) (or
260 °F/130 °C)", pull over and stop as
soon as it is safe to do so, and allow
the engine to idle until it cools down.
You may proceed once the engine
has cooled sufficiently.
僅 Choose your driving speed depending
on trailer weight and uphill grade to
reduce the possibility of engine and
transmission overheating.
Driving your vehicle
465
Trailer towing
Parking on hills
If you have a trailer attached do not park
your vehicle on a hill. People can be seri
-
ously or fatally injured, and both your
vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if
it unexpectedly rolls downhill.
WARNING
Parking on a hill
Parking your vehicle on a hill with a
trailer attached could cause serious
injury or death, should the trailer break
loose.
If you must park your trailer on a hill:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
Turn the steering wheel in the direc
-
tion of the curb (right if headed down
hill, left if headed up hill).
2. Set the parking brake and shut off the
vehicle.
3. Place chocks under the trailer wheels
on the downhillside of the wheels.
4. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
to neutral, release the parking brake
and slowly release the brakes until the
trailer chocks absorb the load.
5. Depress the brakes and reapply the
parking brake.
6. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.
WARNING
Parking brake
It can be dangerous to exit your vehicle
if the parking brake is not firmly set.
If you have left the engine running, the
vehicle can move suddenly. You or oth
-
ers could be seriously or fatally injured.
When you are ready to leave
after parking on a hill
1. Apply your brakes and hold the brake
pedal down while you:
僅 Start your engine;
僅 Shift into gear; and
僅 Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of
the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and
store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
Important items to pay particular atten
-
tion to include engine oil, axle lubricant
and cooling system fluid. Brake condi
-
tion is another important item to fre
-
quently check. Each item is covered in
this manual, and the Index will help you
find them quickly.
Don't forget to also maintain your trailer
and hitch. Follow the maintenance
schedule that accompanied your trailer
and check it periodically. Conduct the
check at the start of each day's driving.
All hitch nuts and bolts should be tight.
CAUTION
僅 Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur on
hot days or while uphill driving. If the
coolant gauge indicates overheating,
switch off the A/C and stop the vehi
-
cle in a safe area to cool down the
engine.
僅 When towing, check the transmission
fluid more frequently.
僅 If your vehicle is not equipped with an
air conditioner, you should install a
47
5
5
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
condenser fan to improve engine per
-
formance when towing a trailer.
Driving your vehicle
485
Trailer towing
If you decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer:
僅 Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitch dealer about sway control.
僅 Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) to
allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in
serious engine or transmission damage.
僅 When towing a trailer, consult an authorized Kia dealer on additional requirements
such as a towing kit, etc.
僅 Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)).
僅 On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing
speed limit, whichever is lower.
僅 The chart contains important considerations that have to do with weight:
Item Smartstream G3.5 GDi
Maximum trailer weight
With brake system 3,501 lbs. (1,588 kg)
Without brake system 1,001 lbs. (454 kg)
Maximum tongue weight 351 lbs. (454 kg)
49
5
5
Driving your vehicle Trailer towing
Weight of the trailer
A: Tongue Load
B: Total Trailer Weight
What is the maximum safe weight of a
trailer? It should never weigh more than
the maximum trailer weight with trailer
brakes. Even that can be too heavy.
It depends on how you plan to use your
trailer. For example, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature and how
often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer
are all important. The ideal trailer weight
can also depend on any special equip
-
ment that you have on your vehicle.
Weight of the trailer tongue
A: Gross Axle Weight
B: Gross Vehicle Weight
The tongue load of any trailer is an
important weight to measure because it
affects the total gross vehicle weight
(GVW) of your vehicle. This weight
includes the curb weight of the vehicle,
any cargo you may carry in it, and the
people who will be riding in the vehicle.
And if you tow a trailer, you must add
the tongue load to the GVW because
your vehicle will also be carrying that
weight.
The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi
-
mum of 10 % of the total loaded trailer
weight, within the limits of the maximum
trailer tongue load permissible.
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh
the trailer and then the tongue, sepa
-
rately, to see if the weights are proper. If
they aren't, you may be able to correct
them simply by moving some items
around in the trailer.
WARNING
Trailer
僅 Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40%.
僅 Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment. Improper loading can
result in damage to your vehicle and/
or personal injury. Check weights and
loading at a commercial scale or high
-
way patrol office equipped with
scales.
僅 An improperly loaded trailer can
cause loss of vehicle control.
OMQ4063029L
OMQ4063030L
Driving your vehicle
505
Vehicle load limit
Vehicle load limit
The vehicle load limit is displayed
on the tire and loading informa
-
tion label on the driver's door.
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's
door sill gives the original tire
size, cold tire pressures recom
-
mended for your vehicle, the
number of people that can be in
your vehicle and vehicle capacity
weight.
Example for spare tire
Vehicle capacity weight:
僅 7 seats: 1,157 lbs. (525 kg)
僅 8 seats: 1,323 lbs. (600 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the
maximum combined weight of
occupants and cargo. If your
vehicle is equipped with a trailer,
the combined weight includes
the tongue load.
Seating capacity:
Total: 7/8 persons (Front seat: 2
persons, Rear seat: 5/6 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants your vehi
-
cle may carry.
The seating capacity may be
reduced based upon the weight
of all the occupant, and the
weight of the cargo being carried
or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total weight,
or load limit including occupants
and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity:
僅 Smartstream G3.5 GDi
- Without trailer brakes: 1,001
lbs. (454 kg)
- With trailer brakes: 3,501 lbs.
(1,588 kg)
Towing capacity is the maximum
trailer weight including its cargo
weight your vehicle can tow.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehi
-
cle will increase or decrease
depending on the weight and the
number of occupants.
Steps For Determining Correct
Load Limit —
1. Locate the statement “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
OKA4044034N
51
5
5
Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit
XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and pas
-
sengers that will be riding in
your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4.The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the "XXX" amount
equals 1400 lbs. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-
750 (5x150) = 650 lbs.)
5.Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity calcu
-
lated in Step
4
.
6.If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your vehi
-
cle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces
the available cargo and lug
-
gage load capacity of your
vehicle.
WARNING
Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
blunt objects in the passenger
compartment of your vehicle
(e.g., suitcases or unsecured
child seats). These items may
strike an occupant during a sud
-
den stop or crash.
Example 1
Ite
m
Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occu
-
pant Weight
150 lbs. (68
kg)×2
300 lbs.
(136 kg)
C
Available Cargo
and Luggage
weight
549 lbs.
(249 kg)
OMQ4PH074014N
Driving your vehicle
525
Vehicle load limit
Example 2
Example 3
Refer to your vehicle's tire and
loading information label for spe
-
cific information about your vehi
-
cle's capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passengers and
cargo should never exceed your
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification label
The certification label is located
on the driver's door sill at the
center pillar.
This label shows the maximum
allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle. This is called the
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating). The GVWR includes the
weight of the vehicle, all occu
-
pants and cargo.
This label also tells you the maxi
-
mum weight that can be sup
-
Ite
m
Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
B
Subtract Occu
-
pant Weight
150 lbs. (68
kg)×5
750 lbs.
(340 kg)
C
Available Cargo
and Luggage
weight
99 lbs.
(45 kg)
Ite
m
Description Total
A
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
849 lbs.
(385 kg)
OMQ4PH074015N
OMQ4PH074022N
B
Subtract Occu
-
pant Weight
161 lbs. (73 kg)×5
805 lbs.
(365 kg)
C
Available Cargo
and Luggage
weight
44 lbs.
(20 kg)
Ite
m
Description Total
ODL3084010N
53
5
5
Driving your vehicle Vehicle load limit
ported by the front and rear
axles, called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR).
To find out the actual loads on
your front and rear axles, you
need to go to a weigh station and
weigh your vehicle. Your dealer
can help you with this. Be sure to
spread out your load equally on
both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Over loading
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding these
ratings can affect your vehicle's
handling and braking ability.
The label will help you decide
how much cargo and installed
equipment your vehicle can
carry.
If you carry items inside your
vehicle - like suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else - they
are moving as fast as the vehicle.
If you have to stop or turn
quickly, or if there is a crash, the
items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
WARNING
Over loading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehi
-
cle's tires and possible tire fail
-
ure, increased stopping
distances and poor vehicle han
-
dling--all of which may result in a
crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty.
Do not overload your vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
545
Vehicle weight
Vehicle weight
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight
within its design rating capability.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the
vehicle design performance.
Before loading your vehicle,
familiarize yourself with the fol
-
lowing terms for determining
your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's specifications
and the certification label:
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and
all standard equipment. It does
not include passengers, cargo, or
optional equipment.
Vehicle curb weight
This is the weight of your new
vehicle when you picked it up
from your dealer plus any after
-
market equipment.
Cargo weight
This figure includes all weight
added to the Base Curb Weight,
including cargo and optional
equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight
and all payload.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rat
-
ing)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a
single axle (front or rear). These
numbers are shown on the certi
-
fication label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus pas
-
sengers.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight
rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The
GVWR is shown on the certifica
-
tion label located on the driver's
(or front passenger's) door sill.
Overloading
WARNING
Vehicle weight
The gross axle weight rating
(GAWR) and the gross vehicle
weight rating (GVWR) for your
vehicle are on the certification
label attached to the driver's (or
front passenger's) door. Exceed
-
ing these ratings can cause an
accident or vehicle damage. You
can calculate the weight of your
load by weighing the items (and
55
5
5
Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight
people) before putting them in
the vehicle. Be careful not to
overload your vehicle.
6Driver assistance guide
Driver assistance guide
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)....6-4
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ....................................... 6-7
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ................................... 6-9
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations........................................................................................................... 6-18
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).........................................................6-25
僅 Lane Keeping Assist settings ....................................................................6-25
僅 Lane Keeping Assist operation.................................................................6-26
僅 Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations............................6-28
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) .......................... 6-31
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist settings.................................6-32
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation.............................6-33
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations...........................................................................................................6-35
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) ............................................................6-39
僅 Safe Exit Warning settings........................................................................6-40
僅 Safe Exit Warning operation ..................................................................... 6-41
僅 Safe Exit Warning malfunction and limitations ................................6-42
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)..................................................................6-43
僅 Safe Exit Assist settings.............................................................................. 6-44
僅 Safe Exit Assist operation .......................................................................... 6-45
僅 Safe Exit Assist malfunction and limitations ..................................... 6-46
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) .......................................... 6-48
僅 Manual Speed Limit Assist operation................................................... 6-48
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)........................................ 6-50
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist settings................................................... 6-51
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist operation............................................... 6-51
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist malfunction and limitations..........6-53
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ..............................................6-55
僅 Driver Attention Warning settings ..........................................................6-56
6 Driver assistance guide
僅 Driver Attention Warning operation ......................................................6-56
僅 Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations .................6-57
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ............................................... 6-60
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor settings .......................................................... 6-60
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor operation....................................................... 6-60
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction................................................... 6-61
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ........................................................6-61
僅 Smart Cruise Control settings ..................................................................6-62
僅 Smart Cruise Control operation...............................................................6-63
僅 Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations......................... 6-70
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)....................6-75
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control settings............................6-76
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control operation ........................6-76
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control limitations.......................6-77
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules........................6-79
僅 Radio frequency radiation exposure information: ......................... 6-80
Lane Following Assist (LFA)......................................................6-80
僅 Lane Following Assist settings ................................................................ 6-80
僅 Lane Following Assist operation.............................................................. 6-81
僅 Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations.........................6-83
Highway Driving Assist (HDA).................................................. 6-84
僅 Highway Driving Assist settings..............................................................6-85
僅 Highway Driving Assist operation ..........................................................6-86
僅 Highway Driving Assist malfunction and limitations...................... 6-91
僅 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules........................6-93
僅 Radio frequency radiation exposure information: ..........................6-93
Rear View Monitor (RVM).......................................................... 6-94
僅 Rear View Monitor settings .......................................................................6-94
僅 Rear View Monitor operation....................................................................6-95
僅 Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations...............................6-96
6Driver assistance guide
Surround View Monitor (SVM) ..................................................6-97
僅 Surround View Monitor settings..............................................................6-97
僅 Surround View Monitor operation..........................................................6-99
僅 Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations ...................6-101
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)........6-102
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist settings.............. 6-103
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist operation..........6-104
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations........................................................................................................ 6-106
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ........... 6-110
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings.................6-110
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation.............. 6-111
僅 Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and
precautions...................................................................................................... 6-113
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) .. 6-115
僅 Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings...... 6-115
僅 Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation .. 6-116
僅 Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction and
precautions...................................................................................................... 6-118
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)..............6-120
僅 Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ................. 6-120
僅 Parking Safety ................................................................................................6-121
僅 Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist operation................6-121
僅 Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction and
limitations......................................................................................................... 6-122
Declaration of conformity ........................................................6-126
Driver assistance guide
46
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Driver assistance guide
INFORMATION
Due to the infotainment software ver
-
sion, the description of each function of
the driver assistance system may differ
from the owner's manual.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Basic function
FCA attempts to detect vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians, and
cyclists ahead on the road and may
warn you of a possible collision with a
warning message on the instrument
cluster and a warning sound. Also, FCA
may assist with braking your vehicle to
attempt to reduce collision speed or
avoid a collision.
FCA can detect vehicles ahead and adja
-
cent lanes even at high speeds. If the
driver makes a lane change at those
speeds, your vehicle can apply emer
-
gency braking to mitigate or avoid a col
-
lision. (if equipped)
Junction Turning function
The Junction Turning function can help
avoid a collision with an oncoming vehi
-
cle, powered two-wheeler and cyclist in
an oncoming lane when turning left at a
crossroad with the turn signal on by
applying emergency braking.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
The Junction Crossing function can help
mitigate or avoid a collision with oncom
-
ing vehicles on the left or right High
Beam Assistside when crossing an inter
-
section by applying emergency braking.
Direct Oncoming Vehicle function
[A]: Oncoming vehicle
The Direct Oncoming Vehicle function
can help reduce the speed at the colli
-
sion when with a vehicle or powered
OKA4053044
OKA4053045
OMV053003
OMV053004
5
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
two-wheeler approaching from the
opposite direction is detected.
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
[A]: Oncoming vehicle
Lane-Change Oncoming function can
help mitigate or avoid a collision with
oncoming vehicles or powered two-
wheelers when changing lanes by assist
-
ing the driver's steering.
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
[A]: Approaching car from side
Lane-Change Side function can help
mitigate or avoid a collision with vehicles
or powered two-wheelers in the next
lane when changing lanes by assisting
the driver's steering.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
僅 Driver steering assist
If a possible collision with a vehicle
ahead, pedestrian, cyclist, and pow
-
ered two-wheeler is detected and you
steer to avoid the collision, Evasive
Steering Assist can assist the driver in
steering.
僅 Evasive steering assist
The Evasive Steering Assist function
can help mitigate or avoid a collision
with a vehicle, pedestrian cyclist, etc.
in the same lane in front of you. When
a risk of collision is detected, Evasive
Steering Assist function can warn you
and assist your steering if you move
the steering wheel.
OMV053005
OMV053006
OMV053007
OKA4053051
Driver assistance guide
66
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Detecting sensor
Front camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
Rear corner radar (if equipped)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
CAUTION
僅 Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor or sensor assembly, or cause any
damage to it.
僅 If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 If the radar or around the radar expe
-
riences an impact, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly even if a warning message is
not displayed on the cluster. Visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Never install any accessories or stick
-
ers on the windshield or tint the wind
-
shield.
僅 Pay extreme caution to keep the front
view camera dry.
僅 Never place any reflective objects (for
example, white paper, mirror) over the
instrument panel.
僅 Do not place any objects near the
front windshield or install any acces
-
sories on the front windshield. It can
affect the performance of the defog
-
ging and defrosting function of the cli
-
mate control system, which may
prevent the Driver Assistance systems
from operating.
僅 Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard, near the front
radar cover.
僅 Always keep the front radar and cover
clean and free of dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehi
-
cle. Do not spray pressurized water
directly on a sensor or sensor cover.
僅 The genuine Kia front/front corner/
rear corner radar sensor covers are
parts with quality and performance
ensured. If arbitrarily applying paint
on or changing the cover, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
function properly.
Use only Kia Genuine Parts or those
of an equivalent standard with proven
OKA4053052L
OKA4053053L
OKA4053054L
OKA4053055
7
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
quality and performance to repair or
replace the radar sensor covers.
僅 The function may not work properly
when the bumper has been replaced,
or the surroundings of the front cor
-
ner radar or rear corner radar has
been damaged or paint has been
applied.
僅 If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Forward Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
on the infotainment system. The
initial warning activation timing of For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist can be
changed.
僅
Forward safety
: Collision warning or
emergency braking may operate in a
collision-imminent situation. If you
deselect the setting, Forward safety
will turn off and the Forward Safety
warning light ( ) will appear on the
cluster.
Forward Cross-Traffic Safety (if
equipped)
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward Cross-Traffic Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward Cross-Traffic
Safety
from the infotainment system
screen to turn on Junction Crossing
function and deselect to turn off the
function.
Forward/Side Safety (if
equipped)
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward/Side Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward/Side Safety
on the
infotainment system.
僅
Forward/Side Safety
: Collision warn
-
ing or emergency steering may assist
the driver in a collision-imminent situ
-
ation. If you deselect the setting, For
-
ward safety will turn off and the
Emergency steering warning light
( ) will appear on the cluster.
OMV033120N
OMV033121N
OMV033122N
Driver assistance guide
86
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
The driver can monitor Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist On/Off status
from the Settings menu. If the Forward
Safety warning light ( ) or Emergency
steering warning light ( ) remains ON
when Forward safety or Forward/side
safety is selected, have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
When the vehicle is restarted, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if
Forward safety
is
deselected, the driver should always be
aware of the surroundings and drive
safely.
CAUTION
僅 Forward safety settings include 'Basic
function', 'Junction Turning function',
and 'Direct Oncoming function'. For
-
ward Cross-Traffic Safety include
'Junction Crossing function', Forward/
Side Cross-Traffic Safety includes
'Lane change oncoming function',
'Lane change side function' and 'Eva
-
sive Steering Assist function'. (if
equipped)
僅 If Forward safety is set to Off 'Junction
Crossing function' will not operate
even if Forward Cross Traffic Safety
and Forward/Side Cross Traffic Safety
are selected. (if equipped)
僅 When the vehicle and the trailer is
connected electrically, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist automatically
turns off. In this case, you cannot get
help from Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist. Always drive with care. (if
Kia genuine part equipped)
Forward Safety Warning Timing
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Forward Safety Warning Timing
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Forward Safety Warning
Timing
on the infotainment system to
change the initial warning activation tim
-
ing of Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
僅Use
Standard
in normal driving con
-
ditions. If the Warning Timing seems
sensitive, change it to
Late
.
僅If
Late
is selected, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist, warns the driver
more slowly.
CAUTION
僅Even though
Standard
is selected for
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle
suddenly stops, the warning may
seem delayed.
僅 Select
Later
for Warning Timing when
traffic is light and when driving speed
is slow.
INFORMATION
僅 Forward/side safety does not provide
the warning timing setting.
僅 The warning timing you have set will
be maintained even if the vehicle is
restarted
OMV033123N
9
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Your vehicle may allow you to change
the
Warning Methods
setting. To do so,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Warning Methods
in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
The Warning Methods
will maintain
their last settings when the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off the other is activated.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is warned and con
-
trolled in the following way.
僅 Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision Warning can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
The collision warning operates under the
following vehicle speed conditions,
depending on the vehicle in front.
僅 Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
6~124 mph (10~200 km/h)
僅 Pedestrian or cyclist: 6~53 mph
(10~85 km/h)
OMV033124N
OKA4054001N
Driver assistance guide
106
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Emergency Braking
A:
Emergency Braking
If Emergency braking recognizes a haz
-
ard, it will alert the driver with the For
-
ward Safety warning light blinking ( ),
warning message, an audible warning
and steering wheel vibration.
The brake assist will be activated to help
avoid a collision with a vehicle, pedes
-
trian, cyclist and powered two-wheeler.
Emergency braking will be activated
according to oncoming objects and dan
-
ger levels in the following conditions.
僅 Vehicle or powered two-wheeler:
*: If Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist judges that avoiding a collision
is difficult even by changing the driv
-
ing lane. The function operate range
may decrease due to surroundings of
the vehicle. (if equipped)
僅 Pedestrian or cyclist: 6~40 mph
(10~65 km/h)
CAUTION
僅 The function operation range may
decrease due to the front traffic con
-
dition or the surroundings of the vehi
-
cle.
僅 When driving at night, the perfor
-
mance of powered two-wheeler rec
-
ognition is decreased, so the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be temporarily limited or may not
work.
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
Junction Turning function
Warning and control
The Junction turning function is warned
and controlled in the following way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
- Driving target Stopped target
Weak braking
power
6~124 mph (10~200 km/h)
Strong brak
-
ing power
6~80 mph
(10~130 km/h)
6~53 mph
(10~85 km/h)
(6~62 mph
(10~100 km/h)*
OKA4053002L
OKA4054003N
11
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision Warning can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions:
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 6-
19 mph (10-30 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h)
僅 Powered two-wheeler and cyclist
speed: Approximately 9-44 mph (15-
70 km/h)
Emergency Braking
A:
Emergency Braking
Emergency braking can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion. The brake assist can be activated
and to help avoid a collision with an
oncoming vehicle, pedestrian, cyclist
and powered two-wheeler.
Emergency braking will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: 6~19 mph (10~30
km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 19-44 mph (30-70 km/h)
僅 Powered two-wheeler and cyclist
speed: Approximately 9-44 mph (15-
70 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
When turning right at an intersection,
braking is assisted to reduce or avoid
collisions if there is a collision risk with a
cyclist approaching at the speed of 10 to
20 km/h (6 to 12 mph) from the opposite
side.
Direct Oncoming function
Warning and control
The Direct Oncoming function is warned
and controlled in the following way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Braking
OKA4053004L
OKA4053005L
OKA4054003N
Driver assistance guide
126
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning can alert the driver
with a forward safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Collision Warning will be activated in fol
-
lowing conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
19~80 mph (30~130 km/h) (*if
equipped: 6~80 mph (10~130 km/h))
僅 Oncoming vehicle or powered two-
wheeler speed: Approximately above
6 mph (10 km/h)
Emergency braking
A:
Emergency Braking
Emergency braking can alert the driver
with a forward safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Emergency braking will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 19-
80 mph (30~130 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle or powered two-
wheeler speed: Approximately above
6 mph (10 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds
CAUTION
僅 If your vehicle or the oncoming vehi
-
cle is not driving straight, Front
Oncoming function warning and con
-
trol may be delayed or may not oper
-
ate.
僅 When driving at night, the perfor
-
mance of t powered two-wheeler rec
-
ognition is decreased, so the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be temporarily limited or may not
work.
Junction Crossing function (if
equipped)
Warning and control
The Junction Crossing function is
warned and controlled by the following
level.
OKA4054001N
OKA4053002L
OKA4053003L
13
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 Collision Warning
僅Emergency Braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision Warning can alert the driver
with the Forward Safety warning light
blinking ( ), warning message, an audi
-
ble warning and steering wheel vibra
-
tion.
Forward collision warning will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 6-
34 mph (10-55 km/h)
僅 Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 6-37 mph (10-60 km/h)
Emergency Braking
A:
Emergency Braking
The Forward Safety warning light blink
-
ing ( ), warning message, an audible
warning and the steering wheel vibration
that emergency braking will be assisted.
The brake assist can be activated and
help mitigate or avoid a collision with a
vehicle, pedestrian cyclist, or powered
two-wheeler.
Emergency braking will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately 6-
34 mph (10-55 km/h)
僅 Crossing vehicle speed: Approxi
-
mately 6-25 mph (10-40 km/h)
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
CAUTION
If the collision angle with the crossing
vehicle is beyond a certain range, Junc
-
tion Crossing Warning and control may
be delayed or may not operate.
Lane-Change Oncoming function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
The Lane-change oncoming function is
warned and controlled in the following
way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅 Emergency Steering
OKA4053006L
OKA4053007L
OKA4053003L
Driver assistance guide
146
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
Collision warning can alert the driver
with the emergency steering warning
light blinking ( ), warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration.
Collision warning will be activated in the
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle or powered two-
wheeler speed: Approximately above
6 mph (10 km/h)
僅 Relative speed: Approximately below
124 mph (200 km/h)
Emergency Steering
A:
Emergency Steering
Emergency steering can alert the driver
with the emergency steering warning
light blinking ( ), warning message, an
audible warning and steering wheel
vibration. The steering assist will be acti
-
vated to help mitigate or avoid a collision
with an oncoming vehicle or powered
two-wheelers.
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
僅 Oncoming vehicle or powered two-
wheeler speed: Approximately above
6 mph (10 km/h)
僅 Relative speed: Approximately below
124 mph (200 km/h)
Lane-Change Side function (if
equipped)
Warning and control
Lane-change Side function is warned
and controlled in the following way.
僅 Collision Warning
僅 Emergency Steering
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
If Collision warning recognizes a hazard,
it will alert the driver with the emergency
steering warning light blinking ( ),
warning message, an audible warning
and steering wheel vibration. The warn
-
ing light will appear on the outside rear-
view mirror (side-view mirror) when the
vehicle or powered two-wheeler either
on a right or left lane is detected from
the rear.
Collision warning will be activated in fol
-
lowing conditions.
OKA4053004L
OKA4053008L
OKA4053004L
OKA4053010
15
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
Emergency Steering
A:
Emergency Steering
To warn the driver that emergency
steering will be assisted, the emergency
steering warning light blinking ( ),
warning message will appear on the
cluster, an audible warning will sound
and the steering wheel will vibrate.
The warning light on the outside rear-
view mirror (side-view mirror) will
appear when the vehicle or powered
two-wheeler on both lanes is detected
from the rear. Steering will be assisted to
avoid collision.
Emergency steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~90 mph (40~145 km/h)
CAUTION
僅 Lane-Change Side function does not
operate if the oncoming vehicle or
powered two-wheeler from the front
side is stopped.
僅 These functions do not work when a
flanking car or two-wheeled vehicle is
stationary.
僅 The detection range of the front-side
and rear-side radars is based on the
standard lane width of ordinary roads.
On narrow roads, warnings may be
triggered by a vehicle or powered
two-wheeler driving in the next lane.
Conversely, on wide roads, radars
may fail to recognize a vehicle or
powered two-wheeler driving in the
next lane and not issue warnings.
僅 The lateral approaching vehicle
response function is deactivated in
the following situations:
- If you drive more than a certain dis
-
tance into the next lane
- If you move away from the direc
-
tion where there is a risk of collision
-If the steering wheel is rotated rap
-
idly
-If you step on the brake pedal
-If FCA is activated
僅 After the lateral approaching vehicle
response function has been triggered
or after changing lanes, be sure to
move into the center of the lane. If
you continue to drive along the edge
of the lane without moving to the
lane's center, the lateral approaching
vehicle response function will be
deactivated.
NOTICE
僅 If an additional accident is expected
due to emergency steering, only a col
-
lision warning will be issued to notify
of the danger.
僅 If the driver's seat is on the left, a colli
-
sion warning may be issued when
turning left; if the driver's seat is on
the right, a collision warning may be
issued when turning right.
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
Warning and control
The Evasive Steering Assist function is
warned and controlled in the following
way.
OKA4053008L
Driver assistance guide
166
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅Emergency Steering
Emergency Steering (Driver
steering assist)
A:
Emergency Steering
If Emergency steering recognizes a haz
-
ard, it will alert the driver with the emer
-
gency steering warning light blinking
( ), warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibration.
If there is a risk of collision with a vehicle,
a pedestrian, a cyclist, or a powered two-
wheeler in front, the steering will be
assisted to help prevent collision when
the driver steers the vehicle to avoid col
-
lision.
Emergency Steering can be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
25~53 mph (40~85 km/h)
僅 Vehicle or powered two-wheeler on
both lanes: while driving
Emergency Steering (Evasive
steering assist)
A:
Emergency Steering
If Emergency steering recognizes a haz
-
ard, it will alert the driver with the emer
-
gency steering warning light blinking
( ), warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibration.
If there is a risk of collision with a pedes
-
trian, a cyclist, or a powered two-wheeler
in front and your vehicle already
exceeded the emergency braking speed
limit, the steering will be assisted to help
prevent collision when the driver steers
the vehicle to avoid collision.
Emergency Steering will be activated in
following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
40~47 mph (65~75 km/h)
CAUTION
僅 The steering wheel may turn auto
-
matically when emergency steering is
operating.
僅 Emergency steering will automati
-
cally cancel when risk factors disap
-
pear. If necessary, the driver must
steer the vehicle.
僅 Emergency steering may not operate
or may cancel during operation if the
steering wheel is held tight or steered
in the opposite direction.
僅 When steering is assisted to avoid col
-
lision with a vehicle, pedestrian, cyclist
and two-wheeler Evasive steering
assist will be canceled if collisions with
other objects (vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrians, or cyclists) are
expected.
僅 Evasive steering assist may not oper
-
ate if space to avoid collision in the
driving lane is insufficient.
僅 When driving at night, the perfor
-
mance of powered two-wheeler rec
-
ognition is decreased, so the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be temporarily limited or may not
work.
OKA4053008L
OKA4053008L
17
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
NOTICE
For more details on warning messages,
refer to "Collision Warning" on page 6-9.
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
僅 The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to control the vehicle. Do not
solely depend on Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
僅 Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
僅 Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be unable to timely
warn the driver.
僅 During Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the environment is noisy.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may turn off or may not operate prop
-
erly or may operate unnecessarily
depending on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
僅 During emergency braking, braking
control by Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 The surroundings and pedestrians,
cyclists and powered two-wheeler or
other vehicles in front of you may
affect the speed or detection range to
operate Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist, resulting in Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist temporarily limited
or disabled.
僅 Forward collision avoidance assis
-
tance operates under specific condi
-
tions, taking into account the status of
the oncoming vehicle, powered two-
wheeler and cyclist, driving direction,
speed, and surrounding environment
to judges the level of risk.
僅 The function may be limited or deacti
-
vated in cases where the driving
speed is excessively high or there is a
significant speed difference between
the vehicle and the oncoming pow
-
ered two-wheelers or cyclists.
僅 When a collision with a surrounding
vehicle is expected, Lane-change
oncoming, Lane-change side and Eva
-
Driver assistance guide
186
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
sive steering assist functions will only
warn the driver.
NOTICE
僅 When a collision is imminent, the For
-
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
assist the driver with brakes if the
driver fails to brake enough.
僅 The images or colors on the instru
-
ment cluster may be different from
those in this manual.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, a warning
message will appear, and the Forward
Safety warning light ( ), the Emergency
steering warning light ( ) and the Mas
-
ter warning light ( ) will appear on the
cluster. Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
When the windshield where the front-
view camera is located, front radar
cover, bumper or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs a warning message, and
the Forward Safety warning light ( ),
the Emergency steering warning light
( ) and the Master warning light ( )
will appear on the cluster.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist will
operate normally when snow, rain or for
-
eign material is removed.
If Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate properly after obstruc
-
tion (snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed (including trailer, carrier, etc.
from the rear bumper), have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate.
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
OMQ4053140L
19
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅 A sensor or its surroundings are con
-
taminated or damaged
僅 The temperature around the front
view camera is extremely high or low
僅 The camera lens is obscured by a
tinted, filmed or coated windshield, by
damaged glass, or by foreign material
(e.g., sticker, bug) on the glass
僅 There is moisture, snow or ice on the
windshield
僅 Heavy rain, snow, or fog obscure the
camera’s view
僅 The field of view of the front-view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅 Light is reflected off a wet road sur
-
face, such as a puddle in the road
僅 An object is placed on the instrument
panel
僅 The surroundings are very bright (e.g.,
glare) or very dark (e.g., in a tunnel).
僅 The light changes suddenly, (e.g.,
when entering or exiting a tunnel)
僅 Dark conditions, when the headlamps
are not on or are obscured, or the
other vehicle has no taillights
僅 Only part of the vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist is
detected
僅 The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with an unusually shaped
cargo, trailer, etc.
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front has no taillights or its, taillights
are in unusual positions
僅 The rear of the front vehicle is small,
or the vehicle does not look normal,
such as when the vehicle is tilted or
overturned Clarify
僅 The other vehicle's ground clearance
is extremely low or high
僅 A vehicle, powered two-wheeler,
pedestrian or cyclist suddenly cuts in
front
僅 The front radar or its surroundings are
impacted, damaged, or out of position
僅 The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
僅 The temperature of the front radar is
extremely high or low
僅 Driving in areas where there are few
vehicles or structures (e.g., desert,
meadow)
僅 Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, metal plates on the
road.
僅 A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle.
僅 The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar's signal
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
appears suddenly
僅 The view of the vehicle or powered
two-wheeler is suddenly blocked
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front suddenly changes a lane or
suddenly reduces speed
Driver assistance guide
206
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
僅 You are departing or returning to the
lane
僅 Unstable driving
僅 You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle or powered two-wheeler in
front is not detected
僅 You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front has an unusual shape
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in front is on a steep hill, out of range
of the camera and radar
僅
The illustration above shows the kinds
of images that the front-view camera
and front radar are capable of detect
-
ing as a vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian and cyclist. The
system may not detect a pedestrian
or cyclist in case of:
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is leaning
over or is not fully walking upright
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing or equipment that makes it
difficult to detect
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
impaired mobility or moving inter
-
sected with the driving direction
僅 There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background and difficult to detect
僅 The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similarly shaped
structure in the surroundings
僅 You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic signs, structures, etc.,
near the intersection
僅 When driving in the following places
- Driving through steam, smoke, or
shadow
- Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
- Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.,
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
- Driving in a car park
- Driving through tollgate, construc
-
tion areas, partially paved roads,
bumpy roads, speed bumps, etc.
- Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
- Driving on an inclined road, curved
road, etc.
- Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
- Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
- There is interference by electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
- The vehicle unstably moves or vio
-
lently shakes
- If there is severe tilting of the over
-
all height due to abnormal tire pres
-
sure or excessive loading in the
cargo area
OMV053105
21
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
- A snow chain, spare tire or wheel of
a different size is installed
Junction Crossing, Lane-Change
Oncoming, Lane-Change Side,
Evasive Steering Assist function
(if equipped)
僅 The temperature around the front
corner radar or rear corner radar is
high or low
僅 A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
僅 The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is covered with snow, rain, dirt,
etc.
僅 The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is covered
with objects, such as a bumper
sticker, bumper guard, bike rack, etc.
僅 The bumper around the front corner
radar or rear corner radar is impacted,
damaged or the radar is out of posi
-
tion
僅 The front corner radar or rear corner
radar is blocked by other vehicles,
walls or pillars
僅 Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp
僅 Driving on a road where the guardrail
or wall is in double structure
僅 The other vehicle or powered two-
wheeler drives very close behind your
vehicle, or the other vehicle passes by
your vehicle in proximity
僅 The speed of the other vehicle or
powered two-wheeler is very fast that
it passes by your vehicle in a short
time
僅 Your vehicle passes by the other vehi
-
cle or powered two-wheeler
僅 Your vehicle has started at the same
time as the vehicle or powered two-
wheeler next to you and has acceler
-
ated
僅 The vehicle or powered two-wheeler
in the next lane moves two lanes
away from you, or when the vehicle
two lanes away moves to the next
lane from you
僅 A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
僅 A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
僅 A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
僅 A small moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby pushchair is detected
僅 A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
僅 The lane is difficult to see due to for
-
eign material, such as rain, snow,
dust, sand, oil and water puddles
僅 The color of the lane marking is not
distinguishable from the road
僅 There are markings on the road near
the lane or the markings on the road
looks similar to the lane markings
僅 The shadow is on the lane marking by
a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise
barriers, etc.
僅 The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings are
crossing
僅 There are more than two-lane mark
-
ings on the road
僅 The lane markings are complicated or
a structure substitutes for the lines,
such as a construction area
僅 There are road markings, such as zig
-
zag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
僅 The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
僅 The lane is very wide or narrow
Driver assistance guide
226
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 There is a curb or road edges without
a lane
僅 The vehicle in front is driving with one
side on the lane marking
僅 The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of
detecting rear corner vehicles and cau
-
tions regarding the rear corner sensor,
please refer to the "Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA)" on page 6-31.
WARNING
僅 Driving on a curved road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians or
cyclists in front of you when driving
on curved roads. This may result in no
warning, braking assist or steering
assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may detect a vehicle, powered two-
wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist in the
next lane or outside the lane when
driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the brake or
steering. Always check the traffic con
-
ditions around the vehicle.
僅 Driving on an inclined road
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not detect other vehicles, pow
-
ered two-wheelers, pedestrians or
cyclists in front of you while driving
uphill or downhill, adversely affecting
the performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warn
-
ing, braking assist, steering assist or
no warning, braking assist, steering
assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, powered
two-wheeler, pedestrian or cyclist
ahead is suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain a safe distance.
OMV053011_4
OMV053012_4
OMV053013_4
23
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
僅 Changing lanes
1. Your vehicle
2. Lane changing vehicle or powered
two-wheeler
When a vehicle or powered two-
wheeler (2) moves into your lane from
an adjacent lane, it cannot be
detected by the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not immediately detect the vehi
-
cle or powered two-wheeler when the
vehicle or powered two-wheeler
changes lanes abruptly. In this case,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
1. Your vehicle
2. Lane changing vehicle or powered
two-wheeler
3. Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle (2) in front of you
merges out of the lane, Forward Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist may not imme
-
diately detect the vehicle or powered
two-wheeler (3) that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain a
safe braking distance, and if neces
-
sary, steer your vehicle and depress
the brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe dis
-
tance.
僅 Detecting a vehicle
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance, additional
special attention is required. Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo extending
from the vehicle. In these instances,
you must maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance from the rearmost object, and if
necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to main
-
tain distance.
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
OMV053014
OMV053015
OKA4053056_2
Driver assistance guide
246
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are similar
in shape or characteristics to vehicles,
powered two-wheelers, pedestrians
and cyclists are detected.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate on bicycles, motor
-
cycles, or smaller wheeled objects,
such as luggage bags, shopping carts,
or strollers.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally if interfered
with by strong electromagnetic
waves.
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front view
camera is initialized.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of
detecting rear corner vehicles and cau
-
tions regarding the rear corner sensor,
please refer to "Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA)" on page 6-31.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
25
6
6
Driver assistance guide Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
While driving over a certain speed, Lane
Keeping Assist can detect lane markings
(or road edges) and may warn you if
your vehicle leaves the lane without
using the turn signal and may assist with
steering to prevent your vehicle depart
-
ing from its travel lane.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
The front-view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
(or road edges).
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Lane Keeping Assist settings
Lane Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Lane Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Lane Safety
: When lane departure is
detected, the system assists with
steering to prevent leaving the lane,
and if lane departure occurs, it alerts
the driver with an audible sound and
steering wheel vibration. If Lane
safety is deselected, the indicator light
( ) will be turned off.
WARNING
僅 Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle is
driven in the middle of the lane.
僅 The driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and steer the vehi
-
cle if
Lane safety
is deselected.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Lane Keeping Assist
automatically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Lane Keeping
Assist. Always drive with care. (if Kia
genuine part equipped)
NOTICE
By pressing the Lane Driving Assist but
-
ton ( ), the Lane Keeping Assist will be
turned off, and it will also deactivate the
Lane Safety.
OKA4053052L
OMV033128N
Driver assistance guide
266
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be set with the
vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Methods
from the settings menu in the infotain
-
ment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activates the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Lane Safety Audible Warning Off
:
Turns off the Lane Safety Audible
Warning, even when both warning
volume and haptic warning are on.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅 The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warning
is turned off the other is activated.
僅 The
Lane Safety Audible Warning
Off
can be set when both the Warn
-
ing Volume and the Haptic Warning
are on
Lane Keeping Assist operation
Turning Lane Keeping Assist On/
Off
With the vehicle on, press and hold the
Lane Driving Assist ( ) button located
on the steering wheel to turn on and off
Lane Keeping Assist.
The gray or green indicator ( ) on
the cluster will light up if you turn on
Lane Keeping Assist.
NOTICE
僅 If Lane Keeping Assist is standby, the
gray indicator ( ) will appear on
the cluster.
僅 If Lane Keeping Assist is ready to
operate, the green indicator ( )
will appear on the cluster.
OMV033124N
OKA4053163L
27
6
6
Driver assistance guide Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Warning and control
The Lane Keeping Assist function is
warned and controlled in the following
way.
僅 Lane Departure Warning
僅 Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Departure Warning
Lane departure warning is issued
through a green indicator light on the
cluster, a blinking indicator in the direc
-
tion you departed from, a warning
sound, and the steering wheel will
vibrate.
Lane Departure Warning will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
Lane Keeping Assist
The green ( ) indicator light will blink
on the cluster, and the steering wheel
makes adjustments to keep vehicle
inside the lane.
Lane Keeping Assist will be activated in
the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Approximately
40~120 mph (60~200 km/h)
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds, a
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.
WARNING
僅 The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
僅 Lane Keeping Assist does not operate
at all times. It is the responsibility of
the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
僅 The hands-off warning message may
appear delayed depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
僅 If the steering wheel is held very
lightly, the hands-off warning mes
-
sage may appear because Lane Keep
-
ing Assist may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the steering
wheel.
僅 If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
NOTICE
僅 Even when Lane Keeping Assist is
active, the driver can still control the
steering wheel.
OKA4053012
OKA4053013
OMQ4053086L
Driver assistance guide
286
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
僅 The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.
僅 If the vehicle detects the lane mark
-
ings, the gray-colored lane lines on
the cluster turns into white.
僅 If you select Highway Lane Change
Assist, the green lane will appear on
the cluster. (if equipped)
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
僅 For more details on the instrument
cluster, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
and limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Lane Keeping Assist is not work
-
ing properly, a warning message will
appear and the yellow ( ) indicator
light will appear on the instrument clus
-
ter.
If this occurs, have the function
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
If foreign materials such as snow or rain
block the sensors or the windshield
where the front-view camera is located,
the detecting performance may be
reduced, resulting in Lane Keeping
Assist temporarily limited or disabled.
In this case, a warning message is dis
-
played with the Master warning light ( )
and the Lane safety warning lights
() on the cluster. This is normal
operation.
Lane Keeping Assist will operate nor
-
mally after cleaning snow, rain or foreign
materials. Always keep it clean.
OKA4053015
OKA4053016
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
29
6
6
Driver assistance guide Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
If Lane Keeping Assist still does not
operate normally after cleaning foreign
materials (snow, rain, etc.) or removing
obstructions (including trailer, carrier,
etc. from the rear bumper), have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
僅Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Lane Keeping Assist may not
operate normally.
僅 Even after starting the vehicle again,
Lane Keeping Assist may not function
normally when the obstruction or mal
-
function condition persists.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
normally or may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅 The lane is contaminated or difficult
to detect because:
- The lane markings (or road edges)
are covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil,
etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or
road edges) is not distinguishable
from the road
- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the
road look similar to the lane mark
-
ings (or road edges)
- The lane marking (or road edges) is
indistinct or damaged
- When the shadow of objects
around the road (central reserva
-
tion, crash barrier, noise barrier,
surrounding bushes, etc.) or the
shadow of a vehicle covers the
lane.
僅 The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings (or
road edges) are crossing
僅 There are more than two lane mark
-
ings (or road edges) on the road
僅 The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure is substi
-
tuted for the lines, such as in a con
-
struction area
僅 There are road markings, such as zig
-
zag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
僅 The lane suddenly disappears, such
as at the intersection
僅 The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow
僅 There is a road edge without a lane
僅 There is a boundary structure in the
roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
curb, etc.
僅 The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in front
is covering the lane marking (or road
edge)
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Driver assistance guide
306
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
WARNING
僅 The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle. Do not solely rely on Lane
Keeping Assist and drive dangerously.
僅 The operation of Lane Keeping Assist
can be canceled or not work normally
depending on road conditions and
surroundings. Always be cautious
while driving.
僅 Refer to "Lane Keeping Assist mal
-
function and limitations" on page 6-
28. If the lane is not detected properly.
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Lane Keeping
Assist for safety reasons.
僅 If the vehicle is driven at high speed,
the steering wheel will not be con
-
trolled. The driver must always follow
the speed limit when using Lane
Keeping Assist.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Lane Keeping Assist
warning message may not be dis
-
played and audible warning may not
be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Lane Keeping Assist if the environ
-
ment is noisy. Adjust the vehicle vol
-
ume moderately and always pay
attention to the surrounding.
僅 If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
normally.
僅 Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
for approximately 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the front-view
camera is initialized.
僅 Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
when:
- The turn signal or hazard warning
flasher is turned on.
- The vehicle is not driven in the cen
-
ter of the lane when Lane Keeping
Assist is turned on or right after
changing a lane.
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
VSM (Vehicle Stability Manage
-
ment) is activated.
- The vehicle is turning quickly on a
curved road.
- Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (55
km/h) or above 130 mph (210 km/
h).
- The driver makes sharp lane
changes.
- The driver brakes suddenly.
- Driving stability can deteriorate
when loading cargo in excess of the
maximum allowable weight or con
-
centrated to one cargo area. Also, it
can reduce the Lane Keeping Assist
performance.
31
6
6
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
can detect approaching vehicles in the
driver’s blind spot areas and warn you of
a possible collision with a warning light
and a warning sound. If there is a colli
-
sion risk when exiting a parallel lane,
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with steering and braking
your vehicle to help avoid a collision.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
can help detect and inform the driver
that a vehicle is approaching at high
speed from the blind spot area.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
can help detect and inform the driver
that a vehicle is in the blind spot.
When you are driving forward out of a
parking space, if Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist determines that there
is a collision risk with an approaching
vehicle in the blind spot, it can help
avoid collision by applying the brake.
CAUTION
僅 The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your vehi
-
cle. Even if there is a vehicle in the
blind spot area, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not warn you
when you pass by at high speeds.
僅 Warning timing may vary depending
on the speed of the vehicle approach
-
ing at high speed.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
CAUTION
僅 Never disassemble the detecting sen
-
sor assembly, or cause any damage to
it.
僅If the detecting sensor or near the
sensor has been damaged or
impacted in any way, even though a
warning message does not appear on
the cluster, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly.
Have the function inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. Visit an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 If the detecting sensors have been
replaced or repaired, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
僅 The genuine Kia rear bumpers which
the Rear corner radar sensors are
mounted are parts with quality and
OMQ4053009
OMQ4053010
OMQ4053012
OKA4053055
Driver assistance guide
326
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
performance ensured. If arbitrarily
applying paint on or changing the
bumper, the Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not function
properly. Use only Kia Genuine Parts
or those of an equivalent standard
with proven quality and performance
to repair or replace the bumper.
僅 Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker, film
or a bumper guard near the rear cor
-
ner radar.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been replaced, or the surround
-
ings of the rear corner radar has been
damaged or paint has been applied.
僅 If a trailer, carrier, etc., is installed, it
may adversely affect the performance
of the rear corner radar or Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Blind-Spot Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Blind-Spot Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Blind-
Spot Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Blind-Spot Safety
: Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will warn and
braking assist will be applied depend
-
ing on the collision risk levels.
A:
Blind-Spot Safety System is Off
When activating Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist or restarting the vehi
-
cle with this function activated, the
warning light on the side mirrors will
appear for approximately 3 seconds.
When the vehicle is restarted with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist inacti
-
vated, a warning message will appear on
the cluster.
WARNING
If
Blind-Spot Safety
is deselected, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist automatically turns off.
In this case, you cannot get help from
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Always drive with care. (if Kia genuine
part equipped)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Blind-Spot Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist will maintain the
last setting.
OMV033129N
OJAPE073081L
33
6
6
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be set with the
vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Methods
from the settings menu in the infotain
-
ment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅 The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off the other is activated.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn and control as following opera
-
tion.
僅 Collision warning
僅 Collision-avoidance assist (while
departing)
Collision warning (while driving)
Type A
The warning light on the cluster, outside
rear-view mirror (side-view mirror) and
head-up display (if equipped) will
appear when the vehicle on both lanes is
detected from the rear.
A vehicle is detected in the following
conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Above 12 mph (20
km/h)
僅 The speed of the vehicle in your blind
spot area: Above 7 mph (10 km/h)
With the vehicle detection in use, Colli
-
sion warning will alert the driver when
the turn signal is activated to make a
lane change with an adjacent car in the
blind spot area.
僅 Collision warning will alert the driver
with the warning light on the cluster,
outside rear-view mirrors (side-view
OMV033124N
OKA4053060_4
Driver assistance guide
346
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
mirrors) and head-up display (if
equipped), audible warning and steer
-
ing wheel vibration.
僅 When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the col
-
lision warning will be canceled and
the function will return to Vehicle
detection state.
Collision Warning operate in the follow
-
ing conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Above 25 mph
(40 km/h)
僅 The speed of the vehicle in your blind
spot area: Above 7 mph (10 km/h)
WARNING
僅 The detecting range of the front cor
-
ner radar or rear corner radar is deter
-
mined by a standard road width,
therefore, on a narrow road, Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may
detect other vehicles two lanes over
and warn you. In contrast, on a wide
road, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not be able to detect a
vehicle driving in the next lane and
may not warn you.
僅 When the hazard warning flasher is
on, the collision warning by the turn
signal will not operate.
NOTICE
僅 If the driver's seat is on the left side,
the collision warning may occur when
you turn left. If the driver's seat is on
the right side, the collision warning
may occur when you turn right.
Maintain a proper distance with the
vehicles in the lane.
僅 Images or colors may be displayed
differently depending on the instru
-
ment cluster specifications or theme.
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
departing)
The warning light on the outside rear-
view mirror (side-view mirror), head-up
display (if equipped), an audible warning
and the steering wheel vibration will
warn the driver of a collision. It assists in
braking control to prevent a collision
with a vehicle approaching from the
blind spot area.
Collision-Avoidance Assist will be acti
-
vated in the following conditions.
僅 Your driving speed: Below 2 mph (3
km/h)
僅 Speed of the vehicle in your blind spot
area: Above 3 mph (5 km/h)
A:
Drive carefully
When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, a warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
僅 Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for
approximately 2 seconds.
OKA4053143L
OKA4053144L
35
6
6
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, BCA warning message
may not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the environment is noisy.
Always pay attention and keep the
vehicle volume at a moderate level.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate if the driver applies
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
僅 When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is operating, braking control by
the function will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively depresses
the accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.
僅 During Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation, the vehicle may stop
suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always have the
seat belt on and keep loose objects
secured.
僅 Even if there is a problem with Blind
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle's basic braking performance
will operate properly.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate in all situations, and
even if it works, it may not be able to
avoid collisions.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not warn the driver depending
on the road and driving conditions.
僅 The responsibility for safe operation
lies with the driver. Do not rely solely
on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist for driving and always check
the surrounding conditions directly
and drive safely.
僅 Never operate Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist on people, animal,
objects, etc. It may cause serious
injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
僅 The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, a warning
message will appear on the cluster for
several seconds, and the master ( )
warning light will appear on the cluster.
Avoidance Assist inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
OJAPE073102L
Driver assistance guide
366
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the cluster
for several seconds and the master
warning light ( ) will appear on the clus
-
ter. If this occurs, have Blind Spot Colli
-
sion Avoidance Assist inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
Covering the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor with foreign
materials, such as snow or rain, or
installing a trailer or carrier can reduce
the detecting performance, resulting in
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
temporarily limited or disabled.
A warning message and the Master
warning light ( ) are displayed on the
cluster display, but it does not indicate a
malfunction of Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate normally when such foreign
material or trailer, etc., is removed, and
then the vehicle is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate normally after it is
removed, have Blind Spot Collision
Avoidance Assist inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
properly operate.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an area
(for example, open terrain) where any
objects are not detected right after
the vehicle is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material right after the vehicle is
turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist to install or remove a trailer, car
-
rier, or another attachment. Turn on
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
when finished.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Blind-Spot Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly, or it may
operate unexpectedly under the follow
-
ing circumstances:
僅 There is inclement weather, such as
heavy snow and rain.
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
37
6
6
Driver assistance guide Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
僅 The detecting sensor is covered with
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
僅 The ambient temperature around the
detecting sensor is high or low.
僅 The detecting sensor is blocked while
driving near a vehicle, pillar, or wall.
僅 Driving on a highway ramp or through
a tollgate.
僅 The pavement abnormally contains
metallic components (such as subway
construction).
僅 There are fixed objects near the vehi
-
cle, such as sound barriers, guardrails,
central dividers, entry barriers, street
-
lights, signs, tunnels, walls, etc.
僅 Driving on a narrow road with over
-
grown foliage.
僅 Driving in wide open areas where
there are few vehicles or structures
僅 Driving on a wet road surface.
僅 Other vehicles are moving very close
behind you, or are passing.
僅 Other vehicles are moving is very fast
when passing.
僅 You pass another vehicle.
僅You change lane.
僅 Your accelerate at the same time as a
vehicle next to you.
僅 A vehicle in the next lane moves two
lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
next lane from you
僅 A trailer or carrier is installed around
the rear corner radar
僅 The bumper around the rear corner
radar is covered with objects, such as
a bumper sticker, bike rack, etc.
僅 The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
radar is out of position
僅 Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅 When the following objects are
detected:
- A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
- A vehicle such as a flat-bed trailer is
detected
- A large vehicle such as a bus or
truck is detected
- A moving obstacle such as a pedes
-
trian, animal, shopping cart or baby
carriage is detected
- A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Pay extra attention. Braking control may
not operate under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road or pothole.
僅 Driving on a slippery surface such as
snow, water, ice, etc.
僅 Tire pressure is low or is damaged
僅 The braking system has been modi
-
fied
僅 When steering abruptly
WARNING
僅 Driving on a curved road
OKA4053061
OKA4053062
Driver assistance guide
386
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly on a curved
road. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a curved road.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 Driving on an inclined road
Driving where the road is merging/
dividing
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing on a slope. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane or
may incorrectly detect the ground or
structure.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing where the road merges or divides.
The function may not detect the vehi
-
cle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 Driving where the heights of the lanes
are different
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly when driv
-
ing where the heights of the lanes are
different. The function may not detect
the vehicle on a road with different
lane heights (underpass joining sec
-
tion, grade separated intersections,
etc.).
WARNING
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
by strong electromagnetic waves.
僅 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate for approximately 3
seconds after the vehicle is started, or
the front view camera or rear corner
radars are initialized.
OKA4053063L_2
OKA4053064
OKA4H054029L
39
6
6
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Safe Exit Warning (SEW) (if
equipped)
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Warning detects a vehicle
approaching the rear corner of your
vehicle and a passenger opens a door,
Safe Exit Warning may warn you with a
warning message and a warning sound
to help avoid a collision.
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)"
on page 6-31.
OKA4053066
OKA4053055
Driver assistance guide
406
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Safe Exit Warning settings
Safe Exit
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Safe Exit
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Safe Exit
on the infotainment
system.
WARNING
If
Safe Exit
is deselected, Safe Exit
Warning cannot warn you. The driver
should always be aware of unexpected
and sudden situations that may occur.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Safe Exit Warning
automatically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Safe Exit Warning.
Always drive with care. (if Kia genuine
part equipped)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Safe Exit Warn
-
ing will maintain the last setting.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be set with the
vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Methods
from the settings menu in the infotain
-
ment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
OMQ4053192L
OMQ4053189L
41
6
6
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Safe Exit Warning operation
Warning and control
Safe Exit Warning warns the following
actions.
僅 Collision warning when exiting vehicle
Collision warning when exiting
vehicle
A:
Collision Warning
The warning light on the side-view mir
-
ror will blink and a warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound.
僅 Safe Exit Warning will warn under the
following circumstances:
- Your driving speed: below 2 mph (3
km/h)
- The speed of the approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear: above 4 mph (6
km/h)
WARNING
僅 Don’t For your safety, change the Set
-
tings after parking the vehicle at a
safe location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Safe Exit Warning mes
-
sage may not be displayed and audi
-
ble warning may not be generated.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Safe Exit Warning if the surround
-
ings are noisy.
僅 Safe Exit Warning does not operate in
all situations or cannot prevent all col
-
lisions.
僅 Safe Exit Warning may not warn the
driver depending on the vehicle and
driving conditions. Always check vehi
-
cle surroundings.
僅 You and your passengers are respon
-
sible for accidents that occur while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surroundings before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
NOTICE
僅 After the vehicle is turned off, Safe
Exit Warning operates for approxi
-
mately 3 minutes, but turns off imme
-
diately if the doors are locked.
僅 Images or colors may be displayed
differently depending on the instru
-
ment cluster specifications or theme.
OKA4053060_4
OKA4053018L
Driver assistance guide
426
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
and limitations
Safe Exit Warning malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, a warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster for several
seconds, and the Master warning light
( ) will appear on the cluster. If there is
a malfunction in Safe Exit Assist, a warn
-
ing message will be displayed on the
instrument cluster display for a certain
period, and the Master warning light ( )
will turn on. If it does not work properly,
visit an authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
and the Master warning light ( ) will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Have Safe Exit Assist be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow, rain, a
trailer or carrier, it can reduce the
detecting performance and temporarily
limit or disable Safe Exit Assist.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
A warning message and the Master
warning light ( ) are displayed on the
instrument cluster, but it does not indi
-
cate a malfunction of Safe Exit Assist.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc., is removed, and then the vehicle is
restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate prop
-
erly after it is removed, have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an open terrain where any
objects are not detected or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material immediately after the
vehicle is turned on, or when the
detecting sensor is blocked with for
-
eign material.
OJAPE073102L
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
43
6
6
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or another
attachment. Turn on Safe Exit Assist
when finished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Warning
Safe Exit Warning may not operate nor
-
mally, or Safe Exit Warning may operate
unexpectedly under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 Exiting the vehicle where there is
overgrown foliage
僅 Exiting the vehicle where the road is
wet
僅 An approaching vehicle is moving
very fast or very slow
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)"
on page 6-31.
WARNING
僅 Safe Exit Warning may not operate
normally if interfered with by strong
electromagnetic waves.
僅 Safe Exit Warning may not operate for
approximately 3 seconds after the
vehicle is restarted, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
僅 Even after starting the vehicle again,
Safe Exit Warning not function prop
-
erly if the obstruction or malfunction
condition persists.
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) (if
equipped)
While your vehicle is stopped, and if Safe
Exit Warning detects a vehicle
approaching the rear corner of your
vehicle and a passenger opens a door,
Safe Exit Warning may warn you with a
warning message and a warning sound
to help avoid a collision.
1. Driver's side sliding door control but
-
ton
2. Passenger's side sliding door control
button
In addition, Safe Exit Assist keeps the
door closed even though the power slid
-
ing door button is pressed to avoid a col
-
lision by detecting an approaching
vehicle from the rear area.
WARNING
Safe Exit Assist is not a substitute for
Child-protector rear door lock, if you
need to protect a passenger in the rear
OKA4053066
OKA4053069
OKA4053070L_2
Driver assistance guide
446
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
seat, be sure to use a Child Restraint
System. For more details, refer to "Child-
protector rear door lock" on page 4-18
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radars, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)"
on page 6-31.
Safe Exit Assist settings
Safe Exit
1 Driver Assistance
2 Safe Exit
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Safe Exit
on the infotainment
system.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of his
or her surroundings. If
Exit Safety
is
deselected, Safe Exit Assist cannot assist
you.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Safe Exit Assist auto
-
matically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Safe Exit Assist.
Always drive with care. (if Kia genuine
part equipped)
NOTICE
If the vehicle is restarted, Safe Exit Assist
will maintain the last setting.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
Warning Methods
can be set with the
vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Methods
from the settings menu in the infotain
-
ment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, the function
may warn you with a low volume.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
OKA4053055
OMV033130N
OMV033124N
45
6
6
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able depending on the vehicle fea
-
tures and specifications.
Safe Exit Assist operation
Warning and control
Safe Exit Assist warns under the follow
-
ing actions.
僅 Collision warning when exiting vehicle
僅 Safe Exit Assist linked to Electronic
child safety lock
Collision warning when exiting
vehicle
A:
Collision Warning
The warning light on the side-view mir
-
ror will blink and a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster, and an
audible warning will sound.
僅 Collision warning when exiting vehicle
will warn under the following circum
-
stances:
- Your driving speed: below 2 mph (3
km/h)
- The speed of an approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear is above 4 mph (6
km/h)
Safe Exit Assist linked to Elec
-
tronic child safety lock
A:
Check traffic in the blind spot, then
try again
The warning light on the outside rear-
view mirror will blink and a warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster.
僅 Safe Exit Assist linked to Electronic
child safety lock will operate in the fol
-
lowing conditions:
- Your driving speed is below 2 mph
(3 km/h)
- The speed of an approaching vehi
-
cle from the rear: above 4 mph (6
km/h)
NOTICE
For more details on power sliding door
opening/closing button, refer to "Power
sliding door (if equipped)" on page 4-35.
OKA4053060_4
OKA4053018L
OMQ4033495L
Driver assistance guide
466
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
WARNING
If the driver presses power sliding door
button again within 10 seconds, it is
determined that the driver checked the
around the vehicle and opened the door
and the door will open regardless of
vehicles approaching. Always make sure
there are no people or objects around
the door before opening the rear door
with Power sliding door button.
NOTICE
If a rear door is open from the outside, it
will open regardless of Safe Exit Assist
operation.
WARNING
僅 Change the Settings after parking at a
safe location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Safe Exit Assist warning
message may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be heard.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
in surroundings.
僅 Safe Exit Assist does not operate in all
situations or cannot prevent all colli
-
sions.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not warn the
driver depending on the road and
driving conditions. Always check vehi
-
cle surroundings.
僅 You and your passengers are respon
-
sible for accidents that occur while
exiting the vehicle. Always check the
surroundings before you exit the vehi
-
cle.
僅 Never deliberately operate Safe Exit
Assist. Doing so may lead to serious
injury or death.
NOTICE
僅 After the vehicle is turned off, Safe
Exit Assist operates approximately for
3 minutes, but turns off immediately if
the doors are locked.
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Safe Exit Assist malfunction and
limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, a warning message will appear
on the instrument cluster for several
seconds, and the Master warning light
( ) will appear. If there is a malfunction
in Safe Exit Assist, a warning message
will be displayed on the instrument clus
-
ter for a certain period, and the Master
warning light ( ) will turn on. If it does
not work properly, Have Safe Exit Assist
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
OJAPE073102L
OJAPE073083L
47
6
6
Driver assistance guide Safe Exit Assist (SEA)
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
and the Master warning light ( ) will
appear on the cluster.
Have Safe Exit Assist inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Safe Exit Assist disabled
When the rear bumper around the rear
corner radar or sensor is covered with
foreign material, such as snow, a trailer
or carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Safe Exit Assist.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
A warning message and the Master
warning light ( ) are displayed on the
instrument cluster, but does not indicate
a malfunction of Safe Exit Assist.
Safe Exit Assist will operate properly
when such foreign material is removed
and the vehicle is restarted.
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate prop
-
erly after it is removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not properly
operate in an open area where objects
are not detected or when the detect
-
ing sensor is blocked with foreign
material immediately after the vehicle
is turned on.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to install or
remove a trailer, carrier, or other attach
-
ment. Turn on Safe Exit Assist when fin
-
ished.
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate prop
-
erly, or it may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
僅 Existing the vehicle where there is
overgrown foliage
僅 Exiting the vehicle where the road is
wet
僅 An approaching vehicle is moving
very fast or very slow
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" on
page 6-31.
WARNING
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not operate prop
-
erly if interfered with by strong elec
-
tromagnetic waves.
僅 Safe Exit Assist may not operate for
approximately 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
OMQ4053140L
Driver assistance guide
486
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
僅 Even after starting the engine again,
Safe Exit Warning may not function
properly when the obstruction or mal
-
function condition persists.
僅 Even after starting the vehicle again,
Safe Exit Assist may not function
properly when the obstruction or mal
-
function condition persists.
Manual Speed Limit Assist
(MSLA)
1
Speed Limit indicator
2
Set speed
You can set the speed limit when you do
not want to drive over a specific speed.
If you drive over the preset speed limit,
Manual Speed Limit Assist operates (set
speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.
Manual Speed Limit Assist opera
-
tion
Setting speed limit
1. Press and hold Driving Assist ( ) but
-
ton at the desired speed. The Speed
Limit ( ) indicator will appear
on the cluster.
2. Push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down and release it at the desired
speed.
Push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down and hold it. The speed will
increase or decrease to the nearest
multiple of 5 mph (10 in km/h) at first,
and then increase or decrease by 5
mph (10 km/h).
OMQ4A053003
OKA4053157L
49
6
6
Driver assistance guide Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)
3. The set speed limit will be displayed
on the instrument cluster.
If you would like to drive over the pre
-
set speed limit, depress the accelera
-
tor pedal.
The set speed limit will blink and
chime will sound until you return the
vehicle speed to the set limit.
NOTICE
僅 When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain the set
speed.
僅 Depending on the vehicle specifica
-
tions, the set maximum speed is dif
-
ferent. You cannot increase the set
speed above the set maximum speed.
Temporarily pausing Manual
Speed Limit Assist
Press the ( ) button to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Speed Limit
( ) indicator will stay on.
Resuming Manual Speed Limit
Assist
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the function was paused, operate
the (+), (-), ( ) switch.
If you push the (+) switch up or (–)
switch down, vehicle speed will be set to
the current speed on the instrument
cluster.
If you press the ( ) button, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
OKA4053158L
OKA4053159L
OMQ4A053004
OKA4053160L
OKA4053161L_3
Driver assistance guide
506
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Turning off Manual Speed Limit
Assist
Press the Driving Assist ( ) button to
turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. The
Speed Limit ( ) indicator will go
off.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
僅 Always set the vehicle speed under
the posted speed limit.
僅 Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the function is not in use, to
avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Check that the Speed Limit ( )
indicator is off.
僅 Manual Speed Limit Assist does not
substitute for proper and safe driving.
It is the responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely and to be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations.
Pay attention to the road conditions at
all times.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
(ISLA) (if equipped)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist uses infor
-
mation from the detected road signs and
uses the navigation system data to
inform you of the posted speed limit and
to help you maintain it.
CAUTION
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly if the function is
used in other countries.
僅If a navigation is applied to your vehi
-
cle, the navigation needs to be regu
-
larly updated for Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist to operate properly.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
OKA4053157L
OKA4053052L
51
6
6
Driver assistance guide Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist set
-
tings
Speed Limit
1 Driver Assistance
2 Speed Limit
3 Speed Limit Assist
4 Speed Limit Warning
5 Speed Limit Information
6 Off
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Speed
Limit
on the infotainment system.
僅
Speed Limit Offset:
The offset for
Speed limit can be adjusted. The vehi
-
cle will warn the speed limit or adjust
the driving speed when the current
driving speed is higher than the rec
-
ognized speed limit added with set
tolerance value.
僅
Speed Limit Assist
: Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist will inform the driver of
speed limit and additional road signs
and warn the driver when the vehicle
is driven faster than the speed limit.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will also
inform the driver to change set speed
of Manual Speed Limit Assist or Smart
Cruise Control to help the driver stay
within the speed limit.
僅
Speed Limit Warning
: Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist will inform the
driver of speed limit and additional
road signs. Intelligent Speed Limit
Assist will also warn the driver when
the vehicle is driven faster than the
posted speed limit.
僅
Speed Limit information
: Provides
information on speed limits and addi
-
tional signs.
僅
Off
: Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will
turn off.
WARNING
Be sure to park in a safe place before
setting Intelligent Speed Limit Assist.
NOTICE
僅 Speed limit and Speed warning func
-
tion operates based on an offset value
added to the speed limit. Set the off
-
set value to '0' to change or warn the
speed according to the posted speed
limit.
僅 The setting of Speed limit offset is not
reflected in Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
operation
Warning and control
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is warned
and controlled by the following level.
僅 Displaying speed limit
僅 Speeding warning
僅 Changing set speed
僅 Auto set speed change
NOTICE
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warning
and control are described based on
the Offset adjust to '0'. For details on
Offset setting, refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist (ISLA) (if
equipped)" on page 6-50.
OMQ4A053024
Driver assistance guide
526
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
Displaying speed limit
Speed limit information is displayed on
the instrument cluster.
NOTICE
僅 If speed limit information of the road
cannot be recognized, '---' sign will be
displayed. Please refer to "Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist malfunction and
limitations" on page 6-53 if the road
signs are difficult to recognize.
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist provides
additional road sign information in
addition to speed limit. Additional
road sign information provided may
vary according to your region.
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the instrument cluster type or theme
selected from the settings menu.
Speeding warning
When driving at a speed higher than the
displayed speed limit, the red speed limit
indicator will appear.
Changing set speed
If the speed limit of the road changes
during the operation of Manual Speed
Limit Assist or Smart Cruise Control, an
arrow in the direction of up or down is
displayed to inform the driver that the
set speed needs to be changed. The
driver can change the set speed accord
-
ing to the speed limit by using the (+) or
(–) switch on the steering wheel.
Auto set speed change
When operating Manual Speed Limit
Assist or Smart Cruise Control, if the
speed set by the driver is the same as
the speed limit on the road, the set
speed is automatically adjusted accord
-
ingly the speed limit afterwards. The
auto set speed change function operates
on roads with a speed limit of above 45
mph (70 km/h). When the function is
activated, the set speed on the instru
-
ment cluster is displayed in green.
OKA4054165N
OKA4054166N
OKA4054167N
OKA4054168N
OKA4054169N
53
6
6
Driver assistance guide Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
WARNING
僅 When driving at a speed lower than
the speed limit, set the offset under
'0', or press (-) switch to decrease
your set speed.
僅 Even after changing the set speed
according to the speed limit of the
road, the vehicle can still be driven
over the speed limit. If necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your speed.
僅 If the posted speed limit is under 20
mph (30 km/h), the set speed change
and auto set speed change function
will not work.
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist oper
-
ates using the speed unit in the instru
-
ment cluster set by the driver. If the
speed unit is set to a unit other than
the speed unit used in your country,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly. (Except Australia/
Russia)
NOTICE
僅 For more details on Manual Speed
Limit Assist operation, refer to "Man
-
ual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA)" on
page 6-48.
僅 For more details on Smart Cruise Con
-
trol operation, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (SCC)" on page 6-61.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction and limitations
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
malfunction
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is not
working properly, a warning message
will appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, the Master warning light ( ), and
the Intelligent Speed Limit Assist warn
-
ing light ( ) will appear on the cluster.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
When the windshield where the front-
view camera is located is covered with
foreign material, such as snow or rain, it
can reduce the detecting performance
and temporarily limit or disable Intelli
-
gent Speed Limit Assist. If this occurs, a
warning message and the Intelligent
Speed Limit Assist warning light ( ) will
appear on the cluster.
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
Driver assistance guide
546
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist (ISLA)
material is removed. Always keep it
clean.
If Intelligent Speed Limit Assist does not
operate properly after it is removed,
have your vehicle checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
may not operate properly.
僅 Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioned,
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
properly operate as the function
maintains the broken/covered state.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Intelligent Speed
Limit Assist
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist may not
operate properly, or it may operate
unexpectedly under the following cir
-
cumstances:
僅 The road sign is contaminated or
indistinguishable
- The road sign is difficult to see due
to bad weather, such as rain, snow,
fog.
- The road sign is partially obscured
by surrounding objects or shadow
僅 The road signs do not conform to the
standard
- The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- A sign is attached to another vehi
-
cle such as a construction truck
僅 The distance between the vehicle and
the road signs is far
僅 The vehicle encounters illuminating
road signs
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist incor
-
rectly recognizes numbers or pictures
in the street signs or other signs as
the speed limit
僅 A road sign near the road you are
driving is detected
僅 Multiple signs are installed close
together
僅 The minimum speed limit sign is mis
-
identified
僅 The minimum speed limit sign is on
the road
僅 The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
僅 Headlamps are not used or the bright
-
ness of the headlamps are weak at
night or in the tunnel
僅 The field of view of the front-view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅 Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight,
streetlights, or oncoming vehicles
僅 The navigation information or GPS
information contains errors.
僅 The driver does not follow the guide
of the navigation.
僅 Driving on a road that is sharply
curved or continuously curved
僅 Driving through speed bumps, or driv
-
ing up and down or left to right on
steep inclines
55
6
6
Driver assistance guide Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
僅 The vehicle is shaking heavily
僅 Driving on a new road
僅 Driving on a road under construction.
僅 When the navigation software
updates during driving
WARNING
僅 Intelligent Speed Limit Assist is a sup
-
plemental function that can help the
driver to comply with the speed limit
on the road. It is not a substitute for
driver attention.
僅 It is the responsibility of the driver to
follow the speed limit.
僅It may not operate for 15 seconds
after the vehicle is started, or the
front-view camera is initialized or
restarted.
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Driver Attention Warning
(DAW)
Inattentive Driving Warning func
-
tion
Driver Attention Warning monitors your
driving pattern while driving. When it
detects that the driver's attention level is
below a certain level, Driver Attention
Warning recommends a break to help
with safe driving.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when a detected
vehicle in front departs from a stop.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to help detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while vehicle is being driven. Refer to the
picture above for the detailed location of
the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
僅 Always keep the front-view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal
performance of DAW.
僅 For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "For
-
OKA4053052L
Driver assistance guide
566
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
ward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Driver Attention Warning set
-
tings
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driver Attention Warning
3 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driver
Attention Warning
→
Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert
on the infotainment
system.
僅
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
:
Driver Attention Warning will inform
the driver when a detected vehicle in
front departs from a stop.
Driver Attention Warning opera
-
tion
Inattentive Driving Warning func
-
tion
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is as follows.
僅 Taking a break
Taking a break
A:
Consider taking a break
The inattentive warning light ( ) blink
-
ing and warning message will appear on
the instrument cluster and an audible
warning will sound to suggest that the
driver take a break, when the driver's
attention level is below a certain level.
僅 Driver Attention Warning will not sug
-
gest a break when the total driving
time is shorter than 4 minutes or 4
minutes has not passed after the last
break was suggested.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
CAUTION
僅 Driver Attention Warning may suggest
a break depending on the driver's
driving pattern or habits, even if the
driver doesn't feel fatigue.
僅 Driver Attention Warning is a supple
-
mental function and may not be able
to determine whether the driver is
inattentive.
僅 If you feel fatigued, you should take a
break at a safe location, even if there
is no break suggestion by Driver
Attention Warning.
OMV033132N
OJAPE073088L
57
6
6
Driver assistance guide Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function
A:
Leading vehicle is driving away
When a detected vehicle in front departs
from a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert will inform the driver by displaying
a warning message on the cluster and
an audible warning will sound.
WARNING
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Leading Vehicle Depar
-
ture Alert's warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
僅 The driver should hold the responsi
-
bility to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
CAUTION
僅 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
僅 Always check the front of the vehicle
and road conditions before departure.
NOTICE
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
cluster type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
Driver Attention Warning mal
-
function and limitations
Driver Attention Warning mal
-
function
A:
Check Driver Assistance system.
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, a warning message
will appear on the cluster for several sec
-
onds, the Master warning light ( ) and
the inattentive warning light ( ) will
appear on the cluster.
If this occurs, have Driver Attention
Warning inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Driver Attention Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
When the front windshield (where the
front-view camera is located), front
radar cover, bumper or sensor is cov
-
ered with foreign material, such as snow
or rain, it can reduce the detecting per
-
formance and temporarily limit or dis
-
able Driver Attention Warning.
A warning message, the inattentive
warning light ( ) and the Master warn
-
ing light ( ) will appear on the cluster.
OKA4053022L
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053139L
Driver assistance guide
586
Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
Driver Attention Warning will operate
properly when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
If Driver Attention Warning does not
operate properly after obstruction
(snow, rain, or foreign material) is
removed (including trailer, carrier, etc.
from the rear bumper), have your Kia
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message or
warning light does not appear on the
instrument cluster, Driver Attention
Warning may not properly operate.
僅 Driver Attention Warning may not
properly operate in an open area
where there is nothing to detect or the
detecting sensor is covered with for
-
eign material after turning ON the
vehicle.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
僅 The vehicle is driven violently
僅 The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
僅 The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
僅 When a vehicle cuts in
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of you, Lead
-
ing Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
僅 When the vehicle ahead sharply
steers
[A]: Your vehicle, [B]: Front vehicle
If a vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
making a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
OKA4053071
OKA4053072
OKA4053073
59
6
6
Driver assistance guide Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
僅 When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departs
If the vehicle in front abruptly departs,
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert may
not operate properly.
僅 When a pedestrian or bicycle is
between you and the vehicle ahead
If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s)
in between you and the vehicle in
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
may not operate properly.
僅 When in a parking lot
If a vehicle parked in front drives
away from you, Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may alert you that the
parked vehicle is driving away.
僅 When driving at a tollgate or intersec
-
tion
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
WARNING
Driver Attention Warning may not oper
-
ate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front-view camera is ini
-
tialized.
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
OKA4053074
OMQ4053027
OKA4053075
OMQ4053029
Driver assistance guide
606
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM)
Blind-Spot View Monitor
(BVM) (if equipped)
Left
Right
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays rear
blind spots in the instrument cluster
when the turn signal is turned on to help
safely change lanes.
Detecting sensor
Wide-side-view camera/Outside mirror
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings
Blind-Spot View Monitor
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Safety
3 Blind-Spot View Monitor
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving
Safety
→
Blind-Spot View Monitor
from the infotainment system screen to
turn on Blind-Spot View Monitor and
deselect to turn off the function.
Blind-Spot View Monitor opera
-
tion
Turn signal lever
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on and
off when the turn signal is turned on and
off.
OMQ4A053025
OMQ4053221L
OKA4H054028L
OMV033133N
OMV033424
61
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Operating conditions
僅 When the left or right turn signal turns
on, the image on the instrument clus
-
ter will turn on.
Off conditions
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn off
when one of the following conditions are
satisfied:
僅 When the turn signal is turned off.
僅 When the hazard warning flasher is on.
僅 When another important warning is
displayed on the instrument cluster.
Blind-Spot View Monitor mal
-
function
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, the instrument cluster
display flickers, or the camera image
does not display normally, have Blind-
Spot View Monitor inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Blind-Spot View Monitor may display
objects at a different distance from
what is shown on the screen due to
the correction of the wide-side-view
camera images. Make sure to visually
check the surroundings for safety.
僅 If the camera lens is covered with for
-
eign material, Blind-Spot View Moni
-
tor may not operate normally.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
However, do not use chemical sol
-
vents such as strong detergents con
-
taining high alkaline or volatile
organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the camera
lens.
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control detects a vehicle
ahead and can help maintain the dis
-
tance from the vehicle ahead and the set
speed.
Overtake Acceleration Assist
function
When Smart Cruise Control judges you
are attempting to overtake a vehicle in
front, Smart Cruise Control helps with
accelerating.
Based On Driving Style function
(if equipped)
Smart Cruise Control will operate based
on the driver's driving style, such as
inter-vehicle distance, acceleration,
reaction speed.
Detecting sensors
Front camera
Front radar
OKA4053052L
OKA4053053L
Driver assistance guide
626
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Front corner radar (if equipped)
CAUTION
僅 Always keep the front-view camera
and front radar in good condition to
maintain optimal performance of
Smart Cruise Control.
僅 For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera and front
radar, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor
Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Smart Cruise Control settings
Smart Cruise Control
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Smart
Cruise Control
on the infotainment sys
-
tem to set the distance, acceleration and
the reaction speed.
Based on driving style
1 Driver Assistance
2 Smart Cruise Control
3 Based on Driving Style
With the vehicle on, if
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Smart Cruise
Control
→
Based on Driving Style
is
selected from the infotainment system
screen, Smart Cruise Control will operate
based on the driver's driving style, such
as vehicle distance, acceleration, reac
-
tion speed.
The driving style can be adjusted manu
-
ally.
NOTICE
僅 If equipped with Based on Driving
Style, Based on driving mode and
Based on driving style can be selected
from the infotainment system screen
by selecting
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Smart Cruise
Control
.
僅 While Smart Cruise Control is operat
-
ing with Based on driving style
selected, if you press and hold the
Vehicle Distance ( ) button, based on
driving mode will be disabled. Press
and hold the Vehicle Distance ( )
button to change Smart Cruise Con
-
trol to Based on Driving Style mode.
僅 Smart Cruise Control learns your driv
-
ing styles only when drive the vehicle.
僅 When Based On Driving Style is dis
-
abled, your driving style (inter-vehicle
distance, acceleration, response
speed) remains at the same level as
the Based On Driving Style.
僅 When the Based On Driving Style is
enabled or disabled, the displayed
driving style (including inter-vehicle
distance, acceleration, and response
speed) may vary between different
controlled styles.
OKA4053054L
OMV033135N
63
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
→
Warning Volume
from the set
-
tings menu in the infotainment system
to change the following settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅 The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off another is activated.
Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Basic function
Smart Cruise Control operates when the
following conditions are satisfied.
僅 The gear is in D (Drive)
僅 Your driving speed is within the oper
-
ating speed range
- 5~110 mph (10~180 km/h): when
there is no vehicle in front
- 0~110 mph (0~180 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS is on
Smart Cruise Control does not operate in
the following conditions.
僅 The driver's door is open
僅 Engine RPM is high
僅 EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is
applied
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or
ABS is controlling the vehicle
僅 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is operating
僅 Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is operating (if equipped)
NOTICE
When stopped behind another vehicle,
you can turn on Smart Cruise Control
while the brake pedal is depressed.
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
646
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Overtake Acceleration Assist
function
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will oper
-
ate when the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive) or
turned on to the right (right-hand drive)
while Smart Cruise Control is operating,
and the following conditions are satis
-
fied:
僅 Your driving speed is above 40 mph
(60 km/h)
僅 A vehicle is detected in front of you
Overtaking Acceleration Assist does not
operate in the following conditions.
僅 The hazard warning flasher is on
僅 Vehicle speed is reduced to maintain
distance with a vehicle in front
WARNING
僅 When the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive)
or turned on to the right (right-hand
drive) while there is a vehicle ahead,
the vehicle may accelerate temporar
-
ily. Always pay attention to the road
conditions.
僅 Regardless of your country's driving
direction, Overtaking Acceleration
Assist will operate when the condi
-
tions are satisfied. When using the
function in countries with different
driving direction, always check the
road conditions.
Turning on Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
on Smart Cruise Control. The set speed
will be set to the current speed on the
cluster.
僅 If there is no vehicle in front of you,
the set speed will be maintained.
僅 If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may be adjusted to maintain
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the set
speed.
NOTICE
僅 If your vehicle speed is between 0~20
mph (0~30 km/h) when you press the
Driving Assist button, the Smart
Cruise Control speed will be set to 20
mph (30 km/h).
僅 If the driver changes to the lower
gear, the driving speed may not reach
the set speed.
Setting vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
headway changes as follows:
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90
km/h), the distance is maintained as fol
-
lows:
僅 Distance 4: approximately 172 ft (52.5
m)
OKA4053157L
OKA4053162L
65
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅 Distance 3: approximately 130 ft (40
m)
僅 Distance 2: approximately 106 ft (32.5
m)
僅 Distance 1: approximately 82 ft (25 m)
NOTICE
The distance is set to the last set dis
-
tance when the vehicle is restarted, or
when Smart Cruise Control was tempo
-
rarily canceled.
Increasing set speed
僅 Push the (+) switch up and release it
immediately. The set speed will
increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
僅 Push the (+) switch up and hold it. The
set speed will increase by 5 mph (10
km/h) each time the switch is oper
-
ated in this manner.
You can increase the set speed to 110
mph (180 km/h).
WARNING
Check the driving condition before using
the (+) switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase when you push up and
hold the (+) switch.
Decreasing set speed
僅 Push the (-) switch down and release
it immediately. The set speed will
decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time
the switch is operated in this manner.
僅 Push the (-) switch down and hold it.
The set speed will decrease by 5 mph
(10 km/h) each time the switch is
operated in this manner.
You can decrease the set speed to 20
mph (30 km/h).
Temporarily canceling Smart
Cruise Control
Press the ( ) button or press the brake
pedal to temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control.
Resuming Smart Cruise Control
To resume Smart Cruise Control after
the function was canceled, operate the
(+), (-) or ( ) switch.
OKA4053158L
OKA4053159L
OKA4053077_2
OKA4053161L_3
Driver assistance guide
666
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
If you push the (+) switch up or (-) switch
down, the set speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you press the ( ) button, vehicle
speed will resume to the preset speed.
WARNING
Check the driving conditions before
using the ( ) button. Driving speed may
sharply increase or decrease when you
press the ( ) button.
Turning off Smart Cruise Control
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
Smart Cruise Control off.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist button to turn off Smart
Cruise Control. However, Manual Speed
Limit Assist will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use the switches and buttons at
the same time. Smart Cruise Control
may not operate properly.
Smart Cruise Control display and
control
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the Driving
Assist view on the instrument cluster.
Refer to "LCD display" on page 4-93.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as
below depending on the status of the
function.
僅When operating
1. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level
2. Set speed
3. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the target vehicle distance
僅 When temporarily canceled
1. Your vehicle (gray)
2. Previous set speed (gray)
3. Whether there is a vehicle ahead
(gray) (if equipped)
NOTICE
僅 The distance of the front vehicle on
the instrument cluster is displayed
according to the actual distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
ahead.
僅 The target distance may vary accord
-
ing to the vehicle speed and the set
distance level. If vehicle speed is low,
even though the vehicle distance has
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.
僅 The images or colors displayed on the
cluster may vary depending on the
instrument cluster specifications or
themes.
OKA4053157L
OKA4054170N
67
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Accelerating temporarily
If you want to speed up temporarily
without altering the set speed while
Smart Cruise Control is operating,
depress the accelerator pedal. While the
accelerator pedal is depressed, the set
speed, distance level and target distance
will blink on the instrument cluster.
However, if the accelerator pedal is
depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may
decelerate.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating temporar
-
ily as, because the speed and distance is
not controlled automatically even if
there is a vehicle in front of you.
Based on Driving Style operating
When the Based on Driving Style is
enabled, the instrument cluster will show
the set vehicle distance level and target
vehicle distance in white. It will also dis
-
play the distance level and target dis
-
tance based on your driving behavior.
Temporarily canceling Smart
Cruise Control
A:
Smart Cruise Control deactivated
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled automatically, a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the instrument clus
-
ter, and an audible warning will sound to
warn the driver.
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily
canceled automatically when:
僅 Your driving speed is above 120 mph
(190 km/h)
僅 The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period
僅 The accelerator pedal is continuously
depressed for a certain period
僅 The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate are not satisfied
NOTICE
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily
canceled while the vehicle is at a stand
-
still with the function activated, EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is temporar
-
ily canceled, the distance to a vehicle in
front will not be maintained. Always
have your eyes on the road and, if nec
-
essary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your speed to maintain a safe
distance.
OKA4054171N
OKA4H053005
OJAPE073092L
Driver assistance guide
686
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control conditions
not satisfied
A:
Smart Cruise Ctrl. conditions not
met
If the Driving Assist button, (+) switch, (-)
switch or ( ) button is operated when
Smart Cruise Control operating condi
-
tions are not satisfied, a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the instrument
cluster and an audible warning will
sound.
In traffic situation
A:
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. If the vehicle
ahead starts moving, your vehicle will
start as well.
After the vehicle has stopped and a cer
-
tain time has passed, a warning mes
-
sage will appear on the instrument
cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or
operate the (+) switch, (-) switch or ( )
button to start driving.
Warning road conditions ahead
A:
Watch for surrounding vehicles
In the following situation, a warning
message will appear on the instrument
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound to warn the driver of road condi
-
tions ahead.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in
front of you, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your speed to
maintain a safe distance.
Collision Warning
A:
Collision Warning
While Smart Cruise Control is operating,
when a collision risk with a vehicle ahead
is high, a warning message will appear
on the cluster, an audible warning will
sound and the steering wheel will vibrate
to warn the driver.
Always have your eyes on the road and,
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
OJAPE073093L
OMQ4053147L
OKA4054025N
OKA4054001N
69
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
WARNING
In the following situations, Smart Cruise
Control may not warn the driver of a col
-
lision.
Always pay attention to road conditions.
僅 The distance from a vehicle ahead is
near or the speed of the vehicle in
front is faster or similar to yours
僅 The speed of a vehicle in front is very
slow or is at a standstill
僅 The accelerator pedal is depressed
right after Smart Cruise Control is
turned on
WARNING
僅 Smart Cruise Control does not substi
-
tute for proper and safe driving. It is
your responsibility to always check
the speed and distance to a vehicle
ahead.
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not recog
-
nize unexpected, sudden or complex
situations, so always pay attention to
driving conditions and control your
vehicle speed.
僅 Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
the function is not in use to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
僅 Do not open the door or leave the
vehicle when Smart Cruise Control is
operating, even if the vehicle is
stopped.
僅 Always be aware of the selected
speed and distance ahead.
僅 Keep a safe distance according to
road conditions and vehicle speed. If
the distance is too close when driving
at high speed, a serious collision may
result.
僅 When maintaining distance with a
vehicle ahead, if that vehicle disap
-
pears from view, Smart Cruise Control
may suddenly accelerate to the set
speed. Always be aware of unex
-
pected and sudden situations.
僅 Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
僅 Always be aware of emergent situa
-
tions such as when a vehicle cuts in
suddenly.
僅 When towing a trailer or something
similar, your vehicle may experience
frequent shifting and high RPM and
the performance of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may be compromised. Always
drive with caution.
僅 Turn off Smart Cruise Control when
your vehicle is being towed.
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not operate
properly if interfered with by strong
electromagnetic waves.
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not detect
an obstacle in front and lead to a colli
-
sion. Always look ahead to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
僅 Vehicles moving in front of you with
frequent lane changes may cause a
delay in Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise Control to
react to a vehicle that is actually in an
adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
僅 Always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely, even though a warn
-
ing message does not appear, or an
audible warning does not sound.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or warning sound is
generated, Smart Cruise Control
warning message may not be dis
-
Driver assistance guide
706
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
played and warning sound may not
be heard.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
if the environment is noisy.
僅 The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation or
accident caused by the driver.
僅 Always set the vehicle speed under
the posted speed limit.
僅 If your driving style changes, distance,
acceleration and reaction speed may
change.
CAUTION
僅 Your vehicle must be driven suffi
-
ciently to analyze your actual driving
style, such as vehicle distance, accel
-
eration and reaction speed.
僅 Based on Driving Style may not reflect
the driver's driving style or driving
conditions which could affect driving
safety.
僅 If you are driving in special conditions,
such as snow, rain, fog or steep hills,
your vehicle may not be driven
according to your driving style.
NOTICE
僅 Smart Cruise Control may not operate
for a few seconds after the vehicle is
restarted or the front-view camera or
front radar is initialized.
僅 You may hear a sound when the
brake is controlled by Smart Cruise
Control.
僅 Based on Driving Style may not reflect
your driving style if it is not safe such
as rapid acceleration.
僅 Based on Driving Style does not
reflect any driving style other than
vehicle distance, acceleration and
reaction speed.
Smart Cruise Control malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a malfunction in Smart Cruise
Control, a warning message will be dis
-
played on the instrument cluster (and
turned off after a certain period), and
the Master warning light ( ) will turn on.
Have Smart Cruise Control inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
Smart Cruise Control disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
When the front radar cover or sensor is
covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting per
-
formance and temporarily limit or dis
-
able Smart Cruise Control.
A warning messages and the Master
warning light ( ) are displayed on the
instrument cluster (and turn off after a
certain period). This does not indicate a
malfunction of Smart Cruise Control.
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053140L
71
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
Smart Cruise Control will operate prop
-
erly when snow, rain or foreign material
is removed. Always keep it clean.
WARNING
Even though a warning message does
not appear on the instrument cluster,
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not properly
operate in an open area where there is
nothing to detect, or the detecting sen
-
sor is covered with foreign material after
turning ON your vehicle.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
Limitations of Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally under the following circum
-
stances:
僅 The detecting sensor or the surround
-
ings are contaminated or damaged
僅 Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
僅 The camera lens is contaminated due
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or sticky foreign
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass
僅 Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield
僅 The field of view of the front-view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
僅 Streetlights or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on a wet road.
僅 The temperature around the front-
view camera is high or low
僅An object is placed on the instrument
panel
僅 The surroundings are very bright
僅 The surroundings are very dark, such
as in a tunnel, etc.
僅 The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel
僅 The brightness outside is low, and the
headlight are not on or are not bright
僅 Driving in heavy rain, snow or thick
fog
僅 Driving through steam, smoke or
shadows
僅 Only part of a vehicle is detected
僅 A vehicle in front has no taillights, tail
-
lights are atypically located, etc.
僅 The brightness outside is low, and the
taillights are not on or are not bright
僅 The rear of a front vehicle in front is
small or does not look normal (for
example, tilted, overturned, etc.)
僅 A front vehicle's ground clearance is
low or high
僅 A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
僅 Your vehicle is being towed
僅 An object reflects off the front radar
such as a guardrail, nearby vehicle,
etc.
僅 The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged, or the front
radar is out of position
僅 The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
僅 The vehicle in front is made of mate
-
rial that does not reflect on the front
radar
Driver assistance guide
726
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
僅 Driving near a highway, interchange
or tollgate
僅 Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, rain, ice, etc.
僅 Driving on a curved road
僅 A vehicle in front is detected late
僅 A vehicle in front is suddenly blocked
by an obstacle
僅 A vehicle in front suddenly changes a
lane or suddenly reduces speed
僅 A vehicle in front is bent out of shape
僅 A vehicle in front's speed is fast or
slow
僅 With a vehicle in front, you change
lane suddenly
僅 A vehicle in front is covered with snow
僅 Unstable driving
僅 You are on a roundabout (rotary) and
a vehicle in front is not detected
僅 You are continuously driving in a cir
-
cle
僅 Adverse road conditions cause exces
-
sive vehicle vibration
僅 Your vehicle height is low or high due
to heavy loads, abnormal tire pres
-
sure, etc.
僅 Driving in the following places
- Driving in a parking lot
- Driving through a construction
area, unpaved road, partially paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps,
etc.
- Driving on an inclined road, curved
road, etc.
- Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
- Driving through a narrow road with
overgrown foliage
- There is interference from electro
-
magnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
- Driving on a curved road
僅 Driving through a tunnel or on an iron
bridge
僅 Driving near areas containing metal
substances, such as a construction
zone, railroad, etc.
僅 Driving in wide open areas where
there are few vehicles or structures
- Driving through steam, smoke, or
shadow
- Driving near a highway interchange
or tollgate
僅 Driving on a curved road
僅
On curves, Smart Cruise Control may
not detect a vehicle in the same lane
and may accelerate to the set speed.
Vehicle speed may rapidly decrease
when a vehicle ahead is detected sud
-
denly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
curves and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
Your vehicle speed can reduce due to
a vehicle in an adjacent lane.
Check that the road conditions permit
safe operation of Smart Cruise Con
-
OMV053045
OMV053046
73
6
6
Driver assistance guide Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
trol and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed to maintain a safe distance
僅 Driving on an incline
During uphill or downhill driving, the
Smart Cruise Control may not detect a
moving vehicle in your lane and cause
your vehicle to accelerate to the set
speed. Vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when a vehicle ahead is
detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed on
inclines and apply the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.
僅 Changing lanes
1. Your vehicle,
2. Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle (2) moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot
be detected by the sensor until it is in
the sensor's detection range. Smart
Cruise Control may not immediately
detect the vehicle when that vehicle
changes lanes abruptly. You must
maintain a safe braking distance and,
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
僅 Detecting a vehicle
In the following cases, some vehicles
in your lane cannot be detected by
the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Vehicles with higher ground clear
-
ance or vehicles carrying loads that
stick out of the back of the vehicle
- Vehicles that have the front lifted
due to heavy loads
- Vehicles within approximately 6 ft
(2 m) from your vehicle
-Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile,
such as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as motorcy
-
cles or, bicycles
- Specialty vehicles
- Animals and pedestrians
OMQ4A053039
OMV053014
OMQ4053037
Driver assistance guide
746
Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
In the following cases, the vehicle in
front cannot be detected by the sen
-
sor. Always pay attention to the road
and driving conditions and drive
safely. If necessary, adjust your vehi
-
cle speed.
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply
curved roads
僅 When a vehicle ahead disappears
from view at an intersection
When a vehicle ahead disappears
from view at an intersection, your
vehicle may accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane
When a vehicle in front of you merges
out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
may not immediately detect the new
vehicle that is now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and driv
-
ing conditions while driving.
僅 Always look out for pedestrians
Always look out for pedestrians when
your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
OKA4053056_2
OKA4053079
OKA4053080
OKA4053081
75
6
6
Driver assistance guide Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control (NSCC) (if
equipped)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
can help maintain safe speed depending
on the road conditions by using informa
-
tion from the navigation system when
driving on highways while Smart Cruise
Control is operating.
NOTICE
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is available only on controlled
access road of certain highways.
* Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
僅 Additional highways may be added by
future navigation updates.
NOTICE
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
operates on main roads and highways,
and does not operate on interchanges or
junctions.
WARNING
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
(NSCC) is a supplemental system and is
not a substitute for safe driving. It is your
responsibility to always check the speed
and distance to the vehicle ahead.
Always drive safely and use caution.
Driver assistance guide
766
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will tem
-
porarily decelerate your vehicle or limit
acceleration to help you drive safely on a
curve based on the curve information
from the navigation.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control settings
Auto Highway Speed Change
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Convenience
3 Auto Highway Speed Change
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Auto
Highway Speed Change
on the info
-
tainment system.
NOTICE
If there is a problem with Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control, the function
cannot be set from the Settings menu.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅 Smart Cruise Control is operating
僅 Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)
NOTICE
For more details on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)" on page 6-61.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control display and control
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates, it will be displayed on
the instrument cluster as follows:
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control standby
If all the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, the green ( ) indicator will
appear.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operating
During speed control, the green ( )
indicator will blink.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control pause/driver operation
If Smart Cruise Control cannot be oper
-
ated due to pause or rerouting, the gray
( ) indicator will appear on the
instrument cluster.
If the accelerator pedal is depressed, the
white ( ) indicator will blink on the
instrument cluster.
OMV033136N
OKA4054172N
77
6
6
Driver assistance guide Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
WARNING
A warning message will appear in the
following circumstances:
A:
Drive carefully
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not able to slow down your
vehicle to a safe speed
NOTICE
The images and colors in the instrument
cluster may differ depending on the
cluster type or theme selected from the
settings menu.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down
Depending on the curve ahead on the
highway, the vehicle will decelerate, and
after passing the curve, the vehicle will
accelerate to Smart Cruise Control set
speed.
NOTICE
The starting point of deceleration
depends on the vehicle's driving speed
and the curvature of the road. The
higher the driving speed, the earlier the
deceleration start point.
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control limitations
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
may not operate normally under the fol
-
lowing circumstances:
僅 The navigation is not working prop
-
erly
僅 Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
僅 Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's abnor
-
mal operation
僅 The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
僅 The navigation searches for a route
while driving
僅 GPS signals are blocked (e.g., in a tun
-
nel, under trees)
僅 A road that divides into two or more
roads and rejoins
僅 The driver does not follow the route
set by the navigation system
僅 The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation
僅 The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
僅 Android Auto or CarPlay is operating
僅 The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (for example, ele
-
vated roads, including overpasses
adjacent to general roads or nearby
parallel roads)
僅 The navigation is updating while driv
-
ing
僅 The navigation is restarting while driv
-
ing
僅 The speed limit of some sections of
the road changes
僅 Driving on a road under construction
OKA4053003L
Driver assistance guide
786
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
僅 Driving on a controlled road
僅 Driving in bad weather, such as heavy
rain or snow.
僅 Driving on a sharply curved road
1
Set route
2
Branch line
3
Driving route
4
Main road
5
Curved road section
僅 When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line)
and the driving route (main road),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the
driving route is recognized as the
main road.
僅 When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by main
-
taining the main road instead of the
navigation set route, Highway Curve
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
operate. Depending on the distance to
the curve and the current vehicle
speed, vehicle deceleration may be
insufficient or decelerate rapidly.
1
Main road
2
Branch line
3
Driving route
4
Set route
5
Curved road section
僅 When there is a difference between
the navigation route (main road) and
the driving route (branch line), High
-
way Curve Zone Auto Slowdown func
-
tion will operate temporarily based on
the curve information on the main
road.
僅 When it is determined that you are
driving out of the route by entering
the highway interchange or junction,
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function will not operate.
1
Driving route
2
Branch line
3
Curved road section
4
Main road
僅 If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate based
on the curve information on the main
road.
僅 Even if you depart from the main
road, Highway Curve Zone Auto Slow
-
down function may temporarily oper
-
ate due to navigation information of
the highway curve section.
WARNING
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is not a substitute for safe driving
practices, but a convenience function.
Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the driver
to avoid violating traffic laws.
OSG2PH052007L
OSG2PH052008L
OSG2PH052009L
79
6
6
Driver assistance guide Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC)
僅 The navigation's speed limit informa
-
tion may differ from the actual speed
limit information on the road. It is your
responsibility to check the speed limit
on the actual driving road or lane.
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol will automatically be canceled
when you leave the highway main
road. Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while driving.
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate due to the pres
-
ence of lead vehicles and their driving
conditions. Always pay attention to
road and driving conditions while
driving.
僅 When towing a trailer or something
similar, your vehicle's deceleration
may be insufficient. Always drive with
caution.
僅 After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway, Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control will operate based on
the first lane. If you enter one of the
other lanes, Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control might not operate
properly.
僅 Your vehicle will accelerate if you
depress the accelerator pedal while
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is operating. The function will not
decelerate your vehicle. If you depress
the accelerator pedal too lightly, the
vehicle may decelerate.
僅 If the driver accelerates and releases
the accelerator pedal while Naviga
-
tion-based Smart Cruise Control is
operating, the vehicle may not decel
-
erate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
僅 If the curve is too large or too small,
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol may not operate.
僅 Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol is a supplemental function and is
not a substitute for safe driving. It is
your responsibility to always check
the speed and distance to the vehicle
ahead. Always drive safely and use
caution.
NOTICE
僅 A time gap could occur between the
navigation's guidance and when Navi
-
gation-based Smart Cruise Control
operation starts and ends.
僅 The speed information on the instru
-
ment cluster and navigation may dif
-
fer.
僅 Even if you are driving at a speed
lower than Smart Cruise Control set
speed, acceleration may be limited by
curved road sections ahead.
僅 If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving the
main road to enter an interchange,
junction, rest area, etc., the function
may operate for a certain period.
僅 Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
sufficient due to road conditions such
as uneven road surfaces and narrow
lanes.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
Driver assistance guide
806
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist can detect lane
markings and/or a vehicle ahead on the
road and center your vehicle in the lane.
Detecting sensor
Front camera
The front-view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane markings
and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the front-view camera, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Lane Following Assist settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
OKA4053052L
OMV033124N
81
6
6
Driver assistance guide Lane Following Assist (LFA)
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Lane Following Assist
automatically turns off. In this case, you
cannot get help from Lane Following
Assist. Always drive with care. (if Kia
genuine part equipped)
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
Lane Following Assist operation
Turning Lane Following Assist
On/Off
With the vehicle on, shortly press the
Lane Driving Assist button located on
the steering wheel to turn on Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist. The gray or green ( )
indicator light will appear on the cluster.
Press the Lane Driving Assist button
again to turn off Lane Following Assist.
CAUTION
If there are some vehicles that are sup
-
ported by trailer mode, when the trailer
is connected, the performance of Driver
Assistance function may not operate
properly. Always drive with care.
Warning and control
NOTICE
僅 The following warning message will
appear on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the warning
and control section of the function.
- Keep hands on steering wheel
- Lane Following Assist Canceled
OKA4053163L
Driver assistance guide
826
Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and Your driving
speed is below 110 mph (180 km/h).
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the white ( ) indicator light blinks and
change to gray.
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
When the driver takes off their hands
from the steering wheel for a few sec
-
onds, a warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
僅 First stage: Warning message
僅 Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
A: Lane Following Assist deactivated
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning message will appear
and Lane Following Assist be automati
-
cally canceled.
WARNING
僅 The steering wheel may not be
assisted if the steering wheel is held
very tight or the steering wheel is
steered over a certain degree.
僅Lane Following Assist does not oper
-
ate at all times. It is the responsibility
of the driver to safely steer the vehicle
and to maintain the vehicle in its lane.
僅 The hands-off warning message may
appear late depending on road condi
-
tions. Always have your hands on the
steering wheel while driving.
僅 If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may not
work properly.
僅 If gloves are worn or the steering
wheel is held lightly, it may be per
-
ceived as not being held, resulting in
the Hands-Off Warning being dis
-
played.
NOTICE
僅 When both lane markings are
detected, the lane lines on the cluster
will change from gray to white.
Lane undetected
OKA4054026N
OMQ4053086L
OJAPE073078L
OKA4054027N
83
6
6
Driver assistance guide Lane Following Assist (LFA)
Lane detected
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
僅 If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane Fol
-
lowing Assist can be limited depend
-
ing on whether a vehicle is in front or
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
僅 Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
僅 The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunc
-
tion
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Lane Following Assist is not work
-
ing properly, a warning message will
appear and the Master warning light ( )
will appear on the instrument cluster.
If this occurs, have Lane Following Assist
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Lane Following
Assist
WARNING
僅 For more details on Lane Following
Assist precautions, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)" on page 6-25.
僅 Driving stability can deteriorate when
loading cargo in excess of the maxi
-
mum allowable weight or concen
-
trated to one cargo area. Also, it can
reduce the lane keeping assist perfor
-
mance.
OKA4054026N
OJAPE073102L
Driver assistance guide
846
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
(if equipped)
Highway Driving Assist
Highway Driving Assist detect lanes and
vehicles ahead and help maintain the
distance from the vehicle ahead and the
set speed and center your vehicle in the
lane while driving on the highway.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Highway Lane Change Assist function
can help change lanes to the direction
you operate the turn signal switch if the
function determines that lane change is
possible.
NOTICE
僅 Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access roads of
certain highways.
* A controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed on
controlled access roads.
僅 Additional highways may be added by
future navigation updates.
Highway Driving Assist operates on
main roads of highways and does not
operate on interchanges or junctions.
Detecting sensor
Front-view camera
Front radar
Front corner radar (if equipped)
Rear corner radar (if equipped)
Refer to the pictures above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OKA4053085
OKA4053086
OKA4053052L
OKA4053053L
OKA4053054L
OKA4053055
85
6
6
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the detecting sensors, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sen
-
sor Fusion)" on page 6-4.
Highway Driving Assist settings
1 Driver Assistance
2 Driving Convenience
3 Highway Driving Assist
With the vehicle on, touch or select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Driving Convenience
on the infotain
-
ment system to set whether to use each
function.
僅If
Highway Driving Assist
is selected,
it can help maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
and can help center the vehicle in the
lane.
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
僅If
Highway Lane Change Assist
is
selected, it can help change lanes
safely.
WARNING
For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe loca
-
tion.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Highway Driving
Assist automatically turns off. In this
case, you cannot get help Highway Driv
-
ing Assist. Always drive with care. (if KIA
genuine part equipped)
NOTICE
僅 Highway Driving Assist should be
selected to use Highway Lane Change
Assist.
僅 If there is a problem with the function,
the settings cannot be changed. Have
the function inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 If the vehicle is restarted, the func
-
tions will maintain their last settings.
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
OMV033137N
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
866
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅
Driving Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when the Driving
Safety system sounds a warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
Highway Driving Assist operation
Highway Driving Assist
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving
Assist view on the instrument cluster.
Refer to "LCD display" on page 4-93.
Operating State
Standby State
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed
as below depending on the status of the
function.
1
Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected distance level is dis
-
played.
僅 Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green HDA: Operating state
- Gray HDA: Standby state
- White HDA blink: Accelerator
depressed state
- None: Off state
2
Set speed
3
Lane Following Assist indicator
4
Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
the selected headway
5
Whether the lane is detected or not
NOTICE
僅 For more details on the display, refer
to "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" on
page 6-80.
For more details on the display refer
to "Smart Cruise Control (SCC)" on
page 6-61.
僅 The images and colors in the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the cluster type or theme selected
from the settings menu.
Turning on Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist operates when:
僅 When driving on available roads,
press Drive Assist button to turn on
Highway Driving Assist.
僅 When entering the main roads of
highways while Smart Cruise Control
is operating, Driving Assist will not
OKA4054173N
OKA4054174N
87
6
6
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
turn on if Lane Following Assist is
turned off.
Restarting after stopping
A:
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
When Highway Driving Assist is operat
-
ing, your vehicle will stop if a vehicle
ahead of you stops. If a vehicle ahead of
you starts moving within 30 seconds
after the stop, your vehicle will start as
well. In addition, after the vehicle has
stopped and 30 seconds have passed, a
message will appear on the instrument
cluster. Depress the accelerator pedal or
operate the (+) switch, (-) switch or ( )
switch to start driving.
Hands-off warning
A:
Keep hands on steering wheel
If you take your hands off the steering
wheel for several seconds, a warning
message will appear and an audible
warning will sound in stages.
僅First stage: Warning message
僅 Second stage: Warning message (red
steering wheel) and audible warning
A:
Highway Driving Assist deactivated
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, a warning message
will appear and Highway Driving Assist
will be automatically canceled.
Driving speed limit
A:
Driver's grasp not detected. Driving
speed will be limited
When Highway Driving Assist is can
-
celed by the hands-off warning, The
driving speed will be limited.
While Driving Speed Limit function is
operating, a warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound continuously.
Driving to one side within lane (if
equipped)
When your vehicle speed is above 40
mph (60 km/h), if a vehicle around you
is driving at a close distance, your vehi
-
cle will control steering in the opposite
OMQ4053147L
OMQ4053086L
OMQ4053112L
OMQ4053148L
OKA4053087
Driver assistance guide
886
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
direction of the vehicle to assist in safe
driving. If there are vehicles in both sides
of the lane that are driving close to you,
the function will not veer to the opposite
side of the lane.
Highway Driving Assist standby
When the Smart Cruise Control is tem
-
porarily canceled while Highway Driving
Assist is operating, Highway Driving
Assist will be in the standby state. At this
time, Lane Following Assist will operate
properly.
NOTICE
僅 Driving Speed Limit can help you
drive below 40 mph (60 km/h). Your
vehicle decelerates due to the vehicle
ahead. After your vehicle has deceler
-
ated, it cannot automatically acceler
-
ate.
僅 Driving Speed Limit will cancel in the
following circumstances:
- When you grasp the steering wheel
again
- When you turn on Lane Following
Assist by pressing the Lane Driving
Assist button
- When (+), (-), ( ) switch or ( ) but
-
ton is operated, or the accelerator
pedal or the brake pedal is
depressed
Highway Lane Change Assist (if
equipped)
Display and control
You can see the status of the Highway
Lane Change Assist function operation
in the Driving Assist view on the instru
-
ment cluster. Refer to "LCD display" on
page 4-93.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be displayed as below depending on
the status of the function.
Ready/Operating
Standby/Canceled
1
Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
僅 Green ( ) on: Ready state
僅 Green ( ) blink: Operating state
僅 Gray ( ) on: Standby state
僅 White ( ) blink: Canceled state
(display only a certain time)
2
Lane line
The lane line is displayed identical to
Highway Lane Change Assist indicator
(1). However, the lane detection avail
-
ability will be showed on Standby
state.
3
Green arrow and shade
The green arrow is displayed when a
certain amount of time has passed
after the function has started operat
-
ing, and until the lane change has
completed.
4
Message
僅 Message is displayed when the
function does not operate even
though the turn signal lever is used.
OKA4054175N
OKA4054176N
89
6
6
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅 Message is displayed when the
function is canceled while operat
-
ing.
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will turn on when the following condi
-
tions are satisfied.
僅 The Driving Assist button or Lane
Driving Assist button is used to turn
on Highway Driving Assist.
Turning on Highway Lane
Change Assist
A:
Press OK button to enable Lane
Change Assist
While Highway Lane Change Assist
function is on, the function will be ready
to operate when all the following condi
-
tions are satisfied:
僅 Highway Driving Assist is operating
僅 Lane Following Assist is operating
僅 A vehicle behind your vehicle is
detected more than once after your
vehicle is turned on
僅 Your driving speed is above 20 mph
(30 km/h)
僅 When driving at low speeds (20~40
mph (30~60 km/h)), your vehicle can
only be operated if vehicles in the left
and right adjacent lanes are recog
-
nized, and there is no risk of collision
when changing lanes.
僅 Hands-off warning is not displayed on
the instrument cluster
僅 Hazard warning flasher is off
NOTICE
僅 While Lane Change Assist function is
turned on (indicator on), Lane Follow
-
ing Assist will not cancel even if the
turn signal indicator or hazard warn
-
ing flasher is operating.
僅 Lane Change Assist function turns off
automatically when driven in the fol
-
lowing road conditions:
- One driving lane
- Roads lacking physical center sepa
-
ration structures (such as guard
-
rails)
- There is a pedestrian or cyclist on
the road ahead
僅 If the driving speed slows down to less
than 15 mph (25 km/h) when it is in
ready state, it will change to standby
state.
僅 When driving at low speeds (20~40
mph (30~60 km/h)), the vehicle will
change to standby state if it is not rec
-
ognized by vehicles in the left and
right adjacent lanes.
僅 If a risk of collision is detected, the
system will change to standby state.
僅 The images or colors may be dis
-
played differently depending on the
specifications of the instrument clus
-
ter or theme.
WARNING
When Highway Lane Change Assist
function turns off while operating, steer
-
ing assist will be temporarily canceled.
Always be cautious while driving.
OMQ4053151L
Driver assistance guide
906
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
Highway Lane Change Assist
operating
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will operate, when you push the turn sig
-
nal lever to (A) or (B) position while the
function is in the ready state (( ) indi
-
cator is green), and all the following con
-
ditions are satisfied:
僅 Your hands are on the steering wheel
僅 There is no collision risk in the direc
-
tion of lane change
僅 There is a two-lane road with broken
lines of any colors in the direction of
the lane change
僅 There are no Forward Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist and Blind Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist warnings
僅 You are driving in the middle of the
lane (should not be driving close to
one side of the lane)
僅 The road you are driving on, or the
road you are about to change lane is a
road that the function can operate
NOTICE
僅 When the turn signal lever is placed at
(A) position, the Highway Lane
Change Assist function is performed.
After that, if the turn signal lever is
placed in neutral, Highway Lane
Change Assist function is canceled
before stepping on the lane.
The Highway Lane Change Assist
function is not canceled after stepping
on the lane, but when the lane change
is complete, it is canceled and the turn
signal turns off.
僅 When the turn signal lever is placed at
B position for a certain period, the
green arrow will appear. Even when
the lever is released and returns to its
original position, lane change will still
be assisted.
僅 While lane change is occurring, the
turn signal indicator will blink even
when not holding the turn signal lever.
The turn signal indicator will turn off
when the lane change is complete.
Highway Lane Change Assist
standby
Highway Lane Change Assist function
will be in the standby state when one of
the ready state conditions is not satis
-
fied, or when entering or driving on one
of the following roads:
僅 Road within a certain distance from
the tollgate on the main road of the
highway (or motorway)
僅 Road ahead ends without an inter
-
change or junction
僅 Road with sharp curves
僅 Road with narrow lanes
Canceling Highway Lane Change
Assist
The function will be canceled when:
僅 The turn signal lever is turned in the
opposite direction of lane change
僅 The steering wheel is steered sharply
僅 If the turn signal switch is moved to
position (A) while the Lane Change
Assist is operating and then returned
to the N (Neutral) position before
changing lanes
OMQ4A053019
91
6
6
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
WARNING
僅 While the function is operating, it will
cancel if one of the following occurs:
- Highway Driving Assist is turned off
- Lane Following Assist or Smart
Cruise Control is turned off or tem
-
porarily canceled
- Hands-off warning message is dis
-
played on the instrument cluster
- The turn signal lever is placed at (A)
position
- The hazard warning flasher is
turned on
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning message is dis
-
played
- Possible collision is detected in the
next lane, even though there are no
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
and Blind Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning
-The target lane disappears
- The target lane is not detected
-There is a problem with turn signal
lights
- Highway Lane Change Assist func
-
tion is off. (The function turns off
when: it is turned off from the set
-
tings menu; when the road
changes to a one-way road; when
there is an intersection or crosswalk
ahead; when you enter a road with
no structure, such as a medium
strip, guardrail, etc., or; when there
is a pedestrian or cyclist in the driv
-
ing lane.)
- If the driving speed slows down to
less than 15 mph (25 km/h) when it
is in ready state, it will change to
standby state.
- When driving at low speeds (20~40
mph (30~60 km/h)), the vehicle will
change to standby state if it is not
recognized by vehicles in the left
and right adjacent lanes.
- If a risk of collision is detected
僅 While the function is operating, if it is
canceled, depending on the driving
conditions, the vehicle may drive to
the middle of the driving lane or steer
-
ing assist may stop. Always pay atten
-
tion to the road and driving
conditions.
僅 The function may not operate nor
-
mally on roads with pedestrians or
cyclists, such as an intersection or
crosswalk. Always pay attention to the
road and driving conditions.
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunc
-
tion
A: Check Driver Assistance system
When Highway Driving Assist is not
working properly, a warning message
will appear, and the Master warning light
( ) will appear on the instrument clus
-
ter.
Have Highway Driving Assist inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 You are responsible for controlling the
vehicle for safe driving.
OJAPE073102L
Driver assistance guide
926
Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅 Always have your hands on the steer
-
ing wheel while driving.
僅 Highway Driving Assist is a supple
-
mental function that assists you in
driving the vehicle. It is not a complete
autonomous driving system. Always
check road conditions take appropri
-
ate actions to drive safely.
僅 Always have your eyes on the road. It
is your responsibility to avoid violating
traffic laws. Kia is not responsible for
any traffic violations or accidents
caused by you.
僅 Highway Driving Assist may not be
able to recognize all traffic situations.
Highway Driving Assist may not
detect possible collisions due to its
limitations. Always be aware of its lim
-
itations. Obstacles such as vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, or
unspecified objects or structures such
as guardrails, tollgate, etc., that may
collide with your vehicle may not be
detected.
僅 Highway Driving Assist will turn off
automatically under the following sit
-
uations:
- Driving on roads that Highway
Driving Assist does not operate,
such as a rest area, intersection,
junction, etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the naviga
-
tion is updating or restarting.
僅 Highway Driving Assist may inadver
-
tently operate or turn off depending
on road conditions (navigation infor
-
mation) and surroundings.
僅 Lane Following Assist function may be
temporarily disabled when the front-
view camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off warning is
on.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Highway Driving Assist in noisy sur
-
roundings.
僅 If the vehicle is driven at a speed
above a certain speed on a curve,
your vehicle may drive to one side or
may depart from the driving lane.
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Highway
Driving Assist for safety reasons.
僅 The hands-off warning message may
appear early or delayed depending on
how you grip the steering wheel or the
road conditions. Always have your
hands on the steering wheel while
driving.
僅 For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Highway Driving Assist.
僅 Highway Driving Assist will not oper
-
ate when the vehicle is started, or
when the detecting sensors or naviga
-
tion is being initialized.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the
instrument cluster display window.
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist and Highway
Lane Change Assist may not operate
properly, or it may not operate under the
following circumstances:
僅 The map information and the actual
road is different because the naviga
-
tion is not updated
僅 The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
GPS data or map information error
93
6
6
Driver assistance guide Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
僅 The infotainment system is over
-
loaded by simultaneously performing
functions such as route search, video
playback, voice recognition, etc.
僅 GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
僅 You veer off course, reset the naviga
-
tion route by changing the destination
(including route change according to
real-time road traffic information) or
cancel the route to the destination
僅 The vehicle enters a service station or
rest area
僅 Android Auto or CarPlay is operating
僅 The navigation cannot detect the cur
-
rent vehicle position (for example, ele
-
vated roads, including overpasses
adjacent to general roads or nearby
parallel roads)
僅 If your vehicle fails to recognize white
single dashed lane lines and road
boundaries
僅 If some lanes are temporarily
restricted
僅 If there are no physical separation
structures, such as a center median, in
the middle of the road
僅 If the lane you intend to change to is a
bus lane or a variable lane
僅 If you have a trailer, carrier, or other
equipment attached
NOTICE
For more details of front camera, front
radar, front corner radar and rear corner
radar sensor, refer to "Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor Fusion)"
on page 6-4.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
Radio frequency radiation expo
-
sure information:
This equipment complies with FCC radi
-
ation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. This equip
-
ment should be installed and operated
with minimum distance of 8 in (20 cm)
between the radiator (antenna) and your
body.
This transmitter must not be colocated
or operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
Driver assistance guide
946
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Rear View Monitor (RVM) (if
equipped)
Rear View Monitor displays the area
behind your vehicle to help with safe
parking.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear-view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Rear View Monitor settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Parking Safety Priority
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Parking Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when Rear View
Monitor is active.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
Camera Settings
1 Camera Settings
2 Display Contents
With the vehicle on, select the setup icon
( ) on the screen or
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera Settings
from the infotainment
system screen to change the Rear View
Monitor settings.
Extended Rear View Monitor
If Extended Rear View Monitor use is
selected, the rear camera is displayed
even when shifting from R (Reverse) to
N (Neutral) or D (Drive).
Rear-view Parking Guidance
If Rear-view Parking Guidance in the dis
-
play information is selected, Rear-view
Parking Guidance and Top Rear-view
Parking Guidance are displayed in the
rear monitor.
NOTICE
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
vehicle specifications.
OKA4H053011
OMV033124N
OMQ4A053028MX
95
6
6
Driver assistance guide Rear View Monitor (RVM)
僅 The horizontal lines of the Rear-view
Parking Guidance indicate distances
of 20 in (0.5 m), 40 in (1 m), and 91 in
(2.3 m) from the vehicle.
僅 The horizontal scale of the Top View
Parking Guidance indicates distances
of liftgate opening distance and 60 in
(1.5 m) from the vehicle.
Rear View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Rear-view
Operating conditions
The Rear-view function will turn on
under the following conditions:
僅 Shifting the gear to R (Reverse).
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
while P (Park), or N (Neutral) and the
vehicle speed is slower than 6 mph
(10 km/h)
Pressing the View switching button (2)
with the Rear top view on the screen
allows you to select rear top view, rear-
view, or rear wide view.
Off conditions
The Rear-view while parking function
will turn off under the following condi
-
tions while parking:
僅 Shifting the gear to P (Park)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
rear monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
operation button (4)
僅 N (Neutral) or D (Drive) and the vehi
-
cle speed is faster than 6 mph (10 km/
h)
NOTICE
Rear-view will not turn off when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse).
Extended Rear View Monitor
Extended Rear View Monitor function
maintains the rear-view of the vehicle
when shifting the gear from R (Reverse)
to N (Neutral) or D (Drive) to help you
park safely.
Operating conditions
Rear View Monitor will maintain when
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅 Shifting the gear from R (Reverse) to
N (Neutral) or D (Drive).
僅 Your driving speed is below approxi
-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h).
OKA4053091
OKA4053032
OKA4053092
Driver assistance guide
966
Rear View Monitor (RVM)
Off conditions
Extended Rear View Monitor function
will turn off when one the following con
-
ditions are satisfied:
僅 Shifting the gear to P (Park)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
rear monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
operation button (4)
僅 The vehicle speed is faster than 6
mph (10 km/h)
Rear top view
The rear top view shows an image of the
vehicle looking down from above, allow
-
ing you to determine the distance from
the rear vehicle or object when parking.
Press the Rear Top View button to turn
on the Rear Top View.
NOTICE
僅 In all views, the video will not turn off
when your vehicle is in R (Reverse)
mode.
僅 The rear-view will always be displayed
in R (Reverse).
僅 Rear parking guidelines are displayed
in the rear-view and rear top view.
Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver
Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera Settings
→
Display Infor
-
mation
→
Rear Parking Guidelines
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to display this func
-
tion. Rear parking guidelines are not
displayed in the rear-view while park
-
ing.
Rear View Monitor malfunction
and limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, the screen flickers, or the cam
-
era image does not display properly,
have your Kia inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Rear View Monitor
When the vehicle is idling for a long time
or when the vehicle is parked in an
indoor parking lot, exhaust fumes may
temporarily blur the image.
WARNING
僅 The wide angle-rear camera does not
cover the complete area behind your
vehicle. You should always check the
rear area from the inside and outside
rear-view mirror before parking or
backing up.
僅 The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object because the Rear View Monitor
calibrates and displays images from
the wide angle-rear camera. In addi
-
tion, Parking Guidance may be incor
-
rect if the vehicle tilts due to loading
of cargo. Make sure to check your
surroundings for safety.
僅 Always keep the wide angle-rear cam
-
era lens clean. If the lens is covered
OKA4053149L
OKA4053092
97
6
6
Driver assistance guide Surround View Monitor (SVM)
with foreign material, it may adversely
affect camera performance and Rear
View Monitor may not operate prop
-
erly. Do not use chemical solvents
such as strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic sol
-
vents (petrol, acetone etc.). This may
damage the camera lens.
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
(if equipped)
Surround View Monitor can assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
Detecting sensor
1
Wide-front-view camera
2, 3
Wide-side-view camera
4
Wide-rear-view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Surround View Monitor settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
OKA4053093L
OKA4H053012
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
986
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Parking Safety Priority
: Lowers all
other audio volumes when Surround
View Monitor is active.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
vehicle features and specifications.
Camera Settings
1 Camera Settings
2 Display Contents
3 Display Settings
With the vehicle on, select the setup icon
( ) on the screen or
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Parking Safety
→
Camera Settings
from the infotainment
system screen to change the Rear View
Monitor settings.
僅
Display Contents
: Specify informa
-
tion that will be displayed on the park
-
ing assistance screen.
Display information
僅
Parking Distance Warning
: When
the Parking Distance Warning is
selected, the Parking Distance Warn
-
ing is displayed on the top view to the
right of the surround view monitor
screen when the Parking Distance
Warning is activated.
僅
Top View Parking Guidance
: When
Top View Parking Guidance
is
selected, it is displayed on the top
view to the right of the surround view
monitor screen when the front or rear
top view is activated.
僅
Rear-view Parking Guidance
: Rear-
view Parking Guidance is displayed in
the rear-view when
Rear-view Park
-
ing Guidance
is selected.
NOTICE
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
vehicle features and specifications.
僅 The parking guide horizontal lines in
the rear view indicate distances of 20
in (0.5 m), 40 in (1 m), and 91 in (2.3
m) from the vehicle.
僅 The horizontal scale of the Top View
Parking Lines indicates distances of
liftgate opening distance and 79 in (2
m) from the vehicle.
Surround View Monitor Auto On
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
→
Surround View Monitor
Auto On
from the infotainment system
screen to use the function.
OMV033139N
OKA4054177N
99
6
6
Driver assistance guide Surround View Monitor (SVM)
NOTICE
For more details on Surround View Mon
-
itor Auto On, refer to "Surround View
Monitor Auto On" on page 6-98.
Surround View Monitor operation
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to turn
on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
Front view function
The front-view function displays the
vehicle's front situation on the naviga
-
tion system according to the driver's set
-
tings, assisting in safe driving.
Parking
While parking, the front-view of the Sur
-
round View Monitor is activated under
the following conditions:
僅 P (Park) or N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
position with a speed slower than 6
mph (10 km/h), Pressing the Parking/
View button (1).
僅 Shifting from R (Reverse) to N (Neu
-
tral) or D (Drive) and the vehicle speed
is slower than 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
*(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Surround
View Monitor Auto On
on the info
-
tainment system selected)
Pressing the view switching button (2)
on the Surround View Monitor to select
the Top View, Front-view, Side-view, or
Wide View.
While parking, the front-view of the Sur
-
round View Monitor will be turned off
under the following conditions:
僅 Shifting to P (Park) or R (Reverse)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
Surround View Monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
power button (4)
僅 Driving faster than 6 mph (10 km/h)
NOTICE
When the front-view is activated, the last
used view is displayed.
OKA4053091
OKA4053150L
OKA4053092
Driver assistance guide
1006
Surround View Monitor (SVM)
Rear view function
The rear-view function of the Surround
View Monitor displays the vehicle's rear
situation on the navigation system
according to the driver's settings, assist
-
ing in safe parking.
Parking
While parking, the rear-view of the Sur
-
round View Monitor is activated in the
following cases:
僅 P (Parking) or N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
position with a vehicle speed slower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), Pressing the
Parking/View button (1) and then
pressing the view switching button (2)
to select the rear-view
僅 Shifting to R (Reverse)
Pressing the view switching button (2)
on the Surround View Monitor to select
the rear-view, rear top view, rear side-
view, or rear wide view.
While parking, the rear-view function of
the Surround View Monitor is turned off
under the following conditions when the
vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) mode:
僅 Shifting from N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to P (Parking)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
Surround View Monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
power button (4)
僅 Driving faster than 6 mph (10 km/h)
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), the
rear-view function of the Surround View
Monitor will turn off under the following
conditions:
僅Shifting to P (Park)
NOTICE
僅 The rear-view will always be displayed
in R (Reverse).
僅 In R (Reverse) position, the video will
not be turned off by pressing the info
-
tainment system power button (4).
3D view function
3D view function shows the vehicle in
various angles. Press the 3D view icon
on the Surround View Monitor screen to
choose the angle. Press the 3D view icon
again to reset the angle.
The 3D view of the Surround View Moni
-
tor is activated under the following con
-
ditions:
OKA4053034L
OKA4053092
OKA4053035L
OKA4053092
101
6
6
Driver assistance guide Surround View Monitor (SVM)
僅 P (Park) or N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
position with a vehicle speed slower
than 6 mph (10 km/h), or when select
-
ing the 3D view button (2) while the
Surround View Monitor is activated in
R (Reverse) mode.
The 3D view function of the Surround
View Monitor while parking will be
turned off under the following condi
-
tions:
僅 Shifting from N (Neutral) or D (Drive)
to P (Park)
僅 Pressing the Parking/View button (1)
僅 Pressing the back button (3) on the
Surround View Monitor screen
僅 Pressing the infotainment system
power button (4)
僅 Driving faster than 6 mph (10 km/h)
When the vehicle is in R (Reverse), the
3D view function of the Surround View
Monitor will turn off under the following
conditions:
僅Shifting to P (Park)
NOTICE
僅 The 3D view does not display parking
guidelines.
僅 The top view screen, which is dis
-
played with a Front/Rear-view or 3D
view, converts the original images
entered from the four wide-angle
cameras to provide a 360-degree
image around the vehicle that is
viewed down.
僅 Top view is not displayed with front/
rear wide view.
僅 Zoom in or out on the top view by
pinching the top view area.
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion and limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunc
-
tion
If Surround View Monitor is not working
properly, the screen flickers, or the cam
-
era image does not display normally,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
僅 When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
parked in an indoor car park, the
exhaust fumes may temporarily blur
the image.
僅 The screen may display abnormally
and an icon will appear at the top left
side of the screen under the following
circumstances:
- The liftgate is opened.
- The driver or front passenger door
is opened.
- The outside rear-view mirror is
folded.
WARNING
僅 ALWAYS look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no objects or
obstacles before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen may dif
-
fer from the actual vehicle's location.
僅 The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object because the Surround View
Monitor calibrates and displays
images from the wide angle-rear
camera. In addition, Parking Guidance
may be incorrect if the vehicle tilts
due to loading of cargo. Make sure to
check your surroundings for safety.
Driver assistance guide
1026
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅 Surround View Monitor is designed to
be used on a flat surface. If used on
roads with different heights such as
curbs and speed bumps, the image on
the screen may not look correct.
僅 Always keep the camera lens clean. If
the lens is covered with foreign mate
-
rial, it may adversely affect camera
performance and Surround View
Monitor may not operate normally. Do
not use chemical solvents such as
strong detergents containing high
alkaline or volatile organic solvents
(gasoline, acetone etc.). This may
damage the camera lens.
NOTICE
The Surround View Monitor shows the
surrounding images of the vehicle by
cameras mounted on the vehicle. The
image shown on the screen may look
unnatural depending on the vehicle and
the surrounding conditions. The Sur
-
round View Monitor can improve its
image by calibrating image through
daily driving.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist detects vehicles approaching
from the rear left or right while your
vehicle is reversing and warns you of a
possible collision with a warning mes
-
sage and a warning sound. Also, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
may assist with braking your vehicle to
help avoid a collision.
[A] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
operating range
[B] Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operating range
CAUTION
Warning time may vary depending on
the speed of approaching vehicle.
Detecting sensor
Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sen
-
sors.
OMV053066
OKA4053055
103
6
6
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
NOTICE
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)"
on page 6-31.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist settings
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Parking Safety
3 Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the vehicle on, select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
→
Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety
on the infotainment system
screen to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Col
-
lision-Avoidance Assist.
WARNING
When you restart the vehicle, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
will always turn on. If
Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety
is deselected after restart, you
should always be aware of the surround
-
ings and drive safely.
CAUTION
僅 From the setting menu, steering wheel
vibration can be turned on or off.
僅 When the vehicle and the trailer is
connected electrically, Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
automatically turns off. In this case,
you cannot get help from Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Always drive with care. (if Kia genuine
part equipped)
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off the other is activated.
OMV033140N
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
1046
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and control your vehicle
depending on collision risk level:
僅 Collision warning
僅Emergency braking
僅 Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
Collision warning
A:
Collision Warning
If Collision warning recognizes a hazard,
it will alert you with a warning light on
the outside rearview mirror, a warning
message, an audible warning and steer
-
ing wheel vibration.
Collision warning will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
Collision warning will operate when all
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
僅 Your driving speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
僅 The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft (25 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
僅 The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
NOTICE
僅 If the operating conditions are satis
-
fied, there will be a warning whenever
the vehicle approaches from the left
or right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
僅 The images and colors on the instru
-
ment cluster may differ depending on
the instrument cluster type or theme
selected from the instrument cluster.
Emergency braking
OKA4053060_4
OKA4053037L
OKA4053042L
OKA4053060_4
105
6
6
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
A:
Emergency Braking
If Collision warning recognizes a hazard,
it will alert the driver with a warning light
on the outside rear-view mirror, a warn
-
ing message, an audible warning and
steering wheel vibratione.
Collision warning will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with approaching
vehicles from the left and right.
Emergency braking will operate when all
the following conditions are satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
while your driving speed is below 5
mph (8 km/h)
僅 The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft (1.5 m) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
僅 The speed of the vehicle approaching
from the left and right is above 3 mph
(5 km/h)
WARNING
Brake control ends when the conditions
of the approaching vehicle from the rear
left or right side are as below:
僅 The approaching vehicle is out of the
detecting range
僅 The approaching vehicle passes
behind your vehicle
僅 The approaching vehicle does not
drive toward your vehicle
僅 The approaching vehicle speed slows
down
僅 You depress the brake pedal with suf
-
ficient power
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
A:
Drive carefully
When your vehicle stops due to emer
-
gency braking, a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster.
You should depress the brake pedal
immediately and check your surround
-
ings.
僅 Brake control will end after your vehi
-
cle is stopped by emergency braking
for approximately 2 seconds.
僅 During emergency braking, braking
control by Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will automati
-
cally cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the brake
pedal.
WARNING
僅 For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
僅 If any other function's warning mes
-
sage is displayed or audible warning
is generated, Rear Cross-Traffic Colli
-
OKA4053038L
OKA4053042L
OKA4053003L
Driver assistance guide
1066
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
sion-Avoidance Assist's warning mes
-
sage may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be heard.
僅 You may not hear the warning sound
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist in noisy surroundings.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate if you
apply the brake pedal to avoid colli
-
sion.
僅 During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation, your vehi
-
cle may stop suddenly injuring pas
-
sengers and shifting loose objects.
Always have seat belts on and keep
loose objects secured.
僅 Even if there is a problem with Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist, your vehicle's basic braking
performance will operate properly.
WARNING
僅 When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is operating, its
braking control will automatically can
-
cel when you excessively depress the
accelerator pedal.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate in all sit
-
uations and cannot avoid all collisions.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not warn you
depending on the road and driving
conditions.
僅 It is your responsibility to control your
vehicle. Do not solely depend on Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist. Maintain a safe braking dis
-
tance, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce speed or to
stop your vehicle.
僅 Never deliberately operate Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animals, objects, etc.
It may cause serious injury or death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
僅 The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
warning light is on
僅 ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged with a different function
NOTICE
僅 If braking is assisted by Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist, you
must immediately depress the brake
pedal and check the surroundings.
僅 After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
braking control will operate once for
left and right vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist is not working properly, a
warning message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
OJAPE073102L
107
6
6
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
and the Master warning light ( ) will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Visit an authorized Kia dealer.
A:
Check side-view mirror warning
light
When the outside rear-view mirror warn
-
ing light is not working properly, a warn
-
ing message will appear on the
instrument cluster for several seconds,
and the Master warning light ( ) will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Have the function be inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Radar blocked.
When the rear bumper around the rear-
side radar or sensor is covered with for
-
eign material, such as snow, rain, trailer
or carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs, a warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate properly when such
foreign material or trailer, etc., is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist does not operate properly
after it is removed, have the function be
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
僅 Even though a warning message does
not appear on the cluster, Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate properly.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
in an open area where any sub
-
stances are not detected after turning
ON your vehicle.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist to install or remove a
trailer, carrier, or another attachment.
Turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist when finished.
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly, or it
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
僅 Departing from areas with overgrown
foliage
僅 Departing from areas where roads are
wet
僅 Speed of an approaching vehicle is
fast or slow
Braking control may not work, and your
attention is required in the following cir
-
cumstances:
OJAPE073083L
OMQ4053140L
Driver assistance guide
1086
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅 The vehicle vibrate severely while
driving over a bumpy, uneven road or
pothole
僅 Driving on a slippery surface such as
snow, rain, ice, etc.
僅 The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
僅Remote Smart Parking Assist is oper
-
ating (if equipped)
NOTICE
For more details on the limitations of the
rear corner radar, refer to "Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" on
page 6-31.
WARNING
僅 Driving near a vehicle or structure
[A]: Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when driv
-
ing near a vehicle or structure, and
may not detect a vehicle approaching
from the left or right. The function
may not warn you or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is in a complex
parking environment
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles which
are parking or pulling out near your
vehicle (for example, a vehicle leaving
beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking
or pulling out in the rear area, a vehi
-
cle approaching your vehicle making
a turn, etc.).
The function may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is parked diagonally
[A]: Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when
backing up diagonally and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. The function may not
warn you or control the brakes when
necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
OMV053067
OMV053068
OMV053069
109
6
6
Driver assistance guide Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
僅 When the vehicle is on or near a slope
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be limited when your
vehicle is on an uphill or downhill
slope, or near it, and may not detect a
vehicle approaching from the left or
right. The function may not warn you
or control the brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 Pulling into a parking space where
there is a structure
[A]: Structure,
[B]: Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by in front of you when parking in
reverse into a parking space with a
wall or structure in the rear or side
area. The function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
僅 When the vehicle is parked rearward
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may detect vehicles pass
-
ing by behind you when parking in
reverse into a parking space. The
function may unnecessarily warn the
driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while
backing up.
WARNING
僅 When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, turn off Rear Cross-
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist for
safety reasons.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate properly
if interfered with by strong electro
-
magnetic waves.
僅 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not operate for 3 sec
-
onds after your vehicle is started, or
the rear corner radars are initialized.
僅 Even if restarting the vehicle with the
sensors blocked or malfunctioning,
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may not properly operate
as the function maintains the last set
-
ting.
OKA4053099
OMV053071
OMV053072
Driver assistance guide
1106
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning (PDW) (if
equipped)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning uses the front and rear ultra
-
sonic sensors to detect and warns you if
a person, animal, or object is within a
certain distance when your vehicle is
stopped or driving at low speed.
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the pictures above for the
detailed locations of the detecting sen
-
sors.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
OKA4053102L
OKA4053103
OMV033124N
111
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
your vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning automatically turns off. In
this case, you cannot get help from
Parking Distance Warning. Always drive
with care. (if Kia genuine part equipped)
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
You can set the parking distance warn
-
ing to be ON at low speeds. To use Park
-
ing Distance Warning Auto On function,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the info
-
tainment system.
NOTICE
When
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator ( ) stays on.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning. Press the button again to
turn it off.
僅 When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning will auto
-
matically turn on (Parking Safety but
-
ton indicator on).
Forward Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of these conditions is
satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning on
僅 The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing Safety ( ) button indicator light is
on
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system selected)
OKA4053106
Driver assistance guide
1126
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
NOTICE
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
operate when the vehicle's speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 When in R (Reverse), no warning is
issued for objects inside the front.
Only objects within 24 in (60 cm) out
-
side the front will be alerted.
僅 If you do not select Parking Distance
Warning Auto On, the Forward Park
-
ing Distance Warning function will
turn off (the indicator light in the but
-
ton will turn off) when the vehicle
speed exceeds 18 mph (30 km/h).
Even if you drive below 6 mph (10
km/h) again, the function will not turn
on automatically.
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅 When the distance from the object is
more than 24 in (60 cm), it is not dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
Distance
from
object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer
beeps inter
-
mittently
(Front inner
side)
12~24 in
(30 ~ 60
cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
Distance
from
object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12~24 in
(30 ~ 60
cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12
in (30 cm)
Beeps contin
-
uously
113
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning malfunction and
precautions
Forward/Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a problem with Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning or
related functions and parts, a warning
message is displayed on the instrument
cluster.
The contents of the warning can be
checked in the service message of the
utility information view of the instrument
cluster display window. If it still does not
work properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Parking Distance Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Ultrasonic sensor blocked.
The ultrasonic sensor can detect objects
around the vehicle. The Parking Dis
-
tance Warning may be temporarily lim
-
ited or may not operate if snow, rain,
foreign substances, etc. get on the sen
-
sor. You can check the detection sensor
blind warning target (ultrasonic sensor)
in the service message of the utility
information view in the instrument clus
-
ter display window.
Parking Distance Warning will work nor
-
mally if you remove the contamination
from the recognition sensor. Always
keep it clean.
If it still does not work properly even
after you have removed the contamina
-
tion, have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 The Master warning light ( ) is dis
-
played in the target direction if a mal
-
function or ultrasonic sensor is
blocked while Parking Distance Warn
-
ing is operating.
僅 You can check it in the service mes
-
sage of the utility information view of
the instrument cluster display win
-
dow.
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
Parking Distance Warning may not oper
-
ate properly when:
僅 Ice is on the sensor
僅 Sensor is covered with foreign mate
-
rial, such as snow or water (Parking
Distance Warning will operate prop
-
erly when such substance is
removed.)
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053172L
OMQ4053173NN
Driver assistance guide
1146
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅 The weather is extremely hot or cold
僅 The sensor or sensor assembly is dis
-
assembled
僅 The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
僅 The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
僅 The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with a high pressure
washer
僅 When objects emitting ultrasonic
waves, such as a vehicle's horn,
motorcycle engine, or large vehicle air
brakes are nearby.
Parking Distance Warning may not work
normally when:
僅 Heavy rain or water spray is present
僅 Water flows on the surface of the sen
-
sor
僅 Affected by another vehicle's sensors
僅 The sensor is covered with snow or ice
僅 Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
僅 Objects that generate ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
僅 License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
僅 The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
僅 Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
The following objects may not be
detected:
僅 Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
僅 Narrow objects, such as corners of a
square column
僅 Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
僅 Objects smaller than 40 in (100 cm) in
length and narrower than 6 in (14 cm)
in diameter.
僅 Pedestrians, animals, or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
WARNING
僅 Parking Distance Warning is a supple
-
mental function. The operation of
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors including
environmental conditions. It is your
responsibility to always check the
front and rear-view before and while
parking.
僅Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
your vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
僅 Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensors
due to the objects distance, size or
material, all of which can limit the
effectiveness of the sensor.
僅 Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of
your vehicle or the shape of a person,
animal or object.
僅 If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
115
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Forward/Side/Reverse Park
-
ing Distance Warning (PDW)
(if equipped)
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning uses the front, side and rear
ultrasonic sensors to detect and warns
you if a person, animal, or object is
within a certain distance when your
vehicle is stopped or driving at low
speed.
Detecting sensor
Front ultrasonic sensors
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Front side ultrasonic sensors
Rear side ultrasonic sensors
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
OKA4053102L
OKA4053103
OKA4053104L
OKA4053105
OMV033124N
Driver assistance guide
1166
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
your vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and the trailer is con
-
nected electrically, Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning automatically turns off. In
this case, you cannot get help from
Parking Distance Warning. Always drive
with care. (if Kia genuine part equipped)
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
You can set the parking distance warn
-
ing to be ON at low speeds. To use Park
-
ing Distance Warning Auto On function,
select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the info
-
tainment system.
NOTICE
When
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
is selected, the Parking Safety button
indicator ( ) stays on.
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning operation
Parking Safety button
Press the Parking Safety ( ) button to
turn on Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning. Press the button
again to turn off the function.
僅 When the gear is shift to R (Reverse),
Parking Distance Warning will auto
-
matically turn on (Parking Safety but
-
ton indicator on).
Forward Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Forward Parking Distance Warning will
operate when one of these conditions is
satisfied:
僅 The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking Dis
-
tance Warning on
僅 The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing safety ( ) button indicator light is
on
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system selected)
NOTICE
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
operate when the vehicle's speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 When in R (Reverse), no warning is
issued for objects inside the front.
Only objects within 24 in (60 cm) out
-
side the front will be alerted.
僅 If you do not select Parking Distance
Warning Auto On, the Forward Park
-
ing Distance Warning function will
turn off (the indicator light in the but
-
ton will turn off) when the vehicle
speed exceeds 18 mph (30 km/h).
Even if you drive below 6 mph (10
km/h) again, the function will not turn
on automatically.
OKA4053106
117
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅 When the distance from the object is
more than 24 in (60 cm), it is not dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Side Parking Distance Warning
Side Parking Distance Warning will oper
-
ate when one of these conditions is sat
-
isfied:
僅 Shifting the gear to R (Reverse)
僅 The gear is in D (Drive) and the Park
-
ing Safety ( ) button indicator light is
on
僅 Forward Parking Distance Warning
warns the driver when the vehicle is in
D (Drive)
(If
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assis
-
tance
→
Parking Safety
→
Parking
Distance Warning Auto On
on the
infotainment system selected)
僅 Your driving speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h).
NOTICE
僅 Side Parking Distance Warning only
works when the vehicle speed is
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
僅 Side Parking Distance Warning func
-
tion works only when the Forward/
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
function is turned on.
Warning indication and warning
sound
僅 When the side ultrasonic sensor
detects a person or object, it displays
indicator lights for each distance on
the instrument cluster or infotainment
system screen.
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer
beeps
intermit
-
tently
(Front
inner side)
12~24 in
(30~60
cm)
Beeps
more fre
-
quently
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster
Infotain
-
ment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
-
12~24 in
(30~60 cm)
-
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
Driver assistance guide
1186
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
僅 A warning sounds when an object
within 12 in (30 cm) of the side is
detected in the vehicle's exit path.
僅If it detects an object to the side out
-
side the vehicle's exit path, it only dis
-
plays the indicator light.
僅 In D (driving), when the distance from
the object is 12 in (30 cm) or more, the
side-way warning is not displayed on
the instrument cluster.
僅 The shape of the indicator may differ
from the actual vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will
operate under the following conditions.
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse).
Warning indicator and warning
sound
僅 The corresponding indicator will
appear whenever each ultrasonic sen
-
sor detects a person, animal or object
in its sensing range. An audible warn
-
ing will sound.
僅 When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
僅 The shape of the indicator in the illus
-
tration may differ from the actual
vehicle.
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
and precautions
Forward/Side/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a problem with the Parking
Distance Warning or related functions
and parts, a warning message is dis
-
played on the instrument cluster.
The contents of the warning can be
checked in the service message of the
utility information view of the instrument
cluster display window. If it still does not
work properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Parking Distance Warning dis
-
abled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Ultrasonic sensor blocked.
The ultrasonic sensor can detect objects
around the vehicle. The Parking Dis
-
Distance
from object
Warning indicator
Warning
sound
Cluster Infotainment
24~48 in
(60~120
cm)
Buzzer
beeps
intermit
-
tently
12~24 in
(30~60 cm)
Beeps
more fre
-
quently
within 12 in
(30 cm)
Beeps con
-
tinuously
OJAPE073102L
OMQ4053172L
119
6
6
Driver assistance guide Forward/Side/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)
tance Warning may be temporarily lim
-
ited or may not operate if snow, rain,
foreign substances, etc. get on the sen
-
sor. You can check the detection sensor
blind warning target (ultrasonic sensor)
in the service message of the utility
information view in the instrument clus
-
ter display window. The Parking Dis
-
tance Warning will work normally if you
remove the contamination from the rec
-
ognition sensor. Always keep it clean. If it
still does not work properly even after
you have removed the contamination,
have the vehicle inspected by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
僅 The Master warning light ( ) is dis
-
played in the target direction if a mal
-
function or ultrasonic sensor is
blocked while the Parking Distance
Warning is operating. You can check it
in the service message of the utility
information view of the instrument
cluster display window.
Limitations of Forward/Side/
Reverse Parking Distance Warn
-
ing
Parking Distance Warning may not oper
-
ate properly when:
僅 Ice is on the sensor
僅 Sensor is covered with foreign mate
-
rial, such as snow or water (Parking
Distance Warning will operate prop
-
erly when such substance is
removed.)
僅 The weather is extremely hot or cold
僅 The sensor or sensor assembly is dis
-
assembled
僅 The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or hit with a hard object
僅 The surface of the sensor is scratched
with a sharp object
僅 The sensors or its surrounding area is
directly sprayed with a high pressure
washer
僅 When objects emitting ultrasonic
waves, such as a vehicle's horn,
motorcycle engine, or large vehicle air
brakes are nearby.
Parking Distance Warning may not work
normally when:
僅 Heavy rain or water spray is present
僅 Water flows on the surface of the sen
-
sor
僅 Affected by another vehicle's sensors
僅 The sensor is covered with snow or ice
僅 Driving on uneven road, gravel roads
or bushes
僅 Objects that generate ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
僅 License plate is installed in a different
spot from the original location
僅 The vehicle bumper height or ultra
-
sonic sensor installation has been
modified
僅 Attaching equipment or accessories
next to the ultrasonic sensors
The following objects may not be
detected:
僅 Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
僅 Narrow objects, such as corners of a
square column
OKA4053040
Driver assistance guide
1206
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅 Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency, such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
僅 Objects smaller than 40 inc (100 cm)
in length and narrower than 6 in (14
cm) in diameter.
僅 Pedestrians, animals, or objects that
are very close to the ultrasonic sen
-
sors
僅 Objects in the side space between the
front side ultrasonic sensor and the
rear side ultrasonic sensor or
approaching the side space.
WARNING
僅 Parking Distance Warning is a supple
-
mental function. The operation of
Parking Distance Warning can be
affected by several factors, including
environmental conditions. It is your
responsibility to always check the
front and rear views before and while
parking.
僅 Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to the
vehicle due to the malfunction of
Parking Distance Warning.
僅 Pay close attention when driving near
objects, pedestrians and especially
children. Some objects may not be
detected by the ultrasonic sensor, due
to the objects distance, size or mate
-
rial, all of which can limit the effective
-
ness of the sensor.
僅 Parking Distance Warning does not
warn you in the order of detection. It
varies depending on the speed of the
vehicle or the shape of a person, ani
-
mal, or object.
僅 If the Parking Distance Warning does
not operate properly, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
Reverse Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist (PCA) (if
equipped)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist can detect pedestrians or objects
behind your vehicle and may warn you
or assist you with braking to help avoid a
collision while your vehicle is reversing.
Detecting sensor
Wide-rear-view camera
Rear ultrasonic sensors
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist settings
Warning Methods
1 Driver Assistance
2 Warning Methods
The
Warning Methods
can be set with
the vehicle on. Select
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Warning Meth
-
OKA4H053011
OKA4053103
OMV033124N
121
6
6
Driver assistance guide Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
ods
from the settings menu in the info
-
tainment system to change the following
settings:
僅
Warning Volume
: Adjusts the volume
of the warning sound. If you turn off
the
Warning Volume
, for your safety,
the function may warn you with a low
volume.
僅
Haptic Warning
: Activate the steer
-
ing wheel vibration warning
INFORMATION
僅Ensure that
Warning Methods
you
have set may apply to the
Warning
Methods
of other driver assistance
systems.
僅
Warning Methods
will maintain its
last setting even if the vehicle is
restarted.
僅 The setting menu may not be avail
-
able for your vehicle depending on
the vehicle features and specifica
-
tions.
僅 The
Warning Volume
and
Haptic
Warning
cannot be turned off at the
same time. When one of the warnings
is turned off, the other is activated.
Parking Safety
1 Driver Assistance
2 Parking Safety
3 Backward Safety
With the vehicle on, touch
Setup
→
Vehicle
→
Driver Assistance
→
Park
-
ing Safety
on the infotainment system.
僅
Backward Safety
: It warns or assists
in braking when there is a high risk of
collision with pedestrians or objects in
the rear direction.
CAUTION
When the vehicle and a trailer are con
-
nected electrically, Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist automatically turns off.
In this case, you cannot get help Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Always drive
with care. (if KIA genuine part equipped)
NOTICE
Backward safety
will be selected when
the vehicle on and
Backward safety
settings will be retained even if the vehi
-
cle is restarted.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist operation
Turning On/Off
Press and hold the Parking Safety but
-
ton ( ) more than 2 seconds to turn the
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist on or
off.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist
When detecting a risk of collision with
pedestrians or objects behind the vehi
-
cle, the warning sound and steering
wheel will vibrate and the warning
appears in the cluster. If the Surround
View Monitor is active, the Infotainment
system screen also displays a warning.
OMV033141N
OKA4053106
Driver assistance guide
1226
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
If a collision is urgent, the Reverse Park
-
ing Collision-Avoidance Assist controls
the breaking of the vehicle.
Backward safety function
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist is enabled when the following
conditions are satisfied:
僅 The liftgate and doors are closed
僅 The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) is
released
僅 The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
僅 Your driving speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h) (detecting pedestrians)
僅 Your driving speed is below 1 mph (4
km/h) (detecting objects)
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
components such as the wide-rear
view camera and the rear ultrasonic
sensors are in normal conditions
Braking assist is released after 5 min
-
utes. Immediately depress the brake
pedal and check your surroundings.
Braking assist is also released under the
following conditions when:
僅 The gear is shifted to P (Park) or D
(Drive)
僅 The brake pedal is depressed with
sufficient power
When Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
activates, a line appears at the bottom of
the vehicle image in the instrument clus
-
ter.
NOTICE
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
operates only once after shifting the
gear to R (Reverse). To reactivate
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist,
shift the gear from another gear to R
(Reverse).
僅 When Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist is activated while reversing,
braking control will be released after 5
minutes and the Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) will be engaged.
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist malfunction and lim
-
itations
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist malfunction
A: Check Driver Assistance system
If there is a problem with Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist or related func
-
tions and parts, a warning message is
displayed on the instrument cluster. If it
still does not work properly, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OKA4053043
OJAPE073102L
123
6
6
Driver assistance guide Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist disabled
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Camera obscured.
A:
Driver Assistance system limited.
Ultrasonic sensor blocked.
The wide-rear-view camera and rear
ultrasonic sensors detect objects around
your vehicle. Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist may be temporarily limited
or may not operate if snow, rain, foreign
substances, etc. get on the sensor. You
can check the detection sensor blind
warning target (wide-rear-view camera,
rear ultrasonic sensor) in the service
message of the utility information view
in the instrument cluster display window.
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
works normally if you remove the con
-
tamination from the recognition sensor.
Always keep it clean. If it still does not
work properly even after decontamina
-
tion is removed, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
You can check it in the service message
of the utility information view of the clus
-
ter display window.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not assist braking or warn the driver
even if there are pedestrians or objects
under the following circumstances:
僅 There is a problem with the vehicle
- Any non-factory equipment or
accessory is installed
- Braking system components, such
as brake discs and calipers, are
modified
- Wheels are misaligned or suspen
-
sion components are modified
- Accessories are attached to the
steering wheel or steering compo
-
nents are modified
- Your vehicle is unstable due to an
accident or other causes
- Bumper height or ultrasonic sensor
installation has been modified
- If there is severe tilting of the over
-
all height due to abnormal tire pres
-
sure or excessive loading in the
cargo area
- Wide view camera(s) or ultrasonic
sensor(s) is damaged
- Wide view camera(s) or the ultra
-
sonic sensor(s) is covered with for
-
eign material, such as snow, dirt,
etc.
- A snow chain, spare tire, or wheel
of a different size is installed
僅 There is a problem with the surround
-
ings
- If there is a pattern on the road
- When the shadow on the ground or
reflected light
- Pedestrians or objects are nearby
the vehicle’s path
OMQ4053139L
OMQ4053172L
Driver assistance guide
1246
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
- Driving through a narrow track or a
parking space
- Driving on uneven roads such as
unpaved roads, gravel roads, speed
bumps or inclined roads, etc.
- A trailer or carrier is installed
around the rear corner radar
- Wide view camera(s) is obscured by
a light source or by inclement
weather, such as heavy rain, fog,
snow, etc.
- The surroundings are very bright or
very dark
- Outside temperature is very high or
very low
- The wind is either strong (above 12
mph (20 km/h)) or blowing perpen
-
dicular to the rear bumper
- Objects generating excessive noise,
such as vehicle horns, loud motor
-
cycles or truck air brakes, are near
your vehicle
- An object that generates ultrasonic
waves is nearby
- A wireless device with a transmis
-
sion function operates near the rear
ultrasonic sensor
- It is affected by another vehicle's
parking distance warning function
- The road is slippery or inclined
僅 There is a situation with pedestrians
or objects
- The pedestrians are difficult to
detect
- There is ground height difference
between your vehicle and the
pedestrian
- The image of a pedestrian in the
wide-rear-view camera is indistin
-
guishable from the background
- The pedestrian is near the rear
edge of the vehicle
- The pedestrian is not standing
upright
- The pedestrian is either too short or
tall to detect
- The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
- The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that does not reflect ultrasonic
waves
- Size, thickness, height, or shape of
the object does not reflect ultra
-
sonic waves (for example, a pole,
bush, curbs, carts, edge of a wall,
etc.)
- The pedestrian or the object is
moving
- The pedestrian or object is very
close to the rear of your vehicle
-There is a large object such as a
wall behind a pedestrian or the
object
- The object is not located at the rear
center of your vehicle
- The object is not parallel to the rear
bumper
- The face of the object is not parallel
to the bumper
僅 There is a situation with the driving
conditions
- You drive the vehicle immediately
after shifting to R (Reverse) or D
(Drive)
- You accelerate or circle the vehicle
WARNING
僅 Always use extreme caution while
driving. You are responsible for con
-
trolling the brake for safe driving.
125
6
6
Driver assistance guide Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist (PCA)
僅 Always look around your vehicle to
make sure there are no pedestrians or
objects before moving your vehicle.
僅 The performance of Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may vary under cer
-
tain conditions. If vehicle speed is
above 2 mph (4 km/h), Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will provide col
-
lision avoidance assistance only when
pedestrians are detected. Always look
around and pay attention when driv
-
ing your vehicle.
僅 Some objects may not be detected by
the rear ultrasonic sensors due to the
objects distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
the sensors.
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly or may
operate unnecessarily depending on
the road conditions and the surround
-
ings.
僅 Do not solely rely on Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist. Doing so may lead
to vehicle damage or injuries.
僅 Always keep the wide angle cameras
and ultrasonic sensors clean.
僅 Do not use any cleaner containing
acid or alkaline detergents when
cleaning the camera lens. Use only a
mild soap or neutral detergent and
rinse thoroughly with water.
僅 Do not spray the wide angle cameras
or the rear ultrasonic sensors or their
surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. It may cause the
wide angle cameras or the ultrasonic
sensors to malfunction.
僅 Do not apply objects, such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper guard,
near the wide angle cameras or ultra
-
sonic sensors or apply paint to the
bumper. Doing so may adversely
affect the performance of Parking
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
僅 Never disassemble or impact the wide
angle cameras or the components of
the ultrasonic sensor.
僅 Do not apply unnecessary force on
the wide angle cameras or the ultra
-
sonic sensors. Parking Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
properly if the wide angle cameras or
the ultrasonic sensor(s) are forcibly
moved out of proper alignment. Have
your Kia inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
僅 Noise may be heard when sudden
braking occurs to avoid a collision.
僅 If any other warning sound such as
the seat belt warning chime is already
generated, Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning may not sound.
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not work properly if the bumper
has been damaged, replaced or
repaired.
僅 Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly if interfered
with by strong electromagnetic
waves.
僅 Playing the vehicle audio system at
high volume may prevent passengers
from hearing Parking Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist warning sounds.
僅 The brake control may not operate
properly depending on the status of
ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
There will only be a warning when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability Con
-
trol) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
engaged in a different function
僅 Check your brake fluid and brake pad
conditions regularly. The brake per
-
Driver assistance guide
1266
Declaration of conformity
formance may decrease depending
on brake condition.
僅 Turn off Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist when towing a trailer. If towing
and moving in reverse, Parking Colli
-
sion-Avoidance Assist will activate as
it detects the trailer.
NOTICE
Parking Collision-Avoidance Assist can
detect a pedestrian or an object when:
僅 A pedestrian is standing behind the
vehicle
僅 A large obstacle, such as a vehicle, is
parked in the rear center of your vehi
-
cle
Declaration of conformity
The radio frequency components
(Front Radar) complies:
For United States and United
States territories
For Canada
OSG2H053295L
OSG2H053296L
127
6
6
Driver assistance guide Declaration of conformity
The radio frequency components
(Front Corner Radar/Rear Corner
Radar) complies: (if equipped)
For United States and United
States territories
For Canada
OCV051263N
ONQ5P052042N
OON052198
7What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
Road warning................................................................................. 7-2
僅 Hazard warning flasher..................................................................................7-2
In case of an emergency while driving....................................... 7-2
僅 If the vehicle stalls while driving.................................................................7-2
僅 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing......................................7-2
僅 If you have a flat tire while driving............................................................7-2
If the engine does not start.......................................................... 7-3
僅 If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly................................. 7-3
僅 If engine turns over normally but does not start ............................... 7-3
Emergency starting ....................................................................... 7-4
僅 Jump-starting..................................................................................................... 7-4
僅 Push-starting...................................................................................................... 7-5
If the engine overheats................................................................. 7-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .................................. 7-7
僅 Effective use of TPMS .....................................................................................7-7
僅 Low tire pressure telltale ............................................................................. 7-8
僅 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
indicator ............................................................................................................... 7-9
僅 Tire replacement with TPMS....................................................................... 7-9
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire).......................................7-11
僅 Jack and tools................................................................................................... 7-11
僅 Removing and storing the spare tire......................................................7-12
僅 Changing tires ................................................................................................. 7-15
僅 Important - use of compact spare tire.................................................. 7-18
僅 Jack label ...........................................................................................................7-20
Towing .......................................................................................... 7-22
僅 Towing service................................................................................................. 7-22
僅 Towing without wheel dollies when using a towing service .......7-23
僅 Removable towing hook .............................................................................7-23
僅 Emergency towing.........................................................................................7-24
What to do in an emergency
27
Road warning
What to do in an emergency
Road warning
When in an emergency situation occurs
while driving or when you park by the
edge of the roadway, you must alert
approaching or passing vehicles to be
careful as they pass. For this, you should
use the hazard warning flasher.
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a
roadway.
Depress the flasher switch with the
ENGINE START/STOP button in any
position. The flasher switch is located in
the center fascia panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
僅 The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
僅 The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
僅 Care must be taken when using the
hazard warning flasher while the vehi
-
cle is being towed.
In case of an emergency while
driving
If an emergency situation occurs while
driving, stay calm and take the following
steps.
If the vehicle stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keep
-
ing a straight line.
2. Move cautiously off the road to a safe
place.
3. Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
4. Try to start the vehicle again. If your
vehicle does not start, contact an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
僅 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If you have a flat tire while driv
-
ing
1. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately
or attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause a loss of control.
2. When the vehicle has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so, brake
carefully and pull off the road.
3. Drive off the road as far as possible
and park on firm level ground.
If you are on a divided highway, do
not park in the median area between
the two traffic lanes.
4. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your emergency hazard flashers, set
OKA4H063001
3
7
7
What to do in an emergency If the engine does not start
the parking brake and put the trans
-
mission in P.
5. Have all passengers exit the vehicle.
Be sure they all exit on the side of the
vehicle that is away from traffic.
6. When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this sec
-
tion.
If the engine does not start
When the engine doesn't start, first
check to see how much fuel there is and
whether the battery is discharged.
If engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
1. Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neutral)
or P (Park) and the emergency brake
is set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
WARNING
Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could cause damage to your vehi
-
cle. Refer to "Jump-starting" on page 7-
4.
If engine turns over normally but
does not start
1. Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
2. With the ENGINE START/STOP button
in the OFF position, check all connec
-
tors at the ignition coils and spark
plugs. Reconnect any that may be dis
-
connected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine com
-
partment.
4. If the engine still does not start, call an
authorized Kia dealer or seek other
qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
47
Emergency starting
Emergency starting
When the vehicle will not start because
of low battery power, you may need to
jump start the vehicle.
Jump-starting
Connect cables in numerical order and
disconnect in reverse order.
Jump-starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm to
yourself or damage to your vehicle or
battery, follow these jump-starting pro
-
cedures. If in doubt, we strongly recom
-
mend that you have a competent
technician or towing service jump-start
your vehicle.
CAUTION
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You
can damage a 12-volt starting motor,
ignition system, and other electrical
parts beyond repair by use of a 24- volt
power supply (either two 12-volt batter
-
ies in series or a 24-volt motor generator
set).
WARNING
Frozen batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle
if the discharged battery is frozen, as the
battery may rupture or explode.
WARNING
Battery
僅 Never attempt to check the electrolyte
level of the battery, as this may cause
the battery to rupture or explode.
僅 Keep all flames or sparks away from
the battery. The battery produces
hydrogen gas which may explode if
exposed to flame or sparks.
If these instructions are not followed
exactly, serious personal injury and
damage to the vehicle may occur! If
you are not sure how to follow this
procedure, seek qualified assistance.
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. This is poisonous and highly cor
-
rosive. When jump-starting, wear pro
-
tective glasses and be careful not to
get acid on yourself, your clothing or
on the vehicle.
僅 Do not attempt to jump start the vehi
-
cle if the discharged battery is frozen
or if the electrolyte level is low; the
battery may rupture or explode.
僅 Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
僅 The battery may rupture or explode
when you jump start with a low or fro
-
zen battery.
WARNING
Battery cables
Do not directly connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative terminal
of the discharged battery. This can
cause the discharged battery to over
-
heat and crack or degrade. Make sure to
connect one end of the jumper cable to
the negative terminal of the booster bat
-
OKA4063029L
5
7
7
What to do in an emergency Emergency starting
tery, and the other end to a metallic
point, far away from the battery.
WARNING
Sulfuric acid risk
Automobile batteries contain sulfuric
acid. When jump-starting your vehicle,
be careful not to get sulfuric acid on
yourself, your clothing, or on the vehicle.
This acid is poisonous and highly corro
-
sive.
Jump-starting
1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-
volt and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to
come in contact.
2. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
3. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustra
-
tion.
1) Connect on end of a jumper cable
to the positive terminal of the dis
-
charged battery (1).
2) Connect the other end to the posi
-
tive terminal of the booster battery
(2).
3) Proceed to connect one end of the
other jumper cable to the negative
terminal of the booster battery (3),
then the other end to a solid, sta
-
tionary, metallic point away from
the battery (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the bat
-
tery when making connections.
4. If connected with the other vehicle,
start the vehicle with the booster bat
-
tery first and let it run at 2,000 rpm
for several minutes.
5. Start the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
6. If the engine starts, disconnect one
end of the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3), then other end of
the positive terminal of the booster
battery (2) and the discharged battery
(1).
If the cause of your battery discharging
is not apparent, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic trans
-
mission cannot be push-started, and
only jump-starting can be applied. Fol
-
low the directions in this section for
"Jump-starting" on page 7-4.
WARNING
Tow starting vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it.
When the engine starts, the vehicle can
suddenly surge forward and could cause
a collision with the tow vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
67
If the engine overheats
If the engine overheats
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear a loud pinging or knock
-
ing, the engine will probably be too hot.
If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park) and set the
parking brake.
3. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
4. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from underneath the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until the
coolant has stopped running, or the
steaming has stopped.
5. If there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be sure
the engine cooling fan is operating.
1) If the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
6. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing.
1) If it is not missing, check to see that
it is tight.
2) If the drive belt seems to be satis
-
factory, check for coolant leaking
from the radiator, hoses or under
the vehicle. (If the air conditioning
had been in use, it is normal for
cold water to be draining from it
when you stop).
WARNING
Under the hood
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away
from moving parts, such as the
fan and drive belts, to prevent injury.
7. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and call the
nearest a professional workshop for
assistance. Call an authorized Kia
dealer.
8. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal.
If coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
9. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
for further signs of overheating. If
overheating happens again, call a
professional workshop for assistance.
Call an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Coolant reservoir cap
Do not remove the engine cool
-
ant reservoir cap when the
engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns.
CAUTION
僅 Serious loss of coolant indicates there
is a leak in the cooling system and this
should be checked as soon as possi
-
ble. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in
the engine. To prevent damage, add
engine coolant slowly in small quanti
-
ties.
7
7
7
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys
-
tem (TPMS)
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) detects the pressure of vehicle's
tires and displays it on the LCD display.
1. Low tire pressure telltale/TPMS mal
-
function indicator
2. Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
Tire Pressure Indicator
僅 You can check the tire pressure in the
assist mode on the cluster.
- Refer to "LCD display" on page 4-
93.
僅 Tire pressure is displayed after a few
minutes of driving after initial engine
start up.
僅 If tire pressure is not displayed when
the vehicle is stopped, "Drive to dis
-
play" message displays. After driving,
check the tire pressure.
NOTICE
僅 The tire pressure may change due to
factors such as parking condition,
driving style, and altitude above sea
level.
僅 The tire pressure shown on the dash
-
board may differ from the tire pres
-
sure measured by tire pressure
gauge.
僅 Low tire pressure warning may sound
when a tire's pressure unit is equal or
lower than nearby tires. This is a nor
-
mal occurrence, which is due to the
change in tire pressure along with tire
temperature.
Effective use of TPMS
WARNING
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
Each tire, including the spare (if pro
-
vided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the vehi
-
cle placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the proper
tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS) that illumi
-
nates a low tire pressure telltale when
one or more of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. Accordingly, when the
low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon
as possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi
-
cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire
to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi
-
OKA4H063007
OKA4033128L
What to do in an emergency
87
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
ciency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle's handling and stopping abil
-
ity.
Please note that the TPMS is not a sub
-
stitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-infla
-
tion has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pres
-
sure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not operat
-
ing properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system
detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
then remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon subse
-
quent vehicle start-ups as long as the
malfunction exists. When the malfunc
-
tion indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal low
tire pressure as intended. TPMS mal
-
functions may occur for a variety of rea
-
sons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels
on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction tell
-
tale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that
the replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
NOTICE
If any of the below occurs, have the sys
-
tem checked by an authorized Kia
dealer:.
1. The low tire pressure telltale/TPMS
malfunction indicator does not appear
for 3 seconds when the ENGINE
START/STOP button is turned to the
ON position or engine is running.
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains appeared after blinking for
approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low tire pressure position telltale
remains appeared.
Low tire pressure telltale
Low tire pressure position telltale
When the TPMS warning indicators
appear, one or more of your tires are
significantly under-inflated.
A:
Low tire pressure
If the telltale appears, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping dis
-
tances. You should stop and check your
tires as soon as possible.
Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as
indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire
inflation pressure label located on the
driver's side center pillar outer panel. If
you cannot reach a service station or if
the tire cannot hold the newly added air,
replace the low pressure tire with the
spare tire.
Then the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may
turn on and appear after restarting and
about 20 minutes of continuous driving
before you have the low pressure tire
repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
In winter or cold weather, the low tire
pressure telltale may be appeared if the
OKA4033102L
9
7
7
What to do in an emergency Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
tire pressure was adjusted to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure in warm
weather. It does not mean your TPMS is
malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional low
-
ering of tire pressure.
You should check the tire inflation pres
-
sure and adjust the tires to the recom
-
mended tire inflation pressure when
driving your vehicle in the following con
-
ditions.
僅 from a warm area to a cold area
僅 from a cold area to a warm area
僅 the outside temperature is extremely
high or low
When filling tires with more air, condi
-
tions to turn off the low tire pressure tell
-
tale may not be met. This is because a
tire inflator has a margin of error in per
-
formance. The low tire pressure telltale
will be turned off if the tire pressure is
above the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure tires. Sig
-
nificantly low tire pressure can cause the
tires to overheat and fail, making the
vehicle unstable, resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of vehicle
control.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale will appear
after it blinks for approximately one min
-
ute when there is a problem with the
TPMS.
If the system is able to correctly detect
an underinflation warning at the same
time as system failure, it will appear both
the TPMS malfunction and the low tire
pressure position telltales. For example,
if the Front Left sensor fails, the TPMS
malfunction indicator appears, but if the
Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear Right tire
is underinflated, the low tire pressure
position telltales may appear together
with the TPMS malfunction indicator.
Have the system checked by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer as soon as possible to
determine the cause of the problem.
僅 The TPMS malfunction indicator may
be appeared if the vehicle is moving
around electric power supply cables
or radios transmitters such as at
police stations, government and pub
-
lic offices, broadcasting stations, mili
-
tary installations, airports, or
transmitting towers, etc. These can
interfere with normal operation of the
TPMS.
僅 The TPMS malfunction indicator may
appear if the vehicle is equipped with
snow chains or some personal elec
-
tronic devices (such as a laptop com
-
puter, mobile charger, remote starter
or navigation) are being used in the
vehicle. These can interfere with nor
-
mal operation of the TPMS.
Tire replacement with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pres
-
sure telltale will come on. Have the flat
tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible or replace the flat
tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Repair Agents
Never use a puncture-repairing agent
not approved by Kia to repair and/or
inflate a low pressure tire. Sealant that is
What to do in an emergency
107
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
not approved by Kia may damage the
tire pressure sensor.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pres
-
sure sensor mounted inside the tire
behind the valve stem. You must use
TPMS specific wheels. Have always your
tires serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Even if you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
telltale will remain on until the low pres
-
sure tire is repaired and placed on the
vehicle.
After you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the TPMS malfunc
-
tion indicator may appear after a few
minutes. This is because the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the spare wheel is not
yet activated.
Once the low pressure tire is inflated
again to the recommended pressure and
installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sen
-
sor mounted on the replaced spare
wheel is initiated by a professional work
-
shop, the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the low tire pressure telltale will turn
off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicator has not disappeared after
a few minutes of driving, please visit an
authorized Kia dealer.
If an original mounted tire is replaced
with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor on
the replaced spare wheel should be initi
-
ated and the TPMS sensor on the origi
-
nal mounted wheel should be
deactivated. If the TPMS sensor on the
original mounted wheel located in the
spare tire carrier still activates, the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System may not
operate properly. Have the tire with
TPMS serviced or replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
You may not be able to identify a low tire
by simply looking at it. Always use a
good quality tire pressure gauge to mea
-
sure the tire's inflation pressure. Please
note that a tire that is hot (from being
driven) will have a higher pressure mea
-
surement than a tire that is cold (from
sitting stationary for at least 3-hours and
driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during
that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the rec
-
ommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3-hours and driven for less
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3-hour period.
Never use tire sealant if your vehicle is
equipped with a TPMS. The liquid seal
-
ant can damage the tire pressure sen
-
sors.
僅 The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors such as nails or road
debris.
僅 If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradu
-
ally and with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
NOTICE
Protecting TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the driver of
low tire pressure conditions and/or
TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with,
modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components
may void the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
11
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interfer
-
ence received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate the
device.
If you have a flat tire (with
spare tire)
If you have a flat tire, you can change
the flat tire to a spare tire using tools.
WARNING
Driving on a flat tire will cause perma
-
nent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a
tire after it has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat may cause
a blowout and a serious crash. Never
attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been
driven on while severely underinflated or
flat. In this case, repair or replace the flat
tire as soon as possible.
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Fol
-
low the instructions in this section when
changing a tire to reduce the risk of seri
-
ous injury or death.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Jack and tools
The jack and wheel lug nut wrench are
stored in the luggage compartment.
OKA4063025L
What to do in an emergency
127
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Pull up the luggage box cover to reach
this equipment.
1. Jack
2. Wheel lug nut wrench
3. Wheel cap remover
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency tire
changing only.
僅 To prevent the jack from "rattling"
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
僅 Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING
Changing tires
僅 Never attempt vehicle repairs in the
traffic lanes of a public road or high
-
way.
僅 Always move the vehicle completely
off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing ser
-
vice company for assistance.
僅 Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle;
never use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jacking support.
僅 The vehicle can roll off the jack caus
-
ing serious injury or death.
僅 Do not go under a vehicle that is sup
-
ported by a jack.
僅 Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
僅 Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
僅 Make sure any children present are in
a secure place, away from the road
and from the vehicle to be raised with
the jack.
WARNING
Tire jack
Do not place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is only supported by
a jack since the vehicle can easily roll off
the jack. Use vehicle support stands.
WARNING
Changing tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traf
-
fic lanes of a public road or highway.
WARNING
Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of the
vehicle while the vehicle is on the jack as
this may cause the vehicle to fall off the
jack.
To prevent the jack from "rattling" while
the vehicle IS in motion, store it properly.
NOTICE
Retreaded tires
Substantial design variations and the
age of the retreaded tire casing struc
-
ture can limit service life and have nega
-
tive impact on road safety.
Removing and storing the spare
tire
OKA4063003L
13
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Your spare tire is stored underneath
your vehicle, directly below the 2nd row
seat area.
Removing the spare tire
1. Open the right side sliding door.
2. Find the spare tire fixing bolt cover
and remove the cover.
If necessary, separate the tool case
only after removing the clamp.
3. Connect the socket and wheel lug nut
wrench.
4. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
loosen the bolt enough to lower the
spare tire.
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
5. After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the wrench
counterclockwise, and draw the spare
tire outside. Never rotate the wrench
excessively, otherwise the spare tire
carrier may be damaged.
6. Remove the retainer (1) from the cen
-
ter of the spare tire.
7. Remove the cover from the center of
the spare tire.
Storing the spare tire
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
valve stem facing down.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and
install the retainer (1) through the
wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it
clicks.
WARNING
Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly
aligned with the center of the spare tire
to prevent the spare tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to
fall off the carrier and lead to an acci
-
dent.
OKA4063004L
OKA4063005L
OKA4063006L
What to do in an emergency
147
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Flat tire indoor storage
In the 3rd row seats unfolded
upright
1. With the flat tires in the center of the
3rd row seats, place the outer part of
the wheel facing the liftgate.
2. Pass the fixing belt through the inside
of the wheel.
3. Connect the fixing belt to the striker
(A) located at the bottom left/right
side of the back of the 3rd row seats.
4. Tighten the fixing belt securely.
In the 3rd row seats folded flat
1. Place the flat tire with its outer part
facing upwards in the middle of the
3rd row seats.
2. Pass the fixing belt through the inside
of the wheel.
3. Connect the fixing belt to the striker
(A) located at the bottom left/right
side of the back of the 3rd row seats.
4. Tighten the fixing belt securely.
NOTICE
OKA4063007L
OKA4063010L
OKA4063011L
OKA4063012L
OKA4063013L
15
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
If the flat tire is contaminated, cover the
tire with anti-pollution cover (B) before
keeping it indoors. This is to prevent
indoor contamination.
WARNING
To prevent personal injury and damage
to the vehicle, always use proper
method to tether flat tire.
Changing tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
僅 Never place any portion of your body
under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
僅 NEVER attempt to change a tire in the
lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic
before trying to change a tire. If you
cannot find a level, firm place off the
road, call a towing service for assis
-
tance.
僅 Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
僅 ALWAYS place the jack on the desig
-
nated jacking positions on the vehicle
and NEVER on the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
僅 Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
僅 Do not allow anyone to remain in the
vehicle while it is on the jack.
僅 Keep children away from the road and
the vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface and apply the
parking brake firmly.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the engine
OFF.
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, and spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of wheel
that is diagonally opposite the jack
position.
WARNING
Jack location
To reduce the possibility of injury, be
sure to only use the jack provided with
the vehicle in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the vehicle
for jack support.
OKA4063014L
OKA4063015L
What to do in an emergency
167
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
WARNING
Changing a tire
僅 To prevent vehicle movement while
changing a tire, always set the park
-
ing brake fully, and always block the
wheel diagonally, opposite the wheel
being changed.
僅 We recommend that the wheels of the
vehicle be blocked, and that no per
-
son remain in a vehicle that is being
jacked.
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter
-
clockwise one turn each, but do not
remove any nut until the tire has been
raised off the ground.
7. Place the jack at the front (1) or rear
(2) jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack at
the designated locations under the
frame. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with two
tabs and a raised dot to index with the
jack.
8. Insert the wheel lug nut wrench into
the jack and turn it clockwise, raising
the vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is approxi
-
mately 1.2 in (30 mm). Before remov
-
ing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the
vehicle is stable and that there is no
chance for movement or slippage.
9. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove
them with your fingers. Slide the
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it
cannot roll away. To put the wheel on
the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up
the holes with the studs and slide the
wheel onto them.
If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly
and get the top hole in the wheel lined
up with the top stud. Then jiggle the
wheel back and forth until the wheel
can be slid over the other studs.
10.To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs
and tighten them finger tight. Jiggle
the tire to be sure it is completely
OKA4H063039L
OKA4H064041L_2
OKA4064017N_2
OKA4064034L
17
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
seated, then tighten the nuts as much
as possible with your fingers again.
11.Lower the vehicle to the ground by
turning the wheel nut wrench coun
-
terclockwise.
Then position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an
extension pipe over the wrench han
-
dle. Go around the wheel tightening
every other nut until they are all tight.
Then double-check each nut for tight
-
ness. After changing wheels, have the
system checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Installing a wheel
僅 When you install a wheel, always
remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting
surfaces of the wheel or the surface of
the wheel hub, brake drum or brake
disc that contacts the wheel. Make
sure to secure any fasteners that
attach the rotor to the hub so they do
not interfere with the mounting sur
-
faces of the wheel. Installing wheels
without correct metal-to-metal con
-
tact at the wheel mounting surfaces
can cause the wheel nuts to loosen
and the wheel to come off while your
vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of
vehicle control, personal injury or
death.
僅 Make sure the wheel makes good
contact with the hub when installed. If
the contact of the mounting surface
between the wheel and hub is not
good, the wheel nuts could come
loose and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in loss of
control of the vehicle.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel and aluminum alloy wheel:
79 ~ 94 lbf·ft (11 ~ 13 kgf·m)
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure. If
the pressure is lower than recom
-
mended, drive slowly to the nearest ser
-
vice station and inflate to the correct
pressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it
is correct. Always reinstall the valve cap
after checking or adjusting tire pressure.
If the cap is not replaced, air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After you have changed wheels, always
secure the flat tire in its place and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage
locations.
CAUTION
Reusing lug nuts
Make certain during wheel removal that
the same nuts that were removed are
reinstalled - or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same chamfer
configuration are used. Your vehicle has
metric threads on the wheel studs and
nuts. Installation of a non-metric thread
nut on a metric stud will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and will dam
-
age the stud so that it must be replaced.
OKA4H063038L
What to do in an emergency
187
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use extreme
care in checking for thread style before
installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they may lose
their ability to retain the wheel. This
could lead to the loss of the wheel and a
collision resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING
Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts
because the nuts might come loose. The
vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a
crash.
Important - use of compact spare
tire (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact
spare tire. This compact spare tire takes
up less space than a regular-size tire.
This tire is smaller than a conventional
tire and is designed for temporary use
only.
僅 You should drive carefully when the
compact spare is in use. The compact
spare should be replaced by the
proper conventional tire and rim at
the first opportunity.
僅 The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the same
time.
WARNING
Spare tire
The compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds over 50
mph (80 km/h). The original tire should
be repaired or replaced as soon as pos
-
sible to avoid failure of the spare, possi
-
bly leading to bodily injury or death.
The compact spare should be inflated to
60 psi (420 kPa).
NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after install
-
ing the spare tire. Adjust it to the speci
-
fied pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
僅 Under no circumstances should you
exceed 50 mph (80 km/h); a higher
speed could damage the tire.
僅 Ensure that you drive slowly enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards. Any road hazard, such as a
pothole or debris, could seriously
damage the compact spare.
僅 Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of vehi
-
cle control, and possible personal
injury.
僅 Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum
load rating or the load-carrying
capacity shown on the sidewall of the
compact spare tire.
僅 Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is smaller
than the diameter of a conventional
tire and reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm), which
could result in damage to the vehicle.
僅 Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic vehicle wash while the
compact spare tire is installed.
僅 Do not use tire chains on the compact
spare tire. Because of the smaller size,
a tire chain will not fit properly. This
19
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
could damage the vehicle and result
in loss of the chain.
僅 Do not use the compact spare tire on
any other vehicle because this tire has
been designed especially for your
vehicle.
僅 The compact spare tire's tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted
on the same wheel.
僅 The compact spare tire should not be
used on any other wheels, nor should
standard tires, snow tires, wheel cov
-
ers or trim rings be used with the
compact spare wheel. If such use is
attempted, damage to these items or
other vehicle components may occur.
僅 Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
僅 Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.
What to do in an emergency
207
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
Jack label
Type A
Type B
Type C
* The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more
detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the baseplate of jack must be vertical under the lift
-
ing point.
8. Move the shift position to the P (Park) position on vehicles.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacturer
11.Production date
OKA4063008L
OKA4063009L
OKA4063026L
21
7
7
What to do in an emergency If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)
12.Representative company and address
What to do in an emergency
227
Towing
Towing
If emergency towing is necessary, have
it done by authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Towing service
1. dollies
Proper lifting and towing procedures are
necessary to prevent damage to the
vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or
flatbed is recommended.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with
the rear wheel on the ground (without
dollies) and the front wheels off the
ground. If any of the loaded wheels or
suspension components are damaged,
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels. When
being towed by a commercial tow truck
and wheel dollies are not used, the front
of the vehicle should always be lifted,
not the rear.
On FWD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the rear wheels on the
ground (without dollies) and the front
wheels off the ground.
WARNING
Side and curtain air bag
If your vehicle is equipped with side and
curtain air bag, set the ENGINE START/
STOP button to ACC position when the
vehicle is being towed.
The side and curtain air bag may deploy
when the ENGINE START/STOP button
to ON position and the rollover sensor
detects the situation as a rollover.
NOTICE
If the EPB does not release normally,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer by loading the vehicle on a flat
-
bed tow truck and have the system
checked.
CAUTION
Towing
僅 Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the ground,
as this may cause damage to the
transmission.
僅 Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
OKA4H063023_3
OKA4063020L
OKA4H063024
23
7
7
What to do in an emergency Towing
僅 Do not tow the vehicle with four
wheels in contact with the ground if it
is the vehicle equipped with AT. Oth
-
erwise, the transmission will be seri
-
ously damaged. Also, make sure not
to tow the vehicle connecting it with
other vehicles including camper vans.
WARNING
僅 If you tow the vehicle while the front
wheels are touching the ground, the
vehicle motor may generate electricity
and the motor components may be
damaged, or a fire may occur.
僅When a vehicle fire occurs due to the
battery, there is a risk of a second fire.
Contact the fire department when
towing the vehicle.
Towing without wheel dollies
when using a towing service
When towing your vehicle in an emer
-
gency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button to ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Towing gear position
Failure to shift to N (Neutral) may cause
internal damage to the vehicle.
CAUTION
Automatic transmission
僅 If the car is being towed with all four
wheels on the ground, it can be towed
only from the front. Be sure that the
transmission is in neutral. Be sure the
steering is unlocked by placing the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC position. A
driver must be in the towed vehicle to
operate the steering and brakes.
僅 To avoid serious damage to the trans
-
mission, limit the vehicle speed to 10
mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1
mile (1.5 km) when towing.
僅 Before towing, check the transmission
for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If
the transmission fluid is leaking, flat
-
bed equipment or a towing dolly must
be used.
Removable towing hook
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
upper part of the cover on the front
bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
OKA4H063026
OKA4063031L
What to do in an emergency
247
Towing
Emergency towing
Front
Rear
If towing is necessary, have it done by
an authorized Kia dealer or a commer
-
cial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be tempo
-
rarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
under the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to
steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard-surfaced roads for a short dis
-
tance and at low speed. Also, the wheels,
axles, power train, steering and brakes
must all be in good condition.
僅 Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other con
-
ditions from which the vehicle cannot
be driven out under its own power.
僅 Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
僅 The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre
-
quently.
CAUTION
僅 Attach a towing strap to the tow hook.
僅 Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
僅 Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.
Securely fasten the cable or chain to
the towing hook provided.
僅 Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in
a slow and gradual manner while
maintaining tension on the tow-rope
or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.
僅 Before emergency towing, check if
the hook is not broken or damaged.
僅 Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
僅 Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadily
and with even force.
僅 To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle. Always pull straight ahead.
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle.
僅 Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving
maneuvers which would place exces
-
sive stress on the emergency towing
hook and towing cable or chain. The
hook and towing cable or chain may
break and cause serious injury or
damage.
僅 If the disabled vehicle is unable to be
moved, do not forcibly continue the
towing. We recommend that you con
-
tact an authorized Kia dealer or a
commercial tow truck service for
assistance.
OKA4H063028
OKA4H063029
25
7
7
What to do in an emergency Towing
僅 Tow the vehicle as straight ahead as
possible.
僅 Keep away from the vehicle during
towing.
僅 Use a towing strap less than 16 feet (5
m) long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 12 in (30 cm) wide) in the mid
-
dle of the strap for easy visibility.
僅 Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loosened during towing.
僅 The driver must be in the vehicle for
steering and braking operations when
the vehicle is towed and passengers
other than the driver must not be
allowed to be on board.
Emergency towing precautions
僅 Turn the ignition switch or the
ENGINE START/STOP button to the
ACC position so the steering wheel is
not locked.
僅 Shift the gear to N (Neutral).
僅 Release the parking brake.
僅 Press the brake pedal with more force
than normal since you will have
reduced brake performance.
僅 More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
僅 If you are driving down a long hill, the
brakes may overheat and brake per
-
formance will be reduced. Often stop
and let the brakes cool off.
僅 To avoid serious damage to the auto
-
matic transmission, limit the vehicle
speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive
less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing.
(for Automatic transmission vehicle.)
CAUTION
Transmission
僅 If the car is being towed with all four
wheels on the ground, it can be towed
only from the front. Be sure that the
transmission is in neutral. Be sure the
steering is unlocked by placing the
ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC position. A
driver must be in the towed vehicle to
operate the steering and brakes.
僅 Before towing, check the transmission
for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If
the automatic transmission fluid is
leaking, flatbed equipment or a tow
-
ing dolly must be used.
OKA4H063030
OKA4H063031
8Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment.....................................................................8-4
Maintenance services....................................................................8-5
Owner maintenance ......................................................................8-6
僅 Owner maintenance schedule ................................................................... 8-6
Scheduled maintenance service ..................................................8-8
僅 Scheduled maintenance service precaution........................................8-8
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items......................... 8-12
僅 Engine oil and filter ....................................................................................... 8-12
僅 Drive belts.......................................................................................................... 8-12
僅 Fuel filter ............................................................................................................ 8-12
僅 Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections................................................. 8-12
僅 Fuel tank and fuel cap ................................................................................. 8-12
僅 Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses.................................................... 8-12
僅 Air cleaner filter............................................................................................... 8-12
僅 Spark plugs....................................................................................................... 8-12
僅 Cooling system................................................................................................ 8-13
僅 Coolant................................................................................................................ 8-13
僅 Automatic transmission (AT) fluid .......................................................... 8-13
僅 Brake hoses and lines .................................................................................. 8-13
僅 Brake fluid ......................................................................................................... 8-13
僅 Brake discs, pads and calipers................................................................. 8-13
僅 Suspension mounting bolts....................................................................... 8-13
僅 Steering gear box, linkage boots/lower arm ball joint ................. 8-13
僅 Drive shafts and boots................................................................................. 8-13
僅 Air conditioning refrigerant ....................................................................... 8-13
僅 Checking fluid levels..................................................................................... 8-14
Engine oil ......................................................................................8-14
僅 Checking the engine oil level....................................................................8-14
僅 Changing the engine oil and filter .......................................................... 8-15
Engine coolant .............................................................................8-16
僅 Checking the coolant level......................................................................... 8-16
8 Maintenance
僅 Changing the coolant................................................................................... 8-18
Brake fluid ....................................................................................8-19
僅 Checking the brake fluid level.................................................................. 8-19
Washer fluid ................................................................................ 8-20
僅 Checking the washer fluid level ............................................................. 8-20
Air cleaner.................................................................................... 8-20
僅 Filter replacement......................................................................................... 8-20
Climate control air filter.............................................................. 8-21
僅 Filter inspection ...............................................................................................8-21
僅 Rear climate control air filter ....................................................................8-22
Wiper blades................................................................................ 8-23
僅 Blade inspection .............................................................................................8-23
僅 Blade replacement ........................................................................................8-23
Battery.......................................................................................... 8-26
僅 For best battery service ..............................................................................8-26
僅 Battery recharging ........................................................................................8-27
僅 Reset items .......................................................................................................8-28
12V Parking lithium battery ...................................................... 8-29
Tires and wheels ......................................................................... 8-29
僅 Checking tire inflation pressure .............................................................. 8-31
僅 Tire rotation...................................................................................................... 8-31
僅 Wheel alignment and tire balance .........................................................8-32
僅 Tire replacement ............................................................................................8-33
僅 Wheel replacement .......................................................................................8-34
僅 Tire traction ......................................................................................................8-34
僅 Tire maintenance ...........................................................................................8-34
僅 Tire sidewall labeling....................................................................................8-34
僅 Tire terminology and definitions.............................................................8-38
僅 All season tires ............................................................................................... 8-40
僅 Summer tires.................................................................................................... 8-41
8Maintenance
僅 Snow tires..........................................................................................................8-41
僅 Tire chains.........................................................................................................8-41
僅 Radial-ply tires.................................................................................................8-42
Fuses ............................................................................................ 8-43
僅 Inner panel fuse replacement ................................................................. 8-45
僅 Engine compartment fuse replacement............................................. 8-45
僅 Fuse/relay panel description.................................................................... 8-46
Light bulbs................................................................................... 8-56
僅 Bulb replacement precaution .................................................................. 8-56
僅 Light bulb position (Front)..........................................................................8-57
僅 Light bulb position (Rear)...........................................................................8-57
僅 Light bulb position (Side)........................................................................... 8-58
僅 Replacing lights (LED type)....................................................................... 8-58
僅 Replacing tail and stop lamp and rear turn signal lamp and rear
side marker (Bulb type) .............................................................................. 8-58
僅 Replacing reversing lamp (Bulb type) ................................................. 8-59
僅 Replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED type) ..............................8-60
僅 Replacing license plate lamp (Bulb type)...........................................8-60
僅 Replacing interior lamps (Bulb type)....................................................8-60
僅 Replacing occupant compartment lamp (Bulb type).....................8-61
僅 Replacing vanity mirror lamp (Bulb type)........................................... 8-61
僅 Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb type)..................................................8-62
僅 Replacing luggage lamp (Bulb type).....................................................8-62
Appearance care......................................................................... 8-63
僅 Exterior care .....................................................................................................8-63
僅 Interior care ......................................................................................................8-67
Emission control system ............................................................ 8-69
California perchlorate notice .....................................................8-72
Maintenance
48
Engine compartment
Maintenance
Engine compartment
Smartstream G3.5 GDi
* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Brake fluid reservoir
3. Air cleaner
4. Engine oil filler cap
5. Engine oil dipstick
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7. Fuse box
8. Negative battery terminal
9. Positive battery terminal
OKA4074020N
5
8
8
Maintenance Maintenance services
Maintenance services
Exercise care to prevent damage to your
vehicle and injury to yourself whenever
performing any maintenance or inspec
-
tion procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning
the inspection or servicing of your vehi
-
cle, have an authorized Kia dealer per
-
form this work.
An authorized Kia dealer has factory-
trained technicians and genuine Kia
parts to service your vehicle properly.
For expert advice and quality service,
see an authorized Kia dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational prob
-
lems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or personal
injury.
Owner's responsibility
NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record Reten
-
tion are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been per
-
formed on your vehicle in accordance
with the scheduled maintenance service
charts shown on the following pages.
You need this information to establish
your compliance with the servicing and
maintenance requirements of your vehi
-
cle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro
-
vided in your Warranty & Consumer
Information manual.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not cov
-
ered.
Have your vehicle maintained and
repaired by an authorized Kia dealer.
Authorized Kia dealers meet Kia's high
service quality standards and receive
technical support from Kia to provide
you with a high level of service satisfac
-
tion.
NOTICE
NHTSA Safety Corrosion Alert
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) has issued a
general warning to all vehicle owners of
all brands regarding the risks associated
with vehicle underbody corrosion. From
your initial purchase, take the following
steps to prevent unsafe corrosion dam
-
age to your vehicle:
僅 Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
僅 Do a thorough washing of the under
-
carriage at the end of the winter.
僅 Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
僅 Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you become visually
aware of corrosion flaking or scaling
or if you become aware of a change in
vehicle performance, such as soft or
spongy brakes, fluids leaking, impair
-
ment of directional control, suspen
-
sion noises or rattling metal straps.
僅 NHTSA further advises that after a
vehicle is 7 years old, it is essential
that you take these indicated mainte
-
nance steps to ensure that you pro
-
tect yourself from unsafe corrosion
conditions.
Maintenance
68
Owner maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section, sev
-
eral procedures can be done only by an
authorized Kia dealer with special tools.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the
warranty period may affect warranty
coverage. For details, read the separate
Warranty & Consumer Information man
-
ual provided with the vehicle. If you're
unsure about any servicing or mainte
-
nance procedure, have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose clothing
while working under the hood of your
vehicle with the engine running. These
items can become entangled in moving
parts, if you must run the engine while
working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially
rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces)
and all neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before working near cool
-
ing fans.
WARNING
Touching metal parts
Do not touch metal parts (including strut
bars) while the vehicle is operating or
hot. Doing so could result in serious
bodily injury. Turn the vehicle off and
wait until the metal parts cool down to
perform maintenance work on the vehi
-
cle.
Owner maintenance
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be per
-
formed by the owner or an authorized
Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated
to help ensure safe, dependable opera
-
tion of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer
as soon as possible.
These owner maintenance checks are
generally not covered by your warranty
and you may be charged for labor, parts
and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
僅 Check the coolant level in coolant res
-
ervoir.
僅 Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
僅 Look for low or under-inflated tires.
僅 Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc. If any
of the above parts are extremely dirty
or you are not sure of their condition,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot cool
-
ant and steam may blow out
under pressure.
7
8
8
Maintenance Owner maintenance
While operating your vehicle:
僅 Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust
fumes in the vehicle.
僅 Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel or change in its straight-ahead
position.
僅 Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or "pulls" to one side when
traveling on smooth, level road.
僅 When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or "hard-
to-push" brake pedal.
僅 If any slipping or changes in the oper
-
ation of your transmission occurs,
take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
dealer.
僅 Check the P (Park) function.
僅 Check the parking brake.
僅 Check for fluid leaks under your vehi
-
cle (water dripping from the air condi
-
tioning system during or after use is
normal).
At least monthly:
僅 Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir.
僅 Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
僅 Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
僅 Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least once every 6 months:
僅 Check the radiator, heater and air
conditioning hoses for leaks or dam
-
age.
僅 Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with a clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
僅 Check the headlamp alignment.
僅 Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
僅 Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
At least once a year:
僅 Clean the body and door drain holes.
僅 Lubricate the door hinges and check
the hood hinges.
僅 Lubricate the door, hood locks and
latches.
僅 Lubricate the door rubber weather
-
strips.
僅 Check the air conditioning system.
僅 Inspect and lubricate transmission
linkage and controls.
僅 Clean the battery and terminals.
僅 Check the brake fluid level.
僅 Visually inspect steering, suspension,
and chassis components for dam
-
aged, loose, or missing parts or signs
of wear.
Maintenance
88
Scheduled maintenance service
Scheduled maintenance ser
-
vice
Scheduled maintenance service
precaution
Follow the Normal Maintenance Sched
-
ule if the vehicle is usually operated
where none of the following conditions
apply. If any of the following conditions
apply, follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
僅 Repeated driving short distance of
less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles (16
km) in freezing temperature
僅 Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
僅 Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
僅 Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
僅 Driving in heavy dust condition
僅 Driving in heavy traffic area
僅 Driving on uphill, downhill, or moun
-
tain road repeatedly
僅 Using for towing or camping and driv
-
ing with loading on the roof.
僅 Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use of vehicle towing
僅 Frequently driving under high speed
or rapid acceleration/deceleration.
僅 Frequently driving in stop-and-go
condition
If your vehicle is operated in any of the
prior listed conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently,
using the severe usage maintenance
schedule instead of the normal usage
maintenance schedule.
NOTICE
The vehicle may be equipped with the
Oil Life Management System that pre
-
dicts engine oil life based on the driver’s
driving history and alerts the driver to
change engine oil.
僅 If the deterioration of the engine oil
increases depending on the driver’s
driving severity, the remaining oil life
alert appears on the instrument clus
-
ter before the normal engine oil
replacement interval. Have the engine
oil and filter be changed by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 Oil Life Management System when
the recommended engine oil is used.
So, if recommended engine oil is not
used, replace the engine oil according
to the maintenance schedule under
severe usage condition.
Also, check the amount of engine oil
regularly as this system assumes that
the engine oil is being filled normally.
僅 Always reset the remaining engine oil
life whenever the engine oil is
changed. Otherwise, the Oil Life Man
-
agement System will not be correct.
僅 If there is no alert until the maximum
maintenance interval, have vehicle be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles
(150,000 km), we recommend using
severe maintenance schedule.
9
8
8
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
Normal maintenance schedule
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission
control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to protect your war
-
ranty. Where both mileage and date are shown, the frequency of service is deter
-
mined by whichever occurs first.
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144
Miles×1,000 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
Km×1,000 13 26 39 52 65 78 91 104 117 130 143 156
Tire rotation Rotate every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Fuel additives
*1
Smartstream
G3.5 GDi
Add every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months
Engine oil and engine oil fil
-
ter
*2
Smartstream
G3.5 GDi
R R R R R R R R R R R R
Climate control air filter (For front seats and
rear seats)
I R I R I R I R I R I R
Air cleaner filter (Engine) I I R I I R I I R I I R
Brake fluid
Inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
Spark plugs
Smartstream
G3.5 GDi
Replace every 96,000 miles (156,000 km)
Coolant (Engine)
*3
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (195,000 km) or 120 months
After that, replace every 24,000 miles (39,000 km) or 24 months
Air conditioner refrigerant
I I I I I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor
12V Battery condition
Vacuum hoses
Brake discs and pads
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Suspension ball joints
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
Exhaust system
Cooling system
Drive shaft and boots
- I - I - I - I - I - I
Fuel tank and fuel cap
Fuel tank air filter
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Drive belts (Engine)
*4
- - - - - I I I I I I I
Automatic transmission
(AT) fluid
*
Smartstream
G3.5 GDi
No check, no service required
Maintenance
108
Scheduled maintenance service
*1. Fuel additives
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive is rec
-
ommended. Additives are available from
your authorized Kia dealer along with
information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change its
properties and may cause engine failure.
*2. Engine oil and engine oil filter
As it is normal for engine oil to be con
-
sumed during driving, the engine oil
level should be checked on regular
basis.
The engine oil change interval for nor
-
mal operating conditions is based on the
use of the recommended engine specifi
-
cation. If the recommended engine oil
specification is not used, then replace
the engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule under severe operating
conditions.
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change the
properties of engine oil and may cause
serious engine failure.
*3. Coolant (Engine)
When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehicle
and never mix hard water in the coolant
filled at the factory. An improper coolant
mixture can result in serious malfunction
or engine damage.
*4. Drive belts (Engine)
Inspect the alternator, water pump and
air conditioner drive belts and, if neces
-
sary, repair or replace. Inspect drive belt
tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and
if necessary correct or replace.
*Transmission fluid
If the vehicle has been submerged in
water or in a flooded area, the fluids
should be changed as a precaution.
Fuel filter (Gasoline engine)
The fuel filter is considered to be main
-
tenance free but periodic inspection is
recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality.
僅 If there are some important safety
matters like fuel flow restriction, surg
-
ing, loss of power, hard starting prob
-
lem etc., replace the fuel filter
immediately regardless of mainte
-
nance schedule and consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer for details.
11
8
8
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service
Maintenance under severe usage conditions
I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Severe driving conditions
A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal tempera
-
ture or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B: Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salted roads
D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E: Driving in heavy dust condition
F: Driving in heavy traffic area
G: Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly
H: Using for towing or camping and driving with loading on the roof
I: Driving for patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
J: Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration/deceleration
K: Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals Driving condition
Engine oil and engine oil fil
-
ter
Smartstream G3.5
GDi
R
Every 5,000 miles (8,000
km) or 6 months
D, H, I
Spark plugs
Smartstream G3.5
GDi
R More frequently A, B, F, G, H, I, K
Air cleaner filter R More frequently C, E
Climate control air filter R More frequently C, E, G
Automatic transmission
(AT) fluid
Smartstream G3.5
GDi
R
Every 56,000 miles
(91,000 km)
A, C, E, F, G, H, I, K
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Suspension ball joints I More frequently C, D, E, G, H, I
Brake discs, pads and calipers I More frequently C, D, E, G, H, I, J, K
Drive shaft and boots I More frequently C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Maintenance
128
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
Explanation of scheduled
maintenance items
Engine oil and filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu
-
ration and replace if necessary. Drive
belts should be checked periodically for
proper tension and adjusted as neces
-
sary.
CAUTION
When you are inspecting the belt, place
the ignition switch or ENGINE START/
STOP button in the LOCK/OFF or ACC
position.
Fuel filter
The fuel filter is considered to be main
-
tenance free but periodic inspection is
recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality.
If there are some important safety mat
-
ters like fuel flow restriction, surging,
loss of power, hard starting problem etc.,
replace the fuel filter immediately
regardless of maintenance schedule and
consult an authorized Kia dealer for
details.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con
-
nections for leakage and damage. Have
the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec
-
tions replaced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Fuel tank and fuel cap
The Fuel tank and fuel cap should be
inspected at those intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new Fuel tank and fuel cap is cor
-
rectly replaced.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi
-
dence of heat and/or mechanical dam
-
age. Hard and brittle rubber, cracking,
tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive
swelling indicate deterioration. Particular
attention should be paid to examine
those hose surfaces nearest to high heat
sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not contact any heat
source, sharp edges or moving compo
-
nent which might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose con
-
nections, such as clamps and couplings,
to make sure they are secure, and that
no leaks are present. Hoses should be
replaced immediately if there is any evi
-
dence of deterioration or damage.
Air cleaner filter
Have the air cleaner filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Spark plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to wipe
the inside and outside of the boot bot
-
tom of the ignition coil and the insulator
of the spark plug with a soft cloth to pre
-
vent contamination of the spark plug
insulator.
13
8
8
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
WARNING
Do not disconnect and inspect spark
plugs when the engine is hot. You may
burn yourself.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components,
such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage and
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid
AT fluid should not be checked under
normal usage conditions. Have the auto
-
matic transmission fluid changed by an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the AT fluid will
begin to look darker. It is normal condi
-
tion and you should not judge the need
to replace the fluid based upon the
changed color.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid could
result in transmission malfunction and
failure.
Use only specified AT fluid. (Refer to
"Recommended lubricants and capaci
-
ties" on page 9-9.)
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for improper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration or leakage.
Replace any deteriorated or damaged
parts immediately.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between "MIN" and "MAX" marks on the
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 4 specifi
-
cation.
Brake discs, pads and calipers
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Steering gear box, linkage boots/
lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or dam
-
age. Replace any damaged parts and, if
necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and con
-
nections for leakage and damage.
Maintenance
148
Engine oil
Checking fluid levels
When checking engine oil, engine cool
-
ant, brake fluid, and washer fluid, always
be sure to clean the area around any
filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant or
fluid. This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when the vehi
-
cle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning
the plug and dipstick areas will prevent
dirt and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil
Checking the engine oil level
Engine oil is used for lubricating, cooling,
and operating various hydraulic compo
-
nents in the engine. Engine oil consump
-
tion while driving is normal, and it is
necessary to check and refill the engine
oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended mainte
-
nance schedule to prevent deterioration
of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the below
procedure.
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Wipe the dipstick clean and re-insert it
fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. Check if the oil level is
between the F-L line, and if it is below
the L line, add enough oil to bring the
level to F line.
WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the radiator
hose when checking or adding the
engine oil as it may be hot enough to
burn you.
OKA4073009
15
8
8
Maintenance Engine oil
CAUTION
When you wipe the oil level gauge, you
should wipe it with a clean cloth. When
mixed with debris, it can cause engine
damage.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-9.)
僅 Do not spill engine oil when adding or
changing engine oil. Wipe off spilled
oil immediately.
僅 The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a new
vehicle and it will be stabilized after
driving 4,000 miles (6,000 km).
僅 The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions, oil qual
-
ity, etc. Therefore, it is recommended
that you inspect the engine oil level
regularly and refill it if necessary.
Changing the engine oil and filter
The lubrication, rust prevention, cooling,
and cleaning effect of the engine oil will
gradually degrade during its use. Have
the engine oil and filter changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to the
Engine Oil Life Management System
instructions or the maintenance sched
-
ule.
僅 If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded, the
engine oil performance may deterio
-
rate, and the engine condition may be
affected. Therefore, replace the
engine oil according to the mainte
-
nance schedule.
僅 To keep the engine in optimal condi
-
tion, use the recommended engine oil
and filter. If the recommended engine
oil and filter are not used replace it
according to the maintenance sched
-
ule under severe usage conditions.
僅 The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is
to prevent oil deterioration and it is
irrelevant to oil consumption. Check
and refill engine oil regularly.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with
the skin for prolonged periods of time.
Used engine oil contains chemicals that
have caused cancer in laboratory ani
-
mals. Always protect your skin by wash
-
ing your hands thoroughly with soap
and warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil. Do not leave
used engine oil within the reach of chil
-
dren.
NOTICE
When the oil pressure is low due to
insufficient engine oil, the Engine Oil
Pressure ( ) warning light will
appear.
In addition, the enhanced engine protec
-
tion system, which limits the engine's
power is activated and the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp ( ) will appear when
the vehicle is driven in this state continu
-
ously.
When oil pressure is restored, the Engine
Oil Pressure warning light will turn off
OKA4073010
Maintenance
168
Engine coolant
and the engine power will no longer be
limited.
CAUTION
The engine oil is very hot immediately
after the vehicle has been driven and
can cause burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the engine
oil has cooled down.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine
oil. Engine oil additives can change its
properties and may cause engine failure.
Engine coolant
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year-round anti
-
freeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at
the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter, and before trav
-
eling to a colder climate.
CAUTION
僅 When the engine overheats from low
engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks in
the engine. To prevent damage, add
engine coolant slowly in small quanti
-
ties.
僅 Do not drive with no engine coolant. It
may cause water pump failure and
engine seizure, etc.
Checking the coolant level
CAUTION
Removing engine
coolant reservoir cap
Never attempt to
remove the engine
coolant reservoir cap
while the engine is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead to cooling system
and engine damage. Also, hot coolant or
steam could cause serious personal
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until it cools
down. Use extreme care when removing
the engine coolant reservoir cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it and turn it counter
-
clockwise slowly to the first stop. Step
back while the pressure is released from
the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure has
been released, press down on the cap,
17
8
8
Maintenance Engine coolant
using a thick towel, and continue turning
counterclockwise to remove it.
Even if the engine is not operating, do
not remove the engine coolant reservoir
cap or the drain plug while the engine
and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and
steam may still blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
WARNING
The electric motor
(cooling fan) is con
-
trolled by engine cool
-
ant temperature,
refrigerant pressure
and vehicle speed. It
may sometimes operate even when the
engine is not running. Use extreme cau
-
tion when working near the blades of
the cooling fan so that you are not
injured by a rotating fan blades. As the
engine coolant temperature decreases,
the electric motor will automatically shut
off. This is a normal condition.
The electric motor (cooling fan) may
operate until you disconnect the nega
-
tive battery cable.
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or deterio
-
rated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between MAX and MIN (F and L) marks
on the side of the coolant reservoir when
the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) or soft water. Bring
the level to MAX (F), but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, have
the system inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
NOTICE
Make sure the coolant cap is properly
closed after refill of coolant. The engine
could overheat while driving.
1. Check if the engine coolant reservoir
cap label is straight up.
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions
inside the coolant cap are securely
interlocked.
Recommended engine coolant
僅 When adding coolant, use only deion
-
ized water or soft water for your vehi
-
cle and never mix hard water in the
coolant filled at the factory. An
improper coolant mixture can result in
serious malfunction or engine dam
-
age.
僅 The engine in your vehicle has alumi
-
num engine parts and must be pro
-
tected by an ethylene-glycol with
phosphate based coolant to prevent
corrosion and freezing.
僅 DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
僅 Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
OMQ4073109
OKA4073011
Maintenance
188
Engine coolant
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the fol
-
lowing table.
WARNING
Engine coolant reser
-
voir cap
Do not remove the
engine coolant reser
-
voir cap when the
engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow out under
pressure causing serious injury.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant replaced by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap
before refilling the coolant in order to
prevent the coolant from overflowing
into engine parts such as the alternator.
WARNING
Coolant
僅 Do not use engine coolant or anti
-
freeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
僅 Radiator coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the wind
-
shield and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage the paint and body
trim.
Ambient Tempera
-
ture
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze Water
5 °F (-15 °C) 35 65
-13 °F (-25 °C) 40 60
-31 °F (-35 °C) 50 50
-49 °F (-45 °C) 60 40
19
8
8
Maintenance Brake fluid
Brake fluid
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
1. Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly
to prevent brake fluid contamination.
2. Periodically check that the fluid level
in the brake fluid reservoir is between
MIN and MAX. The level will fall with
accumulated mileage. This is a normal
condition associated with the wear of
the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low,
have the system checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer
to "Recommended lubricants and capac
-
ities" on page 9-9.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
WARNING
Loss of brake fluid
In the event the brake system requires
frequent additions of fluid, have the sys
-
tem inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
WARNING
Brake fluid
When changing and adding brake fluid,
handle it carefully. Do not let it contact
your eyes. If brake fluid should contact
your eyes, immediately flush them with
a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have
your eyes examined by a doctor as soon
as possible.
CAUTION
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the
vehicle's body paint, as paint damage
will result. Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
properly disposed. Don't put in the
wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of min
-
eral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your
brake system can damage brake system
parts.
OKA4073013
Maintenance
208
Washer fluid
Washer fluid
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
僅 Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces
-
sary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
Use washer solvent with antifreeze
characteristics in cold climates to pre
-
vent freezing.
WARNING
Washer fluid
僅 Do not use radiator coolant or anti
-
freeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
僅 Radiator coolant can severely obscure
visibility when sprayed on the wind
-
shield and may cause loss of vehicle
control or damage to paint and body
trim.
僅 Windshield washer fluid agents con
-
tain alcohol and can be flammable
under certain circumstances. Do not
allow sparks or flame to contact the
washer fluid or the washer fluid reser
-
voir. Damage to the vehicle or occu
-
pants could occur.
僅 Windshield washer fluid is poisonous
to humans and animals. Do not drink
and avoid contacting windshield
washer fluid. Serious injury or death
could occur.
Air cleaner
Filter replacement
Air cleaner filter must be replaced when
necessary and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting
the air cleaner compartment. Clean the
filter by using compressed air.
1. Pull up the lever (1) on the air cleaner
cover and release the lock.
2. Pull up the air cleaner cover (2) and
open.
3. Rotate the fixed lever on the filter and
loosen the lock.
4. Replace the air cleaner filter.
5. Assemble in reverse order.
OKA4073014
OKA4073015
OKA4073016
OKA4073017
OKA4073018
21
8
8
Maintenance Climate control air filter
Replace the filter according to the Main
-
tenance Schedule.
If your vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the ele
-
ment more often than the recom
-
mended intervals. (Refer to
"Maintenance under severe usage con
-
ditions" on page 8-11.)
CAUTION
僅 Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in excessive
engine wear.
僅 When removing the air cleaner filter,
be careful that dust or dirt does not
enter the air intake, or damage may
result.
僅 Use parts for replacement from an
authorized Kia dealer.
Climate control air filter
Filter inspection
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the maintenance
schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier. When you replace the
climate control air filter, replace it by
performing the following procedure, and
be careful to avoid damaging other
components.
1. Open the glove box and remove the
stoppers (1) on the right side.
2. With the glove box open, pull the sup
-
port strap.
3. Remove the climate control air filter
cover by pulling out both sides of the
cover.
OKA4H073013
OKA4H073014
OKA4H073015
Maintenance
228
Climate control air filter
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
Rear climate control air filter
1. Open luggage and remove the stor
-
age cover (1) on the right side.
2. Push the upper hook of the rear air fil
-
ter cover and open the cover (2).
3. Remove the rear climate control air fil
-
ter (3).
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
NOTICE
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the
effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.
OKA4H073016
OKA4H073018
OKA4H073019
OKA4H073020
OKA4H073016
OKA4H073017
23
8
8
Maintenance Wiper blades
Wiper blades
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Blade inspection
NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by auto
-
matic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield wipers. Common sources of
contamination are insects, tree sap, and
hot wax treatments used by some com
-
mercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window
and the blades with a good cleaner or
mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with clean water.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean ade
-
quately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, do not attempt to
move the wipers manually.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
could result in wiper malfunction and
failure.
Front wiper blade replacement
For your convenience and to prevent
hood paint damage, you must move the
windshield wiper blades to the service
position as follows.
After turning off the engine, move the
wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST)
position within 20 seconds and hold the
switch more than 2 seconds until the
wiper blade is in the fully up position.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
僅Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
僅 Do not pull the wiper arm forward,
since it could chip hood paint.
OKA4H073021
OKA4H073022
Maintenance
248
Wiper blades
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the
wiper blade assembly to expose the
plastic locking clip.
CAUTION
Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against
the windshield, since it may chip or crack
the windshield.
2. Compress the clip and slide the blade
assembly downward.
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then
pull down the blade assembly (2) and
remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly.
4. Return the wiper arm on the wind
-
shield.
5. Turn the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button to the ON posi
-
tion and wiper arms will return to the
normal operating position.
Rear wiper blade replacement
1. Within 20 seconds after the vehicle
ignition is OFF, move the wiper lever
to MIST position for over 2 seconds
until the wiper moves down to the
bottom middle part.
OKA4073026L
OKA4073027L
OKA4073028L
OKA4H073023
OKA4H073024
OKA4H073025
25
8
8
Maintenance Wiper blades
2. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly.
3. Lift up the wiper blade and pull it to
remove.
4. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
5. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
If the replacement is correct, place the
wiper arm on the rear windshield and
turn the vehicle ignition to ON and
operate the wipers to check the blade
is installed correctly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, have the wiper blade
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Contact and visit an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
If too much force is applied to the wiper
arm while pulling the blade, the center
part may be damaged.
CAUTION
僅 The wiper may not operate for
approx. 10 seconds when the wiper is
operated without washer fluid or the
blades are frozen. This is not a mal
-
function. It is a wiper protection sys
-
tem activated by the motor overload
circuit within the wiper motor.
僅 The front windshield should be
cleaned with a hose and wiped with a
clean towel with the wiper blades
raised up. The wiper blades should be
wiped clean when the grease or wax
is applied to the blades.
OKA4H073026
OKA4073029L
OKA4073030L
Maintenance
268
Battery
Battery
For best battery service
僅 Keep the battery securely mounted.
僅 Keep the battery top clean and dry.
僅 Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petro
-
leum jelly or terminal grease.
僅 Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
僅 If the vehicle is not going to be used
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables.
NOTICE
Your vehicle is equipped with a mainte
-
nance free battery. If your vehicle is
equipped with the battery marked with
LOWER and UPPER on the side, you can
check the electrolyte level. The electro
-
lyte level should be between LOWER
and UPPER. If the electrolyte level is low,
it needs distilled (demineralized) water
(never add sulfuric acid or other electro
-
lytes). When refilling, be careful not to
splash the battery and adjacent compo
-
nents. Do not overfill the battery cells. It
can cause corrosion on other parts. En
sure that the cell caps are tightened.
Contact an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Risk of explosion
Keep lit cigarettes and all other
flames or sparks away from
the battery.
The battery contains hydrogen
-- a highly combustible gas
which will explode if it contacts
a flame or spark.
Keep batteries out of the reach
of children because batteries
contain highly corrosive SUL
-
FURIC ACID and electrolytes.
Do not allow battery acid to contact your
skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near a
battery. Always provide venti
-
lation when working in an
enclosed space.
Always read the following
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush them with
clean water for at least 15 min
-
utes and get immediate medi
-
cal attention. If electrolyte gets on your
skin, thoroughly wash the contacted
area. If you feel pain or burning sensa
-
tion, get medical attention immediately.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or regula
-
tion.
The battery contains lead. Do
not dispose of it after use.
Please return the battery to an
authorized Kia dealer to be
recycled.
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
OKA4073019
27
8
8
Maintenance Battery
WARNING
Risk of electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition sys
-
tem while the vehicle is running. This
system works with high voltage, which
can cause a shock.
NOTICE
If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
be discharged. Never use unauthorized
devices.
WARNING
Recharging battery
Never attempt to recharge the battery
when the battery cables are connected.
WARNING
Battery lead compound
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead com
-
pounds. Wash hands after handling.
WARNING
California Proposition 65
Battery posts, terminals,
and related accessories
contain lead and lead com
-
pounds, chemicals known
to the State of California to
cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the
State of California to cause
cancer. Wash hands after
handling.
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
僅 If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlamps or interior lights were left
on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
僅 If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20
~ 30 A for two hours.
When recharging the battery, observe
the following precautions:
僅 The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area with
good ventilation.
僅 Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or
flame near the battery.
僅 Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging rate
in following cases:
1. the battery cells begin gassing
(boiling) violently
2. the electrolyte temperature of any
cell exceeds 120 °F (49 °C).
僅 Wear eye protection when checking
the battery during charging.
僅 Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the vehicle.
僅 Disconnect the battery charger in the
following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
Maintenance
288
Battery
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from the
positive battery terminal.
僅 The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last when
the battery is disconnected.
CAUTION
Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery
僅 AGM batteries are maintenance free
and have the AGM battery serviced by
an authorized Kia dealer.
For charging your AGM battery, use
only fully automatic battery chargers
that are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
僅 When replacing the AGM battery, only
use parts for replacement from an
authorized Kia dealer.
僅 Do not open or remove the cap on top
of the battery. This may cause leaks
of internal electrolyte that could result
in severe injury.
Reset items
The following items should be reset after
the battery has been discharged, or the
battery has been disconnected.
僅 Auto up/down window (Refer to "Win
-
dow opening and closing" on page 4-
56)
僅 Trip computer (Refer to "Trip informa
-
tion (trip computer)" on page 4-96)
僅 Climate control system (CCS) (Refer
to "Automatic climate control system
(if equipped)" on page 4-138)
僅 Sunroof (Refer to "Dual sunroof (if
equipped)" on page 4-65)
僅 Driver's seat position (Refer to "Inte
-
grated Memory System (if equipped)"
on page 4-32)
29
8
8
Maintenance 12V Parking lithium battery
12V Parking lithium battery
12V Parking lithium battery is added to
secure stable operation power supply
when functions such as OTA update,
after-blow, and CCS are operated while
parking.
12V Lithium Auxiliary Battery
care
If the 12V lithium auxiliary battery
detects an abnormality, such as high
temperature or overcharging, a warning
message is displayed in the instrument
cluster or a malfunction alert text is sent
to the registered cellular phone number.
Malfunction alert text is sent only to cus
-
tomers who subscribe to the Kia Con
-
nect service.
WARNING
If you receive a warning message in the
cluster or a malfunction notification on
your phone. Have the system inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer.
Tires and wheels
For safety, maintenance and
maximum fuel economy, always
maintain the recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay
within the load limits and weight
distribution recommended for
your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire infla
-
tion pressures
All tire pressures should be
checked when the tires are cold.
"Cold Tires" means the vehicle
has not been driven for at least
three hours or driven less than 1
mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
For recommended inflation pres
-
sure, refer to
"Tires and wheels" on
page 8-29
.
All specifications (sizes and pres
-
sures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side cen
-
ter pillar.
WARNING
Tire underinflation
OKA4083005
Maintenance
308
Tires and wheels
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Regularly check the tire
inflation pressure and adjust it as
needed, at least twice a month
and before any long trips. Failure
to observe this precaution may
result in, driving on underinflated
tires, which may not only com
-
promise your vehicle's driving
stability. It may also lead to tire
damage and the risk of an acci
-
dent. This risk is much higher on
hot days and when driving for
long periods at high speeds.
Failure to maintain specified
pressure may result in excessive
wear, poor handling, reduced
fuel economy, deformation of
tire and/or wheel, harsh ride con
-
ditions, the possibility for addi
-
tional damage from road
hazards, or result in tire failure.
Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
僅 Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle has
been parked for at least three
hours or hasn't been driven
more than 1 mile (1.6 km) since
startup.)
僅 Check the pressure of your
spare tire (if equipped) each
time you check the pressure of
other tires. (if equipped)
僅 Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
僅 Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pres
-
sures by 4 ~ 6 psi (28 ~ 41 kPa).
Do not release air from warm
tires to adjust the pressure or
the tires will be underinflated.
WARNING
Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead
to sudden tire failure. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
and potential injury.
31
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Checking tire inflation pres
-
sure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Use a good quality gauge to
check tire pressure. You cannot
tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at
them. Radial tires may look prop
-
erly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sit
-
ting or at least three hours or
driven no more than 1 mile (1.6
km).
1. Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem.
2. Press the tire gauge firmly
onto the valve to get a pres
-
sure measurement. If the cold
tire inflation pressure matches
the recommended pressure on
the tire and loading informa
-
tion label, no further adjust
-
ment is necessary.
3. If the pressure is low, add air
until you reach the recom
-
mended amount.
4.If you overfill the tire, release
air by pushing on the metal
stem in the center of the tire
valve.
5. Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
6.Be sure to put the valve caps
back on the valve stems. They
help prevent leaks by keeping
out dirt and moisture.
Inspect your tires frequently for
proper inflation as well as wear
and damage. Always use a tire
pressure gauge.
Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly. This
could result in poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sud
-
den tire failure leading to acci
-
dents, injuries, and even death.
The recommended cold tire pres
-
sure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on the
tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar.
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is rec
-
ommended that the tires be
rotated every 8,000 miles
(13,000 km) or sooner if irregular
wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires
for correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for
uneven wear and damage.
Abnormal wear is usually caused
by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out
of-balance wheels, severe brak
-
ing or severe cornering. Look for
bumps or bulges in the tread or
side of tire. Replace the tire if you
Maintenance
328
Tires and wheels
find either of these conditions.
Replace the tire if fabric or cord
is visible. After rotation, be sure
to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and
check lug nut tightness. (proper
torque is 79 ~ 94 lbf·ft [11 ~ 13
kgf·m])
Refer to
"Tires and wheels" on page 8-
29
.
Disc brake pads should be
inspected for wear whenever
tires are rotated.
With a full-size spare tire (if
equipped)
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only
from front to rear and not from
right to left.
WARNING
Mixing tires
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling
characteristics.
Wheel alignment and tire bal
-
ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at
the factory to provide the longest
tire life and best overall perfor
-
mance.
If you notice unusual tire wear or
your vehicle pulling one way or
the other, the alignment may
need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrat
-
ing when driving on a smooth
road, your wheels may need to
be rebalanced.
CAUTION
Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's alumi
-
num wheels. Use only approved
wheel weights.
CBGQ0706
ODEEV098029NR
CBGQ0707A
33
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread
wear indicator will appear as a
solid band across the tread.
[A]: Tread wear indicator
This shows there is less than 1/16
in (1.6 mm) of tread left on the
tire. Replace the tire when this
happens.
Do not wait for the band to
appear across the entire tread
before replacing the tire.
The ABS works by comparing the
speed of the wheels. The tire size
affects wheel speed. When
replacing tires, all 4 tires must
use the same size originally sup
-
plied with the vehicle. Using tires
of a different size can cause the
ABS and ESC to malfunction.
It is best to replace all four tires
at the same time. If that is not
possible, or necessary, then
replace the two front or two rear
tires as a pair. Replacing just one
tire can seriously affect your
vehicle's handling.
NOTICE
When replacing tires, use the
same originally supplied with the
vehicles to avoid affecting driv
-
ing performance.
OCV071013L
Maintenance
348
Tires and wheels
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels
for any reason, make sure the
new wheels are equivalent to the
original factory units in diame
-
ter, rim width and offset.
A wheel with an incorrect size
may adversely affect many
things: wheel and bearing life,
braking and stopping abilities,
handling characteristics, ground
clearance, body-to-tire clear
-
ance, snow chain clearance,
speedometer and odometer cali
-
bration, headlamp aiming and
bumper height.
CAUTION
Wheels
Wheels that do not meet Kia
specifications may fit poorly and
result in damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor vehi
-
cle control.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if
you drive on worn tires, tires that
are improperly inflated or on slip
-
pery road surfaces.
Tires should be replaced when
tread wear indicators appear.
Slow down whenever there is
rain, snow or ice on the road to
reduce the possibility of losing
control of the vehicle.
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation,
correct wheel alignment helps to
decrease tire wear.
If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your authorized
Kia dealer check the wheel align
-
ment.
Make sure the newly installed
tires are balanced correctly to
increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Always rebalance the tire
when the tire is removed from
the wheel.
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental char
-
acteristics of the tire and pro
-
vides the Tire Identification
Number (TIN) for safety standard
certification.
The TIN can be used to identify
the tire in case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand
name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
OCV071010L
35
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a
tire size designation. You will
need this information when
selecting replacement tires for
your vehicle. The following
explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designa
-
tion mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as
an example only; your tire size
designator could vary depend
-
ing on your vehicle.)
P235/55R19 108T
僅 P: Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix "P" are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; how
-
ever, not all tires have this
marking).
僅 235: Tire width in millimeters.
僅 55: Aspect ratio. The tire's sec
-
tion height as a percentage of
its width.
僅 R: Tire construction code
(Radial).
僅 19: Rim diameter in inches.
僅108: Load Index, a numerical
code associated with the maxi
-
mum load the tire can carry.
僅 T: Speed Rating Symbol. See
the speed rating chart in this
section for additional informa
-
tion.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with
important information that you
need if you must replace one.
The following explains what the
letters and numbers in the wheel
size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.5JX19
僅 7.5: Rim width in inches.
僅 J: Rim contour designation.
僅 19: Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the
different speed ratings currently
being used for passenger vehicle
tires. The speed rating is part of
the tire size designation on the
sidewall of the tire. This symbol
corresponds to that tire's
designed maximum safe operat
-
ing speed.
3. Checking tire life
Any tires (including the spare (if
equipped), even if never used)
Speed Rating
Symbol
Maximum Speed
S 112 mph (180 km/h)
T 118 mph (190 km/h)
H 130 mph (210 km/h)
V 149 mph (240 km/h)
W 168 mph (270 km/h)
Y 186 mph (300 km/h)
Maintenance
368
Tires and wheels
that are over 6 years old, based
on the manufacturing date,
should be replaced by new ones.
You can find the manufacturing
date on the tire sidewall (possibly
on the inside of the wheel), dis
-
playing the DOT code. The DOT
code is a series of numbers on a
tire consisting of numbers and
English letters. The manufactur
-
ing date is designated by the last
four digits (characters) of the
DOT code.
DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means
a plant code number, tire size
and tread pattern and the last
four numbers indicate week and
year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1624 rep
-
resents that the tire was pro
-
duced in the 16th week of 2024.
WARNING
Tire age
Replace tires (including the
spare, if equipped) within the
recommended time frame. Fail
-
ure to replace tires as recom
-
mended can result in sudden tire
failure, which could lead to a loss
of control and an accident.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of
rubber- coated fabric in the tire.
Tire manufacturers also must
indicate the materials in the tire,
which include steel, nylon, poly
-
ester, and others. The letter "R"
means radial ply construction;
the letter "D" means diagonal or
bias ply construction; and the let
-
ter "B" means belted-bias ply
construction.
5. Maximum Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest
amount of air pressure that
should be put in the tire. Do not
exceed the maximum permissi
-
ble inflation pressure. Refer to
"Certification label" on page 5-52
for
recommended inflation pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maxi
-
mum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by
the tire. When replacing the tires
on the vehicle, always use a tire
that has the same load rating as
the factory installed tire.
7. Uniform Tire Quality Grad
-
ing
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire side
-
37
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
wall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example:
僅 Treadwear 200
僅Traction AA
僅Temperature A
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
be replaced after approximately
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climate or
frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a com
-
parative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-
a-half times (1½) as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual condi
-
tions of their use. Performance
may depart significantly from the
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and dif
-
ferences in road characteristics
and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle
tires. The tires available as stan
-
dard or optional equipment on
your vehicle may vary with
respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B and C
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest, are AA, A, B and C.
Those grades represent the tire's
ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled
conditions on specified govern
-
ment test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straight-
ahead braking traction tests, and
does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Temperature - A, B and C
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life,
and excessive temperature can
lead to sudden tire failure. The
grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
vehicle tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of per
-
formance on the laboratory test
Maintenance
388
Tires and wheels
wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Tire terminology and defini
-
tions
Refer to the following for detailed
definitions of the terms that are
found in the tire description.
Air Pressure
The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward
on the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in pounds per square
inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
The com
-
bined weight of optional acces
-
sories. Some examples of
optional accessories are auto
-
matic transmission, power seats,
and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of
a tire's height to its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of
cords that is located between the
plies and the tread. Cords may
be made from steel or other rein
-
forcing materials.
Bead:
The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto the
rim.
Bias Ply Tire:
A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alter
-
nate angles less than 90 degrees
to the centerline of the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure:
The amount
of air pressure in a tire, mea
-
sured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a
tire has built up heat from driv
-
ing.
Curb Weight
: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment (including
the maximum capacity of fuel, oil
and coolant), but without pas
-
sengers and cargo.
DOT Markings:
A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire signify
-
ing that the tire is in compliance
with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle
safety standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also iden
-
tify the tire manufacturer, pro
-
duction plant, brand and date of
production.
GVWR
: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
GAWR FRT:
Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front axle.
GAWR RR
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
: The metric unit
for air pressure.
Light truck (LT) tire:
A tire des
-
ignated by its manufacturer as
primarily intended for use on
39
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
lightweight trucks or multipur
-
pose passenger vehicles.
Load rating
: The maximum load
that a tire is rated to carry for a
given inflation pressure.
Load Index
: An assigned num
-
ber ranging from 1 to 279 that
corresponds to the load carrying
capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire may be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
: The
load rating for a tire at the maxi
-
mum permissible inflation pres
-
sure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
: The sum of curb weight;
accessory weight; vehicle capac
-
ity weight; and production
options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by
150 lbs. (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution
: Desig
-
nated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
: The
side of an asymmetrical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The outward facing side
-
wall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/
or model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the inner facing
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
: A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multi
-
purpose vehicles.
Ply
: A layer of rubber-coated
parallel cords.
Pneumatic tire
: A mechanical
device made of rubber, chemi
-
cals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted
on an automotive wheel, pro
-
vides the traction and contains
the gas or fluid that sustains the
load.
Production options weight
: The
combined weight of installed
regular production options
weighing over 5 lbs. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items
which they replace, not previ
-
ously considered in curb weight
or accessory weight. Examples
include heavy-duty brakes, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy-duty
battery, and special trim.
Recommended Inflation Pres
-
sure
: Vehicle manufacturer's rec
-
ommended tire inflation pressure
and shown on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
: A pneumatic tire
in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
Maintenance
408
Tires and wheels
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall
: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating
the maximum speed at which a
tire can operate.
Traction
: The friction between
the tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread
: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear
bars," that show across the tread
of a tire when only 2/32 inch (1.6
mm) of tread remains.
UTQGS
: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire infor
-
mation system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature and
treadwear. Ratings are deter
-
mined by tire manufacturers
using government testing proce
-
dures. The ratings are molded
into the sidewall of the tire.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
: The
weight of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs.
(68 kg) plus the rated cargo and
luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
: Load on an individual tire
due to curb and accessory
weight plus maximum occupant
and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the
Tire
: Load on an individual tire
that is determined by distributing
to each axle its share of the curb
weight, accessory weight, and
normal occupant weight and
driving by 2.
Vehicle Placard
: A label perma
-
nently attached to a vehicle
showing the original equipment
tire size and recommended infla
-
tion pressure.
All season tires
Kia specifies all season tires on
some models to provide good
performance for use all year
round, including snowy and icy
road conditions.
All season tires are identified by
ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall.
Snow tires have better snow trac
-
tion than all season tires and
may be more appropriate in
some areas.
Summer tires
Kia specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads.
Summer tire performance is sub
-
stantially reduced in snow and
41
8
8
Maintenance Tires and wheels
ice. Summer tires do not have the
tire traction rating M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire side wall. if you
plan to operate your vehicle in
snowy or icy conditions, Kia rec
-
ommends the use of snow tires
or all season tires on all four
wheels.
Snow tires
If you equip your vehicle with
snow tires, they should be the
same size and have the same
load capacity as the original tires.
Snow tires should be installed on
all four wheels; otherwise, poor
handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the
standard tires on the tire label on
the driver's side of the center pil
-
lar, or up to the maximum pres
-
sure shown on the tire sidewall,
whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph
(120 km/h) when your vehicle is
equipped with snow tires.
WARNING
Do not use summer tires at tem
-
peratures below 45 °F (7 °C) or
when driving on snow or ice. At
temperatures below 45 °F (7 °C),
summer tires can lose elasticity,
and therefore traction and brak
-
ing power as well. Change the
tires on your vehicle to winter or
all-weather tires of the same size
as the standard tires of the vehi
-
cle. Both types of tires are identi
-
fied by the M+S (Mud and Snow)
marking. Using summer tires at
very cold temperatures could
cause cracks to form and perma
-
nently damage the tires.
Tire chains
Tire chains, if necessary, should
be installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are
installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear,
do not continue to use tire chains
when they are not needed.
僅 When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at
speeds less than 20 mph (30
km/h).
僅 Use the SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
僅 If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to avoid
contact with the vehicle body.
僅 To prevent vehicle damage,
retighten the chains after driv
-
ing 0.3 ~ 0.6 miles (0.5 ~ 1.0
km).
僅 Do not use tire chains on vehi
-
cles equipped with aluminum
wheels. In unavoidable circum
-
stances, use a wire type chain.
Maintenance
428
Tires and wheels
僅Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent
damage to the chain's connec
-
tion.
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance
and smoother high-speed ride.
The radial-ply tires used on this
vehicle are of belted construc
-
tion, and are selected to comple
-
ment the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same
load carrying capacity, as bias-
ply or bias belted tires of the
same size, and use the same rec
-
ommended inflation pressure.
Mixing of radial-ply tires with
bias-ply or bias belted tires is not
recommended. Any combina
-
tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or
bias belted tires when used on
the same vehicle will seriously
deteriorate vehicle handling. The
best rule to follow is for all four
Identical radial-ply tires to always
be used.
Longer wearing tires can be
more susceptible to irregular
tread wear. It is very important to
follow the tire rotation interval
shown in this section to achieve
the best tread. Cuts and punc
-
tures in radial-ply tires are repair
-
able only in the tread area,
because of sidewall flexing. Con
-
sult your tire dealer for radial-ply
tire repairs.
43
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Fuses
Blade type
Cartridge type
Multi fuse
High voltage fuse
* Left side: Normal, Right side: Blown
* The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
A vehicle's electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver's side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment
near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accesso
-
ries, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will
melt.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver's side fuse panel.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indi
-
cates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and immediately
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, car
-
tridge type, and multi fuse for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING
Fuse replacement
僅 Never replace a fuse with anything
other than a fuse of the same rating.
僅 A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly a fire.
僅 Never install a wire or aluminum foil
instead of the proper fuse - even as a
temporary repair. It may cause exten
-
sive wiring damage and a possible
fire.
僅 Do not arbitrarily modify or add elec
-
tric wiring to the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
metal object to remove fuses because it
OCV071014L
OCV071015L
OCV071017L
OKA4074052N_4
Maintenance
448
Fuses
may cause a short circuit and damage
the system.
NOTICE
僅 When replacing a fuse, turn the igni
-
tion 'OFF' and turn off switches of all
electrical devices. Then remove bat
-
tery (-) terminal.
僅 The actual fuse/relay panel label may
differ from equipped items.
WARNING
Electrical fire
Always ensure replacements fuses and
relays are securely fastened when
installed. Failure to do so can result in a
vehicle fire.
Do not remove fuses, relays and termi
-
nals fastened with bolts or nuts. The
fuses, relays and terminals may not be
fastened securely, and may cause a fire.
If fuses, relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown, consult with
an authorized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
When replacing a blown fuse or relay, en
sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into
the clips. Failure to tightly install the fuse
or relay may cause damage to the wiring
and electric systems.
CAUTION
僅 Do not put objects except fuses or
relays into fuse/relay terminals such
as a screwdriver or wiring. It may
cause contact failure and system mal
-
function.
僅 Do not plug in screwdrivers or after
-
market wiring into the terminal origi
-
nally designed for fuse and relays
only. The electrical system and wiring
of the vehicle interior may be dam
-
aged or burned due to contact failure.
僅 If you directly connect the wire on the
taillamp or replace the bulb which is
over the regulated capacity to install
trailers etc., the inner junction block
can get burned.
WARNING
Electrical wiring repairs
All electrical repairs should be per
-
formed by authorized Kia dealerships
using approved Kia parts. Using other
wiring components, especially when ret
-
rofitting multimedia or theft alarm sys
-
tem, car phone or radio may cause
vehicle damage and increase the risk of
a vehicle fire.
NOTICE
Rewiring prohibited
Do not rewire your vehicle in any way as
doing so may affect the performance of
several safety features in your vehicle.
Rewiring your vehicle may also void your
warranty and make you responsible for
any subsequent vehicle damage which
may result.
45
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Inner panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch or ENGINE
START/STOP button and all other
switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
main fuse box in the engine compart
-
ment.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown.
Spare fuses are provided in the instru
-
ment panel fuse panel (or in the
engine compartment fuse panel).
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of
the same rating from a circuit you may
not need for operating the vehicle, such
as the cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlights or taillights, stoplights,
courtesy lamp or daytime running lights
(DRL) do not work and the fuses are OK,
consult an authorized Kia dealer.
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition and all other
switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the cover
up.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
it is blown. To remove or insert the
fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, consult an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
CAUTION
After checking the fuse panel in the
engine compartment, securely install the
fuse panel cover.
Electrical failures may occur from water
contact.
NOTICE
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized Kia dealer.
NOTICE
The electronic system may not function
correctly even when the engine com
-
partment and internal fuse box's individ
-
ual fuses are not disconnected. The
cause of the problem may be disconnec
-
tion of the main fuse (BFT type), which is
located inside the positive battery termi
-
nal (+) cap. Since the main fuse is
OKA4H073027
OKA4073001
OKA4073002
Maintenance
468
Fuses
designed more intricately than other
parts, visit the nearest authorized Kia
dealer.
Main fuse (Multi fuse)
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
CAUTION
Visually inspect the battery cap for
secure closing. If the battery cap is not
securely latched, the electrical system
may be damaged due to moisture enter
-
ing the system.
Fuse/relay panel description
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may apply to your vehicle. It is
accurate at the time of printing. When
you inspect the fuse panel in your vehi
-
cle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OKA4073003
47
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Driver's side fuse panel
PDC Junction Block
OKA4074005N
OKA4074032N
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
E-SHIFTER 4 15A SCU (Shift-by-wire Control Unit) (B+)
BATTERY MANAGEMENT 15A Not Used (HEV ONLY)
A/C 3 7.5A
DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control), MTC (Manual Temperature Con
-
trol), Engine Room Junction Block (Front Blower Relay, PTC Heater2 Relay)
BRAKE SWITCH 7.5A BDC (Body Domain Controller), Stop Lamp Switch
MEMORY 10A
Instrument Cluster, DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control), MTC (Manual
Temperature Control), Advanced Driver Assistance Systems Parking ECU, Crash
Pad Switch, Console Switch (Upper), Built-in Cam Unit, Rear A/C Control Switch,
Mood Lamp Module, BDC (Body Domain Controller)
Maintenance
488
Fuses
A/BAG IND 7.5A Passenger Airbag Indicator (IG1)
E-SHIFTER 3 10A SCU (Shift-by-wire Control Unit) (IG1)
SPARE 10A Not Used
MODULE 9 10A
ETCS( Electronic Toll Collection System), Key Inter Lock Solenoid, FRONT TRAY
USB INDICATOR, Hazard Switch, ATM (Automatic Transmission) Shift Lever, Rain
Sensor
SPARE 10A Not Used
SPARE 10A Not Used
CCU 10A CCU (Central Communication Unit)
SPARE 7.5A Not Used
BDC 1 7.5A BDC (Body Domain Controller) (IG1)
MODULE 3 10A
DCU (Data Connectivity Unit), CCU (Central Communication) Unit, DAU (Door
Area Unit)
SPARE 10A Not Used
SPARE 15A Not Used
Wireless DCU 7.5A DCU (Data Connectivity Unit) (B+)
REAR A/C 2 10A
DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature Control), MTC (Manual Temperature Con
-
trol), Engine Room Junction Block (Rear Blower Relay)
SPARE 15A Not Used
MULTIMEDIA 25A CCNC (Connected Car Navigation Cockpit)
MODULE5 10A
ETCS (Electronic Toll Collection System), I_S_MIRR_DCM (Digital Center Mirror),
I_S_MIRR_ECM (Electronic Chromic Mirror), DATC (Dual Automatic Temperature
Control), MTC (Manual Temperature Control), CCNC (Connected Car Navigation
Cockpit), Built-in Cam Unit, FRONT TRAY WIRELESS CHARGER, Front Console
(FPM Finger Print Module), Power Window Switch RL/RH, AMP (Amplifier) (BOSE),
Head Lamp Module LH/RH
CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster, HUD (Head-Up Display)
IG3 3 10A Not Used (HEV ONLY)
REAR RH S/HEAT 20A 2nd Seat Warmer Control Module, 2nd Seat RH Air Ventilation Control Module
REAR MASSAGE SEAT 20A 2nd Seat Massage Module
MODULE 8 7.5A
AC Inverter Module, AC Inverter (Rear), Engine Room Junction Block (Windshield
Heated Glass 1/2 Relay), Powernet Domain Controller extended, 20AH
(20HR)[BATTERY LITHIUM TYPE-SUB]
TAIL GATE 10A Tail Gate Open Relay
SPARE 20A Not Used
MODULE 6 10A Overhead Console Indicator, Powernet Domain Controller extended
MDPS 2
*1
7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering)
MODULE 2 10A
AMP (Amplifier) (BOSE), Air Cleaner, DCU (Data Connectivity Unit), Advanced
Driver Assistance Systems Parking ECU, Built-in Cam Unit, BDC (Body Domain
Controller), CCNC (Connected Car Navigation Cockpit), CCNC Keyboard Switch
PASSENGER P/SEAT 30A Passenger Walk-In Module, Passenger Power Seat Switch
FRONT S/HEAT 25A Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat Air Ventilation Control Module
WASHER 15A Multi Function Switch
MODULE 10 10A
Power Tail Gate Module, Driver/Passenger Door Outside Handle Antenna, Front
Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 2nd Seat LH/RH Relax Module
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
49
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
* 1. MDPS(Motor Driven Power Steering) is the same as EPS(Electric Power Steering).
BDC 2 10A
BDC (Body Domain Controller) (B+), DAU (Door Area Unit), Driver/Passenger Door
Outside Handle Antenna, Ultra Wide Band & Bluetooth Low Energy MASTER/
SLAVE, Ultra Wide Band Front LH/RH, Ultra Wide Band Rear LH/RH
AIR BAG2 10A ACU (Airbag Control Unit), ODS (Occupant Detection System)
HEATED MIRROR 7.5A Driver/Passenger Outside Handle
AIR BAG 1 10A Airbag Control Unit (IG1)
USB CHARGER 15A
Driver/Passenger Seat USB Charger, Luggage USB Charger LH, Luggage USB
Charger Unit, FRONT TRAY USB CHARGER
SPARE 10A Not Used
PASSENGER P/WINDOW 25A
Rear Power Window Switch RH, Rear Safety Power Window Module RH, Passen
-
ger Power Window Switch, Passenger Safety Power Window Module
SUNROOF 1 25A Front Sunroof Motor
MODULE 7 7.5A BDC (Body Domain Controller) (IG2)
SPARE 10A Not Used
REAR LH S/HEAT 20A 2nd Seat Warmer Control Module, 2nd Seat LH Air Ventilation Control Module
AMP 25A AMP (Amplifier) (BOSE)
SPARE 10A Not Used
MODULE 4 10A
Crash Pad Switch, Advanced Driver Assistance Systems Parking ECU, Front/Rear
Corner Radar LH/RH, Front View Camera, Console Switch (Upper)
DRIVER P/SEAT 30A Driver IMS (Integrated Memory System) Control Module, Driver Power Seat Switch
REAR LH P/SEAT 30A 2nd Seat LH Relax Module
SPARE 10A Not Used
DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, FUEL FILLER OPENER
SUNROOF 2 25A Rear Sunroof Motor
MULTIMEDIA 2 10A CCRC (Connected Car Rear Cockpit)
SPARE 7.5A Not Used
REAR RH P/SEAT 30A 2nd Seat RH Relax Module
DRIVER P/WINDOW 25A
Rear Power Window Switch LH, Rear Safety Power Window Module LH, Driver
Power Window Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
Maintenance
508
Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel
Engine Room Junction Block
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
MULTI FUSE-1
COOLING FAN 80A Cooling Fan Motor
AUX BATT 60A Parking Lithium Battery
W/S HEATED GLASS1 50A Front Heated Glass LH
PTC HEATER2 50A Positive Temperature Coefficient Heater2
W/S HEATED GLASS2 50A Front Heated Glass RH
B+1 50A PDC JUNCTION BLOCK (IPS)
PSD2 40A Power Sliding Door2
FUEL HEATER 40A Fuel Heater Relay
ESC1 40A ECS1 (Electronically Controlled Suspension)
SPARE 30A NOT USED
OKA4074033N
51
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
MULTI FUSE-2
MDPS1
*1
100A MDPS Unit (Motor Driven Power Steering Unit)
SPARE 80A NOT USED
B+6 60A POWER (AFTER MAIN RELAY)
GLOW 60A [Smartstream D2.2] Glow Control Unit
ESC2 60A ECS2 (Electronically Controlled Suspension)
PTC HEATER1 50A Positive Temperature Coefficient Heater1
DCU1 40A DCU (Data Connectivity Unit)
POWER OUTLET1 40A POWER OUTLET3, POWER OUTLET4
PSD1 40A Power Sliding Door1
E-SHIFTER1 30A SCU (Shift-by-wire Control Unit)
FUSE
B+3 60A
PDC JUNCTION BLOCK(E-SHIFTER, P/SEAT RH, P/SEAT DRV,
P/SEAT PASS, P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, S/HEATER RH,
S/HEATER FRT, P/SEAT REAR LH, SUNROOF, S/HEATER REAR
RH, MASSAGE SEAT RR, WIRELESS DCU, CUPHOLER FRT,
MODULE9
FRONT BLOWER 40A Front Blower Motor
B+2 40A PDC JUNCTION BLOCK(IPS)
B+5 40A
PDC JUCTION BLOCK(AMP, AIG BAG2, MODULE10, MULTIME
-
DIA2, CUPHOLDER REAR)
REAR BLOWER 40A Rear Blower Motor
B+4 50A
PDC JUNCTION BLCOK(LONG TERM LATCH RELAY, SHORT
TERMLOAD, BDC2, BRAKE SWITCH, SUNROOF2, S/HEATER
RR LH, DR LOCK, TAILGATE LATCH)
SPARE 50A NOT USED
REAR HEATED 40A REAR HEATED GLASS, O/S MIRROR HEATED GLASS
INVERTER 40A Inverter
SPARE 20A NOT USED
POWER TAILGATE 30A Power Tail Gate Module
SPARE 30A NOT USED
TRAILER1 30A Trailer Connector
SPARE 30A NOT USED
HEAD LAMP RH 25A Head Lamp Module RH
AMS 10A 12V Battery Sensor
TCU2 15A TRANSMISSION CONTROL UNIT
DOOR LOCK RR LH 10A DOOR LOCK REAR LH
SPARE 20A NOT USED
FUEL PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
HEAD LAMP LH 25A Head Lamp Module LH
TRAILER2 20A Trailer Connector
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
Maintenance
528
Fuses
* 1. MDPS(Motor Driven Power Steering) is the same as EPS(Electric Power Steering).
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
FUSE
TCU1 15A TRANSMISSION CONTROL UNIT
TRAILER3 20A Trailer Connector
REAR A/C1 10A REAR Air Conditioning
SPARE 10A NOT USED
DCU2 20A [Smartstream D2.2] Dosing Control Module
DCU3 20A [Smartstream D2.2] Dosing Control Module
DCU4 20A [Smartstream D2.2] Dosing Control Module
A/C1 10A Air Conditioning
SPARE 10A NOT USED
POWER OUTLET3 20A Front Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET4 20A Rear Power Outlet
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
FUSE
TCU1 15A TRANSMISSION CONTROL UNIT
TRAILER3 20A Trailer Connector
REAR A/C1 10A REAR Air Conditioning
SPARE 10A NOT USED
DCU2 20A [Smartstream D2.2] Dosing Control Module
DCU3 20A [Smartstream D2.2] Dosing Control Module
DCU4 20A [Smartstream D2.2] Dosing Control Module
A/C1 10A Air Conditioning
SPARE 10A NOT USED
POWER OUTLET3 20A Front Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET4 20A Rear Power Outlet
ECU1 15A ENGINE CONTROL UNIT
FUSE
SPARE 20A NOT USED
EPS 100A EPS (Electric Power Steering) Unit
53
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
PCB Block
Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected
IG1 40A IG1 Relay, ACC Relay
IG2 40A IG2 Relay, E/R Junction Block (START1 Relay)
WIPER FRT2 7.5A Wiper Relay low
SENSOR6 20A
ECM (Engine Control Module), NOX (Oxides of Nitrogen) Sensor, PM (Particulate Mat
-
ter) Sensor
SENSOR1 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
SENSOR8 10A Generator Control Unit (GCU), Ignition Coil #1
ECU2 10A ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR5 10A E/R Junction Block (FUEL PUMP Relay), Fuel Heater Relay
MODULE 7.5A NOT USED
SENSOR9 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR3 20A ECM (Engine Control Module)
SENSOR2 15A Oxygen Sensor #3, Oil Level Sensor
WIPER FRT1 30A Wiper Relay high
WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
HORN 15A Horn Relay
A/C2 10A Air Conditioner Compressor Relay
B/ALARM HORN 15A Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
E-SHIFTER3 7.5A [With SBW] SCU (Shift by wire Control Unit)
TCU3 10A TCM (Transmission Control Module)
SENSOR4 10A
Air Conditioner Compressor Relay, Cooling Fan Motor, Oxygen Sensor #1/#2/#4, Purge
Control Solenoid Valve, Canister Closer Valve, Variable Oil Pump Solenoid, Variable
Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/#2/#3/#4 (Intake/Exhaust)
SENSOR7 15A Injector #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6 (MPI)
ECU1 15A ECM (Engine Control Module)
TCU3 7.5A TRANSMISSION CONTROL UNIT
POWER OUTLET2 20A Luggage Power Outlet
Maintenance
548
Fuses
Relay
Relay No. Relay Name Type
G3_1_1 BLOWER RELAY MINI - 4P
G3_1_2 BLOWER RR RELAY MINI - 4P
G3_2_3 DCU MICRO - 4P
G3_1_5 START1 RELAY MICRO - 4P
G3_1_4 FUEL PUMP RELAY MICRO - 4P
G15_4_1 REAR HEATED RELAY MICRO - 4P
G3_2_2 FUEL HEATER RELAY MICRO - 4P
G3_1_3 SPARE MICRO - 4P
G16_3_1 PTC HEATER1 RELAY MICRO - 4P
G15_1_1 PTC HEATER2 RELAY MICRO - 4P
G16_2_1 POWER OUTLET RELAY MICRO - 4P
G16_1_1 W/S HEATED GLASS1 RELAY MICRO - 4P
E41 W/S HEATED GLASS2 RELAY MICRO - 4P
E42 SPARE MICRO - 4P
E45 SPARE MICRO - 4P
55
8
8
Maintenance Fuses
Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover)
OKA4073004
OKA4073022
Maintenance
568
Light bulbs
Light bulbs
Light bulbs are installed in various parts
of the vehicle to provide lighting inside
and outside the vehicle and to alert
other vehicles.
Bulb replacement precaution
Please keep extra bulbs on hand with
appropriate wattage ratings in case of
emergencies.
Refer to "Bulb wattage" on page 9-7.
When changing lamps, first turn off the
vehicle at a safe place, firmly apply the
parking brake and detach the battery's
negative (-) terminal.
WARNING
Working on the lights
Prior to working on the light, firmly apply
the parking brake, turn off the ignition
switch or ENGINE START/STOP button
and turn off the lights to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and burning
your fingers or receiving an electric
shock.
Use only bulbs of the specified wattage.
CAUTION
Light bulb replacement
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating. It
may cause damage to the fuse or elec
-
tric wiring system.
Fully install light bulbs and any parts
used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire or water
entering the headlight unit. This may
damage the headlamps or cause con
-
densation to build up on the lens. To
prevent damage or fire, make sure bulbs
are fully seated and locked.
CAUTION
Headlamp lens
To prevent damage, do not clean the
headlamp lens with chemical solvents or
strong detergents.
NOTICE
僅 If the light bulb or lamp connector is
removed while the lamp is still on, the
fuse box's electronic system may log
it as a malfunction. A lamp malfunc
-
tion incident may be recorded as a
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in the
fuse box.
僅 It is normal for an operating lamp to
flicker momentarily. This is due to a
stabilization function of the vehicle's
electronic control device. If the lamp
lights up normally after momentarily
blinking, then it is functioning as nor
-
mal.
If the lamp continues to flicker several
times or turns off completely, there
may be an error in the vehicle's elec
-
tronic control device. Have the vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
immediately.
NOTICE
Have the headlamp aiming adjusted by
an authorized Kia dealer after an acci
-
dent or after the headlamp assembly is
reinstalled.
NOTICE
You can find moisture inside the lens of
lamps after a car wash or driving in the
rain. It is a natural event caused by the
temperature difference between the
inside and the outside of the lamp and
does not mean there is a problem with
57
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
its functions. The moisture inside the
lamp will disappear if you drive the vehi
-
cle with the headlamp turned on. The
level at which the moisture is removed
may differ depending on the size/loca
-
tion/condition of the lamp. If moisture
continues remain inside the lamp, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
If you don't have the necessary tools, the
correct bulbs or the expertise, consult an
authorized Kia dealer. In many cases, it
is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can access the
bulb. This is especially true if you must
remove the headlamp assembly to
access the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to the
vehicle. If non-genuine parts or substan
-
dard bulbs are used, it may lead to blow
-
ing a fuse or other wiring damages. Kia
Genuine Parts are guaranteed for qual
-
ity and performance.
Do not install extra lamps or LEDs in the
vehicle. It may lead to lamp malfunctions
and flickering. The fuse box and other
wiring may be damaged.
Light bulb position (Front)
Head lamp – Type A
Head lamp – Type B
Fog lamp
1. Headlamp (Low) (LED type)
2. Headlamp (High) (LED type)
3. Sub Headlamp (Low) (LED type)
4. Day time running lamp (LED type)
5. Front turn signal lamp (LED type)
6. Front fog lamp (LED type)
7. Front side marker (LED type)
Light bulb position (Rear)
Rear combination lamp - Type A
Rear combination lamp - Type B
OKA4074043N
OKA4074044N
OKA4H073052
OKA4074045N
OKA4074046N
Maintenance
588
Light bulbs
Back up lamp
License plate lamp
High mounted stop lamp
1. Tail and Stop lamp and Rear turn sig
-
nal lamp (Bulb type)
2. Taillamp (Bulb type)
3. Rear side marker (Bulb type)
4. Tail and Stop lamp (LED type)
5. Tail and Stop lamp and Rear turn sig
-
nal lamp and Rear side marker (LED
type)
6. Tail and Stop lamp and Rear turn sig
-
nal lamp (Bulb type)
7. Stop lamp and Rear turn signal lamp
(Bulb type)
8. Back up lamp (Bulb type)
9. License plate lamp (Bulb type)
10.High mounted stop lamp (LED type)
Light bulb position (Side)
1. Side repeater lamp (LED type)
Replacing lights (LED type)
If the LED lamp is not functioning, please
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. The LED lamp
cannot be replaced as an individual
component since it is an integrated unit.
Instead, the entire LED lamp unit must
be replaced.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
related parts of the vehicle.
Replacing tail and stop lamp and
rear turn signal lamp and rear
side marker (Bulb type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a flathed screwdriver.
OKA4074047N
OKA4074048N
OKA4074049N
OKA4H073036
OKA4H073061
OKA4H073062
59
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
4. Open the service cover.
5. Remove the rear combination lamp
assembly from the body of the vehi
-
cle.
6. Disconnect the rear combination lamp
connector.
7. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
Rear side marker
Taillamp
Tail and Stop lamp and Rear turn signal
lamp
Rear turn signal lamp
8. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counter
-
clockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
9. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
10.Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
11.Install the rear combination lamp
assembly to the body of the vehicle.
12.Install the service cover.
Replacing reversing lamp (Bulb
type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Remove the bumper.
3. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Disconnect the rear turn signal lamp/
reversing lamp connector.
5. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclock
-
wise until the tabs on the socket align
with the slots on the assembly.
OKA4H073063
OKA4074051N
OKA4074050N
OKA4H073064
OKA4H073065
Maintenance
608
Light bulbs
Reversing lamp
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
7. Install the light assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Replacing high mounted stop
lamp (LED type)
High mounted stop lamp
If the high-mounted stop lamp (LED) (1)
is not functioning, please have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer. The LED lamp cannot be
replaced as a single unit because it is an
integrated component. Instead, the
entire LED lamp unit must be replaced.
It’s essential to have a skilled technician
check or repair the high-mounted stop
lamp (LED) to prevent any damage to
related vehicle parts.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the High Mounted Stop Lamp
(LED), for it may damage related parts of
the vehicle.
Replacing license plate lamp
(Bulb type)
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a screwdriver, gently pry the
lamp assembly.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Install the lamp assembly.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing interior lamps (Bulb
type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
OKA4074034N
OKA4H073035
OKA4H073038
OKA4073035L
61
8
8
Maintenance Light bulbs
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Install the lamp assembly.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing occupant compart
-
ment lamp (Bulb type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens cover from lamp housing.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Align the lens cover tabs with the
lamp housing notches and snap the
lens into place.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing vanity mirror lamp
(Bulb type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install a new bulb in the socket.
5. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OKA4073036L
OKA4073037L
Maintenance
628
Light bulbs
Replacing glove box lamp (Bulb
type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install a new bulb in the socket.
6. Install the cover to the lamp assembly.
7. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Replacing luggage lamp (Bulb
type)
WARNING
Interior lamps
Prior to working on the Interior lamps,
ensure that the "OFF" button is
depressed to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
1. Turn off vehicle and disconnect the
negative terminal from the battery.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lamp assembly from interior.
3. Remove the cover from the lamp
assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install a new bulb in the socket.
6. Install the cover to the lamp assembly.
7. Install the lamp assembly to interior.
CAUTION
Be careful not to dirty or damage the
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OKA4H073042_2
OKA4073038L
63
8
8
Maintenance Appearance care
Appearance care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to keep the exterior and interior of
your vehicle clean.
Exterior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the exterior of your
vehicle. Keeping the exterior clean is not
only aesthetically pleasing, but also
helps to prolong the life of your vehicle.
NOTICE
If parking your vehicle around a stain
-
less signboard or glass building etc., the
plastic exterior trim (bumper, spoiler,
trim, lamp, outside mirror etc.) may be
damaged by reflected sunlight from the
external structure. To avoid damaging
the plastic exterior trim, park the vehicle
away from areas where the reflected
light may occur or use a vehicle cover.
(Depending on the vehicle, the type of
exterior trim applied such as the spoiler,
may differ.)
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thor
-
oughly and frequently at least once a
month with lukewarm or cold water.
If usinge your vehicle for off-road driv
-
ing, you should wash it after each off-
road trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle's finish if not
removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor
-
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
僅 Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or
when the body of the vehicle is warm.
僅 Be careful when washing the side win
-
dows of your vehicle, especially with
high-pressure water. Water may leak
through the windows and wet the
interior.
僅 To prevent damage to plastic parts
and lamps, do not clean with chemical
solvents or strong detergents.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
Maintenance
648
Appearance care
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
High-pressure washing
When using high-pressure washers,
make sure to maintain sufficient dis
-
tance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive pres
-
sure can lead to component damage or
water penetration.
Do not spray the camera, sensors or its
surrounding area directly with a high-
pressure washer. Shock applied from
high pressure water may cause the
device to not operate normally.
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots
(rubber or plastic covers) or connectors
as they may be damaged if they contact
the high pressure water.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if they
have been affected by water. If braking
performance is impaired, dry the brakes
by applying them lightly while maintain
-
ing a slow forward speed.
CAUTION
Wetting engine compartment
僅 Water washing in the engine compart
-
ment including high pressure water
washing may cause the failure of elec
-
trical circuits located in the engine
compartment.
僅 Never allow water or other liquids to
contact electrical/electronic compo
-
nents and air duct inside the vehicle
as this may damage them.
僅 After the vehicle has been washed,
brake carefully while paying attention
to the traffic conditions until the brak
-
ing effect has been fully restored.
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no lon
-
ger bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax and follow the manufacturer's
instructions. Wax all metal trim to pro
-
tect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
Be careful not to touch the lens when
waxing the lamps.
CAUTION
Drying vehicle
僅 Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a
dry cloth will scratch the finish.
僅 Do not use steel wool, abrasive clean
-
ers, acid detergents or strong deter
-
gents containing high alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or
anodized aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective
OKA4073039L
65
8
8
Maintenance Appearance care
coating and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may cause a major repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
To remove road tar and insects, use a tar
remover, not a scraper or other sharp
object.
To protect the surfaces of bright metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to a
high luster.
During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preservative.
If necessary, coat the parts with non-cor
-
rosive petroleum jelly or other protective
compound.
Underbody maintenance
Road salt and other corrosive chemicals
are used in cold weather areas to melt
snow and prevent ice accumulation. If
these chemicals are not regularly
removed, they will corrode the vehicle
underbody and, over time, damage
many parts: the fuel lines, the fuel tank
retention system, the vehicle's suspen
-
sion, the exhaust system, and even the
body frame.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration has warned all vehicle
owners of all brands of the need to take
the following steps:
僅 Wash the undercarriage of your vehi
-
cle regularly during the winter and
whenever your vehicle has been
exposed to such salts or chemicals.
僅 Thoroughly wash the undercarriage at
the end of the winter.
僅 Use professional service technicians
or governmental inspection stations
to annually inspect for corrosion.
僅 Immediately seek an inspection of
your vehicle if you notice corrosion,
flaking, scaling or changes in vehicle
performance, such as soft or spongy
brakes, fluids leaking, impairment of
directional control, suspension noises
or rattling metal straps.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
僅 Do not use an abrasive cleaner, pol
-
ishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
僅 Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
僅 Use only a mild soap or neutral deter
-
gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps
prevent corrosion.
僅 Avoid washing the wheels with high-
speed vehicle wash brushes.
僅 Do not use any alkaline or acid deter
-
gents It may damage and corrode the
aluminum wheels coated with a clear
protective finish.
Maintenance
668
Appearance care
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from cor
-
rosion
Using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corro
-
sion, Kia produces vehicles of the high
-
est quality. This is only part of the job. To
achieve the long-term corrosion resis
-
tance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your vehicle are:
僅 Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
僅 Removal of paint or protective coat
-
ings from stones, gravel, abrasions or
minor scrapes and dents ca leave
unprotected metal exposed to corro
-
sion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area that is regularly
exposed to corrosive materials, corro
-
sion protection is particularly important.
Some common causes of accelerated
corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollu
-
tion.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions where
corrosion is most likely to occur. Corro
-
sion is accelerated by high humidity,
particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. The corrosive material is
kept in contact with the vehicle's surface
by moisture that evaporates slowly.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in the
vehicle. Although the mud appears to be
dry, it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dis
-
persed. It is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of mud
or accumulations of other materials. This
applies not only to the visible surfaces
but also to the underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
beginning by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of cor
-
rosive materials. Attention to the under
-
side of the vehicle is particularly
important.
If you live in a high-corrosion area where
road salts are used, near the ocean,
areas with industrial pollution, acid rain,
etc.—, you should take extra care to pre
-
vent corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least once a
month and be sure to clean the under
-
side thoroughly when winter is over.
When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
pay particular attention to the compo
-
nents under the fenders and other areas
that are hidden from view. Do a thor
-
ough. Merely dampening the accumu
-
lated mud rather than washing it away
will accelerate corrosion rather than pre
-
vent it. Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and corro
-
sive materials.
67
8
8
Maintenance Appearance care
When cleaning lower door panels, rocker
panels and frame members, be sure that
drain holes are kept open so that mois
-
ture can escape and not be trapped
inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a
favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash your
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the
garage when it is still wet or covered
with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated
garage can contribute to corrosion
unless it is well ventilated.
Keep paint and trim in good con
-
dition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of cor
-
rosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and
paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings: Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as soon
as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Take particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Interior care
Use the information in the following sec
-
tions to maintain the interior of your
vehicle.
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cos
-
metic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner and
air freshener from contacting interior
parts because they may cause damage
or discoloration. If they contact interior
parts, wipe them off immediately. If nec
-
essary, use a mixture of warm water and
mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before
use). Use proper car cleaner to clean
interior parts.
CAUTION
Electrical components
Never allow water or other liquids to
contact electrical/electronic compo
-
nents inside the vehicle as this may
damage them.
CAUTION
Leather
When cleaning leather products (steer
-
ing wheel, seats etc.), use neutral deter
-
gents or low alcohol content solutions. If
you use high alcohol content solutions or
acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the
leather may fade or the surface may get
stripped off.
Maintenance
688
Appearance care
Taking care of leather seats
僅 Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat. It
will prevent abrasion or damage of
the leather and maintain its quality.
僅 Wipe the leather seat cover often with
dry or soft cloth.
僅 Use of a leather protective may pre
-
vent abrasion of the cover and helps
maintain the color. Be sure to read the
instructions and consult a specialist
when using leather coating or protec
-
tive agents.
僅 Leather with bright colors (beige,
cream) is easily contaminated and
clear in appearance. Clean the seats
frequently.
僅 Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the leather seats
Remove all contaminants instantly. Refer
to instructions below for removal of each
contaminant.
僅 Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foun
-
dation, etc.)
- Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated point.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
僅 Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
- Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contami
-
nants do not smear.
僅 Oil, blue jeans/clothes (Color transfer)
- Remove oil/stain instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover for leather only.
僅 Chewing gum
- Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Fabric seat cover (if equipped)
Please clean the fabric seats regularly
with a vacuum cleaner depending on
fabric material characteristics. If they are
heavily soiled with beverage stains, etc.,
use a suitable interior cleaner. To pre
-
vent damage to seat covers, wipe off the
seat covers down to the seams with a
large wiping motion and moderate pres
-
sure using a soft sponge or microfiber
cloth.
Velcro closures on clothing or sharp
objects may cause snagging or
scratches on the surface of the seats.
Make sure not to rub such objects
against the surface.
Cleaning the upholstery and inte
-
rior trim
Car interior surfaces
Remove dust and loose dirt from interior
surfaces with a whisk broom or a vac
-
uum cleaner. If necessary, clean interior
surfaces with a mixture of warm water
and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all
cleaners on a concealed area before
use).
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recom
-
mended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant proper
-
ties can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
69
8
8
Maintenance Emission control system
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the
fabric's appearance and fire-resistant
properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for clean
-
ing upholstery or carpet. Follow the
instructions provided with the soap. Do
not bleach or re-dye the webbing
because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi
-
cle become covered with an oily, greasy
or waxy film, they should be cleaned
with a glass cleaner. Follow the direc
-
tions on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Rear window
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
the rear window. This may result in dam
-
age of the rear window defroster grid.
Emission control system
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. See the warranty information
contained in the Warranty & Consumer
Information manual in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emis
-
sion control system to meet all applica
-
ble emission regulations. There are three
emission control systems, as follows.
1. Crankcase emission control system
2. Evaporative emission control system
3. Exhaust emission control system
To ensure the proper function of the
emission control systems, it is recom
-
mended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer in accordance with the
maintenance schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Elec
-
tronic Stability Control (ESC) sys
-
tem)
僅
To prevent the vehicle from misfir
-
ing during dynamometer testing,
turn the ESC off by pressing the
ESC switch.
僅
After dynamometer testing is com
-
pleted, turn the ESC back on by
pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The Positive Crankcase Ventilation sys
-
tem prevents air pollution caused by
blow-by gases being emitted from the
crankcase. This system supplies fresh fil
-
tered air to the crankcase through the
air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
Maintenance
708
Emission control system
which then pass through the Positive
Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve into
the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control
(including Onboard Refueling
Vapor Recovery (ORVR)) system
The evaporative emission control system
is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
escaping into the atmosphere. (The
ORVR system is designed to allow the
vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded
into a canister while refueling at the gas
station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.)
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the Purge Control Solenoid
Valve (PCSV).
PCSV
The PCSV is controlled by the Engine
Control Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during idling.
The PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
is not brought into the engine. After the
engine warms up during ordinary driv
-
ing, the PCSV opens to introduce evapo
-
rated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust emission control sys
-
tem
The exhaust emission control system is a
highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
NOTICE
Damage or performance problems
resulting from any modification may not
be covered under warranty.
CAUTION
If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, they may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage, bat
-
tery discharge and fire. Do not use unau
-
thorized electronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide (CO))
僅 CO can be present with other exhaust
fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of
any kind inside your vehicle, have it
inspected and repaired immediately.
If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are
entering your vehicle, drive it only
with all the windows fully open. Have
your vehicle checked and repaired
immediately.
WARNING
Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain CO.
Though colorless and odorless, it is dan
-
gerous and could be lethal if inhaled.
Follow the instructions on this page to
avoid CO poisoning.
僅 Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
71
8
8
Maintenance Emission control system
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
僅 When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system to draw outside air
into the vehicle.
僅 Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi
-
cle for any extended time with the
engine running.
僅 When the engine stalls or fails to start,
repeated attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
Operating precautions for cata
-
lytic converters
WARNING
Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic converter
and exhaust system while the vehicle is
running or immediately after. The
exhaust and catalytic systems are very
hot and may burn you.
WARNING
Fire
僅 Do not park, idle or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
僅 Do not remove the heat sink around
the exhaust system, do not seal the
bottom of the vehicle. Do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control. It may
present a fire risk under certain condi
-
tions.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
The following precautions must be
observed:
僅 Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso
-
line engines.
僅 Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of per
-
formance.
僅 Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the ignition off or descending steep
grades in gear with the ignition off.
僅 Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 min
-
utes or more).
僅 Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control
system. All inspections and adjust
-
ments must be made by an autho
-
rized Kia dealer.
僅 Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging
the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle. Such
actions could void your warranties.
Maintenance
728
California perchlorate notice
California perchlorate
notice
Perchlorate Material-spe
-
cial handling may apply,
See
https://dtsc.ca.gov/perchlo
-
rate.
Notice to California Vehicle
Dismantlers: Perchlorate
containing materials, such
as air bag inflators, seatbelt
pre-tensioners and keyless
remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of
according to Title 22 Califor
-
nia Code of Regulations
Section 67384.10 (a).
9Specifications, Consumer
information and Reporting safety
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..................................................................................... 9-2
Engine .............................................................................................9-3
Gross vehicle weight.....................................................................9-4
Luggage volume ............................................................................9-5
Air conditioning system................................................................9-6
Bulb wattage ..................................................................................9-7
Tires and wheels............................................................................9-8
Recommended lubricants and capacities ..................................9-9
僅 Recommended SAE viscosity number..................................................9-10
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)..........................................9-11
Vehicle certification label............................................................9-11
Tire specification and pressure label........................................ 9-12
Engine number............................................................................. 9-12
Air conditioner compressor label .............................................. 9-13
Refrigerant label.......................................................................... 9-13
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)............................................... 9-14
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only) ................................................ 9-16
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)........................................ 9-17
Online factory authorized manuals (U.S. only) ....................... 9-17
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
29
Dimensions
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety
defects
Dimensions
Item
7, 8 seats
in (mm)
Overall length 203 (5,155)
Overall width (without side mirrors) 78.5 (1,995)
Overall width (with side mirrors) 89.2 (2,265)
Overall height
Without Roof rack 68.5 (1,740)
With Roof rack 69.9 (1,775)
Tread
Front
235/65 R17 68.9 (1,751)
235/55 R19 68.5 (1,741)
Rear
235/65 R17 68.9 (1,751)
235/55 R19 68.5 (1,741)
Wheelbase 121.6 (3,090)
3
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Engine
Engine
Item Smartstream G3.5 GDi
Displacement [cu in (cc)] 211.7 (3,470)
Bore x Stroke [in (mm)] 3.6 x 3.4 (92.0 x 87.0)
Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders 6 (V Engine)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
49
Gross vehicle weight
Gross vehicle weight
Item 7 seats 8 seats
Gross vehicle weight
[lbs. (kg)]
6,041
(2,740)
6,140
(2,785)
5
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Luggage volume
Luggage volume
僅 Min (V213): Behind 3rd seat (seatback upright 23 degrees, cushion backwards) to
upper edge of the seat back.
僅 Max (V214): Behind 1st seat (vertical plane tangent to seat back rear) to roof.
Item 7, 8 seats
Luggage volume (SAE) [cu ft (L)]
MIN. 40.2 (1,139)
MAX. 145.1 (4,110)
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
69
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning system
Please contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.
Item Weight of volume (g) Classification
Refrigerant 770 ± 25 R-1234yf
Compressor lubricant 180 ± 10 PAG 30
7
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Bulb wattage
Bulb wattage
* : if equipped
Light bulb Bulb type Wattage (Watt)
Front
Type A *
High beam LED LED
Low beam LED LED
Position and daytime running
lamps
LED LED
Turn signal lamps LED LED
Type B *
High beam LED LED
Low beam LED LED
Position and daytime running
lamps
LED LED
Turn signal lamps LED LED
Front fog lamps * LED LED
Front side marker lamps LED LED
Rear
Type A *
Stop and taillamps
P21/5W SLL
P21/5W LL
21/15
Rear side marker lamps (Bulb
Type)
W5W LL 5
Type B *
Stop and taillamps LED LED
Rear side marker lamps (LED
Type)
LED LED
Turn signal lamps PY21W SLL 21
Back up lamps W16W 16
High mounted stop lamps LED LED
License plate lamps W5W LL 5
Interior
Map lamps (Bulb Type)* W6W 6
Map lamps (LED Type)* LED LED
Room lamps (Bulb Type)* FESTOON BULB 10
Room lamps (LED Type)* LED LED
Personal lamps * LED LED
Glove box lamp * W5W 5
Vanity mirror lamps * FESTOON BULB 5
Luggage lamp (Bulb Type)* FESTOON BULB 10
Luggage lamp (LED Type)* LED LED
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
89
Tires and wheels
Tires and wheels
*1. Load Index
*2. Speed Symbol
*3. If equipped
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size
originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can dam
-
age the related parts or make it work
irregularly.
NOTICE
僅 We recommend that when replacing
tires, use the same originally supplied
with the vehicles.
If not, that affects driving perfor
-
mance.
僅 When driving in high altitude grades,
it is natural for the atmospheric pres
-
sure to decrease.
Therefore, please check the tire pres
-
sure and add more air when neces
-
sary.
Additionally required tire air pressure
per km above sea level: 1.5 psi/km
Item Tire size
Wheel
size
Load capacity
Speed capac
-
ity
Inflation pressure [bar (psi, kPa)]
Wheel lug nut
torque kgf·m
(lbf·ft, N·m)
Normal load Maximum load
LI
*1
kg
SS
*2
km/h Front Rear Front Rear
Full size tire
235/
65R17
6.5J X
17"
104 900 H 210
2.55 (37,
255)
2.55 (37,
255)
2.55 (37,
255)
2.55 (37,
255)
11 ~ 13
(79 ~ 94, 107 ~
127)
235/
55R19
7.5J X
19"
105 825 H 210
2.7 (39,
270)
2.7 (39,
270)
2.7 (39,
270)
2.7 (39,
270)
Compact spare
tire (steel wheel)
*3
T135/
90D17
4B X 17" 104 900 M 130
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
4.2 (60,
420)
Compact spare
tire (alloy wheel)
Compact spare tire's size is based on the full size tire equipped on your vehicle.
9
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended lubricants and capacities
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved
fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
* 1. Use only specified genuine automatic transmission fluid. The use of non-specified
(even marked as compatible with genuine) could result in shift quality deterioration
and vibrations, eventually, the transmission failure. (Refer to "Explanation of sched
-
uled maintenance items" on page 8-12.)
* 2. Different type of coolant or water may damage the electrical component.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil
(drain and refill)
Recommends
6.45 US qt.
(6.1 L)
Full synthetic SAE 0W-20, API SN PLUS/SP or
ILSAC GF-6
Automatic transmission (AT) fluid
*1
7.40 US qt.
(7.0 L)
SK ATF SP4M-1, MICHANG ATF SP4M-1, S-OIL
ATF SP4M-1, Kia Genuine ATF SP4M-1
Coolant
*2
9.93 US qt.
(9.4 L)
A Phosphate based ethylene glycol based cool
-
ant
Brake fluid As required
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV / FMVSS 116 DOT-4 /
ISO4925 CLASS-6
Fuel
76.08 US qt.
(72 L)
Gasoline
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
109
Recommended lubricants and capacities
Recommended SAE viscosity number
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the interna
-
tional Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recom
-
mended to only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick
areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather oper
-
ating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide
better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine
oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine
damage.
NOTICE
Never add any additives to the engine oil. Engine oil additives can change the proper
-
ties of engine oil and may cause serious engine failure.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be oper
-
ated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity
from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C
(°F)
Gasoline Engine
Oil
Smartstream
G3.5 GDi
0W-20
11
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN)
The VIN is the number used in register
-
ing your vehicle and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on
the plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
VIN label (if equipped)
Vehicle certification label
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's (or front passenger's) side
center pillar shows the VIN.
OKA4083003
OKA4083004
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
129
Tire specification and pressure label
Tire specification and pressure
label
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best perfor
-
mance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures rec
-
ommended for your vehicle.
Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
OKA4083005
OKA4083007
13
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Air conditioner compressor label
Air conditioner compressor
label
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part num
-
ber, production number, refrigerant (1)
and refrigerant oil (2).
Refrigerant label
The refrigerant label is located under the
hood.
The label contains the following informa
-
tion:
僅 Type of refrigerant
僅 Amount of refrigerant
For more details, refer to "Air condition
-
ing refrigerant label" on page 4-129.
ONQ5061091L
OKA4043021L
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
149
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Consumer Assistance (U.S.
only)
Roadside Assistance is provided on all
new current model year Kia Vehicles
from the date the vehicle is delivered to
the first retail buyer or otherwise put into
use (in-service date), whichever is ear
-
lier, for a period of 60 months or 60,000
miles, whichever is earlier, subject to the
terms, conditions and exclusions set
forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer
Information Manual applicable to your
model year vehicle.
Kia America, Inc. reserves the right to
limit or deny services or other benefits to
any owner or driver when, in Kia Amer
-
ica, Inc.'s judgment, the claims and/or
service requests are excessive in fre
-
quency or type of occurrence.
Toll-free consumer assistance
is available from 5:00 AM to 6:00 PM
PST, Monday through Friday and is
accessible by dialing 1-800-333-4542.
For more information regarding assis
-
tance available, please refer to your Kia
Warranty & Consumer Information Man
-
ual.
Emergency roadside assistance
is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year and is accessible by dialing 1-800-
333-4542 or by pressing the Roadside
Assistance (RSA) button (when enrolled
into Kia Connect).
Please note that you must provide your
VIN to verify coverage at the time of
your call. The VIN can be found on the
dash of your vehicle on the driver's side,
on the door jamb of the driver's door,
your vehicle's registration or proof of
insurance card.
Kia utilizes a network of over 30,000
RSA providers. Should you accidentally
run out of fuel, require a battery jump, or
need help changing a tire, a Kia RSA
Representative will dispatch someone to
deliver a small quantity of gas, change a
flat tire with your inflated spare or
arrange a battery jump to allow you to
proceed to your destination. We have
access to a network of over 10,000 lock
-
smiths to help should you become
locked out of your Kia.
If mechanical difficulty renders your
vehicle undriveable due to a warranty-
related concern, Kia's RSA Representa
-
tive will arrange to transport your vehicle
to the nearest Kia dealer or to an autho
-
rized Kia alternative service location.
Your vehicle must be accessible to our
dispatch transport vehicle, as deter
-
mined by our driver, to receive this ser
-
vice.
NOTICE
RSA benefits are not available for any
Kia vehicle that has ever been or should
have been issued a "salvage" title or sim
-
ilar "branded" title under any state's law
or has been declared a "total loss" or
equivalent by a financial institution or
insurance company.
Trip interruption
Trip interruption expense benefits are
provided if a warranty-related disable
-
ment occurs more than 150 miles from
your home, and the repairs require more
than 24 hours to complete. Reasonable
reimbursement is included for meals,
lodging, or rental vehicle expenses. Trip
interruption coverage is limited to $100
per day subject to a three-day maximum
limit per incident. You must contact the
15
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Consumer Assistance (U.S. only)
Kia RSA Center to obtain pre-authoriza
-
tion of expenses. Once the Kia RSA Cen
-
ter gives authorization for trip
interruption benefits, they will assist you
in making the necessary arrangements.
Insurance deductibles, expenses, and
claims paid by your insurance company
or other providers are not eligible for
reimbursement.
Fleet vehicles are excluded from reim
-
bursement under Kia's Trip Interruption
Policy.
Registering your vehicle in a for
-
eign country
If you plan to register your vehicle in a
foreign country, you should confirm that
it conforms to the regulations in that
country. Even if you successfully register
the vehicle in a foreign country, you may
experience the following problems and
should therefore consider the possibility
of having to deal with them:
1. The fuel specified for your vehicle
may be unavailable. If other than the
specified fuel is used, it could cause
damage to the engine, the fuel injec
-
tion system, and other fuel-related
parts which may not be covered
under your New Vehicle Emissions
Limited Warranty.
2. When you leave the country in which
you purchased your new Kia and reg
-
ister it in another country, problems
arising from the use of fuel other than
the specified fuel are not covered by
your warranty. Because vehicles like
yours may not be marketed in the
new country of registration, parts, ser
-
vicing techniques and tools neces
-
sary to maintain and repair your
vehicle may be unavailable.
Even if vehicles like yours are sold
there, mechanical specifications
required by the government may vary
enough from the country of purchase
to cause additional problems.
3. There may not be an Authorized Kia
Dealer in the country in which you
plan to register your vehicle. You may
experience difficulty in obtaining ser
-
vices in a foreign country for any
number of reasons.
We cannot assume any responsibility for
problems that result from unsatisfactory
service or lack of service outside the
United States.
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
169
Electrical Equipment (U.S. only)
Electrical Equipment (U.S.
only)
The electrical system of your vehicle is
designed to perform under all reason
-
ably expected operating conditions.
However, before any additional electrical
equipment is installed in your vehicle,
consult an Authorized Kia Dealer so, that
you do not void your warranty.
Certain electrical equipment, or the way
in which it is installed, may adversely
affect the operation of your vehicle,
including such systems as the engine
control system, the audio system and
the electrical charging system. This
could void all or part of your warranty.
We assume no responsibility for any
expense you may incur or for any mal
-
function of your vehicle or any of its
components or systems that may result
from the installation of additional electri
-
cal equipment that is not supplied, or
recommended for installation by, Kia.
Installation of a mobile two-way
radio system
If a mobile two-way radio system is
installed improperly, or if an excessively
powerful type of system is used, other
electronic systems may be adversely
affected. To avoid damage to your vehi
-
cle, consult an Authorized Kia Dealer
concerning the proper equipment and
installation.
Kia vehicles are designed and manufac
-
tured to meet or exceed all applicable
FMVSS.
We strongly urge you to read and follow
all directions in this Owner's Manual,
particularly the information under the
headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and
"WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have
any questions regarding the operation
of your vehicle, safety issues or defects,
please contact your Kia's toll-free Con
-
sumer Assistance hot line as below:
National Consumer Affairs Manager
Kia America, Inc.
P.O. Box 52410
Irvine, CA 92619-2410
1-800-333-4542
17
9
9
Specifications, Consumer information
and Reporting safety defects
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. only)
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
only)
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Kia America, Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar com
-
plaints, it may open an investiga
-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehi
-
cles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Kia America,
Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-
free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-
800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; download the
SaferCar mobile application; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., West
Building, Washington, DC 20590.
You can also obtain other infor
-
mation about motor vehicle
safety from http://www.safer
-
car.gov.
Online factory authorized
manuals (U.S. only)
The following publications are available
on www.KiaTechinfo.com.
Service manual
This manual covers maintenance and
recommended procedures for repair to
engine and chassis components. It is
written for the Journeyman mechanic
but is simple enough for most mechani
-
cally inclined owners to understand.
Electrical troubleshooting manual
This manual complements the Service
Manual by providing in-depth trouble
-
shooting information for each electrical
circuit in your vehicle.
Owner's manual
This manual describes the overall fea
-
tures and operating procedures for the
vehicle.
AAbbreviations
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
2A
Abbreviations
ABS
Anti-lock Brake System
BAS
Brake Assistant System
BCA
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
BVM
Blind-Spot View Monitor
CC
Cruise Control
CRS
Child Restraint System
DAW
Driver Attention Warning
DBC
Downhill Brake Control
DRL
Daytime Running Light
EBD
Electronic Brake force Distribution
ECM
Electric Chromic Mirror
EPS
Electric Power Steering
ESC
Electronic Stability Control
FCA
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
HAC
Hill-start Assist Control
HBA
High Beam Assist
HDA
Highway Driving Assist
HMSL
High Mounted Stop Lamp
ISLA
Intelligent Speed Limit Assist
LATCH
Lower Anchors and Tether for Chil
-
dren
LFA
Lane Following Assist
LKA
Lane Keeping Assist
MDPS
Motor Driven Power Steering
MIL
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
NSCC
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Con
-
trol
ODS
Occupant Detection System
PCA
Reverse Parking Collision-Avoidance
Assist
PDW
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
3A
Abbreviations
RCCA
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoid
-
ance Assist
RSPA
Remote Smart Parking Assist
RVM
Rear View Monitor
SCC
Smart Cruise Control
SEA
Safe Exit Assist
SEW
Safe Exit Warning
SRS
Supplemental Restraint System
SRSCM
SRS Control Module
SVM
Surround View Monitor
TBT
Turn By Turn
TCS
Traction Control System
TIN
Tire Identification Number
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
VSM
Vehicle Stability Management
IIndex
Index
2I
Index
A
A/C automatic drying 4-148
AC inverter 4-162
air bag 3-44
adding equipment to or modifying your air
bag-equipped vehicle
3-66
additional safety precautions
3-65
air bag collision sensors
3-60
air bag warning labels
3-66
curtain air bag
3-58
front air bag
3-54
inflation conditions
3-61
non-inflation conditions
3-62
occupant detection system (ODS)
3-49
side air bags and front center side air
bag
3-56
SRS components and functions
3-47
supplemental restraint system (SRS)
3-64
system operation
3-45
warning and indicator
3-46
air cleaner 8-20
air ventilation seat 4-159
ambient light 4-156
appearance care 8-63
exterior care
8-63
interior care
8-67
audio system 4-172
radio
4-173
USB port
4-173
automatic climate control
system 4-138
air conditioning
4-145
controlling air intake
4-144
controlling fan speed
4-145
heating and air conditioning
automatically
4-140
heating and air conditioning
manually
4-142
mode selection
4-143
rear climate control
4-146
temperature control
4-143
turning off the front air climate
control
4-145
using the infotainment/climate switchable
controller
4-131, 4-140, 4-170
automatic transmission
LCD display for warning message 5-8
operation
5-8
shift lock system
5-12
automatic transmission shift
indicator 4-92
automatic transmission (shift
lever)
5-8
B
battery 8-26
battery saver function 4-113
before driving 5-3
blind-spot collision-avoidance assist
(BCA)
6-31
malfunction and limitations
6-35
operation
6-33
settings
6-32
blind-spot view monitor (BVM) 6-60
malfunction
6-61
operation
6-60
settings
6-60
brake fluid 8-19
brake system 5-14
anti-lock brake system (ABS)
5-22
auto hold
5-20
electronic parking brake (EPB)
5-16
electronic stability control (ESC)
system
5-24
good braking practices
5-28
hill-start assist control (HAC)
5-26
power brakes
5-14
trailer stability assist (TSA)
5-27
vehicle stability management (VSM)
system
5-26
bulb replacement precaution 8-56
C
california perchlorate notice 8-72
care of seat belts 3-35
center console storage 4-155
child restraint system (CRS) 3-36
children always in the rear
3-36
installing a CRS
3-38
selecting a CRS
3-37
3I
types 3-37
climate control air filter 8-21
climate control system 4-126
air conditioning
4-127
air conditioning refrigerant label
4-129
checking the amount of air conditioner
refrigerant
4-129
checking the amount of compressor
lubricant
4-129
climate control air filter
4-128
heating
4-126
rear climate control air filter
4-128
system operation
4-126
ventilation
4-126
closing the hood 4-60
coat hook 4-166
consumer assistance 9-14
cup holder 4-156
D
day/night rear view mirror 4-72
daytime running light (DRL) 4-114
declaration of
conformity 4-176, 6-126
defogging (windshield) 4-149
auto defogging system
4-150
automatic climate control
4-150
manual climate control system
4-149
defrosting (windshield) 4-149
automatic climate control
4-150
manual climate control system
4-149
digital key 2 4-21
card key
4-25
personalized profile and vehicle
settings
4-28
smart phone
4-21
used vehicle/digital key 2
maintenance
4-31
door locks 4-14
auto unlock on shift to P
4-18
child-protector rear door lock
4-18
door lock/unlock features
4-18
from inside the vehicle
4-16
in case of an emergency
4-19
rear occupant alert (ROA) system
4-19
with the mechanical key
4-15
with the smart key
4-14
drive mode 5-30
drive mode integrated control
system 5-30
drive mode
5-30
driver attention warning (DAW) 6-55
malfunction and limitations
6-57
operation
6-56
settings
6-56
driver position memory system
easy access function 4-33
recalling positions
4-32
reset
4-33
storing positions
4-32
driving info display 4-98
E
economical operation 5-33
electric chromic mirror (ECM) 4-72
electrical equipment 9-16
electronic stability control (ESC)
system 5-24
emergency 7-2
emergency starting
7-4
emergency while driving
7-2
engine doesn’t turn over
7-3
engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing
7-2
engine will not start
7-3
flat tire while driving
7-2
flat tire (with spare tire)
7-11
hazard warning flasher
7-2
not start
7-3
road warning
7-2
turns over slowly
7-3
vehicle stalls while driving
7-2
emergency starting
jump-starting 7-4
push-starting
7-5
emergency towing 7-24
emission control system 8-69
engine compartment 2-8, 8-4
engine coolant 8-16
engine overheats 7-6
4I
engine start/stop button 5-5
ENGINE START/STOP button position
5-5
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP
button
5-5
starting the engine
5-6
exterior features 4-169
roof rack
4-169
F
flat tire
using of compact spare tire 7-18
flat tire (with spare tire) 7-11
floor mat anchor(s) 4-167
forward collision-avoidance assist
(FCA)
6-4
malfunction and limitations
6-18
operation
6-9
settings
6-7
forward/reverse parking distance
warning (PDW) 6-110
malfunction and precautions
6-113
operation
6-111
settings
6-110
forward/side/reverse parking
distance warning (PDW) 6-115
settings
6-115
fuel filler door 4-61
closing the fuel filler door
4-61
opening the fuel filler door
4-61
fuel requirements 1-2
fuses 8-43
engine compartment fuse
replacement
8-45
inner panel fuse replacement
8-45
G
gauges 4-89
distance to empty
4-91
engine coolant temperature gauge
4-90
fuel gauge
4-90
odometer
4-91
outside temperature gauge
4-92
speedometer
4-89
tachometer
4-89
glove box 4-156
H
headrest
front seat headrest 3-13
rear seat headrest
3-24
head-up display (HUD) 4-112
heated steering wheel 4-70
heated washer nozzle 4-121
high beam assist (HBA) 4-117
highway driving assist (HDA) 6-84
malfunction and limitations
6-91
operation
6-86
settings
6-85
HomeLink씾 system 4-73
hood 4-59
closing the hood
4-60
opening the hood
4-59
I
immobilizer system 4-11
indicator lights 4-108
infotainment system 4-170
audio system
4-172
inside rear view mirror 4-72
day/night rear view mirror
4-72
electronic chromic mirror (ECM)
4-72
HomeLink씾 system
4-73
instrument cluster 4-88
adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
4-89
gauges
4-89
transmission shift indicator
4-92
integrated memory system 4-32
intelligent speed limit assist (ISLA)
malfunction and limitations 6-53
operation
6-51
settings
6-51
interior features 4-156
AC inverter
4-162
air ventilation seat
4-159
ambient light
4-156
coat hook
4-166
cup holder
4-156
floor mat anchor(s)
4-167
passenger view
4-168
power outlet
4-161
5I
seat warmer 4-157
side curtain
4-166
sun visor
4-160
USB charger
4-160
wireless smart phone charging
system
4-163
interior light 4-123
automatic turn off function
4-123
glove box lamp
4-126
luggage room lamp
4-125
map lamp
4-123
room lamp
4-125
vanity mirror lamp
4-125
J
jump-starting 7-4
K
keys 4-7
battery replacement
4-7
smart key
4-8
L
lane following assist (LFA) 6-80
malfunction and limitations
6-83
operation
6-81
settings
6-80
lane keeping assist (LKA) 6-25
malfunction and limitations
6-28
operation
6-26
settings
6-25
LCD display 4-93
LCD display modes
4-93, 4-94
LCD display messages 4-99
LCD display modes
master warning mode 4-95
LCD displays 4-96
driving info display
4-98
LCD display messages
4-99
service mode
4-98
trip information (trip computer)
4-96
liftgate 4-42
closing the liftgate
4-43
emergency liftgate safety release
4-43
opening the liftgate
4-42
liftgate auto close 4-50
how to use
4-50
releasing
4-51
light bulbs 8-56
bulb replacement precaution
8-56
light bulb position (front)
8-57
light bulb position (rear)
8-57
light bulb position (side)
8-58
replacing glove box lamp (Bulb type)
8-62
replacing high mounted stop lamp (LED
type)
8-60
replacing license plate lamp (Bulb
type)
8-60
replacing lights (LED type)
8-58
replacing luggage lamp (Bulb type)
8-62
replacing map lamp (Bulb type)
8-60
replacing reversing lamp (Bulb type)
8-59
replacing room lamp (Bulb type)
8-61
replacing tail and stop lamp and rear turn
signal lamp and rear side marker (Bulb
type)
8-58
replacing vanity mirror lamp (Bulb
type)
8-61
lighting 4-113
battery saver function
4-113
daytime running light (DRL)
4-114
front fog light
4-116
headlamp delay function
4-113
high beam assist (HBA)
4-117
one-touch lane change
4-116
operating high beam
4-115
operating turn signals
4-116
lighting control 4-114
auto light
4-115
head light (low beam)
4-115
position and tail lamp
4-114
luggage net holder 4-167
M
maintenance
air cleaner 8-20
battery
8-26
climate control air filter
8-21
engine coolant
8-16
fuses
8-43
lights bulbs
8-56
maintenance services
8-5
6I
owner maintenance 8-6
washer fluid
8-20
wiper blades
8-23
manual climate control system 4-130
air conditioning
4-135
controlling air intake
4-134
controlling fan speed
4-135
heating and air conditioning
4-132
mode selection
4-132
rear climate control
4-135
temperature control
4-133
manual speed limit assist
(MSLA)
6-48
operation
6-48
master warning mode 4-95
mirrors 4-72
inside rear view mirror
4-72
outside rear view mirror
4-85
N
navigation-based smart cruise
control (NSCC) 6-75
limitations
6-77
operation
6-76
settings
6-76
O
odometer 4-91
one-touch lane change 4-116
online factory authorized
manuals 9-17
opening the hood 4-59
outside rear view mirror 4-85
adjusting the outside rear view
mirror
4-85
folding the outside rear view mirror
4-85
reverse parking aid function
4-86
P
passenger view 4-168
power outlet 4-161
power window lock button 4-57
pre-tensioner seat belt 3-32
push-starting 7-5
R
rear cross-traffic collision-
avoidance assist (RCCA) 6-102
malfunction and limitations
6-106
operation
6-104
settings
6-103
rear seat adjustment
(7, 8 seats)
3-15
rear seat adjustment (VIP Lounge
Seat)
3-21
rear view monitor (RVM) 6-94
malfunction and limitations
6-96
operation
6-95
settings
6-94
removable towing hook 7-23
replacing lights (LED type) 8-58
reporting safety defects 9-17
reverse parking collision-avoidance
assist (PCA)
malfunction and limitations 6-122
operation
6-121
settings
6-120
risk of burns when parking or
stopping vehicle 1-5
roof rack 4-169
S
safe exit assist (SEA) 6-43
malfunction and limitations
6-46
operation
6-45
settings
6-44
safe exit warning (SEW) 6-39
malfunction and limitations
6-42
operation
6-41
settings
6-40
safety precautions 3-3
scheduled maintenance items 8-12
air cleaner filter
8-12
air conditioning refrigerant
8-13
automatic transmission fluid
8-13
brake discs, pads and calipers
8-13
brake fluid
8-13
brake hoses and lines
8-13
coolant
8-13
cooling system
8-13
7I
drive shafts and boots 8-13
fluid levels
8-14
fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
8-12
spark plugs
8-12
steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower
arm ball joint
8-13
suspension mounting bolts
8-13
vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses
8-12
vapor hose and fuel filler cap
8-12
scheduled maintenance service 8-8
scheduled maintenance service
precaution
8-8
seat 3-5
feature of seat leather
3-9
front seat adjustment for manual
seat
3-10
front seat adjustment for power seat
3-11
rear seat adjustment (7, 8 seats)
3-15
rear seat adjustment (VIP Lounge
Seat)
3-21
seatback pocket
3-15
seat belt restraint system 3-26
driver’s 3-point system with emergency
locking retractor
3-28
pre-tensioner seat belt
3-32
seat belt warning
3-27
seat belts 3-26
care of seat belts
3-35
precautions
3-33
seat belt restraint system
3-26
seat warmer 4-157
seatback pocket 3-15
service mode 4-98
shift Indicator pop-up 4-92
side curtain 4-166
sliding door 4-34
smart cruise control (SCC) 6-61
display and control
6-66
malfunction and limitations
6-70
settings
6-62, 6-63
smart key 4-8
mechanical key
4-10
operation
4-8
smart liftgate with auto open 4-51
detecting area
4-53
how to deactivate
4-53
how to use
4-51
smart sliding door with auto
open
4-39
detecting area
4-41
how to deactivate (smart key)
4-41
how to use
4-39
special driving conditions 5-34
specifications 9-2
air conditioner compressor label
9-13
air conditioning system
9-6
bulb wattage
9-7
dimensions
9-2
engine
9-3
engine number
9-12
gross vehicle weight
9-4
lubricants and capacities
9-9
luggage volume
9-5
refrigerant label
9-13
tire specification and pressure label
9-12
tires and wheels
9-8
vehicle certification label
9-11
vehicle identification number (VIN)
9-11
speedometer 4-89
starting the engine
starting the engine 5-7
starting the engine with smart
key 5-6
steering wheel 4-69
electric power steering (EPS)
4-69
heated steering wheel
4-70
horn
4-71
tilt & telescopic steering wheel
4-70
storage compartment 4-155
center console storage
4-155
glove box
4-156
luggage net holder
4-167
sun visor 4-160
sunroof
automatic reversal 4-67
sliding the sunroof
4-66
sunshade
4-65
tilting the sunroof
4-66
sunshade 4-65
surround view monitor (SVM) 6-97
malfunction and limitations
6-101
operation
6-99
settings
6-97
8I
T
tachometer 4-89
theft-alarm system 4-12
armed stage
4-12
disarmed stage
4-13
theft-alarm stage
4-13
tilting the sunroof 4-66
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS)
effective use of the TPMS 7-7
tire replacement with TPMS
7-9
tires and wheels 8-29
all season tires
8-40
checking tire inflation pressure
8-31
radial-ply tires
8-42
snow tires
8-41
summer tires
8-41
tire chains
8-41
tire maintenance
8-34
tire replacement
8-33
tire rotation
8-31
tire sidewall labeling
8-34
tire terminology and definitions
8-38
tire traction
8-34
wheel alignment and tire balance
8-32
wheel replacement
8-34
towing 7-22
emergency towing
7-24
emergency towing precautions
7-25
removable towing hook
7-23
without wheel dollies
7-23
trailer towing 5-42
driving with a trailer
5-44
hitches
5-43
maintenance
5-46
pull a trailer
5-48
safety chains
5-43
trailer brakes
5-43
transmission shift indicator 4-92
automatic transmission shift
indicator
4-92
shift Indicator pop-up
4-92
trip information (trip computer)
accumulated driving information
mode
4-97
drive info display
4-97
fuel economy
4-96
trip modes
4-96
U
USB charger 4-160
V
vehicle auto shut-off system 5-29
vehicle break-in process 1-4
vehicle data collection and event
data recorders
1-6
vehicle handling instructions 1-5
vehicle identification number
(VIN)
9-11
vehicle load limit 5-50
vehicle modifications 1-4
vehicle weight 5-54
W
warning and indicator lights
indicator lights 4-108
warning lights
4-102
warning lights 4-102
warning lights and indicators 4-102
washer fluid 8-20
welcome system 4-122
window opening and closing 4-56
windows 4-55
power window lock button
4-57
window opening and closing
4-56
windshield defrosting and
defogging
4-149
activate upon washer fluid use
4-153
defogging logic
4-152
defroster
4-151
front glass heater
4-152
winter driving 5-38
wiper blades 8-23
wipers and washers 4-119
heated washer nozzle
4-121
wireless smart phone charging
system 4-163
2024
